Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract 1988 1 997 E B T I~ R6 1988 Stan and For of ~ ree en ~"et en °` r an 4.~.rehite~t with Standard Farm ®f reit~~t's Services A E E E T made as of the 21st in the year llr~~ tivords, indicate day, ntonth arui year) BET E E the Architect's client identified as the Owner: Warne, address arzd other irrforrnatior~ri ar..Ity fSf c`~.,vlLtaiavla iicight5 590 Oath Avenue NE Columbia Heights, IV1N 55421.-3878 and the Architect: (Horne, address and other inforrnativn_) Oertel Architects, Ltd. 1795 St. Clair Avenue St. Paul, iv~I`v 55105 For the follawing Project: (Include detarle:d description of Project) day of February, 2007 Two new municipal liquor stores far the city of Columbia 1-leights. The 37th Avenue store will be approximately 11,000 square feet and the Central Avenue laeations will be approximately 13,000 square feet. Services include architectural services, interior design services, civil engineering, structural engineering, mechanical engineering and electrical engineering. The Owner and Architect agree as fellows. Copyright 1917, 1926, 1948, 1951 1953, i95&, 1961, 19fi3, 1966 1967, 1970, 1974, 1977, 1987, 01997 by ?he American Institute of Architects. Repraduction Gf the material fl2rein or SU{istantfal CIUGtaiiGn Gf itS prGVE510r4S 'vdltllOlit Written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and viii subject the violator to legal prosecu- tion. Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright lavers and wifi subject the violator to Eega! prosecution. This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. TALE OF ARTICLES 1_t INITlAI INFORMATION i.2 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES L3 TERMS AND CONDITIONS 1.4 SCOPE OF SERVICES AND OTHER SPECIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS t.5 COMPENSATION ©7 9 9 7 AIA AjA t t`9~h1ET 11-397 STANDARD FC1RM AGREEMENT The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. WashingtGn, D.C. 2Q006-5292 ARTICLE 1.1 BtTIRL 9~lE~Rht1~4TI~1V 1.1.1 This Agree117ent is based on the foll~7wing infarrnati~n and assumptions. I~ti~rie th~7 dispo_citiut7 ha- the foll~xrin~, (terns by irTSertirt,~ ih~~ requesfe~f irTlur~turtinrT or n shttenu~r~t s@+ch its "cant apf~licable," "ur~know~n at tirru of eaenttinn"nr"to be determined Inter by mutual agree~rtent."1 1.1.2 t'R®JECT PARA&`JfETERS 1.1.2.1 '1"tae nhjrctive or rise is: lldenti~;v ar describe, ii ah~ropriate, hropos~~c! arse nr,;iuxls.l to plan and design two new municipal liquor stores for the city of Columbia Heights 1.1.2.2 ~I'lae physicat parameters are: lldentiw err describe, if ahhrnPritzte, size, 1nCatii~rr, dunensiuns, ar other pertinent rnCor~r~atiun, such us genterl7rtiuzl relxn~ts about the site. I 1.1.2.3 ~I~IIe OW1Iel"'; i'rY)gr'alt is: Iderttffv ducurtterrtatlort ur state fhe mariner ir7 ~-vhid~ tltc prugrarar will be de~~eluped.I based on the direction provided by the City of Columbia Heights 1.1.2.4 The legal parameters are: ll~fe~rtti(y pertine~zt legal ir~forrnati<nr, including, of apprnhriate, burg surveys and Ic°gal descriptunrs ar~d restricfinns of th~~~ site.! NA 1.1.2.5 The financial parameters are as follows. .t A7nOLm'1 of the Owner's overall budget for the Project, inchtding the Architect's campensatign, is: $3,500,000.00 far all services, fees, expenses, equipment and construction. .z Amount of the Owner's httdget f~rr the Cost of the Work, excluding the. Architect's c<xnpensation, is: 1.1.2.6 ~fhe time parameters are: il~lrnti(w, ij ap)?inpri~ztt:, r~~lle,tonc ~~iatcs, duratinn u' fast track ~-hcduttn.l Design/ Construction documents: February 15th- April 27th 2007 Bids due: May 22nd, 2007 Construction- Substantial completion @ 37th Avenue Location: May 29th- August t5th, 2007 Construction- Substantial completion @ Central Avenue Location: July 2nd- September 30th, 2007 Project closeout October 30th, 2007 1.1.2.7 The proposed procLrrement or delivery method for the Project is: 1ldentifV rnetl~ioc/ such as competitive biE~i, e~aegotiated contract, or cnrtstrnctinn rniuragement. t Competitive bid for the work is anticipated. 1.1.2.6 Other p~~trameters are: @Idrratify sj?ecial charactEristies nr needs of the 1'rnject sucl~r as enc~,y, errriro@rrnental nr lustarie preservatinrt requirements,! V,FA~44@tg~. Unlicensed photocopying violates u.S. copyright Laws and wiEl subject the violater to Segal prosecution. f ©1997 AIA® ,41x4, ®~CURAENT 9144®4997 STANQARD EORM AGREEMENT The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, Q.C. 20006-5292 1.1.3 PR~IECT TEA9~ 1.1.3,1 The Owner's Designated Representative is: i List name, adr~iress itncl ~>tF~er in fnrrvration. l Mr. William Elrite. Finance Director City of Columbia Heights 1.1.3.2 The persozls or entities, in addition to the C}wner`s Designated Representative, who arc required to review the Architect`s submittals to the Owner are: (List name, address and other iitf«rrnatir7r2.1 The City of Columbia Heights City Council 1.1.3.3 The Owner`s other constdtants and contractors are: (List disciplirxe rand, rf hnvwn, ir~lentifv them by ruznae acrd address.l 1.1.3.4 The Architect's Designated Representative is: (List Warne, address arTd other- inf7rrnrztion. i Jeff Oertel, Principal in Charge, Oertel Architects. Diane Trout-Oertel- Project Architect, Oertel Architects. Andrew Cooper, Designer and Job Captain, Oertel Architects 1'795 Saint Clair Avenue St. Paul, MI~t 55105 1.1.3.5 The consultants retained at the Architects expense are: !List ~}iscii,line rang, if kruna~rr, ddentifv ,±herr? by r?acne and ad+~ress. Electrical Engineering: Dan Paulson= Paulson & Clark Engineering Mechanical Engineering: Shane Albertson= Albertson Engineering Structural Engineering: Harry Meek= Darg, Iioigrean, Menk & Associates Civil Engineering: Jon Horn= Kimley-Horn & Associates, Inc. 1.1.4 Uther a;nportant initial information is: 1.1.5 ~trhetl the services under this Agreement include contract administraitiun services, the Cienet-aI Cordi~lions c~>f the C:~,rnttract for Construction shall f7c the edi~Cian of AIA Document Awz current as of the. date of this Agreement, or as fo,lkaws: 1,1.& The i€~ fornratir>n contained it~t this Article t.t a~Tay he reasop,a[~ly' relied ttpon by the Owner and Architect i?~~detet-n~init~ag the Architec~t`~ cr~rrpensation. F3oth pat-tics, however, rect~~rgnire that such irformatiort nta~~ change Fuld, in that evert, the Owner and the Architect shall negotiate appropriate adjustments i~~ schedule, compensation and (;hange in Services in accordance with Paragraph 1.3.3. -_~:; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. ©1997 AIA® SBA ~a61EtdT H141-19I STANDARD FORM AGREEf~ENT The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 ARTICLE 1.2 RESRONSIBILITIES OF THE t~ARTIES 1.2.1 'The Owner and the Architect shall cooperate with one another to fulfill their respective obligations under this Agreement. both parties shall endeaverr to maintain good working relationships among all members of the Project team. 1.2.2 OWNER 1.2.2.1 Lttrless otherwise. provided under this Agreement, the Owr~zer shall provide full information in a timely mamler regarding requirements for and limitations on the Project. `The OWnel" shall furnish to the Architect, within r5 days after receipt of a written request, information rlecessarv amid relevant for the Architect to evaluate, give r~atice of ar enforce Lien rights. 1.2.2.2 The Owner shall periodically update the budget For the Project, including that portion allocated far the Cost of the Work. The Owner shall not significantly increase or decrease the overall budget, the Portion of the budget allocated for the Cost of the Fork, err contingencies included in the overall budget or a particul of the budget, without the agreement of the. Architect to a corresponding change in the Project scope and quality. 1.2.2.3 The Owner`s Designated Representative identified in Paragraph r.z.3 shall be authorized to act on the Owner's behalf with respect to the Project. 'The Owner or the Owner's Designated Representative shall render decisions in a timely mam~er pertaining to documents submitted by the. Architect in order to avoid unreasonable delay in the orderly and sequential progress of the Architect's services. 1.2.2.4 The Owner shall furl~lish the services al' consultants other- than those designated in Paragraph r.r.3 ar authorize the Architect to furnish them as a Change in Services w11en such services are requested by the Architect and are reasonably requiree~l by the. scope of the Prerject. 1.2.2.5 Llnless otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Owner shall furnish tests, inspections and reports required by law or the Contract Documents, such as structural, mechanical, and chemical tests, tests for air and water pollution, and tests for hazardous materials. 1.2.2,6 The Owner shall funnish all legal, insurance and accauntirlg services, including auditing services, t11at may be reasonably necessary at any time for the Project to r~neet the Owners needs and In lei ests. 4 ""b 2 Z Tl-eu «sn cl-e~}1 n ei 1, r~e+ nr[Zm Ftf nrTlfr[all tl llfte"'P ttl tlt( /~!'['}?lit"{ 1C tl"?Fy [~lF.I2tFr r~F^~-f F!'?l E' r.<.i..i iai~ vvr ,ia.a .raauc (i vv~u.., t~ ...a i~.. .. .:....... .... ~....... .... ...~ ..~.,......... .. .. ..--.. .... .. -...: .. .. ~. ~. ___~.. aware of any fault or defect in the Project, including any errors, omissions or inconsistencies in the Architect's Instruments of Service. 1.2.3 ARCHITECT 1.2.3.1 The services performed by the Architect, Architect's employees and Architect's consultants shall be as enumerated in Article r.~. 1.2.3.2 The Architect's services shall be performed as expeditiously as is consistent with professional skill and care and the orderly progress of the Project. The Architect shall submit Far the Owner's approval at schedule for the performance of the. Architect's services which initially shall be consistent with the time periods established in Subparagraph r.r.~.G and which shaIl be adjusted, if necessary, as the I'raject proceeds. This schedule shall include allowances For periods of time required far the Owner's review, far the performance of the Owner's corrsuhants, and for approval of submissions by authorities hati~irlg jurisdiction over the Project. 'Time limits established by this schedule approved by the Oyvner- shall not> except for reasonable cause, be exceeded by the Architect or Owner. Unlicensed photocopying violates U.s. copyright Taws and will subject tha violator to legal prosecution. ~f ©1997 AIA® AIA l}OCt1h~El~T Et41-1997 STANDARCr FC7RM AGREEMENT the American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 1.2.3.3 The 1rchitect's llesignated Representative identified in I~'ara~rahh i.i.; shall be authorized to act on the Architect's behalf with respect to the i7roject. ].2.3.4 ~l'he Architect shall maintain the confidentiality of information specifically desigi~lated as caiific~ential by the Owner, unless withholding such information would violate the law, create the risk of significant harm to the public or prevent the Architect from establishing a clt~iim i~r defense in an adjudicatoiy proceeding. The Architect shall require of the Architect's consultants similar agreements to maintain the ainfideirtiality of information specifically designated as c«nhdential by the Owner. ].2.3.5 Except with the Owner's knowledge and consent, the Architect shall not engage in any activity; or accept any employment, interest or contribution that would reasonably appear to compromise the Architect's professional judgment with respect to this I?roject. 1.23.6 The Architect shall review laws, codes, and regulations applicable to the Architect's services. The Architect shall respond in the design of the project to requirements imposed by governmental authorities having jui-isdi%tion over the project. 1.2.3.7 The Architect shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy and completeness of services and information fiLrnished by the Owner. The Architect shall provide prompt written notice to the Owner if the Architect becomes aware of any errors, omissions or iiicoilsistencies in such services iir lilfi>I"iliaiiui7. ARTICLE 1.3 TERMS AND CONDITIC3S 1.3.1 COST dF THE 4VdRK 1.3.1.1 The Cost of the Work shall be the total cost or, to the extent the Project is oat coinple~ted, the estimated cost to the Owner of all elements of the Project designed or specified by the Architect. ].3.1.2 The Cost of the 1Nork shad. include the cost at current market rates of labor and materials fitrnished by the Owner and equipment designed, specified, selected crr specially provided for by the Architect, including the costs of management or supervision iif construction or installation provided by a separate coi~structioi~ manager or contractor, plus a reasonable allowance For their overhead and profit. In additioi~i, a reasonable allowance fcn- contingencies shall be included for market conditions at the time of bidding and for changes iiz the'vbrork. 1.3.1.3 The Cast of the Work does not include the compensation of the Architect and the Architect's consultants, the costs of the land, rights-of-way and financing or other costs that are the responsibility of the Owner. 1.3.2 INSTRtlMENTS OF SERVICE 1.3.2.] Drawings, specificatioizs and other documents, including those in electronic form, ,~ prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants are Instruments of Service for use sole- ' ly with respect to this project. The Architect and the Architect's consultants shall lie deemed the v authors and owners of their respective Instruments of Service anal shall retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, including copyrights. ©1997 aia® ~1~ ~C]Cti ENT 6]4]-]997 ].3.2.2 Upon execution of tha`s Agreement, the Architect grants to the Owner a nonexclusive STANDARD FORM AGREEMENT license to reproduce the Architect's Instruments e,I~ tiervice solely for purposes of constrrictiilg, using and niaiintaining the Pri~rject, provided that the Owner shall cuinply with all obligations, The American Institute including prompt payment of aII sr€ms when due, under this Agreement. The Architect shall of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006-5252 Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. obtain similar nonexclusive licenses from the Architect`s consultants consistent with this Agreement. Any tern~~ination of this Agreement prior to completion of the Project shall terminate this license. Llptln such tertnit7ation> the Owner shall refrain from makit~~g further reproductions t~~f Instruments c,f Sez-vice and shall return to the Architect within seven davs of termination all originals and repradltctians in the Owner's possession or control. if and upon the date the Architect is <}djud~~cl in ~~efault of this Agreetrient, the foregoing license shall be deemed Eerminated and replaced by a second, nonexclusive license permitting the Owner to authorise other similarly a'edentialed design professionals to reproduce and, where ner~nitted by law, to make changes, c(~>rrections or addi~tjians to the Instruments of tiervice solely for purposes of catr~pleting, using and maintaining tl~e I~'roject. 1.3.x.3 Except for the licenses grat~rted it~l Subparagraph t.3?.~, no (~lther license or right shall be deemed granted or implied under this Agreetne~~~t. The Owner shall not assign, delegate, sublicense, pledge or ather'~rise transfer any license granted 11e2-ein to another party without the prior written agreement of the Architect. l~Iawever, the Owt~ier shall lac permitted to authorize the ~,CYntractal", Suticontractars, Scab-sribcantractars and materi~~~l or equipment suppliers to t-eprodrtce appli(ahle p(>rtians of the I??str>.tmF>r7ts (~( Service appropriate taa_t~tl fcir ~ISe in their' execution of the ~7~trk by licet~tse granted in Subparagraph t.,.z.?. Submission or distribution of Instrutnez~~ts of Service to meet afCcial regulatory requirements ar for similar purposes in connection with the Project is t~te~>t to 1ie~ construed as publication in derogation of the reserved rights of the Arcl~~itect and the Architect`s consultants. T"he Owner shall not use the Instruments ' ~ , 1. ... _i ... ,i_ rte. of 7CrV1c.C lliF 1Lit Ure adult LCftFS Cir ali.e l'21t1C3tF$ tCt t it`+ Lit Cilec. I. Ctt it)L t}111C1 ~~L li~Cets, U1t1esJ Ltle VWtlel (~~lhtains the prior written agreement of the Architect and the Architect's consultants. Any unauthorized use of the hrstrltlnents of Service shall be at the C_)wner's sale risk and without. habihty to the Architect and the Architect's consultants. 1.3.2.4 Prior to the Architect providing to the Owner any Instruments of Service in eiectrol~iic fat-m ~~n' the Owner providing tcl the Architect. any electronic data for incorporation into the Instruments of Service, the Owner and the Architect shall by separate written agreement set forth the specific conditions governing the format of such Instruments of Service or electronic data, iz~tcluding any special limitations or licenses l~7at otherwise provided il~z this Agreement. 1.3.3 CEi~P9GE Ifs SEfti/ICE~ 1.3.3.1 Change in Services of the Architect, including services required of the Architect`s consultants, r~aay be accomplished t~after execution of this Agreement, without invaiidatil~~g the Agreelnetlt, if t~nutualiy agreed in writing, if requited by circut~~stances :v~eyortd the Architect's :':.~ntrill, ~"~r if tl~e Qre;lrif~zyt'a; ce,`trgve~ are affv«ted ac ,dec~ril'~ed I?": C~;1~~7ar;~m-anh t 2 a 3, Tz~ the r n• t __- absence of mutual agreelnet~Yt ill writing, the Architect shall notify the Owner prior to providing such services. If the Owt~ier deems that all ar a part of such Change in Services is not required, the Owner shall give prompt written notice to the. Architect, and the Architect shall have na abligatian to provide those services. Except for a change due to the fault of the Architect, Change in Serrvices of the Architect shall entitle the Architect to an adjustment in compensation pursuant to I?aragraph ~.>•z> and to any 12eimbursable Expense-s described in Subparagraph r.3.y.z and Paragraph 1.5.5. 1.3.3.2 If any of the fallowing circumstances affect the Architect's services for the Project, the Architect shall be cl~ititled to an appropriate adjustment in the Architect's schedule and compensation: 1 change in the instructiol~zs ar approvals givelt by the Owlrer that necessitate revisions i~t Instruments t,3f Service; .z enactment or revision of Codes, laws ol~ regulations ar afhcial interl~x-etatiatls which necessitate cha~~ges to previously prepared Instruments of Service; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright taws and will subject the violator to legs! prosecution. f _ __.:. I O 1947 AIP,® A[~4 " 3CtFR~E~T X141-1997 STANDARD FORM AGREEMENT The American institute of Architects 1735 New Vork Avenue, N.tN. Washingtot7, D.C. 2 0006-5 2 32 s decisions of the Owner not rendered in a timely manner; .4 significant change in the Project inchldirig, but not Iiinited to, size, quality, complexity, the Owner's schedule ~~>r budget, or procurement method; s failure of performance on the part of the Owner or the Owner's consultants or contractors; .~ preparation for and attendance at a public hearing, a dispute resolution proceeding or a legal proceeding except where the Architect is party tlieretcr; .~ change in the information contained in Article i.i. 1.3.4 PVIEQIATidN 1.3.4.1 Any claim, dispute or other matter in question arising out of or related to this Agreement shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the institution of legal <}r equitable proceedings by either party. Tf such matter relates to or is the subject of a lien arising out of the Architect's services, the Architect may priiceed in accordance. with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines prior to resolution of the inatter by mediation oi- by arbitration. 1.3.4.2 The t'}weer and Ardiitect shell endeavor to resolve claims, disputes and other matters in question between their by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry l~lediation Rules of the Aiiiericaii Arbitration Association currently in effect. Request for mediation shall be Filed in writiiig with the other party tii this Agrec'iiieiit aiid 'vVitii. the riiiicrical7 Arl3itrativii Asticiatiiirt. ~iiie regUl'St inay be i2iaiie. concurrently with the filing of a demand For arbitration hut, iii such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of arbitration or legal ,v~>r equitable proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation far a period of 6o days from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties ur court order. 13.4.3 The parties shall share. the mediator's fee and an}~ filil~~g fees equally. The inediatic~>n shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in airy court having jurisdiction thereof. 1.3.5 ARBITRATION 1.3.5.1 Any claim, dispute or other matter iii question arising out of or related to this Agreement shalt be subject to arbitration. Prior to arbitration, the parties shall endeavor to resolve disputes by mediation iii accordance ~~itll Paragraph i.3.~. 1.3.5.2 Claims, disputes and other matters in question between the parties that are not resolved by mediation shall be. decided by arbitration which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect_ The demand far arbitration shall be filed in writiiig with the other party to this Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association. f 1.3.53 A demand for arbitration shall be made within a reasonable time after the clain7, dispute ~_ or other matter in question has arisen. IIi no event shall the deinancl for arbitration be made after ~ .> the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute ar other m matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. © 1997 AIA® AIA b~d~klF~ENT [3141-1997 1.3.5.4 No arbitratitxl arising out €7f or relating to this Agreement shall include, by consolidation STANDARD FORM AGREEMENT or joinder or in any other manner, an additional pers<an or entity not a party to this Agreement, except by written consent containing a speciFie reference ~Co this Agreement and signed. by the The American institute OwiZer> Architect, and snv other person or entity sought to be joined. Consent to arbitration of Architects inv~Ilviiig an additional peI"Son or entity shall not cunstiti~ite consent to arbitration of any claili~I, 7735 New York Avenue, N.W. ' Washington, D.C. 20006-SZ9Z ;~x c>:r Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. eapye€ght laws and wile subject the violator to IegaE praseeutian. dispute or other- matter in question not described in the written consent oi- with a persi~n ur entity not named or descrikaed therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties t<> this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 1.3.5.5 The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgmel~lt may be entered upoi~> it ix; accordance with applicable law il~~ any court having jurisdiction thereof. 1.3.6 CLA0M5 FOR COAlSECp0JE0<lTIAL DAMAGES The Architect and the Owner waive consequential damages for claims, disputes or other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Agreement. 'Phis mutual waiver is applicable, without limitation, to all consequential damages due tee either l~~arty's termination in accordance with paragraph 1.3.8. 1.3.7 MISCELLAP1EOt.0S I~ROV0S00E~S 1.3.7.1 This Agreement shall be governed by the law of the principal place of business of the Architect, ul~lless otherwise provided in Paragraph l.~.z. 1.3.7.2 Terms in this Agreement sha11 have the same meaning as th<~~se in the edition of AIA Document Agar, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, current as of the date of tl.is Agr~e~nent. 1.3.7.3 Causes of action between the parties to this Agreement pertaining to acts or failures to act shall be deemed to have accrued and the applicable statutes cif limitations shall commence to run n~7t later than either the date of Substantial Completion fe}r acts or failures to act occurring prior to Substantial Completion or the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment for acts or failures to act occurring after Substantial Completion. In no event shall such statutes of limitations commence to run any Later than the date when the Architect's services are substantially completed. 1.3.7.4 1<? the eAtent damages are covered by pre>party insw-ance during construction, the Owner and the Architect waive all rights against each other and against the contractors, consultants, agents and employees of the c~rther For damages, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance as set forth in the edition of AIA Document A~or, General Conclitiot~~s of the Contract for Construction, curYe~,t as of the date of this Agreement. "I'he Owner or the Architect, as appropriate, shall require of the contractors, consultants, agents and employees of anv of them similar w<~rivers il~z favor of the other parties enumerated herein, 1.3.7.5 Nothing contained in this Agreement shall create a contractual relationship with or a cause of action in favor of a third party against either the Owner or Architect. 1.3.7.6 Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Architect. and Architect's consultants shall have no responsibility for the discovery, presence, handling, removal or disposal of or exposure of persons to hazardous materials ar toxic substances in any form at the Project site. 1.3.7.7 The Architect shall have the right to include photographic or artistic rel~~resentations of the design of the project among the Architect's promotional amid professional materials. T'he Architect shall lie given reas<,}nal'71e access, to (he completed Prc,ject to make such representations. However, the Architect's i~naterials shad nc>t inchtt-le the C~w~ler's confidential or proprietary information if the Owr,er has previot~isly advised the Architect in writing of tl~e specific information considered by tl~ze Owner t~f he amfidelatial or proprietary: The Owner shall prrwide 17roFessional credit for the architect il~ the Owner's promotional materials for the project.. r-s_ k,~rz -: unlicensed photocopying vioAates U.S. copyright Iaws and urill subject the violator to Iegal prosecution. 6~F'., -'.. ___.~_ s ©t 9 9 7 AIA AAA ®®C01B~ENT 03141-1997 STANDARD FORM AGREEMENT The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 1.3.7.$ if the Owner requests the Architect to execute certificates, the proposed Language of such certificates shall be submitted to the Archi~tevt for review at Least z4 days prior to the requested dates of execution. The Architect sha}} not be required to execute certificates that wEnt}~~ require knowledge, services or responsibilities beyond the scope of this Agreement. 1.3.7,9 The Owner and Architect, respectively, bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party to this Agreement ai~rd to the partners, successors, assigns and Iegal representatives of such other party with respect to all covenants ctf this Agreement Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall assign this Agreement withtrut the written consent of the other, except that the Owner may assign this Agreement to an institutional lender providing financing For the Project. In such event, the: lender shall assume the C~wi~rer's rights and obligations under this Agreement. The Architect shall execute ail. consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment. 1.3.8 TERMINATIOR! OR St1SPEtdS10N 1.3.$.1 If the Owner fails to make payments to the Architect in accordal7cr with this Agreement, such faiture shall be considered substantial nonperformance and cause for termination or, at the Architect`s option, cause for suspension of performance of services under this Agreement If the Architect elects to suspend services, prior to suspension of services; the _1rcl?itect shall give seven. days' written notice to the Owner. In the event of a suspension of services, the Architect shall have no liability to the Owner for delay or damage caused the Owner because of such suspension of services. L~efare resuming service,, t}~e Arc}~itevt sha}} be paid a}} ruins due. prior to suspension aa:d any expenses incurred in the interruption and resumption of the Architect's services. The Architect's fees far the remaining services and the time schedules shall be equitably adjusted, 1.3.$.2 If the Project is suspended by the Owner for mare than 3o consecutive days, the Architect shall be compensated For services performed prior to notice of such suspension. When the Project is resumed, the Architect shall be compensated far expenses incurred in the interruptit.bn anct resumption of the Architect's services. The Architect's fees for the remaining services and the time schedules sha}1 be equitably adjusted. 1.3.$.3 If the Project is suspended or the Architect's services are suspended for more than ~3a consecutive days, the Architect may terminate this Agreement by giving not less than seven days' written native. 1.3.$.~ l~ IS Agreement may ~_ ~ termli~ateta y eit e's' party itpaii lint eSS t pan seven sa'y's \hTI'itti'n notice should the other party fail substantially to perform in accordance with the terms of this Agreement through no fault of the party initiating the termination. 1.3.$.5 This Agreement may be terminated by the Owner upon pat less than seven days' wg•itten notice to the Architect for the Owner`s convenience and without cause. 1.3.$.6 In the event of termination t~iot the fault of the Architect, the Architect shall he ~ compensated for services performed prior to termination, together with Reimbursable Expenses «~ then due and all Termination Expenses as defined in ~rtbparagraph i.3.8.;. 1.3.$.7 Ternunatian Expenses are in addition to ct.>mpensation for the services of ~tlxe Agreement ©t 9 9 7 a E A ® and include expenses directly attributable to termination. far which the Architect is not otherwise A9A DOt~lDB~tEtdT X141-1997 sTAN[7ARD FoRr~ compensated, p}us an amowat far the Architect's anticipated profit on t}~e value of tl~e services not AGREEMENT performed by the Architect. The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 r ;; tlntEcensed photocopying violates u.S. copyright lags and will subject the violator to Legal prosecution. 1.3.9 ('AYENTS T~ TFiE ACtiITEC1` 1.3.9.1 Payments ors aca~unt of services rendered and for Reimbursable Expenses incurred shall be made monthly uhon presentation of the Architect's statement of services. No deductions shall be made from the Archited's compensation on account of penalty, liquidated damages or other sums ~n~ithheld from payments to contractors, or on account of the cost of changes in the Work other than those for which the Architect has been adjudged to be liable. 1.3.9.2 Reimbursable Exnei~ses are in additicm to com~?ensation for the Ardlitect`s services and include expenses incurred by the Architect and Architect's employees and consultants directly related to the Project, as identified in the following Clauses: .~ transportation in connectioz~l with the Projce~t, authorized ol~t-of--town travel and sul~~sistence, and electroi~lic commt~ulications; .z fetes paid for securil~g approval of authorities having jurisdiction over the Project; .3 reproductions, plots, standard form documents, postage, handling and delivery of Instruments of Service, .~ expense of overtime work requiring higher that~i regular rates if authorized in advance by the Owner; s reuderings> models and mock-ups requested bV the Owner; .c expense of professional liability insurance Medicated ~xelusivel+~ tc~~ this Project or the expense of additional insurance coverage or limits requested by the Owner in excess of that normally carried by the Architect and the Architect's consultants; .!' 1CililUU17Qb1C expenses as e.1CJt~littlCU ni 1 11a~lapll i.j.j; s other similar direct Project-related expenditures. 1.3.9.3 Records of Reimbursable Expenses, of expenses pertaining to a Chat~lge in Services, and of services perforz~ned on the basis of hourly rates or a multiple of Direct Personnel Expense shall be available to the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative at mutually convenient times. 1.3.9.4 Direct Persom~el Expense is defined as the direct salaries of the Architect's persomlel engaged on the Project and the portion of the cost of their mal~ldatc>ry and customary contributions and benefits related thereto, such as empluyrtrent taxes and other statutory employee benefits, u~7surance, sick Leave, holidays, vac~~ltions, employee retirement plans and similar contributions. Ft~ e aCi.E 1.4 ~~~r6~E t3F SEacvi~ES i~ai~E3 t`e i ~aER Sa~E~jl~s~ s Er~s`~iS ae~ejC`i a a"~'amvBTif3P~1~ i,4,i Fnlimaratinn of Part.c pf the Agree??lPnt, This rAgi"PP7ll eFlt rept'iasentR fhP_ entire and integrated agreement between the Owner and the Architect and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written ar oral. 'I'bis Agreement may be amended only by written ins~trumetrt signed by both Owner and Architect. This Agreement comprises the documents listed below. 1.4.1.1 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Architect, AIA Document Bi4i-1997. 1.4.1.2 standard Eorm of Architect`s Services: Design and Contract Administration, AIA Document Bi4i-199;, or as follows: (Lisf other t~oculnents, if ~atTy=, tlclillctatirt;.4r-rFtitt~~rt`s scojle nC serrices.l 1.4.1.3 Otlrer docttrnents as follows: List otlrhr ticvur~nenis, i~Ezny, fc;rniira~~ ~c~rt clf~tdre:lrrcr~zc~ttt. ~ a, ,~. Unlicensed phatacapying violates U.S. copyright laws and wii! subject the violator to legal prosecution ©1997 aia® ,RIh. ~~~@~~EF~T X141-1997 STANDARD FORM AGREEMENT The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006-SZ9Z Ytre,, , E ~~ 1.4.2 Special Terms and Conditions. Special terms and condtians that modify this Agreement are as follows: ARTICLE 1.5 COI+~1!'EtdSATIOt~ L5.1 Far the Architect's services as described under Article i.~, compensation shall be computed as follows: Campensation shall be a fee of $490,000.00, including incidental expenses, mileage, plats progress prints, deliveries, and telephone. The City of Columbia Heights shall be responsible for payment of soil borings, surveys, permits, legal ads, bid sets and special inspections. Architect shall coordinate the arrangement far these items. 1.5.2 If the services of the Architect are changed as described in Subparagraph i.3.3.T, the Architect's compensation siiali be adjusieii. Such adjiisiliielit shall be calculated as described belaw or, if no method of adjustment is indicated in this Paragraph i.5?, in an equitable manner. (Insert basis of~ con2pensatiorz, including rates and nuelti~,~les of Direct Personnel Expense for Principals and employees, and ider~itify Principals and classify enTplayees, if required. Identify specific services to ta~hiclt partic- ular metlTOr~is of~cornpensation apph~J . ere~se-in e:e~~sttvleticnr-en ably-agreed ~s` '~ ~ - ~ ~-_ 6 ~ ~ A./ 111 _~ 1.S.a for a l.hange ?n ~ervtces aI me JlrGnlt~Ct~s r.onstlttanis, conipensai>un 5iian ue wuil~uieu as a multiple of one ( 1 }times the amounts billed to the Architect. far such services. 1.5.4 For Reimbursable Expenses as described in Subparagraph t.3.9.2, and any other items included in Paragraph 1.5.5 as Reimbursable Expenses, the. compensation shall be computed as a multiple of one ( 4 )times the expenses incurred by the Architect, and the Architect's employees and consultants. ~' 1.5.5 Other Reimbursable Expenses, if any, are as follows: c01997 AIAOO CIA C9C'"'llt~El~T X141-1997 STANDARD FORM AGREEMENT The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, Q.C. 2Q006-5292 ht Paws and wi!! subject the violator to legs! prosecution co ri i l tes U S h t i U li d . py g ng v . . o ocopy o a _. n cense p 1.5.6 1'hc rates a~~pd multiples for services ctf ~th~ t~r~f~ritect and ttie Arcl7ite~f's consultants its set forth in this Agreement shall be adjusted in accordance with their normal salary review practices. 1.5.7 An initial pavtnent of N/A Dollars ! ~; N/A J shall. be made upon execution of this Agreemet~lt and is the minimum payment rindcr this Agreement. It shall be credited to the t)wner's account at final payment, Sttbsedttent payments fcx- services shall be made monthly, and where al7plicable, shall be in proportion to services performed oia the basis set forth in this Agreet~nent. 1.5.E Paymetrts are due and payable thirty i 30 )days from the date of the Architect`s invoice. A~nottnts unpaid sixty ( 60 )days after the invoice date shall bear interest at the rate entered below, or in the absence thereof at the legal rate prevailii~rg from time to time. a~t the l~~riracipal place of business of the Architect. (Ir~scrt rate of interest agreed uport.l ! Usury laws and requirements ~rr~rrler the Federzil Trrrth in Lending.~lct, similar- stutte r~u~1d lor~~al consumer credit tact~s rand other refit+lations at fhe Osa~rrer's and Architect's rrincipat Places of lnasiuess, the lacativn of the Project and elseswhere m~=y ca(('ect the validity of this laravisicsrr. tipeci(ic legal ar~ivicr slroulr~l be obtr~zined Yvith respect tc> deletions or moth%icatir,rts, rand also r~egardnrg> requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.) 1.5.9 If the services covered by this Agreemet~~~t Have not been completed within }months of the date hereof, through no fault of the Architect, extensi~'7n of the Architect's services beyond that time shall be compensated as provided in Paragraph z.5.a. This Agreement entered i ~~ ~, ~~ P a~ O !.~ N ~ t finale„~; Gary Peterson; Mayor day and year first written alcove. s~~~ .~ "`~ r` j A l".~~.Sigrrature) Jeffrev L. Oertel. President Oertet Architects !Printed nurtrc aril trtlel r1'rirrtert rtatr~~e artd title) -"ota should sign an orighutl_tL~ ductrrrunt or a licensed r~el?rodnctiurt. Originals- contain tltef11,9 logo I?r' ~i ' irr red; licensed reproductions arc those pror#uced in ar-cordant-e with the Instructions to this iloarrrre t. `~ . -t`.~" ~ OPIVNER (Signature) VJaIter Fehst, pity Manager (Panted name and title U !lcensed Photacapying violates U.S. capyright fawns ants` wi!! subject the violator to legal prosecutian. ©1 9 4 7 A I A Afpa t2®~l9fatEldT X141-1997 STANDAR6 FORM AGREEMENT The American institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 1997 E 1 T 1 ~ I`J o i'®-~`® tZ 4 T 'e'er d° ® i a . ® s-s ~ rya r t~r ~.r~~ t~~t s ~r~ic~s& psi rc ct ®rcr~x~ ~~cisrrzic~ 2.1 t'R1ECT AI`rtIt~ISTR~,TIIV SERVICES 2.2 Sl3PnRTII~C SERVICES Z.3 EVALe.1T1~@ AIVI` I'lagB~ll~lC SERVICES 2.4 C~ESIGIV SERVICES 2.5 CI`JSTRIDCTIF1 I~RCl7REENT SERVICES 2.~ CM1ITRACT AM1~91STR,~T1 SERVICES 2.7 FACILITY t3PERTIOt~ SERVICES 2.9 SCFIE€~rslE ~F SERVICES 2.9 C}IFBCATIhIS _- -- --- - Capyright ?917, 1426, 7948, ?957, ?453, 1958, ?961, ?463, ?466 ?467, ?47Q, ?374, 1377, 748?, ~?447 by The American institute of Architects. Reproduction of the material herein ar substantial quotation of its prcvisians without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to Iegai prosecu tiara. "" "" unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright lavers and wit! subject the vio{atar 40 legal prosecution. This document has impor- tant legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. 01997 AIA® m49Pd ~UINE9~T 9141-'9991 STANDARD FC?RM SERVICES The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20Q06-5292 ARTICLE 2.i t'Rt31ECT AC3lNlSTRATION SERVICES 2.1.1 The Architect shall manage the Architect's services and administer the Project. The Architect shall consult with the Owner, research applicable design criteria, attend Project meetings, ccnnmunicate with members of the Project teaz~n and issue progress reports. The Architect shall coordinate the services provided by the Architect and the Architect's consultants with those services provided by the Owner and tl7e Owner's constdtants. 2.1.2 When Project requirements have been sufficiently identified, the Architect shall prepare, and periodically update, a Project schedule that shall identify milestone dates for decisions required of the Owner, design services furnished by the Architect, completion of documentation provided by the Architect, commencement of construction and 4ubstantial Cot~npletion of the VVot-k. 2.1.3 The Architect shall consider the value of alternative materials, building systems and equipment, together with other considerations based <~~~n program, budget and aesthetics in developing the design for the Project. 2.1.4 Upon request of the O~~tner, the Architect shall make a presentation to explain the design of the Proje~-t to representatives of the Owner. 2.1.5 The Architect shall submit design dacuments to the Owner at intervaals apprropriate to the deslgTi pr.,cess fCir p,urpase$ iif ev'aiUatiati and appro`v'al by ttic Owiter. The Alchitel,t shall. be entitled to rely on approvals received frat~n the Owner in the further development of the design, 2.1.6 The Architect shall assist the Owner in connection with the Owner's responsibility for filing documents required for the approval of gavermnental authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. 2.1.7 EVALUATION OF BUDGET AND COST OF THE WORK 2.1.7.1 ~Nhen the Project requirements have been sufficiently identified, the Architect shall prepare a pre imi~~lary estimate of the Casi of the Work Tl1is estimate may be based on current area, volume or similar conceptual estimating techniques. As the design process progresses through the end of the preparation of the Construction Documents, the Architect shall update and reline the prelitnit~ary estimate of the Cost of the Work. The Architect shall advise the Owner of any adjustments to previous estimates of the Cost of the Work indicated by changes in Project regtEire~~rents ar general market ci~tlditiotts. If at any iittie the Architect's estimate of the Cosi of the Work exceeds the C~wtler`S bi.idget, the Arch;tt~ct shall ~~1?eke aI?l>YOI?r;ata rr ~nznmPndatia,~c t„n the E7wner to adjt~tst the Project's size, quality or budget, and the Owner shall cooperate with the Architect in making such adjustments. 2.1.7.2 Evaluations of the Owner`s budget for the Praject, the preliminary estimate of the Cost of the Work and updated estimates of the Cost of the Work prepared by the Architect represent the Architect's judgment. as a design professional familiar with the construction industry. It is ~ recognized, however, that neither the Architect nor the Owner has control aver the cast of labor, "~ materials or equipment, over the Contractor`s methods of determining bid prices, or aver _ a>mpetitive bidding, market ar negotiating conditi<~fns. Accordingly, the. Architect cannot and ~ i does net warrai~It or represent that bids or negotiated prices will net vary frat~n the Owner's ©~ 9 9 ~ a i a ® budget far the Project ar tram any estimate c~~f the Cost of the Work or evaluation prepared or A6A F~DCU6dffENT 8141-1997 agreed to by the Architect. STANDARD FORM SERV4CE5 The American Institute of Architects 1735 New Yark Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 Jniicensed photocopying vioiates U.S. copyright lays and v~ill subject the violator to !ages prosecution. 2.1.7.3 Tn preparing estimates of the Cost of the Work, the Architect shall be permitted to include a>ntingencies for design, bidding and price escalation; tc> determine what materials, equipment, Component systems and types of arnstruction are to be included in the Carrtr-act Documents, to inake reasonable adjustments in the scope of the PrajeCt and to include in the Contract llocuments alternate bids as may be necessary to adjust tfre estimated Cost of the Wgrk to meet the Owner's budget far the Cast of the Work. If an increase in the Cimtract Sum occLtrring after ex['e~ution of the Contract between the Owner and the C<>ntraCtor causes thin budget for the Cirst (}i the ~/,TFt7'k tCl btu Pt.'~.~~dP~~~ f~l ut }btu ~~gl~?f c}iul~ It ~i' ...~. i. v. ~~.~~i~l u~.. ~,i~rilingl y' 2.1.7.4 If bidding or- negotiation has not commenced within yo days after the Ardlitect submits the Construction Documents to the Oevner, the budget for the Cost of the Work shall be adjusted to reflect Changes in the general Ievel of prices in the CorlstruCtian industry. 2.1.7.5 If the budget far the Cast of the Work is exceeded by the lowest bona fide bid or negotiated proposal, the Owner shall: .T gi~~e written approtral of im increas~> in the bLTCIgCt far the Cost of the WErrk; .2 aL(tlla ' T"~~> ~i~:ng i~ Erreg(itiating Lif tlfe. I~rirjei i F~itlirri z icasiii'~ cl?ie tri2ie; s terminate in accordance with Subparagral~~h r.3.R.5; oi- .~ a~irperate in revising the Project scope and quality as regLiired to reduce the Cost of the. Work. 2.1.7.E If the Owner chooses ~to proceed under clause ~.r.7.5.4, the Architect, without additional Compensation, shall modify the documeT~its far which the Architect is responsible Under this Agreement as necessary to Comply with the budgCt for the Cost of the Wark. The modification of such documents shall be the limit of the Architect's responsibility under this Paragraph zr.; .The Architect shall be entitled to Compensation in accordance with this Agreement far aIl services performed whether car not construction is commenced. ARTICLE 2.2 Sttt'PE7RTtNG SERVICES 2.2.1 Lir~riess specifically designated in Paragraph ?.8.3, the services in this Article ~.z shall he provided by the Owner or the Owner"s consult~urts and contractors. 2.2.1.1 The Owner shall furnish a program setting forth the Owner's objectives, schedule, constraints and criteria, inCludin~ slaace rec~uirCments and relationshit~s, special eouipment, systems and site requirements. 2.2.1.2 The Owner shall furrrislr surveys to describe physical Char~~rCteristiCS, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a wrifiten legal description of the site. The surveys and legal information shall include, as applicable, grades and lines of streets, alleys, pavements and adjoining property and strLictLU-es; adjacent drainage, rights-of-way, restrictions, easements, encroachments, zoning, deed restrictions, boLn~daries and contours of the site; locations, dimen- sions and neCessaiy data with respect to existing buildings, other improvements and trees; and `~ information Concerning availiible utility services and lines, bath public and' private, above and below grade, including in~~erts and depths..gll the information on the survey shall be referenced ~~; to a Project benchmark. - 2.2.1.3 The Owner shall firrnish services of geoteehrrical engineers which may include but are pat ©i 9 9 ~ A i A c~ ~b~ u~Ct96b1EPdT FS141-1997 hmrted to tent barirrgs> test l~rits, deterrninatrons of sail liearmg vahtes, perc<alatron tests, evalua- STANQARD FdRM trans of hazardi~xLis rnatenals, ground C€rra-asTan tests and resrstrvity ~te ts> including necessary sFRViCFs i>peratiirns far anticipating subsoil conditions, with reports and appropriate recommendations. The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 ~ . ~AiiNli~~s: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to 6egal prosecution. AR7ICCE 2.3 E~/P.LU~TIN P,Nt~ t'L.~NNING SERdlfCES 2.3.1 The Architect shall provide a prehminaiy cvahiaticfi~ of the information furnished by the O~rnfr under this Agrfement, including the Owner's program and schedule requiremeills and budget far the C~,ost of the Work, each in Perms of thf other. The Architect shall review such information to ascertain that it is consistent with the requirements of the Project and sha11 notify the Owner of any other information or consultant services that may be rfasonably needed fc>r the Project. 2.3.2 The Architect shall provide a preliminaiv (valuation of the Owner's site for the Project based on the information provided b~y the Owner of site conditions, and the Owner's program, schedrde and budget for the Cost of the iNork. 2.3.3 The Architect shall review the Owner's Proposed method of contracting for constructioi~i services and shall notify the C)wnfr of anticiparted impacts that such method tray have on the Owner's program, Financial and time requirements, and the scope of the Project ~.RTfCLE 2.4l3ESfGN SER`/fCE5 2.4.1 Tl~e Architect's design services shall include normal structural, mechanical and elei-trical engine Bring services. 2.4.2 SCF9E~iATIC C?ESIGN C3GCUENTS 2.4.2.1 The Architect shall provide Schematic Design tllocuine~nts based on the mutually agrffd- upon program., schechile, and budget for the Cost of the Work. The documents shall establish the a~nceptual design of the Project illustrating the scale and relationship of the Project components. 'I'hf Schematic Design Documents shall include a conceptual site plan, if appropriate, and preliminary building plans, sections and elevations. At the Architect's option, the Schematic Design Documents may include study models, perspective sketches, electronic inodehng or com- binations of these media. Preliminary selections of major building systems and construction materials shall bf rioted on the. drawii~igs or described in writing. 2.4.3 DESIGN ~EilEf_C1pMENT ~C3CUIWENTS 2.4.3.1 The Architect shall provide. Design Development Documents based on the approved .`iCl'i2iliaii~ DeSigii D C~Ciiiiifi7tS gild iipilated l7iidgc't fGr till ~,Ctst of tiff v'~ork. 1 iif Design. hevflopment Documents shall ilhistrate and dfscribe thf refinement of the design of thf Project, ,i-.I. -. E-. sl: - :1.: - -l:'- C„ _ ,~ _ ,F t1- T7.- i~ .zf-:-:1 .. c ~ux~rt a.vn ux~ uGi tii:i iji4., ~cia t. ~.v Alai ii~iS, ten ii,,>> a,i ~. olio it,~~~~. a.i cui~..~ ~,u 4iif i iv~i.i, v. v'r' ,iiE~-a„S w. i~iuii~, sections and elevations, typical constriction details, and fquipmfnt layouts. The Design Developmfilt Documents shall iiicludf slaecifications that identify major materials and systems and. establish in gfi~~eral thfir quality levels. 2.4.4 C~NSTRUC71f7N p~CUNiENTS 2.4.4.1 The Architect shall prc~ividf. Construction Documfnts based on the approved Design ...~..-~ Development Documents and updated budget for the Cost of the Work. The. Construction Documfnts shall set forth in detail the requirfir~ents far construction of the Project. The Construction Documents shall inchide Dravrings and Specifications that establish in detail the quality levels of iz~aterials arc systems required for thf Prr>jfct. 2.4.4.2 During the developinfnt of the Construction Documfnts, the Architect shall assist the °'s 9' a i a ° Owner in the development and preparation of (i) I,~iddii~rg and procin•ei~nent information which Ai.~ C9C}Cl3FAENT 614i~i997 STANDARD FoR~ describes the timf, placf and conditions of bidding; bidding in- prt>posal forms; amid the form of SERVIC~s agreement between the Owner and tl7e C<,intractor; and (~} the Conditions of the Coizti~act for C;onstructic>n (C;eneral, Supplementaiy and athfr Conditions }. The Architect also shall compile The American Institute of Architects the Prr>ject h~1Eii~~ual that includes the Conditions of the Contract for Construction and 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Specifications and niay includf bidding requirements and sample fonus. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 _: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legs[ prosecution. ~RTiCLE 2.5 CC>P~STRUCTi~~9 PRC)~L@REE~3T SERiOiCES 2.5.1 'I'he Architect shall assist the Owner iIl obtaining either competitive lids or negotiated proposals and shall assist the Owner in awarding and Iareparing contracts for construction. 2.5.2 'hhe Architect shall assist the Owner in estahhshing a list of l~arospective bidders or con- tractors. 2.5.3 The Architect shall assist the Owner in bid validation or proposal evaluation and determi- nation of the successful hid or l~al-<>posal, if an~~. If requested by the Owner; the Architect shall noti- fy all prospective bidders cIr colrtractors of the bid or proposal results. 2.5.4 C4}~IPETITII(E EIE3DI~IG 2.5.4~i Biddil?g Documents shall consist of bidding requirements, prop~,~sed ccrlatract forms, Genera) Conditions and tiupplementary Conditions, Specifications and Drawings. 2.5.4.2 If requested lay the Owner, the Architect steal} arrange Eor procuring the reproduction of Bidding L>ocuments for distribution ~to prospective bidders. The Owner shall pay directly for the cost of reproc{ucti<~nz or shall reimburse the Architect for such expel~ses. 2.5.4.3 If requested by the Owner, the Architect shall distribute the Kidding Doom?eI?ts ti> prospective bidders and request their return upon con?pletian of the laidding process. The AI'Cl:2tect sl.all I2.alntaln ~, log •f dlstril?t;tton al.d :":'t2";:.':r~~r ~{n~l thc' I??l?Unf~ n!'r~~~prtcitc~ if aII~~ received fi"om and returned to prospective bidders. 2.5.4.4 The Architect shall consider requests for substitutions, if permitted by the Bidding Documents, and shall prepare and distribute addenda iderrtifving apl~ar~~~ved suhstitu~tirn?s to all prospective bidders. 2.5.4.5 The Architect shall participate in ar, at the OwI?er's direction, shall organize and col~Iduct a pre-bid conference for prosl~aeetive bidders. 2.5.4.6 The Architect shall prepare respanse~s to questions from prospective bidders and provide clarifications and interpretations of the Bidding DOCUInentS to all prospective bidders in the form of addenda. ,~ h, , f i t..- ~ rz c.:~.4.f T2~2 lirC t~2Ct S tai I:~aru~lpa'tt' lti ort di t ll ~ 4viT~r.i ..1rC.CtIt91?~ S }ui lSC"t~'tlnlZ'i'. 1nC i :1t ttCt the opening of the bids. The Architect shall subsequenthr documelrt and distribute the bidding resttlts, as directed by the C)wner. 2.5.5 @dEGdTIl~ATEL3 PR~P('~5~4LS 2.5.5.1 Proposal Documents shall consist of prt~posal requiren~rents, proposed contract Porn?s, C~zel?eral Conditions and Sulaplelnentary Conditions, Specifications and Drawings. 2.5.5.2 If requested by the Owner, the Architect shall arrange for procuring the reproduction of proposal Documents for distribution to prospective contractors. The Owner shall la<rv directly for the Bost of reproduction or shalt reimburse the ~~-chite%t for such expenses. 2.5.5.3 If requested by the Owner, the Architect shall organize and participate. in selection inter- viewswith prospective cc}ntracuars. 2.5.5.4 'I he Architect shall consider I"e~ltiests for stir?stlttit!ons~ II pe=r,??Ittc'd 1,,- tl?e Proposal Documents, and shall prepare and distribute ad~let?da idei?tih~mg approved stibstittitions to all pi-<aspective contractors. Unl6censed photocopying violates U.s. copyright Taws and wilt subyect the violator to 3egaE prosecut'son. ~: ©1 9 9 7 A I A @~, ~~C@!@~E@dY E314t-1997 sTaNOaRC FORly1 sERVICES The American Institute of architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 2.5.6.5 If requested lay the Owner, the Architect sha}I assist the Owner duril~ig neg<.rtiati~~ins with prospective contractors. The Architect s11a11 subsequently prepare a summary report of the negotiation results, as directed by the Owner. ARTICLE 2.6 C~fVTRACT AC3PJI!!VlSTRATIt~~ SERldlCES 2.6.1 GEtdERAL ADI~fiIP115TRATl~l~ 2.6.1.1 The Architect shall provide administration of the Contract between the Owl~zer and the Contractor as set forth below and in the edition of AIA Daam~cnt Azal, General Conditi~~~ns of the Contract for Construction, current as of the date of this Agreement. Modifications made to the General Conditions, when adopted as part of the Contract Documents, shall be enforceable ul~tder this Agre~ep7ent only to the extent that they are consistent with this Agreement ar approved in writing by the Architect. 2.6.1.2 The Architect's responsibility to provide the Contract Administration Setvices ut~~der this Agreement amm~ences with the award of the initial Contract for Construction and terminates at the issuance to the Owner of the final Certificate far Payment. However, the Architect. shaIl be entitled to a C'h~~ange in Services in acrordanc:e with Paragraph 2.8.2 when (;ontract. Administration Services extend 6a days after the date of Substantial Completion of the Wark. 2.6.1.3 The Architect shall be a representative c~If and shall advise and consult with the Owt~Ier dur- ing the provision of the Contract Administration Services. The Architect shall have authority to ~. ~ r ~. , ~,...._ _.. , a ti ,.....__.. , . ~. act Oii vehah ai tiie vvviiei a111y to the extent pT"aviCtieu iii this n~,ieciiient iiilic~SS aiiierbVI92 modified }ry written amendment. 2.6.1.4 Duties, responsibilities al~ld limitations of authority of the Architect undea• this Article 2.6 shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written agreement of the Owner and Architect with consent of the Contractor, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 2.6.1.5 The Architect shall review properly prepared, timely requests by the Contractor for additional information about the Contract Documents. A properly prepared request for additional information about the Contract Documents shall be ir~Ia farm prepared or approved by the Architect and shall include a detailed written statement that indicates the specific Drawings or Specifications in need of clarification and the nature of the clarification requested. 2.6.1.6 If deemed appropriate by the Architect, the Architect shall on the Owner's behalf prepare, reproduce and distribute supplemental Drawings and Specificatiarls in respar~ISe to requests fur infnrmatinn txv tt~F (`.nntrartnr .... ,,.............. _,j _..., ._..., .. ~. _._..... 2.6,1.7 1 he Architect shall interpret and decide matters cot~icerning performance of the Owner and Contractor under, and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests shall be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon ar othet-~,~ise with reasonable promptness. .... ~ i 2.6.1.8 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect sha}} be consistent with the intent of and - reasonably inferable from the Coletract Documents and shall be in writing or in t}7e form. of • drawings. When making such interpretations and initial decisions, the Architect shall endeavor to ~~ secure faithful performance by both Owner and Cot~rtractar, shall not show l~~artiality to either, ©7 9 9 7 a i a ® and sha}1 not be liable far the results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. AIA ~~~t.Bf~IEI~T 8141-139 STANDARD FORM SERVECr=S . . 2.6.1.9 The Archrtect shall render mittal declslans on clamis> disputes ar other matters m questran between the Owner and Ce.}ntractc>r as pt•ovided in the Contract Dacumer~ts. However, the The American Institute Architect's decisions on platters relating to aesthetic effect s}~a}} be final if consistent with the of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. intent expressed in the Contract I3ocut'nents. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 ~ ~ 1{icensed photocopying vio{ates U.s. copyright laves and wi{l subject the via{ator to legs{ proseeution. h:~ 2.6.2 EVALl1AT{ON5 OF 7HE OR{C 2.6.2.1 The Architect, as a representative of the Owner, shall visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's operatiol~is, or as otherwise agreed by the Owner and the Architect in Article z.8> (II to become generally familiar with and to keep the Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion t~f the Work completed, (?) to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the. Work, and (3) to determine in general if the Work is being performed in ~~r manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be irI accordance with the Contract Documents. l Iowever, the Architect shall not be required to make exhaustive c}r continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect shall neither have control over or charge of, nrrr be responsible for, the construction means, Inethads, techniques, sequences ar pracedul-es, or For safety 1?recautions t~Tnd programs in cam~ectian with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Dacuments. 2.6.2.2 The Architect shall report to the Owner known deviations from the Contract Documents and from the mast recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor. Tlowever, the Architect shall not be responsible far the Contrutor's failure to perform the Wark in accordance vd~ith the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect shall be responsible for the Architect's negligent acts or omissions, but shall not have control over ar charge t}f and shall not be responsible for acts ar amissiarls of the Contractor, °~ubcontrletors, aI- their agents or employees, or of any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. 2.6.2.3 The Architect shall at all times have access to the Wark wherever it is iII preparation or progress. 2.6.2.4 L;xcept as otherwise prr~~wided in this Agreement or when direct col~nmunications have been specially authorized, the Owner shall endeavor to communicate with the Contractor through the Architect about matters arising out of ar relath~g to tlu> Contract Documents. C;«mmullications by and. with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. 2.6.2.5 The Architect snail have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Dacuments. Whenever the Architect. considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection. or testing of the Work in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents, whether ar not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. however, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in goad faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shad give rise to a dufi,~ ar respaa~rsihitity at the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their assents ar employees or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. 2.6.3 CERTIFICATION OF PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR 2.63.1 The Architect shall review and certify the amounts due the Corltractar alld shaIl issue CertiFcates for Payment in such amounts. 7'he Architect's certiFlcation for payment shall constitute a representation to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Wark as pro- vided in Paragraph 2.6.2 and on the data comprising the Contractor's Application far Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated arld that, to the best of the Architect's knawl- edge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. 'The foregoing representations are subject (rj to ~m evaluation of tl~Ie Wol-k for am- Formance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, (2) to results of subse- quent tests and mspeCtlOlls, (31 t0 CarreCtlai'i of InlnOr deviatlaTlSII"am tlte. C~antraGt 1raCUI11eIYCS prior to completion, and (q) to specific qualifications cxpl-essed by the Architect. -~„ ©x997 aia® A{A ~giCl1R3EtVT 8141-1897 STANDARD FORM SERVICES The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 Unlicensed photocopying vio9ates U.S. copyright laws acrd waif subject the violator to Iegai prosecution. 2.6.3.2 'I`he issuance <af a Certificate for Payment shall not be a rehresentatic'>n ~tha~t the Architect has (i} made exhaustive ar continuous oir-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (.) reviewed construction means, met.hods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested. by the (~wi~iei- to substantiate the Coiitractor's right t<} payment, or (41 ascertained how oi- for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously Paid on account of the Contract Sum. 2.6.3.3 "l"he Architect shall maintain a record of the Contractor`s Applications flu Payment. 2.6.4 StJe3P~BTTALS 2.6.4.1 The Architect shall review and approve or take. other appropriate action upari the C«ntractor`s submittals such as Shag 1?rawii~igs, Product Data and Samples, but only f~~ir the limited purpose of checking far conformance with information given tend the d~aign concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action steal! he takeii witl~i such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner, Contractor C>r separate contractors, while allowinz? sufficient time in tlae Architect's professional iudtment tri permit adequate review. Review of stick submittals is pat conducted for the ~ purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimei~isians :u1d quantifies, ar for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment oi- systems, alt of which reinaiu the responsibility of the Contractor as required lay the Contract Documents. Tl1e iri;ll liCi.t~s re ViC'v'r' shad ii<'rt Cai: t.Stiii.iie appi'iiVai of saf eiy pi'e i;aiitiaiis ar, LiiiieSs i~tiier'v'v isc specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect`s approval of a specific item shall not indicate apln-c>val of an assembly of which the item is a component. 2.6.4.2 The Architect shall maintain a record of submittals and copies of submittals supplied by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2.6.4.3 If professional design sei-~rices or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials ar equipmei~it are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documeits, the Architect shall specify appropriate performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed ar certified by the design professional retained by the Contractor shall hear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The /'architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy; accuracy and aimpieteness of the seivices> certiaicaiitxis ar apt>rovais performed b}, such design nmfPtisinn;rls d _ _ 2.6.5 CFIAN~ES Ifd T6iE ~flffSRft 2.6.5.1 The Architect shall prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives for the O~nriier's approval and execution in accordance with the Contract Documents. T'he Architect may authorize minor changes in the Work not involving ail adjustment in Contract Sum or an . ~~ extension of the Contract Time which are consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. If necessary, the Architect shall prepare, reproduce and distribute Drawings acid Specificat.ions to -, describe Wark to be added, deleted ter m~~idified, as provided in Paragraph ?.~.?. 2.6.5.2 Z"he Architect shall review properly prepared, timely requests fay the C}wnei• ar Contractor ~ ~ 9 9 ~ a ~ A o for changes in the Work, including adjustments to the Contract Sure. or f.~antraCt Time. A ~~~ ~sC~~t96~Et~3 ~t4t-t997 ,ro erly zt ared rec hest. for a than r. in the Work sh<~ill be aced}ip ~anied b sufficient su ort- STANDARD FORM I P P 3p 1 ~ g'~ 1 ~~ y ~~ ~ PI7 sERVlc~s ing data and information to permit the Architect to make a reasciiaable determination without extensive iiavestigation c}i- preparation al additiaiiai drawings ar sl~ecificatians. If the Architect The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, Q.C. 20006-5292 k ~:. Ur licensed phatocopy¢ng violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. determines that requested changes in the Work as•e not materially different from the r-egrsirements of the Contract Doct~nl~ents, the Architect may issue an order for a minor change in the Work or recommend to the C.>wner that the requested d~a~rnge be denied. 2.6.5.3 If the ,architect determines chat implementation of the requested changes would result in a material change to the Contract that r~nay cause an adjustment in the Contract Time or Contraact Sum, the Architect shall make a recommemiation to the Owner, who may authorize Curther investigation of such chans?e. L~lt7an such authorizatior~r, and based upon information furnished bw the Contractor, if any, the Architect shall estimate. the additional cost and tine that might result from such change:, including any acldi~tional costs attributable to a Change in Services of the Architect. With the Owner's approval, the Architect shall incorporate those estimates into a Change: Order- or other- apprf~priate documentation for the Owner's execution or negotiation with the Crantractor. 2.6.5.4 The Architect sharp maintain records relative: to changes in the Work. 2.6.6 I'It~1ECT CC}I~IgLETIC3~ 2.6.6.1 The Architect shall conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date. of final completion, shall receive from the (;ontractor and forward to the Owner, for the Owner's review and records, written svarr~~rnties and related documents required LiY the Contract Documents amd assembled by the Contractor, and shall issue a final Certificate for I'a~'me.2t based upc`:: fir.1 inspection. indicating tl.e tn7ork ; .~n.r:,lies .rith the , equ.«...~nts ~;f the Contract Documents. 2.6.6.2 The Architect's inspection shall be conducted with the Owner's Designated Representative to check confornr~nrce esf the Work with the requirements e,rE the Contract DaaEments and to verify the accuracy and completeness of the list submitted by the Contractor of Work to be completed o~ corrected. 2.6.6.3 When the ~~~ork is found to be substantially armplete, the Architect shall inform the Owner- abou[ the balance of the Contract Suns rerrtaining ~to be paid the Contractor, including any amounts needed to pay far final completion ar correction of thc> Work. 2.6.6.4 The Architect shall receive from the Contractor and forward to the Owner: (r }consent of surety or sureties, if any, to reduction in or partial release of retainage or the making of final „- a. .,. ,,, r .,,,~, t .. ,.. ~.., a,...,; pta~nllerlt and (2} aalrLiaVlts, e"~lL'Ip~bti rclea'acs ai1eG vtiardel'4 Gi ller,s il~ uU~lC1S iriCiEriliaifVlPig Elie Owner against Liens. ~ItTICLE 2.? Fe4CILITY ~I'EItATI~N SERVICES 2.7.t The Architc ct shall meet with the Owrrer or the Owner's Designated Representative promptly after Substantial Completion to review the need Eor facility operation services. 2.7.2 Ltpon request of the Owner, and prior to the expiration «f one year from the date of Substar~rtial Completion, the Architect shall conduct a meeting with the Owner and the Owner's 1esignated Representative to review tl~e facility operations and 1>erf~~rrrnance and to make _ appropriate reaxl~mendations to tyre Own~ler. ©1447 AIA® ~~~ ~cr~ET t4'-t5sr STANDARD FC?"M SERVCCEs The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 ilfcensed photocopying violates u.5. cepyrighS taws and wdfE subject the vioEatar to Iegal prosecution. ~R~'ICLE 2.8 SC€iEL3lfLE OF SEiC9CES x.8.1 Design and Contract Administration Services beyond the following limits shall be pr<~ivided by the Architect. as a Change in Services in accordance with Paragraph i.3.;: .T up to ( )reviews of each Shop Drawing, Product Data item, sample <u1d similar subli~littal of the Contractor. .z up to ( )visits to the site by the Architect over the dura- tion of the Project d~Iring construction. .a up to ( )inspections for any portion of the Work to determine whether such portion of the Work is substantially complete in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. .~ up to ( )inspections for any portion of the Work tc: c~(eter- inine Iinal completion. 2.8.2 The following llesign and Contract Administration Services shall be provided by the Architect as a Change in Services in accordance with Paragraph r.;.3: .t review of a Contractors submittal out of sequence from the submittal schedule agreed to by the Architect; .z resp<~>nses to the Contractor's requests for information where such infori~~~ation is available to the Contractor from a careful study and comparison of the Contract Docuients> l~ie~ld conditions, other Owner-provided infurination> Contractor-prepared coordination drawings, or prior Project correspondence or documentation; .s Change Orders ai:d C~,iastru%tion Change DircCfIVcs requiring evaiuatiu;i of proposals, including the preparation or revision of Instrut~~ents of Service; .~ providing consultation concerning replacement of Work resulting fi-om fire or other cause during construction; s evaluation of an extensive cumber of claims submitted by the Owner's consultants, the Coi~rtractor or others in connection with the Work; .~ evaluation of suhstitutioi~ls proposed by the Owner's consultants or contract<~x-s and making subsequent revisions to Instruments of Service resulting therefrom; .t preparation of design and documentation for alternate bid or proposal requests pro- posed by the Owner; or s Contract Administration Services provided ho davs after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work. Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright caws and viii subject the violator to legal prosecution. i'.;'= ,. ©7 9 9 7 A I A fife ~CtJRQEF~T 8741-1997 STANDARD FORM SERVICES The American Institute of Architects T735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 2.8.3 The Architect shall Cornish or hr<,IVide the Following services only if specifically designated: $EPV4Ce5 Responsibility ~Ardtitetit, t~~ti~rver or ~4~k 1'rovhlcd ~ Location ®f $ervlCe DeSCriptlon 7 l~l't1g2'ai~7 n11ng 2 Land Survey SeI'4'1CeY .3 C,eotechnical Sclvices .~ space Schematics/Flaw Diagrams Architect .5 Existing f=acilities Surveys .6 Eaml>mic Peasibifity Studies .7 Site rliYalvsis anc~ SE lectic,n .8 E1lvironmental Studies and }:el~xlrts .9 Owner-Supplied 'Bata Coordination .to Schedule Dcveklj~~ment and Monitoring .tt Civil llesign Architect .12 Landscape C~esign h ,~,,~_~ zr .t3 Interior Design .t4 Special Ziidding ~n~ I~Iegotiati<7n .t5 Value Analysis .i6 I.tetailed Cast. Estimating .17 t)n Slte I~Y.I,~`_t T?a17 Y'~.'.~.Ilt.:tl~~n ~ .78 Construction Management .t9 Start-Up Assistance .2o Record Drawings .21 Post-Contract Evahlation .2z Tenant-Related Services .23 .24 .25 Description of Services. (IrTSer~t descriptior7, cf tJ2c~ services desi~rtated.l unlicensed photocopying violates u.5. copyright laws end wi!! subject the violator to legs! prosecution i. ~;. € is k-- The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20606-5292 ARTICLE 2.9 f~0E71fiCATtO(VS 2.9.1 Modifications to this Standard Form of Architect's Services: Design and Contract Administration, if any, are as follows: ~.~,~_ ,-- - -, - -- r PIER (Signature] Walter Fehst, City Manager By its execution, this Standard Form. of Architect's Services: l~esigtl and Contract Administration and modifications hereto are incorporated into the Standard Form of Agreemet~lt I3etweer~ the owner and Firchitect, AIA I3ocunient BZ4t-iyy7, that tivas entered into by the partic as ctf the clatE=: .~'""`°°.. ~` r ~" _... ~~ _ .:~.~ O V1(N E R (Sign tire) Clary Peterson, Mayor lPrirtted rrarrre an~~t titlel Jeffrey L. Oertel, PresidenC of Oertet Architects (1~'rirrted rTCZme ~zrad titlel g Y'ou sh~~uld sign ~~z~~~ origincr~l AtA docun2ertt ~>r a lic-erisa~~ rel?r~}dt~'tion. C?rigir~als corrt~~irt theA1.1 Iago ~rirtted in red; licE~rlsect rej~roducti«rts are tl~rose f~radr7ced {~t acct~rE~~aetce with tlze: Instru~-tiot2s to this doctt~ticrzt. J,` ` Untieensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal proseeution. ©7 9 9 7 A I A AiA ~CBCt1F~EFiT ~14i-1997 STANDARD FORM SERVICES The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 12.0 OT E S VICES P VISI1~S 12.1.Q. Line item. modification to the AIA Document B 141-1997 Standard Form of Agreement Between owner and Architect with Standard Form of Architect's Services is amended as follows: Article 1.3.2.2 Change sentence that reads "Any termination of this Agreement prior to completion of the Project shah terminate this license." to "Any acraieiiaaaavu va seals ri~,acci"lie~at pi`ior to coiiapae'tlOn oI Ina PPO~eCI Shal'1 not terminate this license." Delete in i'ts entirety the sentence that begins "Upan such termination..." Article 13.5 Delete. Artiele 1.3.6 Delete. Article 13.7.1 Modify to read "This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota, unless otherwise provided in Paragraph 1.4.2. Article 1..3.83 Add a coma at the end of the paragraph and add "provided the Architect is not in default of the terms of this Agreement." Article 1.3.8.7 After the coma delete "plus an amount for the Architect's anticipated profit on the value of the services not performed by the Architect." Article 1.4.1.1 Add a coma at the end of the paragraph. and add "as modified herein." Article 1.4.2.1 Add Article 1.4.2.1 which shall read: "In addition to the services specifically set out herein and in the Standard Form of Architect's Services: Design and Contract Administration, the Architect shall provide all necessary civil engineering site design (including grading plan and utility connection plans landscape design and interior design. Upon awarding of the construction bid, the Architect shall conduct -,_ _aa , aeacctiiag5 vra Site wawa case s;oaitrac:ta)r~ aTacl. Stibl:nn~'actor5 w`Jr!~ing at the Site. Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright Taws and will subject the violator to legak prasecution. 1. Professional Liability Insurance. The Architect and each consultant shall provide professional liability insurance to compensate the Owner for all negligent acts, errors and omissions by the Architect, its firm, its agents, its employees and its consultants arising out of this Agreement. The Architect and. its consultants shall submit proof of such insurance, which shall provide a coverage amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per claim. 1.2.1.1. Line item modification to the AIA Document B 141-1997 Standard Form of Architect's Services: Design. and Contract Administration is amended as follows: Article 2.6.1.1 Delete paragraph in its entirety. Article 2.8.1 Delete paragraph in its entirety. Article 2.8.2 Delete subparagraphs .1 and .2. „~ ~:~<. e"°A~~.~:~y~i :2~~~b~ ..~....i~si.=% II i'~~`sl f~.~ 1 t~iL-~f~R11~~e 1"~.t'~ .i 3~1..Ik5.,~1~ ~ ~fi ~~ 5 ~$~ ~fiirchit~~t~ral, ~~v~i a~~d Str~t~tura~ ~ hereby ~~rtify t~tat these ~ic~crr~r~ts wire prepared ~r~der ~~y° direct suer~xis?on aszd that I a ~ duly registered ci~ril ~r~~~neer ~~~ t~~e stat~~afin~°es~t~ ay 3, 2E~C~7 tior~ COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTRACT FORMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT Title Page / Signature Page Table of Contents Advertisement for Bids Instructions to Bidders, AIA A701 (by reference) Special Structural Testing and Inspection Schedule Geotechnical Data, Soils Report Bid Fonn CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 General Conditions AIA G20I (by reference} 00800 Supplementary Conditions (to the General Conditions) DIVISION I -GENERAL REpUIREMENTS 01010 Summary of the Work 01020 Allowances O 1030 Alternates 01040 Project Coordination 01310 Schedules, Reports and Payments 01340 Shop Drawings and Samples 0100 Temporary Facilities 0 ] 630 Products and Substitutions 01700 Project Closeout DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK 02200 Earthwork and Site Clearing 02513 Asphalt Concrete Paving 02514 Site Concrete 02666 Site Water Systems 02730 Sewage Systems 02832 Landscape Block Retaining Walls DIVISION 3 -CONCRETE 03310 Concrete 03410 Structural Precast Concrete DIVISION 4 -MASONRY 04200 Unit Masonry 5/30/2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES DIVISION 5 -METALS 05120 Structural Steel 05210 Stee( Joists and Joist Girders 05300 Steel Decking 05410 Cold-formed Steel Trusses 05500 Miscellaneous Metals DIVISION 6 -WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry 06400 Architectural Milhvork DIVISION 7 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07115 Sheet Waterproofing 07120 Fhiid Applied Waterproofing 07200 Insulation 07245 Exterior Stucco 07510 Built-up Roofing System 07530 (EPDM} Single Ply Membrane Roofing 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07630 Standing Seam Metal Roofing 07900 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8 -DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 Steel Doors and Frames 08210 Wood Doors 08305 Access Doors 08380 Traffic Doors 08410 Aluminum Entrances and Framing 08420 Automatic Sliding Doors 08710 Door Hardware 08800 Glass and Glazing DIVISION 9 -FINISHES 09250 Gypsum Drywall 09300 Tile 09510 Acoustic Ceilings 09650 Resilient Base 09680 Carpeting 09900 Painting DIVISION 10 -SPECIALTIES 10200 Louvers and Vents 5/30/2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 10400 Signage 10522 Fire Extinguishers and Accessories 10800 Toilet Accessories DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT 11780 Refrigerated Rooms DIVISION 12 -FURNISHINGS 12500 Window Treatment DIVISION 13 -SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT USED DIVISION 14 -CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14250 Hydraulic Elevator DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL In Volume II DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL In Volume II END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS 5130/2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS City of Columbia Heights 590 -40"' Avenue Northeast Minneapolis, Minnesota 55421 Telephone: (763) 706-3600 BIDS TO BE OPENED: 2:00 p.m. CDT, Thursday, June 21, 2007 City of Columbia Heights City Hal] The City of Columbia Heights (the Owner) will receive sealed bids for a Stipulated Sum Contract for General Construction Work for the construction of two liquor stores and all associated site work. Proposals shall be submitted in duplicate on the Bid Form furnished in the Project. Telephoned proposals, fax proposals or modifications will be rejected. Contract Documents, including the Bid Form, are available from: Oertel Architects 1795 St. Clair Avenue St. Paul, MN 55105 (651) 696-5186 Requests for copies of the Contract Documents shall only be directed to the office of the Architect, with a one hundred dollar- ($100.00) refundable deposit for each set of the Contract Documents. Up to two (2) sets may be requested by General Contractors and one (1) set for mechanical and electrical contractors only. Requests for sets of Contract Documents must be received on or before June 1 1, 2007. After that date, no further sets will be reproduced for bidding purposes. There will be no issuance of partial bid documents. Deposits will be returned upon receipt of both a bona fide bid and return of the Contract Documents to the Architect in good, reusable condition within ten (10) days immediately following the date of the Bid Opening. Bidders are encouraged to arrange for pick-up of documents, but, upon request, the Contract Documents will be shipped for anon-refundable payment in the amount of twenty dollars ($20.00): provide a separate check made out to Oertel Architects. Contract Documents will be made available for review by all contractors by Wednesday, May 30, 2007 at the following locations: City of Columbia Heights Municipal Service Center, Minneapolis Builder's Exchange, St. Paul Builder's Exchange, the F.W. Dodge Plan Room and Reed Market Data. A cash deposit, certified check, or acceptable Bid Bond, payable to the City of Columbia Heights, in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the total Base Bid shall be submitted with each bid in accordance with the Contract Documents. Bids shall be sealed and addressed to the City of Columbia Heights, marked on the face of the leafed envelope, "Sealed Bid for the City of Columbia Heights Liquor Stores". Bids shall be submitted to the city clerk at City Hall, 590 - 40`'' Avenue, Columbia Heights, no later than 2:00 p.m. CDT on Thursday, June 21, 2007. The bids will be read aloud in the council chambers immediately following the receipt of bids. Contracts for work under this bid will obligate the Contractor to maintain policies of employment under provisions of applicable Federal and State laws against discrimination, including, but not limited to, Civil Rights Act of 1964 and Minnesota Statute 363. The City of Columbia Heights reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive formalities or any irregularities in bidding. No Bidder may withdraw their bid within sixty (60) days immediately following the date of the Bid Opening. City Council will consider award of Contract at their regular meeting held on Monday, June 25, 2007, at the City Hall Council Chambers, 590 - 40'x' Avenue NE. Walter Fehst, City Administrator, City of Cohunbia Heights PROJECT: COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORE PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MINNESOTA ITEM: AIA Instruction to Bidders Document A701 198'7 version This legal document is a binding part of the work. Copies of this document are available at the office of the architect for review, upon request by the bidding contractor, or are available at Minnesota Society of the AIA. SPECIAL STRUCTURAL TESTING AND INSPECTION SCHEDULE (To be used in accordance with the "Guidelines for Special Inspection and Testing") PROJECT NAME Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor PROJECT NO. LOCATION Columbia Neiahts. MN PERMIT NO. S ecification T e of Re ort Assigned Section Article Description (2) Inspector (3) Frequency Firm (4) 03310 *FQC IBC 1704.4 Concrete SI-T Ref. Spec. *TBD 04200 *FQC IBC 1704.5 Masonr SI-T Ref. S ec. *TBD 05120 *FQC IBC 1704.3.1 Welding SI-T Ref. Spec. *TBD 05120 *FQC IBC 1704.3.3 Bolting SI-T Ref: Spec. *TBD 02200 *FQC IBC 1704.7 Soils SI-T Ref. S ec. *TBD 03410 Submittals IBC 1704.2 Fabrications - P.C. Slabs F Ref. S6 *TBD OS I30 Submittals IBC 1704.2 Fabrications -Steel F Ref. S6 *TBD 05210 Submittals 1BC 1704.2 Fabrications -Joists F Ref. S6 *TBD SPECIAL STRUCTURAL TESTING INSPECTION Notes: This schedule to be filled out and included in the project specification. hlfonnation unavailable at that time, to be filled out when applying for a building permit. *FQC =Filed Quality Control *TBD = To Be Determined (1) Permit No. to be provided by the Building Official. (2} Use descriptions per LB.C. Section 1704, as adopted by Minnesota State Building Code. (3) Special Inspector -Technical, Special Inspector -Structural. (4} Firm contracted to perform services. *Not required if the welding is done in an approved fabricator's shop. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Each appropriate representative must sign below: Owner: Firm: Contractor: --~ ~ ~ ~' ,, Firm: Architect: L.._._ ,!-~~_~~,~'~ ~~~ ~-' Firm: SER: ~~~^7~~ Firm: CER: Firm: TA: Firm: SI-T: Firm: TA: Firm: SI-T: Firm: F: Firm: F: Firm: Date: Date: ~_/-'-%l"Z, ,-'f7Cf~/iEZ ~5 Date: ., ~~ ~-x~.~T Darg, Bolgrean, Menk, Inc. Date: ,~ Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: * The individual names of all prospective special inspectors and the work they intend to observe must be identified. (Use reverse side of form, if more room is needed.} Legend: SER =Structural Engineer of Record SI-T =Special Inspector -Technical *TA = Testing Agent (Hired by Owner) CER =Civil Engineer of Record F =Fabricator Accepted for the Building Department By Date; Pr+o.'ou~+~~ 'i'ECIFpIiOLOGBp:'S., pPBC. 9219 East Rimer Road NN hr&rux~palis, Mutr~ 5.5433 763-7E6-1445 Fax 763-7-1030 TECHNICAL REPt3RT GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION REPORT Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 50th Avenue and Central Avenue Columbia Heights, Minnesota Prepared for: City of Columbia Heights 637 38th Avenue N.E. Columbia Heights, MN 55421 May 24, 2007 ProSource Project No. 1621-00.02 Environmenfai a Right of Way ~ Engineering ~srt~r~„our~e 9219 East River Road NW Minneapolis, MN 55433 Phone 763-786-1445 Fax 763-786-1030 www.prosourcetech.com May 24, 2007 Mr. Kevin Hansen City of Columbia Heights City Engineer 637 38`" Avenue N.E. Columbia Heights, Minnesota 55421 Subject: Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 50"' Avenue and Central Avenue Columbia Heights, Minnesota Dear Mr. Hansen: Following the City of Columbia Heights' acceptance of our proposal dated January 16, 2007, we have completed the geotechnical evaluation far the site listed above. In this report, we present the results of our field investigation and Iaboratory testing. In addition, preliminary recommendations are provided for earthwork, foundation design, and construction. These recommendations should be reviewed once the final development plans are prepared and site grading is completed. We have enjoyed working with you on this project. If you have any questions regarding this report or if we can be of further assistance, please feel free to call us at 763-786- 1445. Sincerely, ProSo r" a Technologies, Inc. David J. Hodek, P.E. Project Engineer Environmental ~ Right of Way ®Engineering Equal Opportunity Employer Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - 50th Ave, and Central Ave. TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................. 1-1 '. 1.1 Site Description ................................................................................................................ 1-1 1.2 Proposed Construction ..................................................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Scope of Work ................................................................................................................. 1-1 2.0 FIELD INVESTIGATION .................................................................................................... 2-1 '~ 2.1 Site Borings ...................................................................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Subsurface Conditions ..................................................................................................... 2-2 ~~ ................................................................................................ 2.3 Ground Water Conditions 2-2 ~ ~ 3.0 ANALYSES AND RECOMMENDATIONS ....................................................................... 3-1 3.1 General Discussion of Construction Recommendations .................................................. 3-1 3.1.1 Soil Correction ..................................................................................................... 3-1 ` 3.2 Building Pad Preparatron ................................................................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Excavation ............................................................................................................ 3-2 3.2.2 Compaction .......................................................................................................... 3-3 3.3 Foundation Recommendations ......................................................................................... 3-4 3.3.1 Bearing Pressure .................................................................................................. 3-4 i 3.3.2 Settlement ............................................................................................................ 3-4 '; 3.4 Floor Slab Recommendations ............................ 3-4 ' 3.5 Basement Recomrnendations ........................................................................................... 3-5 3.6 Loading Dock Recommendations .................................................................................... 3-5 3.7 Subsurface and Surface Drainage .................................................................................... 3-6 3.8 Exterior Entry Slabs ......................................................................................................... 3-6 3.9 Exterior Underground Utility Trenches ........................................................................... 3-7 3.10 Pavement .......................................................................................................................... 3-7 3.10.1 Subgrade Preparation ........................................................................................... 3-7 3.10.2 Anticipated Subgrade ........................................................................................... 3-8 ; 3.10.3 Proofroll Test ....................................................................................................... 3-8 3.10.4 Preliminary Pavement Recommendations ........................................................... 3-8 3.10.5 Drainage ............................................................................................................... 3-9 4.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS ............................................................................ 4-1 4.1 Excavation and Construction Safety ................................................................................ 4-1 4.2 Field Observations, Testing, and Design Review ............................................................ 4-1 4.3 Cold Weather Construction .............................................................................................. 4-1 4.4 Equipment Selection/Soil Sensitivity .............................................................................. 4-2 5.0 CERTIFICATION ................................................................................................................. 5-1 ATTACHMENTS ' Figure 1 Site Map Appendix A Boring Logs and Laboratory Analysis Results Appendix B Geotechnical Field Exploration Procedures and Construction Guidelines ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - SO`h Ave. and Central Ave. Page 1-1 1.0 INTRODUCTION On behalf of the City of Columbia Heights (City), ProSource Technologies, Inc. (ProSource) is submitting this report which details the results of the geotechnical evaluation conducted at the proposed Municipal Liquor Store #1 site in Columbia Heights, Minnesota. We understand that a geotechnical evaluation was required to depict the subsurface conditions in the proposed building area and provide pertinent recommendations for site preparation and foundation design. 1.1 Site Description The site is located at the intersection of SO`" Avenue and Central Avenue in Columbia Heights, Minnesota. The approximately one acre site is now comprised primarily of vacant land. Prior to demolition during the week of May 14`h, 2007, three buildings and associated parking and drive areas were present on the site. The remainder of the site was covered by grass. A restaurant was located on the northeastern portion of the site at 4940 Central Avenue. Immediately south of the restaurant was a small barber shop located at 4946 Central Avenue. An exotic pet store was located on the south-central portion of the site at 4952 Central Avenue. Building locations are shown on Figure 1. Each of these buildings were present, but vacant, on the site during the field investigation. As a whole, the site was observed to slope toward the west, away from Central Avenue, with a maximum of 10.6 feet in elevation change between the surface elevations of the boreholes. 1.2 Proposed Construction We understand that proposed construction will consist of a single story, slab on grade building with a partial basement under the western half of the building, and new paved parking and drive areas as depicted on Figure 1. We anticipate the paved areas will primarily be used for automobile traffic with occasional delivery and garbage trucks. The recommendations presented in this report are based on this understanding of the proposed development. It is our understanding that Oertel Architects (Oertel) has been retained by the City as the architect for the proposed liquor store development. 1.3 Scope of Work The geotechnical evaluation was performed in general accordance with our proposal dated January 16, 2007. The depths of the borings within the building footprint were subsequently extended following completion of our proposal to account for the addition of the partial basement to the building design. On this site, the scope of work was intended for both geotechnical purposes and to provide limited screening of near surface soils to investigate the presence of any environmental contamination. The scope of work for the project was as follows: • Mark boring locations in the field and arrange to have buried utilities marked through the Gopher State One-Call System. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - 50`" Ave. and Central Ave. Page l-2 • Explore subsurface locations through the installation of five standard penetration borings to approximate depths of 25 feet and three standard penetration borings to the approximate depths of 10 feet below current grade in the proposed building location and pavement areas, respectively. • Screen soil samples collected from the borings both visually and with a photoionization detector (PID) to determine the presence or absence of organic vapors and/or any visual contamination that may be expected to be encountered during the construction phase of the project. • Prepare a geotechnieal evaluation report including boring logs; a site plan showing the approximate boring locations; a written description of encountered soil and ground water conditions; and recommendations for site preparation in building and pavement areas, allowable bearing capacity for spread footings, soil correction, floor slab support, and other geotechnical considerations. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - 50`h Ave. and Central Ave. Page 2-1 2.0 FIELD INVESTIGATION A total of eight borings were completed on April 23, 2007 using atruck-mounted drill rig operated by Independent Testing Technologies (ITT). The borings were completed at the approximate locations noted on the attached site map (Figure 1). Oertel provided the locations for five of the borings (SB-1 through SB-5) on the portion of the site where the liquor store building is to be located. Boring locations were staked by ProSource personnel. Borings were located by taping off the existing roads and site features with a measuring tape. The boring locations should be considered approximate. Boring elevations were referenced to the top nut of a fire hydrant located at the corner of 50`h Avenue and Central Avenue. The relative elevation for this reference benchmark was 100.0 feet and corresponded to a surveyed elevation of 221.00 feet. Surveyed elevations were provided by Oertel. 2.1 Site Borings The five soil borings within the proposed building footprint were advanced to a depth of approximately 25 feet below ground surface at the time of the investigation. The remaining three borings were advanced in the pavement areas to the north and east of the proposed building location. These borings were advanced to an approximate depth of 10 feet below ground surface at the time of the investigation. Boring locations are shown on Figure 1. Prior to starting any of the borings, all underground utilities were eleaxed through the Gopher One- Call service. The borings were performed using 3.25- inch hollow-stem augers (HSA} in accordance with American Standards for Testing and Materials (ASTM) method D 1452 and split-barrel sampling procedures (ASTM D1586). Standard penetration tests were generally conducted at 2.5- foot intervals in the upper 10 feet of the borings, and at five foot intervals thereafter. The standard penetration values (N-values) are used as a measure of the relative density of the granular soils and the consistency of cohesive and semi-cohesive soils. During the field operations, ITT maintained logs of the subsurface conditions including changes in stratigraphy, standard penetration values, and observed ground water levels. These logs and the soil samples collected were then inspected by a ProSource staff geologist and the soil samples were screened for organic vapors using a PID. Any corrections made by ProSource are noted on the attached boring logs located in Appendix A. Soil samples were collected from the split-barrel sampler for visual classification using the unified soil classification system (USCS). A representative portion of each sample was then sealed in a glass jar for future analysis and/or classification. Sampling and classification of soils were performed in general accordance with ASTM procedures, and are described further in Appendix B. We will retain the soil samples obtained from the borings for a period of 30 days from the date of this report. Unless we are contacted and directed to do otherwise, the samples will then be discarded. _- ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - 50`h Ave. and Central Ave. Page 2-2 The stratigraphy shown on the boring logs is approximate. It should be noted that the subsurface conditions at other times and locations on the site may differ from those found at our test locations. If different conditions are encountered during construction, it is necessary that you contact us so that our recommendations can be reviewed. This boring information should not be used for bid estimation by "averaging" depths and strata changes. Too many variations exist in the surficial topsoil thicknesses, soil types, and groundwater conditions for such "averaging" to be valid. In addition, this report should not be used for purposes other than geotechnical recommendations and environmental screening results. Additionally, representative samples were collected for laboratory analysis. Selected samples were tested for moisture content and grain size analysis. These analyses are included in Appendix A. Upon completion of the drilling, the boreholes were backfilled with auger cuttings and bentonite grout, where necessary. 2.2 Subsurface Conditions The borings indicated a generalized soil profile consisting of a small amount of organic topsoil in grassy areas or asphalt and aggregate base in paved areas. These surficial materials were underlain by mixed fill which generally consisted of brown, fine to medium grained, silty sand with gravel. This fill was encountered in each of the borings, with the exception of SB-7 on the northeastern corner of the site. Where present, fill thicknesses ranged from approximately 2.5 feet at SB-8 to approximately 8.5 feet at SB-2. The fill was also observed to contain small amounts of debris such as wood, broken bituminous, and concrete pieces. Below this surficial fill in borings SB-l, SB-3, SB-4, SB-6, SB-7, and SB-8, was aglacially- deposited, sandy to silty low to medium-low plasticity clay. Where present, clay thicknesses ranged from approximately 2.5 feet at SB-1 and SB-3 to approximately 6.5 feet at SB-4 and SB-6. This clay was in a generally loose to medium dense condition, based on the N values. Below the clay, and immediately below the fill at SB-2 and SB-5, aglacially-deposited, reddish- brown, poorly-graded, fine to medium grained, silty to clayey sand was encountered. Trace amounts of gravel were also noted in this sand. N-values indicated that this low silty sand is generally in a medium dense to dense condition. 2.3 Ground Water Conditions Immediately after the termination of the drilling at each boring location, the boreholes were checked for the presence of ground water. Following the withdrawal of the augers, the boreholes were again checked with the depth of any cave-ins or ground water noted on the boring logs. Ground water was not encountered in the borings advanced at the site during this field investigation and moisture contents from representative soil samples did not indicate that those soils were saturated. Based on the field investigation borings, we anticipate that the current ground water level is below the borings termination elevations. However, long term monitoring of the boreholes was not included in our scope of work on this project. -.._ ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - 50`h Ave, and Central Ave. Page 2-3 In addition, based on the relatively impervious nature of some of the clayey glacial deposits encountered at the site, occasional zones of perched ground water could be encountered during excavations for soil corrections, footings, or utility installation. It should be noted that general water levels may fluctuate throughout the year, in part due to the amount of precipitation, surface run-off characteristics and modifications, and other related hydrologic and hydrogeological factors. 2.4 Environmental Conditions To help determine if contamination was present in the near-surface soil at the site, visual and olfactory observations, as well as vapor monitoring using a photoionization detector (PID) were noted from the soil samples collected from the borings. Organic vapors were monitored in soils using bag headspace methods. The sample was shaken and placed in a warm environment to allow organic vapors to develop. Vapor monitoring was also conducted to ensure atmospheric conditions were sufficient to provide a safe working environment. Organic vapor concentrations did not exceed background concentrations in any of the samples collected from the borings. In addition, no unusual visual or olfactory observations were noted. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - 50`" Ave. and Central Ave. Page 3-1 3.0 ANALYSES AND RECOMMENDATIONS The analyses and preliminary recommendations submitted in this report are based upon the data obtained from the soil borings performed at the approximate locations indicated on Figure 1. Often, variations in site stratigraphy can occur laterally and vertically between these borings, the nature and extent of which do not become evident until additional exploration or construction is conducted. If there are any changes to the final design, location, or elevations of the parking areas or the building, the opinions and preliminary recommendations in this report are not to be considered valid unless ProSource is given the opportunity to review the changes and modify or verify our recommendations in writing. 3.1 General Discussion of Construction Recommendations In our opinion, after proper site preparation, it may be possible to support the proposed structure using a typical spread footing foundation. However, soil correction excavations beneath the anticipated foundation and slab grades and locations will be necessary prior to construction to remove unsuitable materials. It is our opinion that the topsoil, mixed fill, and soft sandy clay soils are unsuitable for support of slabs and footings and should be removed as part of site preparation to the building. It is possible that with sorting and proper compaction, some of the granular soils removed from these corrected areas could be used to fill in the excavations resulting from removal of the basements of the restaurant and barber shop on the northeastern portion of the site which will lie under a paved area as shown on Figure I. With removal of organic soils and debris, these soils did pass compaction standards during the demolition phase of the project and were used to partially fill these same two former basement excavations. Proctor and confirmatory field density testing results for the work completed as part of the demolition phase of the project are included in Appendix A. In addition, these soils may also be used, with proper preparation, to raise the grade or fill lawns or landscaped areas. In either case, a geotechnical engineer should be consulted to determine appropriate use and verify compaction standards. Because of the anticipated amount of soil excavation, the designer or builder may judge this approach to be prohibitively costly. Alternate approaches could include the usage of Geopiers for foundation and slab support or installation of driven piling. The borings were not taken deep enough to evaluate the driven pile option. 3.1.1 Soil Correction Based on the soil borings, we recomrriend that all topsoil, organic soils, previously placed fill, and soft clayey soils be removed from within the proposed building pad and oversize areas. These materials should be removed from the proposed building pad as part of site preparation for the building. The recormnended minimum subcut depths at the boring locations are shown in Table 1 below. ProSource Tecluiologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - 50`'' Ave. and Central Ave. Page 3-2 Table l: ZVlinimum Subcut Depths Boring Number Approximate Ground Surface Elevation Minimum Subcut Depth (feet) Estimated Base Elevation of Subcut SB-1 210.0 6 204 SB-2 216.6 8.5 208.1 SB-3 214.6 6.5 208.1 SB-4 210.8 10 200.8 SB-5 213.3 6.5 206.8 However, please note that these excavation depths are approximate and will likely vary over the soil correction area. The actual depth of excavation should be determined in the field at the time of construction. A geotechnical engineer should closely observe the excavation bottom prior to fill or foundation placement to help determine whether the soil correction excavation is complete and whether the excavation bottom soils are suitable for fill and foundation support. The lateral oversize area of subcutting should extend out horizontally at least 1 foot from the outside edges of the perimeter footings for every foot of fill required below the base of the footing. This lateral oversize is to be measured at the base of the soil correction subcut, not at the surface. Any topsoil or organic soils should also be removed from the soil correction area. We recommend that after subcutting the unsuitable soils, and prior to placing backfill, that the exposed soils at the base of the excavation be surface compacted with a heavy towed or self- propeiled vibratory roller, applying at least eight passes. The footing trenches and column footing excavations will also have to be cut wide enough to permit access with a heavy towed or self- propelled compactor. Backfill can then be placed to reestablish proposed grades. Compaction of the backfill should be performed in general accordance with the procedures outlined in Section 3.2.2. Dewatering will likely not be required to expose the bearing soils and facilitate fill placement as ground water was not encountered during the field investigation. However, should ground water be encountered in the excavation, for fill to be placed under water, it is recommended that the procedures identified in Section 6, Appendix B, be strictly followed. 3.2 Building Pad Preparation 3.2.1 Excavation Based on the soil borings completed during the field investigation, we recommend that any and all topsoil, organic soils, and previously placed fill be removed from within the proposed building pad and oversize areas. If encountered, some additional subcutting of any underlying, soft native clayey soils could also be required after the native soils are exposed. Any existing foundations, building debris, utilities or associated fill should also be removed from the proposed building pad and ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - 50th Ave. and Central Ave. Page 3-3 oversize area. After removal of the unsuitable soils, the foundations can then be supported directly on suitable native soils or compacted structural fill (see Section 3.2.2). As stated earlier, prior to fill or foundation placement, we recommend that a geotechnical engineer observe that the building soils are suitable for foundation support. For excavations within the building areas that extend below the design footing elevation, we recommend that the excavation bottoms extend a minimum distance of one foot laterally for each vertical foot below the footing at that location (1:1 lateral oversize). This oversizing is necessary for lateral distribution of the footing loads throughout the fill sequence. In addition, to minimize the disturbance to in-place soils, we recommend that a backhoe equipped with asmooth-edge bucket or awide-tracked dozer be used for creating the footing excavations. If the excavation bottom soils are disturbed during the course of construction, they should be surface compacted prior to placement of any fill or the foundation. 3.2.2 Compaction After the recommended excavations, backfill should be placed to attain the final grades both in the proposed building and pavement areas. Backfill containing debris or organic soils should not be used as engineered or structural backfill at the site. In addition, organic soils such as topsoil or the material removed from the soil correction subcuts should not be reused at the site as structural or engineered backfill. For imported structural backfill, we recommend using a select granular material such as Mn/DOT 3149.2B2 processed to have less than 12% passing the #200 sieve and no gravel larger than 3 inches. The granular structural backfill should be placed in loose lifts with a maximum thickness of 8 inches. The moisture content in the backfill should be within 1 percentage point below to 3 points above its optimum moisture content as determined by the Standard Proctor test (ASTM D698). Field density tests should be used to verify that the proper compaction of the fill is achieved. Recommended compactions levels are detailed in the table below. Table 2: Recommended Compaction Levels ~OCRtiOtZ ~lllll)2Ulft CO1Yt~7lZCt1011 ! (Standard Proctor Dertsi) Below Foundations 98% Below Exterior and Interior Slabs 95% Fill Within 3 Vertical Feet of Pavement 100% Fill Deeper than 3 Vertical Feet Below Pavement 95% Basement Wall Backfill 97% Loading Dock Wall Backfill 97% We recommend that a geotechnical engineer be retained to monitor fill placement and to perform field density tests as each lift of fill is placed in order to evaluate compliance with the design ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - 50th Ave. and Central Ave. Page 3-4 requirements. Standard Proctor density tests and grain size analysis tests should be performed on representative samples of fill materials prior to their use on the site. 3.3 Foundation Recommendations Following site preparation, we recommend that the perimeter footings be placed a minimum of 42 inches below the exterior grades of the building for frost protection. Interior footings would typically bear at 18 to 24 inches below finished floor elevation, provided that they are not exposed to freezing conditions during or after construction. While not anticipated, if winter construction is considered, we recommend that interior footings also bear a minimum of 42 inches below grade for frost protection. We also recommend that footings located in unheated areas, such as light poles, signs, or loading dock footings, have a minimum soil cover of 60 inches for frost protection. 3.3.1 Bearing Pressure Based on the soils encountered in the borings and assuming that the site corrections are completed as recammended, it is our opinion that the spread footings can be designed for a net allowable bearing pressure of up to 2,500 pounds per square foot. This refers to the pressure that maybe transmitted to the bearing stratum in excess of the pressure of the surrounding depth of overburden. The factor of safety against shear failure with respect to soil bearing capacity for this design would exceed three. We recommend that strip footings have a minimum width of 2 feet and that isolated column footings have a minimum width of 3 feet to avoid excessively narrow footings. 3.3.2 Settlement Based on this design and using the loads provided by Qertel, we estimate that maximum post- construction building settlement would be one inch or less with differential settlement of one-half inch or less. This is provided that our site preparation recommendations are carried out and that the bearing soils are not soft, wet, disturbed, or frozen at the time of constriction. 3.4 Floor Slab Recommendations After the building areas have been prepared as recommended, it is our opinion that the structural fill and native granular soils should be suitable to support the floor slab loads. We recommend the use of select granular soils as backfill around the new foundations and in sub-slab utility trenches within the building pad for relative ease of compaction in confined spaces and will help reduce capillary moisture transmission to the slab. Cohesive or semi-cohesive soils should not be used for this trench backfill. The backfill should be placed in loose Lifts approximately 4 to 6 inches thick, with each lift mechanically compacted to at Ieast 95% of the Standard Proctor dry density. We recommend not using heavy towed or self-propelled compactors within 4 feet of newly constructed foundation walls as such equipment can damage the new walls. Based on a subgrade prepared with this type of engineered backfill and after general site preparation, the floor slab can be cast on-grade. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - 50`h Ave, and Central Ave. Page 3-5 design the floor slab. However, if the engineered granular backfill is used, we recommend using a modulus of subgrade reaction of 200 pounds per cubic inch for slab design. We also recommend placing a vapor retarder under the floor slab of the building. The purpose of the vapor retarder is to reduce the potential for upward migration of water vapor from the soil into and through the concrete slab. Water vapor migrating upward through the slab can damage floor coverings, coatings, or sealers placed on the slab and can contribute co excess humidity and possible microbial growth in a building. 3.5 Basement Recommendations The basement walls will act as retaining walls, and we recommend that the walls be designed to resist the at-rest lateral earth pressure. Any backfill added to the area immediately behind the walls should be granular in nature and placed in loose, 6-inch lifts. This backfill should be compacted with manually-operated equipment to at least 97% of the modified Proctor density. Large towed or self-propelled compactors should not be used within four feet of the new walls as such compactors can damage the walls and can impart permanent lateral stresses on the walls not accounted for in the structural design. We estimate a moist unit weight for the compacted native soil of 105 pounds per cubic foot. We recommend that the basement walls be designed to resist an equivalent fluid weight of 53 pounds per cubic foot for the at-rest condition. As such, the earth pressure should also include an additional uniform pressure, equivalent to one-half of the uniform surcharge load applied over the interior wall backfill from the floor slab. The passive earth pressure acting on the basement walls can be calculated using an equivalent fluid weight of 315 pounds per cubic foot. If engineered, granular backfill is used, we estimate a moist unit weight of 125 pounds per cubic foot. In this case, we recommend that the basement walls be designed to resist an equivalent fluid weight of 52 pounds per cubic foot for the at-rest condition with the passive earth pressure acting on the walls calculated using an equivalent fluid weight of 270 pounds per cubic foot. Again, the earth pressure should also include an additional uniform pressure, equivalent to one-half of the uniform surcharge load applied over the interior wall backfill from the floor slab. General factors of safety used for the basement walls with either backfill type should be 1.5 for sliding resistance, 2.0 for overturning resistance, and 2.0 for bearing capacity. 3.6 Loading Dock Recommendations The loading dock walls will act as short retaining walls, and we recommend that the walls be designed to resist the at-rest lateral earth pressure. Any backf Il added to the area immediately behind the walls should be granular in nature and placed in loose, 6-inch lifts. This backfill should be compacted with manually-operated equipment to at least 97% of the modified Proctor density. Large towed or self-propelled compactors should not be used within four feet of the new walls as such compactors can damage the walls and can impart permanent lateral stresses on the walls not accounted for in the structural design. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - 50`h Ave. and Central Ave. Page 3-6 For compacted sand backfill behind the walls, we estimate a moist unit weight for the compacted native soil of 125 pounds per cubic foot. We recommend that the retaining walls be designed to resist an equivalent fluid weight of 52 pounds per cubic foot for the at-rest condition. As such, the earth pressure should also include an additional uniform pressure, equivalent to one-half of the uniform surcharge load applied over the interior wall backfill from the floor slab. The passive earth pressure acting on the retaining walls can be calculated using an equivalent fluid weight of 270 pounds per cubic foot. General factors of safety used for the retaining walls should be 1.5 for sliding resistance, 2.0 for overturning resistance, and 2.0 for bearing capacity. In addition, adequate vertical insulation should be placed on the inside face of the loading dock walls to prevent horizontal frost penetration into the interior floor slab subgrade. 3.7 Subsurface and Surface Drainage Because the building will have a partial basement, it is our opinion that it may be necessary to construct a perimeter drain system around the foundation. We also recommend that the ground surface around the building be sloped away from the structure to promote surface runoff and reduce infiltration adjacent to the foundation walls with the top of slab at least 6 inches above outside grade. The surface should be sloped at least 6 inches in the first ten (10) lateral feet from the building. The roof drainage system should be designed to discharge away from the building. In addition, the landscaping next to the building should not have depressions filled with decorative rock as this can cause ponding of water next to the building and foundations. 3.8 Exterior Entry Slabs Where exterior entry slabs abut The building, we recommend excavation of silty or clayey soils to a depth of at least 4 feet below the bottom of slab and extending at least 2 feet laterally beyond the edges of the slab and tapered upward at a slope of 3:1 to meet the native soil. The subcut material would then be replaced with non-frost-susceptible (NFS) granular soil. The purpose of this is to reduce the potential for characteristic heave that can occur when silty or clayey soils freeze each winter. This heaving can raise the overlying slabs, possibly jamming doorways or damaging the building. Tapering the excavation serves to reduce the potential for slab displacement with frost heaving of zones further away from the building. This NFS granular backfill material should be a sand and gravel mix having less than 5% passing the #200 sieve. It should be placed in thin lifts and compacted to at least 95% of the Standard Proctor dry density. We recommend placing a drainpipe at the base of the fill, connected to the site stoizn sewers, to remove infiltrating water. As an alternative to excavation and replacement, the entry slabs may be designed as structural slabs. These slabs should be supported on frost depth footings set at least five feet below the bottom of the slab. Avoid space of at least four inches should be provided bettiveen the bottom of the slab and frost-susceptible soils to allow the soils to heave without affecting the slab. The vertical sides on all of the frost-depth footings should be covered with insulation to prevent adhering and freezing of the backfill soils. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - SO`fi Ave. and Central Ave. Page 3-7 3.9 Exterior Underground Utility Trenches The native soils encountered at typical invert elevations generally appear suitable for pipe support. However, if unstable fill soils or very loose or soft native soils are encountered at pipe invert elevations, they may need to be subcut and replaced with engineered backfill or crushed rock. If any organic soils are encountered in the utility trench excavations, they should also be removed and replaced with engineered backfill. The backfill under pavements should be placed in lifts not exceeding 6 inches thick and mechanically compacted to at least 95% of the Standard Proctor dry density. Within three vertical feet of the pavement subgrade, the compaction should be increased to at least 100% of the Standard Proctor dry density. Under lawns or landscaped areas, compaction to at least 90% of the Standard Proctor dry density should be adequate. 3.10 Pavement Based on the subsurface data collected during the investigation, it is our opinion that the engineered fill, compacted mixed fill soils, andlor native granular soils should be suitable to support the pavement loadings. However, these mixed fill or native soils do have cohesive properties and therefore may be frost-susceptible. This could result in differential heaving and loss of strength during winter and spring thaw cycles which will necessitate increased maintenance. We recommend subcutting into the mixed fill or native soils as necessary to provide a 2-foot thick layer of select NFS granular fill (See Section 3.7) to directly below the aggregate base. 3.10.1 Subgrade Preparation For construction of new paved areas, we recommend stripping any surficial vegetation and topsoil. Other organic soils should also be removed within 3 feet vertically of the pavement subgrade. Large pieces of debris should also be removed from the fill sails to prevent the formation of "hard areas" below the pavement. If organic soils are present below 3 feet, we should be consulted. After stripping and any subcutting, the subgrade should be surface compacted with a heavy towed or large self-propelled vibratory compactor applying at least 10 passes before placing any new fill. As summarized in Table 2, the subgrade soils should be compacted to a minimum of 100% of Standard Proctor dry density within 3 feet of the proposed pavement Subgrade elevation. If below 3 feet, surface compaction to 95% should be adequate. The moisture content should fall within 3% below and the optimum moisture content as determined by the Standard Proctor test. If there are areas where the subgrade cannot be compacted to a suitable standard, we recommend that the upper 2 feet of the resulting subgrade be scarified to a moisture content not more than 1 % above optimum and compacted to a minimum of 100% of Standard Proctor maximum dry density. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 Geotechnicai Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - 50`" Ave. and Central Ave. Page 3-$ 3.10.2 Anticipated Subgrade After the site has been graded and prepared as outlined above, we anticipate that the Subgrade soils will consist primarily of silty sand. Laboratory tests to determine the Stabilometer values (R-values} of these soils were not included in our scope of services. However, these soils typically have assumed R-values ranging from 25 to 70. Because previously placed fill is likely present beneath the proposed pavement areas, we recommend using a conservative approach and designing for the poorer soil type. Your pavement designer may use this R-value, along with the predicted traffic pattern and desired pavement life, for final design of the pavement. 3.10.3 Proofroll Test Prior to the placement of the aggregate base, we recommend the Subgrade soils be proofroiled with a loaded, tandem-axle truck traveling at walking speed. This test should be observed by a geotechnical engineer and will assist in identifying any soft or weak areas that will require additional soil correction work. Areas that yield more than 1 inch during the test should be corrected. Failed areas should be compacted or subcut and replaced with suitable soil and compacted as specified. 3.10.4 Preliminary Pavement Recommendations After the subgrade is prepared as described, we recommend the following minimum section thicknesses be used for preliminary pavement design. Table 3: Suggested Preliminary Pavement Thicknesses Course Automobile Parking Areas (inches) Drive Areas, Truck Parking (inches} Bituminous 3 4 Aggre ate Base 8 9 The base and wear courses of pavements are approximately one-half each of the total pavement thickness listed in Table 3. If it is decided to utilize the mixed fill soils as Subgrade soils, then the aggregate base thickness must be increased accordingly. In addition, geotextile fabric may also be required at the Subgrade surface elevation to separate the aggregate base material from the more cohesive fill subgrade soils to preserve the base integrity during freeze-thaw cycles. We recommend specifying Class V aggregate base meeting the requirements of Mn/DOT Specification 3138. We also recommend bituminous base and wear courses meet the requirements of Mn/DOT specification 23G0. The aggregate base should be compacted to 100% of the Standard Proctor dry density with the bituminous mixtures compacted to a minimum of 45% of their Marshall densities. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - 50`h Ave and Central Ave. Page 3-9 3.10.5 Drainage The subgrade should also be uniformly sloped to facilitate drainage of the base material within the pavement system and to avoid ponding of water below the pavement. This is especially pertinent where less permeable soils are used as the subgrade material. For subsurface drainage, we recommend that finger drains into catch basins be placed at the base of the aggregate base layer in the low areas within the paved areas to reduce trapped water within the base material. Final pavement design should account for both positive surface and subsurface drainage. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - 50'i' Ave. and Central Ave. Page 4-1 4.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS 4.1 Excavation and Construction Safety All excavations for this project must comply with the requirements of OSHA 29 CFR, Part 2926, Subpart P, "Excavations and Trenches." This document states that excavation safety is solely the responsibility of the contractor. Reference to these OSHA requirements should be included in the project specifications. 4.2 Field Observations, Testing, and Design Review We recommend that a geotechnical engineering firm be retained during the construction phase of the project to provide field observations including documentation of subcutting of unsuitable soils, compaction of the subgrade, placement of engineered fill, and to evaluate whether the subgrade soils are similar to those encountered in the borings and will provide adequate support for the proposed construction. In addition, the oversize of excavations extending below the footing elevations should also be checked prior to placing backfiIl or forms for footings. The geotechnical engineering firm should also test the foundation bearing soils prior to forming and placement of the foundations and slabs. Field testing should also include density tests as a measure of compaction of engineered fills and subgrades in accordance with the project specifications and recommendations of this report. This geotechnical evaluation is based on the preliminary design of the proposed structure as related to us for preparation of this report. It is recommended that the geotechnical engineering firm review the geotechnical aspects of the final design and specifications. With the review, an evaluation can be made as to whether any changes in design have affected the validity of the recommendations and whether these recommendations have been correctly implemented in the design and specifications. We would welcome the opportunity to provide the observation and testing for this project. 4.3 Cold Weather Construction While not anticipated for this project, this section outlines some general recommendations for cold weather construction. If winter constriction is considered, we recommend that you require the contractor to submit in writing their plan for dealing with cold weather conditions and sno4v/ice. We would also strongly recommend that a special pre-construction meeting be held to discuss the procedures and precautions that must be followed in this event. In general, all snow and ice should be removed from fill and cut areas prior to grading. Frost should not be permitted to penetrate below footings bearing on frost-susecptrble soils as it could result in heaving and cracking of the footings, slabs, or foundation walls. It is necessary for the contractor to protect the base soils from freezing each day and night before new fill is placed and throughout the concrete placement process. Fill and concrete should not be placed over frozen soils, nor should the ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - 50~" Ave. and Central Ave. Page 4-2 use of frozen fill soils be permitted. Concrete delivered to the site should meet the temperature requirements of ASTM C 94. 4.4 Equipment Selection/Soil Sensitivity The clayey and silty soils encountered at this site are susceptible to disturbance from construction traffic, especially when the soils are saturated or during freeze/thaw conditions. It is the earthwork contractor's responsibility to choose equipment and work procedures that will not unduly disturb the subgrade soils. The contractor should also route construction traffic away from foundation soils, subgrade, and areas of pavement and slabs to avoid soil disturbance. If the soils do become disturbed, additional excavation and compaction may be required. Therefore, it is the earthwork contractor's responsibility to switch to other types of equipment or methods if those currently employed are causing undue disturbance of the soils. The responsibility to properly select construction equipment to avoid disturbing the soils on the site lies solely with the contractor. It is suggested that a note to this effect be included in the project specifications. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 - 50`h Ave. and Central Ave. Page 5-1 5.0 CERTIFICATION The soil testing and geotechnieal engineering services performed by ProSource Technologies, Inc. for this project have been conducted in a manner with the level of skill and care ordinarily exercised by other members of the profession currently practicing in this area under similar budgetary and time constraints. No warranty, express or implied, is made. Name and Title: Signat e• Date Signed: Dave Hodek, P.E. -Project Engineer G~,,.. ~~ ,s /L~~Q ~ -~~~~~ John Camlon, P.E. -Senior Engineer Company Mailing Address: ~'°r ~o~ri Con+~cr~ 2~! a'7 ProSource Technologies, Inc. 9219 East River Road NW Coon Rapids, Minnesota 55433 Phone: (763) 786-1445 Fax (763)786-1030 hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the Taws of the State of Minnesota, Print Name: Dav'd .}. Nodek /_ Signature: ~ ,~ Q- G ) `d~ Date: $-~Ly (~ ~ License #: 43680 ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 24, 2007 04/24/2007 13:59 3202534338 INDEPENDENT TESTING PAGE 02 ~~1~EPEND-E1`+1T TESTING TFCHNnT,fl(TTF.C TNf` T nr n~ enTr Rnr~r~.Yr- V V.•.Y YVJI \J.A ~\,.. PRD,JECT.~ 07-08l3A PRO-SOURCE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. DATE.• 4-1-0~ 60R1NG ~#`: @~, MUNICIPAL. LIQUOR STORE SITES START TIME.• $;~ END 7?ME,' $:20 COLUMBIA F#EIGHTS, MINNESOTA METHOD: ~ 1/4" I D Hollow Stem Augt C .t ~ LOG4770N.~ 5DTN AVE. 8c CENTRAL AVE. SITE -Northwest Building Corner CREW.' $~1~ ELEVATION.' - - Deptfi ASTM SoJJ Sample N Water Feet ~ ~ ~'~ ~' 1/alue Table Notes 2 lncltea Bltuminoua De tfi $M LTY SAND, fine grained, w/ a trace of CRAYE!„ dark brown. (FILL) 1.4.3 3.5 CL NDY LEAN CLAY, w/ fine gralneq SAND, brown. s.o 2.4-7 6.0 SP-SM POORLY GRADED SAND W/ SILT, tine to medium grained, wJ a trace of GRAVEL, brown. Wet. 4.6.6 3.3.5 1D.D 14.5 - M ILTY CLAYEY SAND, fine grained, w/ a trace of GRAVEL, redtllsh-brown. 3-3.5 20.0 23.5 S POORLY GRADED SAND, fine to medium grained, wJ a trace of GRAVEL, brown. 5-9-11 25.0 E loring complete to 25 feet. ater was nat encountered during drilling. 04/24/2007 13:59 3202534338 INDEPENDENT TESTING PAGE 07 INDEPENDENT TE.~TING TECNNnLn(TiF,~. TNC"_ T,~rT nF cn7T R~~rur: -- - PROJEG7.• 07-088A PR0-SOURCE TECHNOLOGIES, INC, DATE. 4-23-07 BpR,ING #.•~ MUNICIPAL LIQUOR STORE SITES START TIME.•1Q;,~4 END TIME.• 10;52 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MINNESOTA METHOD.' '~J4" I D Hs2(1ow Stem Au+IBr LOCATION.• SOTH AVE. & CENTRAL AVE. SITE -North End of Parking Lot CREW.' $~J~~/ ELE!/.4TION.' s 17epth ASTM Soil Samp/e N Water Feet Eiol cresol lion ~` value Table Notes 3 1/2 inches Bttuminous, 5 inches Aggregate Dd6d. 9.5" SM SILTY SAND, fine grained, w/ a trace of QRIIVEL, brown to dark brown'. (FSLL) a-a-a ~.s CL SANDY LEAN CLAY, wJ flne grained SAND, brown. 5.0 2.3.4 hanged to slightly mottled Bt 6 feet as•s 3-3.3 l0A oring complete bo 10 teat. ater wag not encountered during drilling. 04/24/2007 13:59 3202534338 INDEPENDENT TESTING PAGE 08 I~1DE~'ENDENT TESTING TECHNQLQG~ES ZZVC. LOG 0~ SOzL BO~~~iG PR0.7FCT.' 07-aBNA PRO-SOURCE TECHNOLOGIES, 2NG. DATF• 4-2~-Q7 BORING #.-~Z MUNICIPAL LIQUOR STORE SITES START TIME.' 1Q;~~ END TIME.• 1L•1~ COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MINNESOTA METHOD: ~1 j4" I.p Hoilaw Stem A{! aer „ LpCA770N.' 50TH AVE. & CENTRAL AVE. S1iTE - NE Area pf Parking Lot CREW,• ~ / aV ELEI/ATTON: ~. ~ t?Pp07 ASTM Soi/ Sample N Water Feet S ! t7esYii bn # !/alu Tatde Nots 3 inches Ditum(nous, 6 Inches A99regaM Base. 9.. CL SANDY LEAN CLAY, w/ ftne grained SAND, brown. Z•,~•Z 3.5 SM SILTY SAND, fine grained, w/ a trace of GFtAYEL, brown, 3-3.2 S.5 CL AHOY LEAN CLAY, w/ fine grained SAND, brown. 2.2.4 2-2.3 io.o Baring complete to 10 feat. star was not encountered during dril(infl. 04/24/2007 13:59 3202534338 INDEPENDENT TESTING PAGE 09 INDEPENDENT TES~'XNG TECHNOLCIG~ES, ANC. LOG Off' SOIL BORING PROJECT.• 07-088A PRO-SOURCE TECHNt)LOGIES, INC. DATE.' a-2tl-9,Z BORING #: ~ MUNICIPAL LIQUOR STORE SITES START TIME.' 1;47 END TIME.' ~,-'1Q. COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MINNESOTA METHOD.' 3~.j4" I D HoI1QW~'~•t17 Auaer LOCATION.' 50TH AVE. & CENTRAL AVE, SITE -East End of Parking Lot CREW.• ~ I ,7V ~ ELEVATION: - Depth ASTM Soil Sample ..N Water .,^...^ ILTY SAND, fine grained, w/a trace of (MILL) SM SILTY SAND, black. (TOPSOIL) ~'~'~ 3,5 SILTY CLAYEY SAND, fine grained, ~+/ a trace of Gi'tAYEI, brown, (Possible RILL) 5.0 2.2.2 ANDY LEAN CLAY, w/ fine grained SAND, brown, mottled. 2.3.3 2-2-2 complete to l0 feat. was not ericeuntered during drlil{ng. SOIL CLASSIFICATION CHART SYMBOLS TYPICAL MAJOR DIVISIONS GRAPH LETTER DESCRIPTIONS ',~ ' ~~ WELL-GRADED GRAVELS, GRAVEL - CLEAN GW D MIXTURES, LITTLE Oft NO GRAVEL GRAVELS ~; ~ S FWE AND GRAVELLY ° Qo o O° POORLY-GRADED GRAVELS, SOILS (LITTLE OR NO FINES) o D~o 0 GP GRAVEL -SAND MIXTURES, LITTLE Q O o~ Q OR NO FINES COARSE GRAINED GRAVELS WITH ° ~ ° °0 ° ~ GM SILTY GRAVELS, GRAVEL -SAND - SOILS MORETHAN 50% FINES ° ~ ~ SILT MIXTURES OF COARSE ~ FRACTION RETAINED ON N0. 4 SIEVE (APPRECIABLE GC CLAYEY GRAVELS, GRAVEL -SAND - AMOUNT OF FINES) CLAY MIXTURES ANDS SW WELL-GRADED SANDS, GRAVELLY SAND CLEAN S SANDS, LITTLE OR NO FINES MORE THAN 50% L IS AND OF MATERIA LARGER THAN SANDY POORLY-GRADED SANDS, NO. 200 SIEVE SIZE SOILS (LITTLE OR NO FINES} ~: `~ P GRAVELLY SAND, LITTLE OR NO FINES SANDS WITH SM DS, SAND-SILT M MORE THAN 50% FINES IXTURES OF COARSE FRACTION PASSING ON N0. 4 SIEVE (APPRECIABLE SC CLAYEY SANDS, SAND -CLAY AMOUNT OF FINES) MIXTURES INORGANIC SILTS AND VERY FINE ML SANDS, ROCK FLOUR, SILTY OR CLAYEY FINE SANDS OR CLAYEY SILTS WITH SLIGHT PLASTICITY SILTS INORGANIC CLAYS OF LOW TO FINE AND LIQUID LIMIT CL MEDIUM PLASTICITY, GRAVELLY SILTY SANDY CLAYS CLAYS GRAINED LESS THAN 50 CLAYS , , CLAYS, LEAN CLAYS SOILS -_- - - _ OL ORGANIC SILTS AND ORGANIC CITY - SILTY CLAYS OF LOW PLASTI MORE THAN 50% INORGANIC SILTS, MICACEOUS OR OF MATERIAL IS MI'I DIATOMACEOUS FINE SAND OR SMALLER THAN SILTY SOILS 200 SIEVE NO . slzE SILTS LIQUID LIMIT CI"I NTY CLAYS OF HIGH O AND GREATER THAN 50 AST C PL CLAYS OI'I ORGANIC CLAYS OF MEDIUM TO I S LT HIGH PLASTICITY, ORGANIC S HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS ~. " "^"~ pT PEAT, HUMUS, SWAMP SOILS WITH HIGH ORGANIC CONTENTS ~ ~ ~ ~ „ ~, NOTE: DUAL SYMBOLS ARE USED TO IND{CATE BORDERLINE SOIL CLASSIFICATIONS Moisture Content Project: 50th and Central Project Number: 1621-00 Date: 4/23/2007 Sample Number ! Percent Moisture Depth Tare Tare Wt. Wet Wt. Dry Wt. Split Comb ined SB-17.5-10 A 0.7 66.2 60.7 9.2 9.5 B 0.5 64.6 58.9 9.8 SB-112.5-15 G 0.5 62.6 53.1 18.1 18.2 D 0.4 66.7 56.4 18.4 SB-2 7.5-10 E 0.5 61.7 55.4 11.5 11.4 F 0.5 64.5 58.0 11.3 SB-212.5-15 G 0.5 62.0 56.0 10.8 11.0 H 0.5 63.0 56.7 11.2 SB-3 7.5-10 I 0.5 62.8 59.4 5.$ 6.3 J 0.4 64.4 60.3 6.8 SB-312.5-15 K 0.5 64.6 62.2 3.9 3.8 L 0.5 64.0 61.7 3.8 SB-4 7.5-10 M 0.5 64.1 55.0 16.7 16.8 N 0.5 62.0 53.1 16.9 SB-412.5-15 O 0.4 69.4 62.2 11.7 11.5 p 0.5 66.4 59.7 11.3 SB-5 7.5-10 O 0.5 62.6 58.1 7.8 7.9 R 0.5 63.8 59.1 8.0 SB-512.5-15 S 0.5 65.0 59.8 8.8 8.7 T 0.5 66.6 61.3 8.7 P R O C T O R TEST REPORT 137 _ _ CUI"Ve NO. _ ~ ~ G ZAV S 1 I p 2 65 - . ti ifi ~ ca on: Test Spec 132 ~ ~ ~ ASTM D 698-OOa Method A Standard - - - - - ~ - - _ __ ~ _ Preparation Method ~ ~ I ~ ~ Hammer Wt. 5,5 lb. v 127 ^. ~ ; _ _ _ Hammer Drop 12 in. ~' - ~ ~ three L : ~ -- _ ayers NumBer of y 81ows per Layer 25 Z+ I ~ ~ Mold Size .9439 liters 0 122 - ~ i - - I j- ~ - - - I Test Performed on Material ~ - 4 Sieve No i P - -- i- - i . ass ng - PI ( I ~ NM LL 117 I ~ - Sp.G. {ASTM D 854} 2.65 i _ %>No.4 4.0 %<No.200 25 USCS SP-SM AASH70 ~ ~ led 5/16/07 Date Sam 112 ~ _ _ p 2 4 6 W at er co 8 nte nt , % 1 Date Tested 5/17/07 0 12 14 Tested By DWG TESTING DATA 1 2 3 4 5 6 WM+WS 2549.4 2792.0 2783.0 WM 691.2 691.2 691.2 WW+T#1 43.40 41.50 43.60 WD+T#1 41.50 38.50 39.50 TARE#1 0.40 0.40 0.40 WW+T#2 42.50 43.40 48.50 WD+T#2 40.70 40.40 49.00 TARE#2 0.50 0.50 0.50 MOISTURE 4.6 7.7 10.4 DRY DENSITY 117 . S 129.0 125 .3 TEST RESULTS Material Description Maximum dry density = 129.2 pcf Brown silty sand, trace clay Optimum moisture = S.0 % Remarks: Project No. 1621-00 Client: City of Columbia 13cights Project: 50th and Central s Source: Onsite fill Sample No.: 1 EIev.IDepth: -3 Checked by: ProSource Technologies, inc. Minneapolis, MN Title: i•igure P R O C T OR TEST REPO RT 1so Curve No. V S G Z 2 - - - A p 2 6 - - - . - Test Specification: 125 ASTM D 698-OOa Method A Standard i -- I - - ' - Preparation Method - ' ~ r ~ Hammer Wt. 5.5 Ib. ~ 120 n. ~ - 12 in r D o H ~ - -- I- - . p amme r ~~ -- I - - -- ~ I Number of Layers three ~ T ~ _ _ Blows per Layer 25 ~ ~ I I ~ ~ Mold Size .94391iters 115 -i - - ~ - ~ ~ Test Performed on Material 4 Sieve Passing No - . - - ~ - - - -- NM Lt_ PI 110 ~ _ I Sp.G, (ASTM D 854) 2.6 [ 1 %>No.4 4 %~No.200 25 _ . - _ _ ~ _ . _ ~__ - - -_..4-- _ - - USCS SP-SM AASHTO 105 ~ ,-i -; X - ---.~ ...-~ f ---- - -- - ~ ~ X - -1-- - - DateSampied 5/16/07 2. 5 5. 0 7. 5 W at er 10 co .0 nte nt , % 12 .5 15.0 17.5 TESTING DATA Date Tested 5/17/07 Tested By DWG 1 2 3 4 5 6 WM+ WS 2438.4 2612.9 2706.5 2631.9 WM 691.2 691.2 691.2 691.2 WW+T#1 53.60 53.70 54.50 56.80 WD+T#1 51.00 49.70 49.10 49.90 TARE#1 0.40 0.50 0.50 0.50 WW+T#2 53.60 55.20 57.50 54,50 WD+T#2 51.10 51.40 51.80 47.80 TARE#2 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 MOISTURE 5.0 7.8 11.1 14.1 DRY DENSITY 110.0 117.9 120.0 112. 5 TEST RESULTS Material Description Maximum dry density = 120.7 pcf Dark brown silty sand, trace clay, trace organics Optimum moisture = 10.1 % Remarks: Protect No. [621-00 Client: City of Columbia Heights Project: 50th and Central ® Source: Onsite fill Sample No.: 2 Elev.lDepth: -3 Checked by: PraSource Technologies, Inc. Minneapolis, MN Title: Figure ps~~ou~r~+~ irE~em~ro~.acrFs. aM~_ 9219 East River Road NW Coon Rapids, Minnesota 55433 (763) 786-1445 Fax (763j 786-1030 w~rrw.prosourcetech.com F{ELD DENS{TY TEST RESULT'S PROJECT: 50th and Central Municipal Liquor Store LOCATION: Columbia Heights, MN CLIENT: City of Columbia Heights CONTRACTOR: Rachet Contracting PROJECT NO.: 1621-00 REPORT DATE: TECHNICIAN: DWG REVIEWED BY: Test No. ate _ Location Description Diagram attached: Test Elev. (ft) Maximum ' Proctor Dry Density No. yamax (pct Optimum Water Content W°P, {%) In-Place Moist Density (Pcfl (n-Place Water Content (%) In-Place Dry Density (Pct Relative Compaction {%) Compaction Specification (%) Pass or Fail 1 5!17/2007 Former restaurant southwest 114 _ _ -7 P-2 120.7 10.1 i 123.3 7.5 114.8 ~ 95.1 95 Pass 2 5/17/2007 Former restaurant southeast 114 -5.5 P-1 129.2 8 133.9 8.5 122.9 95.1 95 Pass 3 :5/1712007 Former restaurant northeast 1/4 -4 P-2 120.7 10.1 124.5 9.2 114 94.4 95 ~ Fail 3A j 5118!2007 Former restaurant northeast 1/4 retest _ -4 - P-2 _ 120.7 10.1 __ 124.9 1 5.6 _ i 18.3 98 95 Pass 4 5/17/2D07I Former barber shop _~ _ -___ -4 P-2 i 120.7 -- - 10.1 - 118 i 9.7 107.6 89.1 95 Fail 'organics and concrete /stone pieces in soil _ _ recommend removal/replacement __ j ~ - i ~~ i i _ --- - - ----- - ` Laboratory Gompaction Method: Proc. No. yamax I W°p, Proc. No. yamax W°p1 Field Density Test Method: USGS Elevation Datum: ASTM D-1557-79 {Modified Proctors _ _ __ _ Pv1 _ 129.2 8 ASTM D-1556 Sand Cone Depth Below Subgrade ASTM D-698-78 (Standard Proctor) __ _ T_ _ _ _ X _ _ P-2 120.7 10.1 ASTM D-2922 NuGear)_ _ Depth Delow Finish Grade Other Other Other Geotechnical Field Exploration Procedures and Construction Guidelines P 1.0 FIELD EXPLORATION PROCEDURES Soil Sarnplitzg Soil sampling was performed in accordance with ASTM D 1586-99. Using this procedure, a 2" O.D. split barrel sampler is driven into the soil by a 140 pound weight failing 30". After an initial set of 6", the number of blows required to drive the sampler an additional 12" is known as the penetration resistance, or N value. The N value is an index of the relative density of cohesionless soils and the consistency of cohesive soils. Thin wall tube samples, if taken, were obtained according to ASTM D 158'7-00 where indicated by the appropriate symbol on the boring logs. Rock core samples, if taken, were obtained by rotary drilling methods in accordance with ASTM D 2113- 99. Power auger borings, if performed, were done in general accordance with ASTM D 1452-00. Soil Classification As the samples were obtained in the field, they were visually and manually classified by the drill crew chief or field engineer/geologist in accordance with ASTM D 2488-00. Representative portions of the samples were then returned to the laboratory for further examination and for verification of the field classification. Logs of the borings indicating the depth and identification of the various strata, the N value, the laboratory test data, water level information and pertinent information regarding the method of maintaining and advancing the drill holes are attached. A "Field Guide for Soil and Stratigraphic Analysis" and the descriptive terminology and symbols used on the boring logs are also attached. 2.0 PREREQUISITES FOR SOUND ENGINEERING PRACTICE In order to properly evaluate the foundation soils at a building site, it is imperative for our f nn to know exactly where the building will be placed, its size, and the elevation of the foundation elements. Without this information, a judgment regarding the adequacy of the preparatory foundation earthwork is not possible. This project data is especially critical in situations when the excavation extends below the footing grade and compacted fill is required to attain building elevations. 111 these situations, the excavation would require lateral oversizing to provide suitable lateral distribution of the footing loads. Offset batter boards of the building lines stakes provide the best on-site verification of the building location and size. It must be recognized that ProSource Technologies, Inc. does not practice in the field of surveying. Therefore, we must rely on staking by others. If ProSource Technologies, Inc. is required to perform the survey, we will retain a licensed surveyor and invoice our client for the amount per our current fee schedule. Provision of the building foundation plans is also important so that we may properly perform our engineering judgments. If the construction is redesigned ar otherwise moved subsequent to our work, we should be informed so our firm can assess if additional engineering observation is required or suggest sound engineering alternatives. We cannot be responsible for any soil foundation system if the structure has been relocated with respect to the excavation subsequent to our observations. ProSource Technologies, Inc. Geotechnical Field Exploration Procedures and Construction Guidelines 3.0 GENERAL OVERSIZE REQUIREMENTS Because of the lateral distribution of foundation pressures with depth, lateral oversizing is required in an excavation where unsuitable soils extend below planned footing grade. The lateral oversize scheme provides compacted fill materials beyond the exterior footing limits where fill is required below footing elevation. The degree of lateral. oversizing is dependent upon the surrounding soil's ability to resist lateral movement. Although we generally recommend the lateral oversize be at least 2' plus the depth of fill below bottom of footing elevation, each project must be evaluated separately. For example, in extremely compressible swamp or organic soils, the oversize should be increased to 5' plus twice the depth of excavation below footing grade. Due to the variations in the required oversize, an engineering judgment must be made to establish the necessary extent of the oversizing, Diagrams illustrating typical oversizing dimensions are included in this report. EXCAVATION UVERSIZtNG NORMAL EXCAVATION / ExcAVAnor~ LtlJfTS FOOLUiS' .~ ~.~ ~r •~ ~'~~' i, i:..•: ~ '_ ti h ~ i - SAT15Fl1NC ~ ~"`._; ..j-r+~2'' I~D ~ j ~ O5HA REOtNRE~ifTJ15 ,'~HGitiEER£p~ FlG:~" l : ~.~ ~ ~ ~~', ~;tR ABt.E St ,y yam: .Dr^ ... .~-. .i~;•: :~ ///JJJ~~~lllflll/ I D COA(PETENT SOILS SWAMP OR EXTREMELY SOFT SOIL EXCAVATION WNG,1Vu ExGVAT10fi ~ UxUiS Yi:. ---- _ ,_y: ~.: . > `c:` ... .::' ~, ~r.~ S40PE 5+177SiYtNC .t,. - 1Rt` '.a.~, r•ti'. ~2D•=-~,,?=~ ~~• ~ t•~ OS}t{ REWIREMENTS v; '.ter., J FNdNEERED~ }lll . ~' _ •~ - y~ '~ ` 5WN4P OEPOSiTS OR ~~,i :._t ~.rr:,;;'v.• EN Y SOfT SCItS I-'----'- 2D COMPETENT SOILS NOT TO SCALE ProSource Technologies, Inc. Geotechnical Field Exploration Procedures and Construction Guidelines 4.0 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATIONS AND TESTING The recommendations made in this report have been made based on the subsurface conditions found in the borings. It is possible that there are soil and water conditions on site that were not represented by the borings. Consequently, on-site observation during construction is considered integral to the successful implementation of the recommendations. We believe that qualified field personnel need to be on site at the times outlined below to observe the site conditions and effectiveness of the construction. We recommend that the completed excavation and prepared subgrade be observed and tested by a soils engineer/technician prior to fill placement or construction of any foundation elements. These observations would be necessary to judge if all unsuitable materials have been removed from within the planned construction area and that an appropriate degree of Iateral oversize has been provided for in those areas where fzll will be placed below the bottom of foundation grade. We recommend a representative number of field density tests be taken in all engineered fill placed to aid in judging its suitability. We suggest that at least one density test be performed for at least every 2,500 square feet of engineered fill placed for each lift. Additional tests should be taken where confined areas are compacted. Any proposed fill material should be submitted to the laboratory for tests to check compliance with our recommendations and project specifications. 5.0 PRECAUTIONS FOR EXCAVATING AND FILL PLACEMENT DURING COLD WEATHER The winter season in this area presents specific problems for foundation construction. Soils that are allowed to freeze undergo a moisture volume expansion, resulting in loss of density. These frost- expanded soils will re-consolidate upon thawing, causing settlement of any structure supported on them. To prevent this settlement, frost should not be allowed to penetrate into the soils below any proposed structure. Ideally, winter excavation should be limited to areas small enough to be refilled to grade higher than footing grade on the same day. Typically, these areas should be filled to floor grade. Trenching back down to unfrozen soils for foundation construction can then be performed just prior to footing placement. The excavated trenches should be protected from freezing by means of insulating or heating during foundation construction. Backfilling of the foundation trenches should be performed immediately after the below-grade foundation construction is finished. In addition, any interior footings or footings designed without frost protection should be extended below frost depth, unless adequate precautions are taken to prevent frost intrusion until the building can be enclosed and heated. In many cases, final grade cannot be attained in one day's time, even though small areas are worked. In the event final grade cannot be attained in one day's time, frost can be expected to develop overnight. Leaving a layer of loose soil on top of the compacted material overnight can minimize the depth of frost penetration. However, any frost that forms in this loose layer, or snow that accumulates, should be completely removed from the fill area prior to compaction and additional soil placement. Frozen soils or soils containing frozen material or snow should never be used as fill material. ProSource Technologies, Inc. Geotechnical Field Exploration Procedures and Construction Guidelines Page 4 After the structure has been enclosed, all floor slab areas should be subjected to ample periods of heating to allow thawing of the soil system. Alternatively, the frozen soil can be completely removed and be replaced with an engineered fzll. The floor slab areas should be checked at random and representative locations for remnant areas of frost and density tests should be performed to document fill compaction to slab placement. Due to the potential problems associated with fill placement during cold weather, a full-time, on-site soils technician should monitor any filling operations. Full-time monitoring aids in detecting areas of frozen material, or potential problems with frozen material within the fill, so that appropriate measures can be taken. The choice of fill material is particularly important during cold weather, since clean granular fill material can be placed and compacted more efficiently than silty and clayey soils. In addition, greater magnitudes of heaving can be expected with freezing of the more frost susceptible silts and clays. If more specific frost information or cold weather data concerning other construction materials is required, please contact us. 6.0 RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH EXCAVATION UNDER WATER For many projects, an excavate/refill program is used to prepare building areas prior to the start of construction. As variations in soil conditions often occur in very short distances, the bottom of any excavation should be observed by an engineer to judge the competency of the natural soils for fill and footing support. In some cases, the required excavation may extend below the ground water level. If the excavation extends below ground water level, a temporary dewatering system may be necessary to lower the water level to an elevation below the required excavation bottom. In some situations, the quantity of water is such that a temporary dewatering system cannot economically contTOl the ground water. In these situations, the excavations are sometimes performed below the water level using a dragline or backhoe to remove the unsuitable soils, and the initial lifts of fill are placed into standing water. This procedure is not recommended because of the risk involved. Excavating and refilling below water involves risks of trapping compressible or otherwise unsuitable materials within or below the new fill system. Dislodged excavated materials can be covered by the advancing fill soils, or the excavating equipment can miss localized deeper pockets of compressible soils. For this reason, approaching the earthwork without dewatering requires that the owner accept the risk of some future building settlement. This risk results from the engineer's ability to observe the excavation bottom during the excavation and initial filling operations. In areas where the excavation terminates below the water table, observations are strictly Iimited to observing the soils recovered in the bucket of the backhoe or dragline, and possibly probing the excavation bottom if the depth of water is not too great. If the excavation operations are to proceed in this manner, it is necessary that the owner fully understands and accepts the risks involved. While these risks cannot be eliminated, there are a number of procedures that can be used to reduce the risk of future settlement if the excavation proceeds without the aid of dewatering. We strongly recommend the following procedures are employed during the excavation. and refilling operations below water: ProSource Technologies, Inc. Geotechnical Field Exploration Procedures and Construction Guidelines P A thorough soil boring program should be performed prior to any excavation. This program would establish approximate required bottom of excavation elevations and provide information regarding the classification of acceptable soils anticipated at the bottom of the excavation. 2. A backhoe or dragline operator experienced with this type of excavation procedure should perform the excavation work. 3. An experienced soil engineer should be retained to provide full-time observations during all excavation and refilling operations below the water level. 4. A suitable amount of lateral oversize should be provided in the excavation bottom. Reference should be made to the preliminary soil boring report, the job specifications, or the sail engineer's recommendations for information regarding the extent of oversize required for the particular project. 5. Any fill placed below water, and to an elevation of at least 2' above the water level, should consist of a clean, free-draining sand containing less that 40% passing the #40 sieve and less than 5% passing the #200 sieve. 6. The fill should be stockpiled at the waters edge and should be advanced into the excavation by a bulldozer imparting a strong, downward "scouring" action to advance the fill along the excavation bottom. This scouring action would tend to force remnant pieces of unsuitable material ahead of the filling process where they could be periodically removed by the excavation equipment. Excessive amounts of unsuitable material collecting in front of the fill could impede the ability of the fill to scour the excavation bottom. 7. A number of standard penetration borings should be put down through the fill after it has been brought to a level above the ground water table. These borings are instrumental in documenting the effectiveness of the removal of the unsuitable materials as well as judging the density of the newly placed fill at depth. ProSource Technologies, Inc. pro, 'ou~rce 9219 East River Road NW Minneapolis, Minnesota 55433 763-786.1445 Fax 763-786-103D 9 ~ ~ ~ 0 ~~ ~ I@~ ~~ ~ i GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION REPORT Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #2 37t" Avenue and Hart Boulevard Columbia Heights, Minnesota Prepared for: City of Columbia Heights 637 38t" Avenue N.E. Columbia Heights, MN 55421 May 10, 2007 ProSource Project No. 1621-00 Environmental ®Right of Way ®Engineering ~ra~;aunca 9219 East River Road NW Minneapolis, MN 55433 Phone 7G3-786-1445 Fax 7G3-786-1030 ww~r~.prosourcetech.com May 10, 2007 Mr. Kevin Hansen City of Columbia Heights City Engineer 637 38th Avenue N.E. Columbia Heights, Minnesota 55421 Subject: Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #2 37t" Avenue and Hart Boulevard Columbia Heights, Minnesota Dear Mr. Hansen: Following the City of Columbia Heights' acceptance of our proposal dated January 16, 2007, we have completed the geotechnical evaluation for the site listed above. In this report, we present the results of our field investigation and laboratory testing. In addition, preliminary recommendations are provided for earthwork, foundation design, and construction. These recommendations should be reviewed once the final development plans are prepared and site grading is completed. We have enjoyed working with you on this project. If you have any questions regarding this report or if we can be of further assistance, please feel free to call us at 763-786- 1445. Sincerely, ProSo .rce Technologies, Inc. i -• ,~~G~' 2 G ~ ~`. David J. Hodek, P.E. Project Engineer Environmental ®Righf of Ways Engineering Equal Opportunity Employer Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #2 - 37`h Ave. and Hart Blvd. TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION ................................................................ ..................................................1-1 1.1 Site Description .............................................................. ..................................................1-1 1,2 Proposed Construction ................................................... .................................................. l-1 1.3 Scope of Work ............................................................... ..................................................1-1 2.0 FIELD INVESTIGATION .................................................. ..................................................2-1 2.1 Site Borings .................................................................... ..................................................2-1 2.2 Subsurface Conditions ................................................... .................................................. 2-2 2.3 Ground Water Conditions .............................................. .................................................. 2-2 3.0 ANALYSES AND RECOMMENDATIONS ..................... .................................................. 3-1 3.1 General Discussion of Construction Recommendations .................................................. 3-1 3.1.1 Soil Correction ................................................... ..................................................3-1 3.2 Building Pad Preparation ............................................... .................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Excavation .......................................................... ..................................................3-2 3.2.2 Compaction ........................................................ ..................................................3-2 3.3 Foundation Recominendations ....................................... .................................................. 3-3 3.3.1 Bearing Pressure ................................................ .................................................. 3-3 3.3.2 Settlement .......................................................... .................................................. 3-3 3.4 Floor Slab Recommendations ........................................ .................................................. 3-4 3.5 Loading Dock Recommendations .................................................................................... 3-4 3.6 Subsurface and Surface Drainage ................................... ................................................. 3-5 3.7 Exterior Entry Slabs ....................................................... .................................................. 3-5 3.8 Exterior Underground Utility Trenches .......................... ................................................. 3-5 3.9 Pavement ......................................................................... .................................................3-6 3.9.1 Subgrade Preparation .......................................... .................................................3-6 3.9.2 Anticipated Subgrade .......................................... .................................................3-6 3.9.3 Proofroll Test ...................................................... ................................................. 3-7 3.9.4 Preliminary Pavement Recommendations .......... ................................................. 3-7 3.9.5 Drainage .............................................................. .................................................3-7 4.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS ............................................................................4-1 4.1 Excavation and Construction Safety ............................... .................................................4-1 4.2 Field Observations, Testing, and Design Review ........... .................................................4-1 4.3 Cold Weather Construction ............................................. .................................................4-1 4.4 Equipment Selection/Soil Sensitivity ............................. .................................................4-2 5.0 CERTIFICATION ................................................................ ................................................. 5-1 ATTACHMENTS Figure 1 Site Map Appendix A Boring Logs and Laboratory Analysis Results Appendix B Geotechnical Field Exploration Procedures and Construction Guidelines ___ ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 10, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #2 - 37`h Ave. and Hart Blvd. 1.0 INTRODUCTION Page 1-1 On behalf of the City of Columbia Heights (City), ProSource Technologies, Inc. (ProSource} is submitting this report which details the results of the geotechnical evaluation conducted at the proposed Municipal Liquor Store #2 site in Columbia Heights, Minnesota. We understand that a geotechnical evaluation was required to depict the subsurface conditions in the proposed building area and provide pertinent recommendations for site preparation and foundation design. 1.1 Site Description The site is located at the intersection of 37`h Avenue and Hart Boulevard in Columbia Heights, Minnesota. The approximately one acre site is comprised primarily of vacant land and had been operating as a parking and drive area for the former Apache Theater located directly to the north. At the time of the field investigation, the ground surface was recently disturbed due to the removal of pavement associated with the demolition of the former Apache Theater. As a whole, the site was observed to be relatively level with a maximum of three feet in elevation change between the surface elevations of the boreholes. 1.2 Proposed Construction We understand that proposed construction will consist of a single story, slab on grade building as depicted on Figure 1 with new paved parking and drive areas. We anticipate the paved areas will primarily be used for automobile traffic with occasional delivery and garbage trucks. The recommendations presented in this report are based on this understanding of the proposed development. However, the grades of the proposed building and parking/drive areas were not available at the time of this analysis. It is our understanding that Oertel Architects (Oertel) has been retained by the City as the architect for the proposed liquor store development. 1.3 Scope of Work The geotechnical evaluation was performed in accordance with our proposal dated January 16, 2007. On this site, the scope of work was intended for geotechnical purposes only and was not intended to investigate the presence of or define the extent of any environmental contamination. The scope of work for the project was as follows: • Mark boring locations in the field and arrange to have buried utilities marked through the Gopher State One-Call System. • Explore subsurface locations through the installation of five standard penetration borings to approximate depths of 10 feet and 15 feet below current grade in the proposed building location and pavement areas, respectively. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 10, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #2 - 37~h Ave. and Hart Blvd. Page 1-2 Prepare a geotechnical evaluation report including boring logs; a site plan showing the approximate boring locations; a written description of encountered soil and ground water conditions; and recommendations for site preparation in building and pavement areas, allowable bearing capacity for spread footings, soil correction, floor slab support, and other geotechnical considerations. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 10, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #2 - 37`h Ave. and Hart Blvd. Page 2-1 2.0 FIELD INVESTIGATION A total of five borings were completed on April 23, 2007 using atruck-mounted drill rig operated by Independent Testing Technologies (ITT). The borings were completed at the approximate locations noted on the attached site map (Figure 1 }. Oertel provided the locations for four of the borings on the northeastern portion of the site where the liquor store building is to be located. Boring locations were staked by ProSource personnel. Borings were located by taping off the existing roads and site features with a measuring tape. The boring locations should be considered approximate. Because a topographical survey had not been completed at the site, boring elevations were referenced to the top nut of a fire hydrant located at the corner of 37`h Avenue and Hart Boulevard. The relative elevation for this reference benchmark was 100.0 feet. 2.1 Site Borings The four soil borings within the proposed building footprint were advanced to a depth of approximately 15 feet below ground surface at the time of the investigation. The remaining boring was advanced in the pavement area directly west of the proposed building location. This boring was advanced to an approximate depth of 10 feet below ground surface at the time of the investigation. Boring locations are shown on Figure I. Prior to starting any of the borings, all underground utilities were cleared through the Gopher One- Call service. The borings were performed using 3.25- inch hollow-stem augers (HSA) in accordance with ASTM method D1452 and split-barrel sampling procedures (ASTM D1586). Standard penetration tests were generally conducted at 2.5-foot intervals in the upper 10 feet of the borings, and at five foot intervals thereafter. The standard penetration values (N-values) are used as a measure of the relative density of the granular soils and the consistency of cohesive and semi- cohesive soils. During the field operations, ITT maintained logs of the subsurface conditions including changes in stratigraphy, standard penetration values, and observed ground water levels. These logs and the soil samples collected were then inspected by a ProSource staff geologist. Any corrections made by ProSource are noted on the attached boring logs located in Appendix A. Soil samples were collected from the split-barrel sampler for visual classification using the unified soil classification system (USCS). A representative portion of each sample was then sealed in a glass jar for future analysis and/or classification. Sampling and classification of soils were performed in general accordance with American Standards for Testing and Materials (ASTM) procedures, and are described further in Appendix B. We will retain the soil samples obtained from the barings for a period of 30 days from the date of this report. Unless we are contacted and directed to do otherwise, the samples will then be discarded. The stratigraphy shown on the boring logs is approximate. It should be noted that the subsurface conditions at other times and locations on the site may differ from those found at our test locations. If different conditions are encountered during construction, it is necessary that you contact us so that ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 10, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #2 - 37`h Ave. and Hart Blvd. Page 2-2 our recommendations can be reviewed. This boring information should not be used for bid estimation by "averaging" depths and strata changes. Too many variations exist in the surficial topsoil thicknesses, soil types, and groundwater conditions for such "averaging" to be valid. In addition, this report should not be used for purposes other than geotechnical recommendations. Additionally, representative samples were collected for laboratory analysis. Selected samples were tested for moisture content and Atterberg Limits. These analyses are included in Appendix A. Upon completion of the drilling, the boreholes were backfilled with auger cuttings and bentonite grout, where necessary. 2.2 Subsurface Conditions The borings indicated a generalized soil profile consisting of 3 inches of residual aggregate base material from the former Apache Theater parking and drive areas. A distinguishable layer of topsoil was not encountered at the boring locations. Below this surficial aggregate base in borings SB-1, SB-2, SB-4, and SB-S, was aglacially-deposited, sandy to silty low to medium-low plasticity clay. This clay was in a generally loose to medium dense condition, based on the N values. In both SB-1 and SB-2, sand seams were present at depths of approximately 9 feet and 13.5 feet below ground surface. At SB-3, the aggregate base material was underlain by an organic silt to a depth of approximately 4.5 feet and organic clay from 4.5 feet to approximately 13.5 feet below grade. This organic clay had a mottled appearance with N-values indicating that the clay was in a very loose condition. The organic clay was underlain by a stiff, low plasticity clay at a depth of approximately 13.5 feet below ground surface. N-values indicated that this low plasticity clay is generally in a loose to medium dense condition. 2.3 Ground Water Conditions Immediately after the termination of the drilling at each boring location, the boreholes were checked for the presence of ground water. Immediately following the withdraw] of the augers, the boreholes were again checked with the depth of any cave-rns or ground water noted on the boring logs. Ground water was not encountered in the borings advanced at the site during this field investigation and moisture contents from representative soil samples did not indicate that those soils were saturated. Based on the field investigation borings, we anticipate that the current ground water level is below the borings termination elevations. However, long term monitoring of the boreholes was not included in our scope of work on this project. In addition, based on the relatively impervious nature of the clayey glacial deposits encountered at the site, occasional zones of perched ground water could be encountered during excavations for sail corrections, footings, or utility installation. It should be noted that general water levels may fluctuate throughout the year, in part due to the amount of precipitation, surface run-off characteristics and modifications, and other related hydrologic and hydrogeological factors. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 10, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #2 - 37"' Ave. and Hart Blvd. Page 3-1 3.0 ANALYSES AND RECOMMENDATIONS The analyses and preliminary recommendations submitted in this report are based upon the data obtained from the soil borings performed at the approximate locations indicated on Figure 1. Often, variations in site stratigraphy can occur laterally and vertically between these borings, the nature and extent of which do not become evident until additional exploration or construction is conducted. If there are any changes to the final design, location, or elevations of the parking areas or the building, the opinions and preliminary recommendations in this report are not to be considered valid unless ProSource is given the opportunity to review the changes and modify or verify our recommendations in writing. 3.1 General Discussion of Construction Recommendations In our opinion, after proper site preparation, it will be possible to support the proposed structure using a typical spread footing foundation. However, a soil corrections excavation beneath the anticipated foundation and slab grades and locations will be necessary priar to construction to remove unsuitable materials. 3.1.1 Soil Correction Boring SB-3 on at the southeast corner of the proposed building location encountered layers of organic silt and clay that are unsuitable for support of slabs and footings. These materials should be removed from the proposed building pad as part of site preparation for the building. The anticipated excavation depth in the vicinity of SB-3 is approximately 13.5 feet below current grade (relative elevation of approximately 81.1). However, please note that this excavation depth is approximate and will likely vary over the soil correction area. The actual depth of excavation should be determined in the field at the time of construction. After removal of this organic clay, we anticipate that the underlying glacial deposited clay soils will generally be suitable for foundation support. A geotechnical engineer should closely observe the excavation bottom prior to fill or foundation placement to help determine whether the sail correction excavation is complete. This Lateral oversize area of subcutting should extend out horizontally at least 1 foot from the outside edges of the perimeter footings for every foot of fill required below the base of the footing. This lateral oversize is to be measured at the base of the soil correction subcut, not at the surface. Any topsoil deposits should also be removed fi-om the soil correction area. We recommend that after subcutting the unsuitable soils and, prior to placing backfill, that the exposed soils at the base of the excavation be surface compacted with a heavy towed or self- propelled vibratory roller, applying at least eight passes. Compaction of the backfill should be performedtn general accordance with the procedures outlined in Section 3.2.2. The footing trenches and column footing excavations will also have to be cut wide enough to permit access with a heavy towed orself-propelled compactor. Backfill can then be placed to reestablish proposed grades. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 10, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #2 - 37`h Ave, and Hart Blvd. Page 3-2 Dewatering will likely not be required to expose the bearing sails and facilitate fill placement as ground water was not encountered during the field investigation. However, should ground water be encountered in the excavation, for fill to be placed under water, it is recommended that the procedures identified in Section 6, Appendix B, be strictly followed. 3.2 Building Pad. Preparation 3.2.1 Excavation Based on the soil borings completed during the field investigation, we recommend that any and all topsoil, organic soils, and previously placed fill be removed from within the proposed building pad and oversize areas. If encountered, some additional subcutting of any underlying, soft native clayey soils could also be required after the native soils are exposed. Any existing foundations, building debris, utilities or associated fill should also be removed from the proposed building pad and oversize area. After removal of the unsuitable soils, the foundations can then be supported directly on suitable native soils or compacted structural fill (see Section 3.2.2). However, as stated earlier, prior to fill or foundation placement, we recommend that a geotechnical engineer observe that the building soils are suitable for foundation support. For excavations within the building areas that extend below the design footing elevation, we recommend that the excavation bottoms extend a minimum distance of one foot laterally for each vertical foot below the footing at that location (1:1 lateral oversize). This oversizing is necessary for lateral distribution of the footing loads throughout the fill sequence. In addition, to minimize the disturbance to in-place soils, we recommend that a backhoe equipped with asmooth-edge bucket or awide-tracked dozer be used for creating the footing excavations. If the excavation bottom soils are disturbed during the course of construction, they should be surface compacted prior to placement of any fill or the foundation. 3.2.2 Compaction After the recommended excavations, fill should be placed to attain the final grades both in the proposed building and pavement areas. Fill containing debris or organic soils should not be used as engineered or structural backfill at the site. In addition, organic soils such as topsoil or the material removed from the soil correction subcut should not be reused at the site as structural or engineered backfill. For imported structural backfill, we recommend using a select granular material such as Mn/DOT 3149.2B2 processed to have less than 12% passing the #200 sieve and no gravel larger than 3 inches. The granular structural backfill should be placed in loose lifts with a maximum thickness of 8 inches. The moisture content in the backfill should be within 1 percentage paint below to 3 points above its optimum moisture content as determined by the Standard Proctor test (ASTM D698). Field density tests should be used to verify that the proper compaction of the fill is achieved. Recommended compactions levels are detailed in the table below. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 10, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #2 - 37`h Ave. and Hart Blvd. Page 3-3 Table 1: Recommended Compaction Levels Location Minimum Conrpactiotz (Standard ~'roctor Densi ) Below Foundations 98% Below Exterior and Interior Slabs 95% Exterior Wall Backfill 90% Fill Within 3 Vertical Feet of Pavement 100% Fill Deeper than 3 Vertical Feet Below Pavement 95% Loading Dock Wall Backfill 97% We recommend that a geotechnical engineer be retained to monitor fill placement and to perform field density tests as each lift of fill is placed in order to evaluate compliance with the design requirements. Standard Proctor density tests and grain size analysis tests should be performed on representative samples of fill materials prior to their use on the site. 3.3 Foundation Recommendations Following site preparation, we recommend that the perimeter footings be placed a minimum of 42 inches below the exterior grades of the building for frost protection. Interior footings would typically bear at 18 to 24 inches below finished floor elevation, provided that they are not exposed to freezing conditions during or after construction. While not anticipated, if winter construction is considered, we recommend that interior footings also bear a minimum of 42 inches below grade for frost protection. We also recommend that footings located in unheated areas, such as light poles, signs, or loading dock footings, have a minimum soil cover of 60 inches for frost protection. 3.3.1 Bearing Pressure Based on the soils encountered in the borings and assuming that the site corrections are completed as recommended, it is our opinion that the spread footings can be designed far a net allowable bearing pressure of up to 2,500 pounds per square foot. This refers to the pressure that maybe transmitted to the bearing stratum in excess of the pressure of the surrounding depth of overburden. The factor of safety against shear failure with respect to soil bearing capacity for this design would exceed three. We recommend that strip footings have a minimum width of 2 feet and that isolated column footings have a minimum width of 3 feet to avoid excessively narrow footings. 3.3.2 Settlement Based on this design and using the loads provided by Oertel, we estimate that maximum post- construction building settlement would be one inch or less with differential settlement of one-half inch or less. This is provided that our site preparation recommendations are carved out and that the bearing soils are not soft, wet, disturbed, or frozen at the time of construction. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 10, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #2 - 37`h Ave. and Hart Blvd. Page 3-4 3.4 Floor Slab Recommendations After the building areas have been prepared as recoirunended, it is our opinion that the structural fill and undisturbed natural clayey soils should be suitable to support the floor slab loads. We recommend the use of select granular soils as backfill around the new foundations and in sub-slab utility trenches within the building pad for relative ease of compaction in confined spaces and will help reduce capillary moisture transmission to the slab. Cohesive or semi-cohesive soils should not be used for this trench backfill. The backfill should be placed in loose lifts approximately 4 to 6 inches thick, with each lift mechanically compacted to at least 9S% of the Standard Proctor dry density. r We recommend not using heavy towed or self-propelled compactors within 4 feet of newly constructed foundation walls as such equipment can damage the new walls. Based on a subgrade prepared with this type of engineered backfill and after general site preparation, the floor slab can be cast on-grade. Assuming that the floor subgraders not composed of the engineered, granular backfill, it is our opinion that a modulus of subgrade reaction value of 12S pounds per cubic inch may be used to design the floor slab. However, if the engineered granular backfill is used, we recommend using a modulus of subgrade reaction of 200 pounds per cubic inch for slab design. We also recommend placing a vapor retarder under the floor slab of the building. The purpose of the vapor retarder is to reduce the potential for upward migration of water vapor from the soil into and through the concrete slab. Water vapor migrating upward through the slab can damage floor coverings, coatings, or sealers placed on the slab and can contribute co excess humidity and possible microbial growth in a building. 3.S Loading Dock Recommendations The loading dock walls will act as short retaining walls, and we recommend that the wails be designed to resist the at-rest lateral earth pressure. Any backfill added to the area immediately behind the walls should be granular in nature and placed in loose, 6-inch lifts. This backfill should be compacted with manually-operated equipment to at least 97% of the modified Proctor density. Large towed or self-propelled compactors should not be used within four feet of the new walls as such compactors can damage the walls and can impart permanent lateral stresses on the walls not accounted for in the structural design. For compacted sand backfill behind the walls, we estimate a moist unit weight for the compacted native soil of 125 pounds per cubic foot. We recommend that the retaining walls be designed to resist an equivalent fluid weight of S2 pounds per cubic foot for the at-rest condition. As such, the earth pressure should also include an additional uniform pressure, equivalent to one-half of the uniform surcharge load applied over the interior wall backfill from the floor slab. °The passive earth pressure acting on the retaining walls can be calculated using an equivalent fluid weight of 270 pounds per cubic foot. General factors of safety used for the retaining walls should be l.S for sliding resistance, 2.0 for overturning resistance, and 2.0 for bearing capacity. In addition, adequate vertical ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 10, 2007 Geotechnieal Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #2 - 37th Ave. and Hart Blvd. Page 3-5 insulation should be placed on the inside face of the loading dock walls to prevent horizontal frost penetration into the interior floor slab subgrade. 3.6 Subsurface and Surface Drainage Because the building will have no basement, it is our opinion that it is not necessary to construct a perimeter drain system around the foundation. We do recommend that the ground surface around the building be sloped away from the structure to promote surface runoff and reduce infiltration adjacent to the foundation wails with the top of slab at least 6 inches above outside grade. The surface should be sloped at least 6 inches in the first ten (10) lateral feet from the building. The roof drainage system should be designed to discharge away from the building. In addition, the landscaping next to the building should not have depressions filled with decorative rock as this can cause ponding of water next to the building and foundations. 3.7 Exterior Entry Slabs Where exterior entry slabs abut the building, we recommend excavation of silty or clayey soils to a depth of at least 4 feet below the bottom of slab and extending at least 2 feet laterally beyond the edges of the slab and tapered upward at a slope of 3:1 to meet the native soil. The subcut material would then be replaced with non-frost-susceptible (NFS) granular soil. The purpose of this is to reduce the potential for characteristic heave that can occur when silty or clayey soils freeze each winter. This heaving can raise the overlying slabs, possibly jamming doorways or damaging the building. Tapering the excavation serves to reduce the potential for slab displacement with frost heaving of zones further away from the building. This NFS granular backfill material should be a sand and gravel mix having less than 5% passing the #200 sieve. It should be placed in thin lifts and compacted to at least 95% of the Standard Proctor dry density. We recommend placing a drainpipe at the base of the fill, connected to the site storm sewers, to remove infiltrating water. As an alternative to excavation and replacement, the entry slabs maybe designed as structural slabs. These slabs should be supported on frost depth footings set at least five feet below the bottom of the slab. Avoid space of at least four inches should be provided between the bottom of the slab and frost-susceptible soils to allow the soils to heave without affecting the slab. The vertical sides on all of the frost-depth footings should be covered with insulation to prevent adhering and freezing of the backfill soils. 3.8 Exterior Underground Utility Trenches The native soils encountered at typical invert elevations generally appear suitable for pipe support. However, if unstable fill soils or very loose or soft native soils are encountered at pipe invert elevations, they may need to be subcut and replaced with engineered backfill or crushed rock. If any organic soils are encountered in the utility trench excavations, they should also be removed and replaced with engineered backfill. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 10, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #2 - 37`h Ave. and Hart Blvd. Page 3-6 The backfill under pavements should be placed in lifts not exceeding 6 inches thick and mechanically compacted to at least 95% of the Standard Proctor dry density. Within three vertical feet of the pavement subgrade, the compaction should be increased to at least 100% of the Standard Proctor dry density. Under lawns or landscaped areas, compaction to at least 90% of the Standard Proctor dry density should be adequate. 3.9 Pavement Based on the subsurface data collected during the investigation, it is our opinion that the engineered fill and undisturbed native clayey soils should be suitable to support the pavement loadings. However, these native soils are cohesive and therefore frost-susceptible. This could result in differential heaving and loss of strength during winter and spring thaw cycles which will necessitate increased maintenance. We recommend subcutting into the native clayey soils as necessary to provide a 2-foot thick layer of select NFS granular fill (See Section 3.7) to directly below the aggregate base. 3.9.1 Subgrade Preparation For construction of new paved areas, we recommend stripping any surficial vegetation and topsoil. Other organic soils should also be removed within 3 feet vertically of the pavement subgrade. If organic soils are present below 3 feet, we should be consulted. After stripping and any subcutting, the subgrade should be surface compacted with a heavy towed or large self-propelled vibratory compactor applying at least 10 passes before placing any new fill. As summarized in Table 1, the subgrade soils should be compacted to a minimum of 100% of Standard Proctor dry density within 3 feet of the proposed pavement subgrade elevation. If below 3 feet, surface compaction to 95% should be adequate. The moisture content should fall within 3% below and the optimum moisture content as determined by the Standard Proctor test. If there are areas where the subgrade cannot be compacted to a suitable standard, we recommend that the upper 2 feet of the resulting subgrade be scarified to a moisture content not more than 1% above optimum and compacted to a minimum of 100% of Standard Proctor maximum dry density. 3.9.2 Anticipated Subgrade After the site has been graded and prepared as outlined above, we anticipate that the subgrade soils will consist primarily of sandy clayey soils. Laboratory tests to determine the Stabilometer values (R-values) of these soils were not included in our scope of services. However, these soils typically have assumed R-values ranging from 10 to 20. We recommend using a conservative approach and designing for the poorer soil type. Your pavement designer may use this R-value, along with the predicted traffic pattern and desired pavement life, for final design of the pavement. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 10, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #2 - 37`" Ave. and Hart Bivd. Page 3-7 3.9.3 Proofroll Test Prior to the placement of the aggregate base, we recommend the subgrade soils be proofrolled with a loaded, tandem-axle truck traveling at walking speed. This test should be observed by a geotechnical engineer and will assist in identifying any soft or weak areas that will require additional soil correction work. Areas that yield more than 1 inch during the test should be corrected. Failed areas should be compacted or subcut and replaced with suitable soil and compacted as specified. 3.9.4 Preliminary Pavement Recommendations After the subgrade is prepared as described, we recommend the following minimum section thicknesses be used for preliminary pavement design. Table 2: Suggested Preliminary Pavement Thicknesses Course Automobile Parking Areas (inches) Drive Areas, Truck Parking (inches) Bituminous 3 4 Aggregate Base 8 9 The base and wear courses of pavements are approximately one-half each of the total pavement thickness listed in Table 2. If it is decided to utilize the native clayey soils as subgrade soils, then t11e aggregate base thiclaless must be increased accordingly. Ln addition, geotextile fabric may also be required at the subgrade surface elevation to separate the aggregate base material from the cohesive subgrade soils to preserve the base integrity during freeze-thaw cycles. We recommend specifying Class ~ aggregate base meeting the requirements of Mn/DOT Specification 3138. We also recommend bituminous base and wear courses meet the requirements of Mn/DOT specification 2360. The aggregate base should be compacted to 100% of the Standard Proctor dry density with the bituminous mixtures compacted to a minimum of 95% of their Marshall densities. 3.9.5 Drainage The subgrade should also be uniformly sloped to facilitate drainage of the base material within the pavement system and to avoid ponding of water below the pavement. This is especially pertinent where less permeable soils are used as the subgrade material. For subsurface drainage, we recommend that finger drains into catch basins be placed at the base of the aggregate base layer in the low areas within the paved areas to reduce trapped water within the base material. Final pavement design should account for both positive surface and subsurface drainage. ProSource Teclniologies, Inc. May 10, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #2 - 37`" Ave. and Hart Blvd. Page 4-1 4.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS 4.1 Excavation and Construction Safety All excavations for this project must comply with the requirements of OSHA 29 CFR, Part 2926, Subpart P, "Excavations and Trenches." This document states that excavation safety is solely the responsibility of the contractor. Refexence to these OSHA requirements should be included in the project specifications. 4.2 Field Observations, Testing, and Design Review We recommend that a geoteehnical engineering firm be retained during the construction phase of the project to provide field observations including documentation of subcutting of unsui#able soils, compaction of the sttbgrade, placement of engineered fill, and to evaluate whether the subgrade soils are similar to those encountered in the borings and will provide adequate support for the proposed construction. In addition, the oversize of excavations extending below the footing elevations should also be checked prior to placing backfill or forms for footings. The geotechnical engineering firm should also test the foundation bearing soils prior to forming and placement of the foundations and slabs. Field testing should also include density tests as a measure of compaction of engineered fills and subgrades in accordance with the project specifications and recommendations of this report. This geotechnicai evaluation is based on the preliminary design of the proposed structure as related to us for preparation of this report. It is recommended that the geotecllrrical engineering firm review the geotechnical aspects of the final design and specifications. With the review, an evaluation can be made as to whether any changes in design have affected the validity of the recommendations and whether these recommendations have been correctly implemented in the design and specifications. We would welcome the opportunity to provide the observation and testing for this project. 4.3 Cold Weather Construction While not anticipated for this project, this section outlines some general recommendations for cold weather construction. If winter constriction is considered, we recommend that you require the contractor to submit in writing their plan for dealing with cold weather conditions and snow/ice. We would also strongly recommend that a special pre-construction meeting be held to discuss the procedures and precautions that must be followed in this event. In general, all snow and ice should be removed from fill and cut areas prior to grading. Frost should not be permitted to penetrate below footings bearing on frost-susecptible soils as it could result in heaving and cracking of the footings, slabs, or foundation walls. It is necessary for the contractor to protect the base soils from freezing each day and night before new X11 is placed and throughout the concrete placement process. Fill and concrete should not be placed over frozen soils, nor should the ProSource Teclulologies, Inc. May 10, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Stare #2 - 37`" Ave, and Hart Blvd. Page 4-2 use of frozen fill soils be permitted. Concrete delivered to the site should meet the temperature requirements of ASTM C 94. 4.4 Equipment Selection/Soil Sensitivity The clayey soils encountered at this site are susceptible to disturbance from construction traffic, especially when the soils are saturated or during freeze/thaw conditions. It is the earthwork contractor's responsibility to choose equipment and work procedures that will not unduly disturb the subgrade soils. The contractor should also route construction traffic away from foundation soils, subgrade, and areas of pavement and slabs to avoid soil disturbance. If the sails do become disturbed, additional excavation and compaction may be required. Therefore, it is the earthwork contractor's responsibility to switch to other types of equipment or methods if those currently employed are causing undue disturbance of the soils. The responsibility to properly select construction equipment to avoid disturbing the soils on the site lies solely with the contractor. It is suggested that a note to this effect be included in the project specifications. ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 10, 2007 Geotechnical Evaluation Report Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #2 - 37`h Ave. and Hart Blvd. Page 5-I 5.0 CERTIFICATION The soil testing and geotechnical engineering services performed by ProSource Technologies, Inc. for this project have been conducted in a manner with the level of skill and care ordinarily exercised by other members of the profession currently practicing in this area under similar budgetary and time constraints. No warranty, express or implied, is made. Name and Title: Signat~.tre: Date Signed: Dave Hodek, P.E. -Project Engineer John Cannon, P.E. -Senior Engineer Company Mailing Address: Phone: Fax: roSource Technologies, Inc. 9219 East River Road NW Coon Rapids, Minnesota 55433 (763} 786-1445 (7631 786-1030 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: David J. Hodek Signature: ~~ ~ ~/~'~~"~~ _ __ Date: 5//r~/iJ 7 License #: 43680 i~ ~ . ProSource Technologies, Inc. May 10, 2007 Geotecluiical Field Exploration Procedures and Construction Guidelines Page 1 1.0 FIELD EXPLORATION PROCEDURES Soil Sampling Soil sampling was performed in accordance with ASTM D 1586-99. Using this procedure, a 2" O.D. split barrel sampler is driven into the soil by a 140 pound weight falling 30". After an initial set of 6", the number of blows required to drive the sampler an additional 12" is known as the penetration resistance, or N value. The N value is an index of the relative density of cohesionless soils and the consistency of cohesive soils. Thin wall tube samples, if taken., were obtained according to ASTM D 1587-00 where indicated by the appropriate symbol on the boring logs. Rock core samples, if taken, were obtained by rotary drilling methods in accordance with ASTM D 2113- 99. Power auger borings, if performed, were done in general accordance with ASTM D 1452-00. Soil Classification As the samples were obtained in the field, they were visually and manually classified by the drill crew chief or field engineer/geologist in accordance with ASTM D 2488-00. Representative portions of the samples were then returned to the laboratory far further examination and for verification of the field classification. Logs of the borings indicating the depth and identification of the various strata, the N value, the laboratory test data, water level information and pertinent information regarding the method of maintaining and advancing the drill holes are attached. A "Field Guide for Soil and Stratigraphic Analysis" and the descriptive terminology and symbols used on the boring logs are also attached. 2.0 PREREQUISITES FOR SOUND ENGINEERING PRACTICE In order to properly evaluate the foundation soils at a building site, it is imperative for our firm to know exactly where the building will be placed, its size, and the elevation of the foundation elements. Without this information, a judgment regarding the adequacy of the preparatory foundation earthwork is not possible. This project data is especially critical in situations when the excavation extends below the footing grade and compacted fail is required to attain building elevations. In these situations, the excavation would require lateral oversizing to provide suitable lateral distribution of the footing loads. Offset batter boards of the building lines stakes provide the best on-site verification of the building location and size. It must be recognized that ProSource Technologies, Inc. does not practice in the field of surveying. Therefore, we must rely on staking by others. If ProSource Technologies, Inc. is required to perform the survey, we will retain a licensed surveyor and invoice our client for the amount per our current fee schedule. Provision of the building foundation plans is also important so that we may properly perform our engineering judgments. If the construction is redesigned or otherwise moved subsequent to our work, we should be informed so our firm can assess if additional engineering observation is required or suggest sound engineering alternatives. We cannot be responsible for any soil foundation system if the structure has been relocated with respect to the excavation subsequent to our observations. ProSource Technologies, Inc. Geotechnical Field Exploration Procedures and Construction Guidelines 3.0 GENERAL OVERSIZE REQUIREMENTS Because of the lateral distribution of foundation pressures with depth, lateral oversizing is required in an excavation where unsuitable soils extend below planned footing grade. The lateral oversize scheme provides compacted fill materials beyond the exterior footing limits where fill is required below footing elevation. The degree of lateral oversizing is dependent upon the surrounding soil's ability to resist lateral movement. Although we generally recommend the lateral oversize be at least 2' plus the depth of fill below bottom of footing elevation, each project must be evaluated separately. For example, in extremely compressible swamp or organic soils, the oversize should be increased to 5' plus twice the depth of excavation below footing grade. Due to the variations in the required oversize, an engineering judgment must be made to establish the necessary extent of the oversizing. Diagrams illustrating typical oversizing dimensions are included in this report. EXCAVATION OVERSIZlNG NORMAL EXCAVATIQN Exaw~TroN usrrs .:: '~'~7 ~'' ~.~ . ~ ~.,. +,,~..,o FOUtiNG ~:'~i ~~ . `4 ' SATSFYWC / . . •, . ~ j ~ 0 ~+. ~+'-'=.-'T-i^'f 2' OS}Lt RE4UiREMQli$ ^ ~ ' . ~ '~NGItiEEFtED FlCI:y;:~ 1~. ',: ' ^: ,'' . • . NSUf(ABLE Sd15 D {{{ II ! COtAPETEIfr SOILS i SWAMP OR EXTREMELY SOFT SOIL EXCAVATION WNRAUM EXCAVATtOtI U47T5 - - r. ~` Z-00~VJG~ • J~ ~ ~• .:t:.~.`. •• "., _ LOPE SA7ISFYItiG / ~' '}~;--r,'r,-~--~---~--~-~ 5•'- ,2II.-~ ' c'' .y OSSU REIXAf7ENENTS FETipNEERED }lU.•.! .p! ° `~' - ^~S; t SWMIP DEPCLStTS OR . ...... ..._ .. ;; :' CONPETEHT SOILS i..~~~ Zp NOT TO SCALE ProSource Technologies, Inc. Geotechnical Field Exploration Procedures and Construction Guidelines 4.0 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATIONS AND TESTING The recommendations made in this report have been made based on the subsurface conditions found in the borings. It is possible that there are soil and water conditions on site that were not represented by the borings. Consequently, on-site observation during construction is considered integral to the successful implementation of the recommendations. We believe that qualified field personnel need to be on site at the times outlined below to observe the site conditions and effectiveness of the construction. We recommend that the completed excavation and prepared subgrade be observed and tested by a soils engineer/technician prior to fill placement or construction of any foundation elements. These observations would be necessary to judge if all unsuitable materials have been removed from within the planned construction area and that an appropriate degree of lateral oversize has been provided for in those areas where fill will be placed below the bottom of foundation grade. We recommend a representative number of field density tests be taken in all engineered fill placed to aid in judging its suitability. We suggest that at least one density test be performed for at least every 2,500 square feet of engineered fill placed for each lift. Additional tests should be taken where confined areas are compacted. Any proposed fill material should be submitted to the laboratory for tests to check compliance with our recommendations and project specifications. 5.0 PRECAUTIONS FOR EXCAVATING AND FILL PLACEMENT DURING COLD WEATHER The winter season in this area presents specific problems for foundation construction. Soils that are allowed to freeze undergo a moisture volume expansion, resulting in loss of density. These frost- expanded soils will re-consolidate upon thawing, causing settlement of any structure supported on them. To prevent this settlement, frost should not be allowed to penetrate into the soils below any proposed structure. Ideally, winter excavation should be limited to areas small enough to be refilled to grade higher than footing grade on the same day. Typically, these areas should be filled to floor grade. Trenching back down to unfrozen soils for foundation construction can then be performed just prior to footing placement. The excavated trenches should be protected from freezing by means of insulating or heating during foundation construction. Backfilling of the foundation trenches should be performed immediately after the below-grade foundation construction is finished. In addition, any interior footings or footings designed without frost protection should be extended below frost depth, unless adequate precautions are taken to prevent frost intrusion until the building can be enclosed and heated. In many cases, final grade cannot be attained in one day's time, even though small areas are worked. In the event final grade cannot be attained in one day's time, frost can be expected to develop overnight. Leaving a layer of loose soil on top of the compacted material overnight can minimize the depth of frost penetration. However, any frost that forms in this loose layer, or snow that accumulates, should be completely removed from the fill area prior to compaction and additional soil placement. Frozen soils or soils containing frozen material or snow should never be used as fill material. ProSource Technologies, Inc. Geotechnical Field Exploration Procedures and Construction Guidelines Page 4 After the structure has been enclosed, all floor slab areas should be subjected to ample periods of heating to allow thawing of the soil system. Alternatively, the frozen soil can be completely removed and be replaced with an engineered fill. The floor slab areas should be checked at random and representative locations for remnant areas of frost and density tests should be performed to document fill compaction to slab placement. Due to the potential problems associated with fill placement during cold weather, a full-time, on-site sails technician should monitor any filling operations. Full-time monitoring aids in detecting areas of frozen material, or potential problems with frozen material within the fill, so that appropriate measures can be taken. The choice of fill material is particularly important during cold weather, since clean granular fill material can be placed and compacted more efficiently than silty and clayey soils. In addition, greater magnitudes of heaving can be expected with freezing of the more frost susceptible silts and clays. If more specific frost information or cold weather data concerning other construction materials is required, please contact us. 6.0 RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH EXCAVATION UNDER WATER For many projects, an excavate/refill program is used to prepare building areas prior to the start of construction. As variations in soil conditions often occur in very short distances, the bottom of any excavation should be observed by an engineer to judge the competency of the natural soils for fill and footing support. In some cases, the required excavation may extend below the ground water level. If the excavation extends below ground water level, a temporary dewatering system may be necessary to lower the water level to an elevation below the required excavation bottom. In some situations, the quantity of water is such that a temporary dewatering system cannot economically control the ground water. In these situations, the excavations are sometimes performed below the water level using a dragline or backhoe to remove the unsuitable soils, and the initial lifts of fill are placed into standing water. This procedure is not recommended because of the risk involved. Excavating and refilling below water involves risks of trapping compressible or otherwise unsuitable materials within or below the new fill system. Dislodged excavated materials can be covered by the advancing fill soils, or the excavating equipment can miss localized deeper pockets of compressible soils. For this reason, approaching the earthwork without dewatering requires that the owner accept the risk of some future building settlement. This risk results from the engineer's ability to observe the excavation bottom during the excavation and initial filling operations. In areas where the excavation terminates below the water table, observations are strictly limited to observing the soils recovered in the bucket of the backhoe or dragline, and possibly probing the excavation bottom if the depth of water is not too great. If the excavation operations are to proceed in this manner, it is necessary that the owner fully understands and accepts the risks involved. While these risks cannot be eliminated, there are a number of procedures that can be used to reduce the risk of future settlement if the excavation proceeds without the aid of dewatering. We strongly recommend the following procedures are employed during the excavation and refilling operations below water: ProSource Technologies, Inc. Geotechnical Field Exploration Procedures and Construction Guidelines P 1. A thorough soil boring program should be performed prior to any excavation. This program would establish approximate required bottom of excavation elevations and provide information regarding the classification of acceptable soils anticipated at the bottom of the excavation. 2. A backhoe or dragline operator experienced with this type of excavation procedure should perform the excavation work. 3. An experienced soil engineer should be retained to provide full-time observations during all excavation and refilling operations below the water level. 4. A suitable amount of lateral oversize should be provided in the excavation bottom. Reference should be made to the preliminary soil boring report, the job specifications, or the soil engineer's recommendations for information regarding the extent of oversize required for the particular project. 5. Any fill placed below water, and to an elevation of at least 2' above the water level, should consist of a clean, free-draining sand containing less that 40% passing the #40 sieve and less than S% passing the #200 sieve. The fill should be stockpiled at the waters edge and should be advanced into the excavation by a bulldozer imparting a strong, downward "scouring" action to advance the fill along the excavation bottom. This scouring action would tend to force remnant pieces of unsuitable material ahead of the filling process where they could be periodically removed by the excavation equipment. Excessive amounts of unsuitable material collecting in front of the fill could impede the ability of the fill to scour the excavation bottom. 7. A number of standard penetration borings should be put down through the fill after it has been brought to a level above the ground water table. These borings are instrumental in documenting the effectiveness of the removal of the unsuitable materials as well as judging the density of the newly placed fill at depth. ProSource Technologies, Inc. 04/24/2007 13:43 3202534333 INDEPENDENT TESTING PRGE 02 INDEPENDEN`~"I'ESTING TECHNdLOGIES. INC. i.C)C (~F ~(~TT, R(~RTNC; PROlECT.~ 07-08$0 PRO-SOURCE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. DATE.'4 X3_07 BORING,#: ~ MUNICIPAL LIQUOR STORE SITES START TIME. ,I,.1g~ END TIME.' 2:a~ COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MINNESOTA METHOD: ~ 1(4" Imo, ollo~i$t~m Auger LOCA7TON.• 37TH 8c HART SITE -Northwest Building Corner CREW.- BI3 / aV ELEI/ATIDN,- - Depth ASTM Soil Semple N Water Feet S mbol L}escri lion ,# t/alue Table NpAs inches A ate Base. GL ANDY LEAN CLAY, w/ flue grained SAND, brown, mottled. 5.9.9 5.0 4-45 hanged to reddish-brown and no mottling at 6 feet. 4-5-5 9.0 SP POORLY GRADED SAND, fine to medium grained, w/ a 4-14-8 *Altered blow count - on rock. 10.0 trace of GRAVEL,, brown. 12,0 CL SANDY LEAN CU1Y, w/ fine grained SANG, reddish-brown. 13.5 SP POORLY GRACIED SAND, fine to medium grained, w/ a trace of flRAVEi„ brown. 5-8-9 15.0 ~oriny complete to 1S feat. trier was not encountered during drilling, 04/24/2007 13:43 320253433E INDEPENDENT TESTING PAGE 03 INDE~'ENJD~N7C VESTING TEC~NOi.OG~ES, .INC. LUG OF SUIL BUR.ZNG rfYU~~c.l: U/-BS8B PRQ-SOURCE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. DATE:' 4~-_4~Z BORfNG ~.•B_2 MUNICIFapL LYt~U®i2, STt?N,E SITES START 77N11_.' 1:1~__ END TIME.' 1:44 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MINNESOTA ME7NOD; 3 1/4" I.D. ~{~(~yy Stem Auoer LOCATION.' 37TH & H1tRT SItE -Northeast Building Corner CREW.' Ra 1 ~y ELEliAT7ON: Depth ASTM Sol/ Sample N Water feet bel Des~-l lion ,f' Value Table Notes 3 incheQ A re ate Base. CL SANDT LEAN CLAY, w/ fine grained SAND, brown, mottled. 3-5-fi hanged bb reddish-brown and no mott3ing at 4 feet. 5.0 Z-3-4~ *Moisture Content & Attertserg tests conducted on 5ampie #2. 7.0 SP-SM POORLY GRADED SAND wJ SILT, fine grained, w/ a trace 3-5-6 of GRAVEL, brown. 8.5 CL SANDY LEAN CLAY, w/ find grained SAND, reddish-brown. 5.911 14.0 13.0 S POORLI' GRADf:D SAND, fine Oo medium grained, w/ a trace of GRAVEL, brown. s•s•s 15.0 Loring complete to 15 feet. star was not encountered during tlrillirtg. 04/24/2007 13:43 3202534338 INDEPENDENT TESTING PAGE 04 INDEPENDE~1'Z' TESTING ~ECHNOLaG~~s rNC. LOG Ok' SOIL BORI~iG PROJECT:' 07-b888 PRO-SOURCE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. DATE.' 4-23-07 BORING ~#`: ~ Fi1.IFiICYPAL LIQU®R STORE SITES START TIME.• 1t?:5Q END 77ME,' ~,;~,~_ COLUMBIA [IEIGtITS, MINNE50TA Mr?'H00: $,.i /4" I,D Hallow Sfiem Aug~r LOCATION,' 37TH & HART SITE - Southeast Building Corner CREW.' RB / ~v ELEt/ATION.~ - Uepth ASTNI Soi! Sample N Water F~e2t 5 mbol Descri don ~ Value Table Notes 3 inches A re ate Base. SM S ILTY SAND, fine grained, w/ a trace of GRAVEL, brown. 1,5 PIl.I. OL RGANIC SILT, fine gralnad, grey, black. 1.1.1 4.5 SANDY LF,;~~['1-.CLA~1""N 8 9~Ined SANd, brown, grey, 1_ . Q`, FnOt~ 0f1. c~i,,f Y /r76t4. !"~.rFs rr ".r,'~ 4 ~.; S c"c ~•L-L 2.2.3 14.0 15.Q Boring complete to 15 feet. star was not encountered during drllling. U J 1' 04/24/2607 13:43 3262534338 INDEPENDENT TESTING °AGE 85 ZN~~~~ND~NT TES'T'ING TECHNQ~.,QGIES INC. LOG OF SOIL I30~2ZI`~IG - PRD.IEL7:• 07-OSSB PRO-SOURCE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. DATE.' g-?_3-07 fiORING #: P~~ F3UPIYCIF>~iL LIf.~UOR STORE SITES START TIME,' ,x_ END TIME.' ~.~ COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, ~1INNESOTA METHOD: i ~OC4TION.~ 37TH & HART SFtE -Southwest Building Corner ~~!' B~1-~-~L ELEVATION: - Depth A57M Soil Sample N Water Feet bol Des~i aon ~' t/a(ue Table Notes 3 In hes A re ate Base. CL SANDY t.EAN CLAY, w/ fins grained SAND, brown, grey, tpottled. 2-2-3 s.o 3-5-5 4-s-s 45.7 it1.0 4.47 s5.o Boring complete to 15 feet. aterwaa natencountered during drfllinp. 04/24/2007 13:43 3202534338 INDEPENDENT TESTING PAGE 06 rrTnr,~r~r. ~~nr. ~Tm T~CrTi~rr rrrl~>G-7tv1"1T (1f''TTi C T1V('' T flC; !l~' ~,(3TT . R(~RTN(; ~ J, \ ,lam ~'J j„LJ J, \ jJ JJ l \ 1 ~ JU U Jl AI A ~ V i u v ,a R • • - - PROJEC7;• p7-OSSSPRQ-SOURCE TECHN~?LOGIES, INC. OATE• 4.23-QZ BORING ,~: B=S MUWiCIPAL LiQU~3R FORE SITES START TIME.' _ END TIME.' 2:z7 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MINNESOTA METHOD: ,'~I./4" i a HUNOw~.t#'.~ICLA_u_9~C LOCATION.' 37TH >~ HAR7 SITE -West End Parking Lot CREW.' l~B / ay ELEVATION: - Uepth ASTj~i Soi! Sample N Water $C-SM LTY CLAYEY SAND, Ilne prainetl, reaAlsn-prawn. 1.5 CL NDY LEAN CLAY, w/ fine grdlned SAND, brown, grey, mooted. 4.7.5 5.0 45-5 4-5-7 3-4-5 complete t0 10 feet wns not encounbored during drilling. SOIL CLASSIFICATION CHART SYMBOLS TYPICAL MAJOR DIVISIONS GRAPH LETTER DESCRIPTIONS CLEAN ~ ` WELL-GRADED GRAVELS, GRAVEL - GRAVEL GRAVELS ~~ ~ ~ GW SAND MIXTURES, LITTLE OR NO r ,` ~~ ~ FINES AND GRAVELLY °Q° oQ° POORLY-GRADED GRAVELS, SOILS (LITTLE OR NO FINES) o p0o D GP GRAVEL -SAND MIXTURES, LITTLE Q d aQ Q OR NO FINES COARSE ° ~ ° °0 ° GRAINED GRAVELS WITH GM SILTY GRAVELS, GRAVEL -SAND - SOILS MORE THAN 50% FINES o Q ~ ~ SILT MIXTURES OF COARSE o FRACTION RETAINED ON NO. 4 SIEVE (APPRECIABLE G+G. CLAYEY GRAVELS, GRAVEL -SAND - AMOUNT OF FINES) CLAY MIXTURES SAND CLEAN SANDS SW WELL-GRADED SANDS, GRAVELLY SANDS, LITTLE OR NO FINES MORE THAN 50% OF MATERIAL IS AND LARGER THAN NO. 200 SIEVE SANDY SOILS POORLY-GRADED SANDS, SIZE (LITTLE OR NO FINES) : ~ Sp GRAVELLY SAND, LITTLE OR NO FINES SANDS WITH SM SILTY SANDS, SAND -SILT MORE THAN 50% FINES MIXTURES OF COARSE FRACTION PASSING ON NO. 4 SIEVE (APPRECIABLE SC CLAYEY SANDS, SAND -CLAY AMOUNT OF FINES) ` MIXTURES INORGANIC SILTS AND VERY FINE M L SANDS, ROCK FLOUR, SILTY OR CLAYEY FINE SANDS OR CLAYEY SILTS WITH SLIGHT PLASTICITY SILTS INORGANIC CLAYS OF LOW TO FINE LIQUID LIMIT CL MEDIUM PLASTICITY, GRAVELLY GRAINED LAYS LESS THAN 50 CLAYS, LEAN CLAYS S, SILTY SOILS - - OL ORGANIC SILTS AND ORGANIC SILTY CLAYS OF LOW PLASTICITY MORE THAN 50% INORGANIC SILTS, MICACEOUS OR OF MATERIAL IS MH DIATOMACEOUS FINE SAND OR SMALLER THAN SILTY SOILS NO. 200 SIEVE s1ZE SILTS LIQUID LIMIT ~'~ INORGANIC CLAYS OF HIGH GREATER THAN 50 PLASTICITY LAYS OI"I ORGANIC CLAYS OF MEDIUM TO HIGH PLASTICITY, ORGANIC SILTS HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS ~ ~~ " ~~' pT PEAT, HUMUS, SWAMP SOILS WITH HIGH ORGANIC CONTENTS ~, „ , ~ „ NOTE: DUAL SYMBOLS ARE USED TO INDICATE BORDERLINE SOIL CLASSIFICATIONS Moisture Content Project: Former Apache Six Project Number: 1557-00 Date: 4/30/2007 Sample Number / Percent Moisture Depth Tare Tare Wt. Wet Wt. Dry Wt. Split Comb ined SB-12.5-5 A 0.5 61.4 54.4 13.0 12.2 B 0.5 59.0 53.0 11.4 SB-1 5-7.5 C 0.7 63.8 56.2 13.7 13.7 D 0.4 63.8 56.2 13.6 SB-2 5-7.5 E 0.5 62.6 60.3 3.8 3.7 F 0.5 61.9 59.8 3.5 SB-3 3-5 G 0.5 62.9 53.9 16.9 17.1 H 0.4 62.8 53.6 17.3 SB-3 5-7.5 ! 0.5 63.1 52.0 21.6 21.4 J 0.7 61.7 51.0 21.3 SB-4 2.5-5 K 0.5 62.0 54.0 15.0 15.1 L 0.4 63.5 55.2 15.1 SB-4 5-7.5 M 0.4 62.9 54.8 14.9 14.7 N 0.5 66.1 57.8 14.5 SB-5 2.5-5 O 0.5 63.8 56.0 14.1 14.4 P 0.5 62.1 54.2 14.7 SB-5 5-7.5 Q 0.5 61.5 53.1 16.0 15.4 R 0.4 64.4 56.1 14.9 BID PROPOSAL FORM CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS MUNICIPAL LIQUOR STORES PROJECT COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MIhTNESOTA Bid due date: Thursday, June 2I, 200'7 Bid opening: 2:00 p.m. SUBMITTED TO: Columbia Heights Council SUBMITTED BY: Name Address Dear Mayor and City Council Members, The undersigned understands and agrees that the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions are a binding part of this proposal to perform the Work, and that this Contractor has: 1. become familiar with the site, site conditions, existing features, soils conditions, access and all related components of the Work. 2. reviewed the construction documents as prepared by Oertel Architects, dated 5/30/2007, and understand that the work is for both buildings at each site. 3. reviewed all addenda. 4. included all work-related items needed to complete the project as provided in the Construction Documents, including construction schedule identified in the Summary of Work. 5. read, understood and agrees to the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all front end conditions for this project. ADDENDUM RECEIPT The following addenda were obtained on the Oertel Architects' website, and were reviewed and incorporated into the bid: Addendum # 1: Addendum #2: Addendum #3 : Addendum #4: I SASE BID Base Bid Amount: Dollars ($ .00) ALTERNATES Alternate No. l: Provide a deduct to incorporate a stucco system in lieu of the masonry systems at selected walls of the 37`" Street store. Amount: Dollars ($ .00) Deduct Alternate No. 2: Provide an add to use decorative CMU walls in lieu of painted grey CMU, east and north walls of the 37`" Street store only. Amount: Dollars ($ .00) Add Alternate No. 3: Provide an add to include the monument signs, complete with footings, masonry and signage, at both stores. Amount: Dollars ($ .00) Add Alternate No. 4: Provide built-up roofing in lieu of ballasted EPDM membrane roofing, both stores. Amount: Dollars ($ .00) Add Alternate No. 5: Provide an add to upgrade to the refrigeration system by providing an additional 4HP capacity at each refrigeration unit at both stores (total of 4). Amount: Dollars ($ .00) Add Alternate No. 6: Provide internal steel columns/beams within the refrigerated rooms at both stores. Amount: Dollars ($ .00} Add CHANGES IN THE WORK For elements of the work that are not in the Base Bid, the general contractor's and subcontractor's overhead and profit shall be limited to the following: Add: Ten percent to the Contractor Deduct/c3~edit: No change (0%) to the Owner or Contractor 2 AGREEMENT: Every contractor/bidder agrees that this Bid may not be withdrawn for a period of 60 days. A Bid Bond in the amount of 5% of the total bid is attached and shall be accepted by the City of Columbia Heights in the event of a withdrawal or forfeiture by Bidder. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject all bids and to waive any informalities or irregularities, and to accept or reject any discrepancies in the bidding procedures or documents. BID ACCEPTANCE The Contractorlbidder agrees to execute a standard City of Columbia Heights contract and shall furnish Performance and Material and Labor Payment Bonds with such surety or sureties as the Owner may approve. The cost of these bonds is included in the base bid: attach Bid Bond to this Bid Form. The Contractor agrees to provide a preliminary construction schedule to the Architect, using the milestone dates provided in Section 01010, Summary of Work, within 7 days of notification of being the apparent low bidder. The undersigned bidder represents that the information and assurances are accurate to the best of their know}edge: Signed and sealed this day of business name address Phone: Fax: By: Tit}e: 200'7. Signature: PROJECT: COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORE PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MINNESOTA ITEM: AIA General Conditions Document A201 1997 version This legal document is a binding part of the work. Copies of this document are available at the office of the architect for review, upon request by the bidding contractor, or are available at Minnesota Society of the AIA. The Supplementary Conditions, that follow, refer to this document. COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES ATTACHMENT B: SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 5/30/2007 The following supplements modify, add, delete or change the AIA General Conditions, A201, 1997 Edition. Where any article of the General Conditions is modified or changed, the unaltered provisions shall remain in effect, unless noted to the contrary. ARTICLE 1 1.6.1: Delete the sentence "and unless otherwise indicated the Architect shall be deemed the author of them and will retain all common lay, statuary and other reserved rights, in addition to copyright." ARTICLE 2 2.1.2: Delete in entirety. The city is not subject to mechanic's liens. 2.4.1: Delete the 4'~' sentence, "Such action by the Owner and amow~ts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect." ARTICLE 3 3.9.1: Add the sentence, "Superintendent shall be on site any time there are demolition or construction activities." 3.18.3: Add this subparagraph, "The Owner and Architect are entitled to recover any attorney's fees and costs they incur in prosecuting their right to the defense and indemnification of the above." ARTICLE 4 4.3: Delete any reference within this article refen•ing to "mechanic's liens." ARTICLE 6 6.1.1: Delete the last part of the first sentence which reads, "under conditions of the contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver subrogation." ARTICLE 9 9.6.2: Add the following, "Contractor agrees to pay any subcontractor/supplier within ten days of the receipt of payment from the city for undisputed services provided by the contractor. The Contractor must pay interest of 1- I/2% per month or any part of a month to the subcontractor on any undisputed amount not paid on time to the subcontractor. The minimum interest penalty for an unpaid balance of $100.00 or more is $ ] 0.00. For any interest penalty payment, for an unpaid balance of $100.00, the contractor shall pay the actual penalty due to tl7e subcontractor/supplier. A subcontractor who prevails in a civi l action to col lect interest penalties from the Contractor must be awarded its costs and disbursements, including attorney's fees, incurred in bringing the action." ARTICLE 11 11.1.2: Add the following: "Contractor's liability insurances shall be as follows: Worker's Comp: Statutory Limit SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800-1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 A1I contractors will be responsible for checking addendums on the website and will not be provided any further notice. SCHEDULE: The schedule is a very important component ofthe work and the schedule addresses both buildings. It is imperative that the work be started promptly, with early ordering of lead items, in order to achieve the following schedule noted in the front end of this specifications. Both buildings Bid Due Date: June 21, 2007 Lowest responsible bidder identified: June 22, 2007 Tentative Award of Contract: June 25/26, 2007 Authorize and begin ordering and shop drawings for critical items: July 2, 2007 Building #2 @ 37"' Street Start earthwork, utilities and construction of new building: July 5, 2007 Shell completed and basic utilities installed: October I5, 2007 Completion of first lift of bituminous paving: October 3 1, 2007 Substantial Completion and temporary occupancy permit issued: November IG, 2007 Completion of Punch List#1, all shell and interior work: November 30, 2007 Completion of second lift of paving and weather sensitive items: May 30, 2008 Total completion and close out May 30, 2008 Building #1 @ 50"' Street and Central Avenue Start earthwork, utilities and construction of new building, latest date: August 13, 2007 Completion of first lift of bituminous paving: October 31, 2007 Shell completed and basic utilities installed: November 30, 2007 Substantial Completion and temporary occupancy permit issued, latest date: February 20, 2008 Completion of second lift of paving and weather sensitive items: May 30, 2008 Completion of Punch List and close out of the contract: May 30, 2008 As noted elsewhere, the final lift of asphalt will be placed in spring of 2007. Items such as exterior painting shall be completed as soon as the weather in spring of 2007 is acceptable for the working conditions needed. Lead items of concern that should be immediately placed into an order (after approval of shop drawings) for fabrication include concrete panels, electrical equipment, mechanical equipment and all other items currently requiring long lead times. OWNER PERFORMED WORK AND USE OF PREMISES: General: During the entire construction period the Contractor shall have use of the premises for construction operations. The Owner will beperformina portions of the overall work on the project sites as follows: Landscaping Irrigation Sidewalks (curb, gutter and other site concrete by general contractor) Security access cards and readers Check-out counters and stations Shelving within the sales area Security systems and voice/data systems PART 2 and 3 -PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION (Not applicable). END OF SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010-2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/3012007 SECTION 01020 -ALLOWANCES PART 1 -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. Reminder: Except where noted otherwise, the General Conditions of the Contract include the following subparagraph pertaining to "Allowances": "4.82.2 the Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the original allowance shall be included in the Contract Sum and not in the allowance;..." Coordinate allowance work with related work to ensure that each selection is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: Definitions and Explanations: Certain requirements of the work related to each allowance are shown and specified in contract documents. The allowance has been established in lieu ofadditional requirements for that work, and further requirements thereof (if any) will be issued by change order. Types of allowances scheduled herein for the work include the following: Lump sum allowances. Unit-cost allowances. COSTS INCLUDED IN ALLOWANCE' Unit cost allowance shall strictly include only the net cost of the product to the contractor, including tax and delivery of tl~e product to the site. The contractor shall add all other applicable costs such as profit, labor, equipment, markup, etc, to this allowance for total sub-bid. These items shall not be a part of the allowance. The Architect shall select material(s) from manufacturer of his/her option, and as approved by the owner. Contractor shall advise Architect of any scheduling, delivery or installation difficulties, that are justifiable. Architect shall cooperate with the Contractor in expediting the selection. Lump sum allowance shat l be provided to cover all material costs of the product(s) specified, but shall not include labor, handling, profit and overhead costs of the General Contractor. "these costs shall be a part of the Contractor's overall bid. Net difference in cost between the allowance and the actual cost of the product(s) to the contractor shall be corrected by use of a change order. If the product selected (and approved by the owner) is greater than the allowance then there shall be an add to the contract sum. If the product is less than the allowance, then there shall be a deduct to the contract sum. There shall be no change to the contract sum for profit, overhead or handling in either case. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 -EXECUTION ALLOWANCES 01020 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES 5/30/2007 ALLOWANCE NO. l : Provide a lump sum allowance of $3,000.00 for any special finishes within the building, as determined necessary by the Architect during construction. ALLOWANCE NO. 2: Provide a lump sum allowance of $},000.00 for materials and installation of mechanical and electrical items that may be included in the building, or for other items as determined necessary by the Architect. ALLOWANCE NO. 3: Provide a lump sum allowance of $4,000.00 for- site conditions and items as determined necessary by the Architect. END OF SECTION 01020 ALLOWANCES 01020 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 01030 -ALTERNATES PART1-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. Refer to specific divisions which are an integral par[ of each alternate. DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by Bidders, and stated on the Bid Form that will be added to or deducted from Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either scope of work or in products, materials, equip- ment, systems or installation methods described in Contract Documents. Alternates may be chosen in part, in any order or not at all, as the Owner so chooses. Coordination: Coordinate related wort: and modify or adjust adjacent work as required to ensure that work affected by each ac- cepted alternate is complete and fully integrated into the project. Schedule: A "Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this section. Specification sections referenced in the Schedule contain requirements for materials and methods necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate. Include as part of each alternate, all direct and incidental costs, equipment, finishes and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the alternate. Each alternate shall include the total cost of the work, whether deducted or added, including all labor, materials, temporary requirements, tools, fees, overhead and profit. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Applicable). PART 3 -EXECUTION SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES: Alternate No. 1: Provide a deduct to incorporate a stucco system in lieu of the masonry systems at selected walls of the 37`x' Street store. Alternate No. 2: Provide an add to use decorative CMU walls in lieu of painted grey CMU, east and north walls of the 37`h Street store only. Alternate No. 3: Provide an add to include the monument signs, complete with footings, masonry and signage, at both stores. Alternate No. 4: Provide built-up roofing in lieu of ballasted EPDM membrane roofing, both stores. Alternate No. 5: Provide an add to upgrade to the refrigeration system by providing an additional 4HP capacity at each refl•igeration unit at both stores (total of 4). Alternate No. 6: Provide internal steel columns and beams within the refrigerated rooms at both stores. END OF SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES 01030 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5130/2007 SECTION 01040 -PROJECT COORDINATION PART 1 -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Unless otherwise agreed to in writing with the Owner, the General Contractor together with their selected Subcontractors shall include all items listed below as a part of their work and shall not rely upon the Architect or Owner to provide any product or work except where explicitly stated, in order to provide a completed project. Contractor shall perform all preparatory work and integral work items necessary to complete the work as contracted. Contractor shall include all cleaning, temporary equipment and accessories as itemized below in order to complete the work as contracted. Minimum administrative and supervisor requirements necessary for coordination of work on the project include but are not necessarily limited to the following: Commencing with preparation work, relocation or hook-up to utilities at the appropriate stages. Phasing the construction to meet the schedule. Clean-up of the site and streets during periods of site work and excess debris. Means and methods of construction. Attendance at regular construction meetings. Maintaining cooperation and adherence to project requirements by the sub-contractors. Administrative and supervisory personnel. Prompt ordering of critical, long-lead items. Coordinating pre-construction conferences. Notification of anticipated construction problems and delays. Safety, barricades, signs and protection of the public and city staff. Surveys, records or reports. Continuous site cleaning and protection. Contractor shall provide a field superintendent that will be ultimately responsible for all coordination construction methods commumcatton and field decisions. This nerson will be on site during all demolition and construction operations This person shall be a qualified, full time person familiar with the types of construction included in the scope of work of this project Should it become apparent that the job superintendent is not qualified in the position of lead person at the site, the Owner reserves the right to ask the General Contractor to provide a proper substitution at no additional cost or delay to the work. SURVEYS AND RECORDS/REPORTS: General: Working from lines and levels established by the property survey, establish and maintain bench marks and other de- pendable markers. Establish bench marks and markers to set lines and levels for work at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to properly locate each element of the project. Calculate and measure required dimensions as shown within recognized tolerances. Drawings shall not be scaled to determine dimensions. Advise entities performing work, of marked lines and levels provided for use. PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Survey Procedures: Before proceeding with the layout of actual work, verify the layout information shown on the drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. As work proceeds, check every major element for line, level and plumb. Maintain a surveyor's log or record book of such checks; make this log or record book available for the Architect or Engineer's reference. Record deviations from required lines and levels, and advise the Architect or Engineer promptly upon detection of deviations that exceed indicated or recognized tolerances. Record deviations which are accepted, and not corrected, on record drawings. LIMITATIONS ON USE OF THE SITES: General: Limitations on site usage as well as specific requirements that impact site utilization are indicated on the drawings and by other contract documents, and are consistent with previous construction activities inOtsego, MN. In addition to these limitations and requirements the Contractor shall administer allocation of available space equitably among entities needing both access and space so as to produce the best overall efficiency in performance of the total work of the project. Schedule deliveries so as to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Applicable). PART 3 -EXECUTION GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS: Pre-Installation Conferences: Contractor shall hold apre-installation meeting (as specified in the appropriate specification sections) at the project site a minimum of 72 hours (preferably 1 week) before installation of each unit of work which requires coordination with other work. Installer and representatives of the manufacturers and fabricators who are involved in or affected by that unit of work, and with its coordination or integration with other work that has preceded or will follow shall attend this meeting. Advise the Architect/Engineer of scheduled meeting dates for their attendance. Installer's Inspection of Conditions: The Installer of each major unit of work, or Prime Contractor, shall inspect the substrate to receive the work and conditions under which the work is to be performed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are properly prepared. Recheck measurements and dimensions of the work, as an integral step of starting each installation. Install each unit-of-work during weather conditions and project status which will ensure the best possible results in coordination with the entire work. Isolate each unit of work from incompatible work as necessary to prevent deterioration. CLEANING AND PROTECTION: General: During handling and installation of work at the project site, clean and protect work in progress and adjoining work at the basis of continuous maintenance. Contractor shall ensure that protective covering is on installed work where it is required to ensure freedom from damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion. Clean and perform maintenance on installed work as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operation without damaging effects. END OF SECTION 01040 PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES S/30/2007 SECTION 01310 -SCHEDULES REPORTS PAYMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL: RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. COORDINATION: The General Contractor shall provide the arena for all subcontractors to list and submit all reports and activities required by provisions of this section and other sections, so as to provide consistency and logical coordination between the reports. PROGRESS SCHEDULE: Schedule: Contractor shall submit a list of deadlines and dates required to sequence or complete the various components of the work. This is necessary and critical for use by the Owner and Architect: the site will be used for ongoing operations of Public Works staff when not in use by the Contractor. The schedule shall also be used to identify critical dates and lead items. This schedule or CPM chart is due 7 days before the start of construction. Resubmit updated charts as necessary to accurately reflect to progress of the work. PROGRESS MEETINGS REPORTING: General: In addition to specific coordination and pre- installation meetings for each element of work, and other regular project meetings held for other purposes, the Contractor shall hold a general progress meeting, at an appropriate intervals. Each prime that is then involved in planning, coordination or performance of work, shall be properly represented at each meeting. The Contractor shall review each entity's present and future needs including interface requirements, time, sequences, deliveries, access, site utilization, temporary facilities and services, hours of work, hazards and risks, housekeeping, change orders, and documentation of information for payment requests. Initial Progress Meeting: Schedule initial progress meeting, recognized as "Pre-Construction Meeting", for a date not more than 5 days after date of conunencement of the work. Use it as an organizational meeting, and review responsibilities and personnel assignments. Schedule Updating: Immediately following each progress meeting, where revisions to progress schedule have been made or recognized, the Contractor shall revise progress schedule. PAYMENT REQUESTS: General: Except as otherwise indicated, the progress payment cycle is to be regular. Contractor's application must be consistent with previous applications and payments. Certain applications for payment, such as the initial application, the application at substantial completion, and the final payment application involve additional requirements. Payment Application Times: The "date" for each progress "payment" is as indicated in Owner-Contractor Agreement or, if none is indicated therein, it is the 1st day of each month. The period of construction work covered by each payment request is period indicated in Owner-Contractor Agreement or, if none is indicated therein, it is period ending 15 days prior to date for each progress payment, and starting day following end of preceding period. Payment Applications Forms: AIA Document G702 and Continuation Sheets; available from "Publications, a Division of the AIA Service Corporation", 1735 New York Ave., NW, Washington, DC 20006 (also available at most local AIA chapter offices). Continuation form, showing a breakdown of values, must be used. Application Preparation: Except as otherwise indicated, complete every entry provided for on the form, including notarization and execution by authorized persons. Incomplete applications will be returned by Architect/Engineer without action. Entries must match current data of schedule of values and progress schedule and report. Listing must include amounts of change orders issued prior to last day of the "period of construction" covered by application. SCHEDULES, REPORTS, PAYMENTS 01310 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Fnitial Pa my ent Application: The principal administrative actions and submittals which must precede or coincide with submittal of first payment application can be summarized as follows, but not necessarily by way of limitation: Listing of subcontractors and principal suppliers and fabricators. Schedule of values. Progress schedule (preliminary if not final). Schedule of principal products. Performance and/or payment bonds. Evidence satisfactory to Owner that Contractor's insurance coverages have been secured. Include the maximum allowable retaina~e that is required within the State of Minnesota (5% until Substantial Completion and 2-1 /2 % after this date). Application Transmittal: Submit 3 copies of each payment application, one copy of which is completed with waivers of lien and similar attachments (if applicable.) Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing those attachments, and recording appropriate information related to application in a manner acceptable to Architect. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not. Applicable) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01310 SCHEDULES, REPORTS, PAYMENTS 01310 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/200'7 SECTION 01340 -SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-l Specification sections, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: General: This section includes procedural requirements for shop drawing submittals. This includes shop drawings, product data, samples, diagrams, manufacturer's data, design mix formulas, engineering calculations, samples, color charts and related documents. RELATED WORK: Refer to all other sections within this specification as each section will have specific requirements that relate to this section. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES: General: Refer to the General Conditions for basic procedures for submittal handling: Coordination: Coordinate the preparation and processing of submittals with the performance of the work. Coordinate each separate submittal with othersubmittals and related activities such as testing, purchasing, fabrication, delivery and similar activities that require sequential activity. Note that the specification has been pre-edited to include only those items specifically required for visual inspection and verification. The Architect reserves the right to reject and disallow all work related to a specific product when the contractor fails to submit per the specification. Any work that is a result of this failure shall be corrected at no expense to the owner and shall have no effect an the Contract Time. The onus is therefore on the contractor to ensure that all submittals are made to the Architect. Scheduling: In each appropriate administrative submittal, such as the progress schedule, show the principal work- related submittals and time requirements for coordination of submittal activity with related work. Coordination of Submittal Times: Prepare and transmit each submittal to the Architect/Engineer sufficiently in advance of the scheduled performance of related work and other applicable activities. Transmit different kinds of submittals for the same unit ofwork so that processing will not be delayed by the Architect/Engineer's need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. Review Time: Allow sufficient time so that the installation will not be delayed as a result of the time required to properly process submittals, including time for resubmittal, ifnecessary. Advise the Architect/Engineer on each submittal, as to whether processing time is critical to the progress of the work, and if the work would be expedited if processing time could be shortened. Allow approximately one week for the Architect's initial processing of each submittal. Allow a longer time period where processing must be delayed for coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will attempt to process the submittals in a shorter period of time when passible. The Architect/Engineer will advise the Contractor promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Submittal Preparation: The Architect shall submit to the Contractor tl~e standard office form which is to be attached to each submittal. A set of these copies shall be given to the Contractor prior to the first submittal. Complete the entire left section of each sheet, using separate sheets for work of differing divisions or sections. SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIG}ITS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/200'7 Submittal In treneral. provide a minimum of 5 sets of documents If additional copies are required by the contractor (such as with mechanical or electrical work) provide as many additional copies as required, assuming that the architect will retain a minimum of 3 copies and return the balance to the contractor- Product Data: General information required specifically as product data includes manufacturer's standard printed recommenda- tionsfor application and use, compliance with recognized standards oftrade associations and testing agencies, and the application oftheir labels and seals (if any), special notation ofdrmensions which have been verified by way of field measurement, and special coordination requirements for interfacing the material, product or system with other work. Retain shop drawings in the field that are marked with the Architects/En~~ineers stamp of acceptance or approval. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Applicable), PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Applicable). END OF SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES OI340 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 01500 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES PART1-GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for temporary services and facilities, including such items as temporary utility services, temporary construction and support facilities, and project security and protection. At a minimum, the following temporary facilities, components and utilit~~ services are required for use at the project site, arranged and paid by the Contractor: Job trailer with table and chairs for progress meetings, with heat and cooling (located at at least one jobsite). Record documents including plans, specifications, shop drawings and memorandums. Building permits, notices and related documents. Temporary access routes into the site from the inception of the project. Job sign, 4' x 8', mounted to the ground, with layout provided by the Architect (total of 2). Temporary electrical service, power, connections and lighting. Telephone service: contractor shall obtain separate lines or use a cellular telephone. Storm water/ground water protections: diverting, drainage and related items as needed. Temporary heat. Sanitary facilities. Temporary enclosures. Temporary fire protection. Temporary signage. Temporary scaffold, hoists and cranes. First aid station. Waste disposal services. Construction aids and miscellaneous general services and facilities. Provide adequate utility capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to availability of temporary utilities at the site, provide trucked-in services for start-up of construction operations. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Regulations: Comply with requirements of local laws and regulations governing construction and local industry standards, in the installation and maintenance of temporary services and facilities, including but not limited to the following: Building Codes, including local requirements for permits, testing and inspection. Health and safety regulations. Utility company regulations and recommendations governing temporary utility services. Police and Fire Department rules and recommendations. Police and Rescue Squad recommendations. Environmental protection regulations governing use of water, energy, control of dust, noise and other nuisances. In addition, comply with "Environmental Impact" commitments the Owner or previous Owners of the site may have made to secure approval to proceed with construction of the project. 2. Standards: Comply with the requirements ofNFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and Demolition Operations", the ANSI- A 10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition", and the NECA National Joint Guideline NJG-6 "Temporary Job Utilities and Services". TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30(2007 Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services", as prepared jointly by AGC and ASC for industry recommendations. Trade Jurisdictions: The assigned responsibilities for the installation and operation oftemporary utilities are not intended to interfere with the normal application of trade regulations and union jurisdictions applicable to the work. JOB CONDITIONS: General: Contractor shall provide temporary service at each strategic location, when the service or facility is first needed to avoid delay in performance of the work. Maintain, expand as required and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the Work. Do not remove until services or facilities are no longer needed, or are replaced by the authorized use of completed permanent facilities. Temporary Construction and Support Facilities: Maintain temporary facilities in such a manner as to prevent discomfort to users. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Maintain temporary support facilities in a sanitary manner so as to avoid health problems and other deleterious effects. Security and Protection: Maintain site security and protection facilities in a safe, lawful and publicly acceptable manner. Take necessary measures to prevent erosion of the site. PART 2- PRODUCTS: MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: General: Contractor shall provide new materials and equipment for temporary services and facilities as required; used materials and equipment that are undamaged in serviceable condition may be used, if acceptable to the ArchitectlEngineer. Provide only materials and equipment that are recognized as being suitable for the intended use, by compliance with appropriate standards. Temporary Utilities: When the local utility company provides only a portion of the temporary utility, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with the utility company's recommendations. Nan-potable water is not at al( permitted on site. Electrical Service: Coordinate with the all trades the use of all temporary service, hook up and capacities. Comply with applicable NEMA, NECA and UL standards and governing regulations for materials and layout oftemporary electric service. Voltage Differences: Provide identification warning signs at power outlets which are other than I ] 0-120 volt power. Provide polarized outlets for plums in type outlets, to prevent insertion of 1 10-I20 volt plugs into higher voltage outlets. Ground-Fault Protection: Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button and pilot light, for plug-in connection of power tools and equipment. Electrical Power Cords: Use only grounded extension cords; use "bard-service" cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Use single lengths or use waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords, if single lengths will not reach areas of work. Lamps and Light Fixtures: General contractor sha(1 provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage indicated or required for adequate illwnination. Protect lamps with guard cages or tempered glass enclosures, where fixtures are exposed to breakage by construction operations. Provide exterior fixtures where fixtures are exposed to the weather or moisture. TEMPORARY FACILITIES OI500 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Temporary Construction and Support Facilities: Provide facilities that can be maintained properly throughout their use at the project site. Heating Units: If required, provide temporary heating units that have been tested and labeled by UL, FM or another recognized trade association related to the fuel being consumed. Tarpaulins: Provide waterproof, fire-resistant, UL labeled tarpaulins with aflame-spread rating of 15 or less. For tem- porary enclosures where work is being or will be performed, provide translucent tarpaulins made of nylon reinforced laminated polyethylene to admit the maximum amount of daylight and reduce the need for temporary lighting. First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations and recognized recommendations within the construction industry. Drinking Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities. Where well water must be used, comply with local health authorities recommendations for type and frequency of testing water for potability. Security and Protection Facilities. Provide as required: Fire Extinguishers: Provide Type "A" fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces where there is minimal danger of electrical or grease-oil-flammable liquid fires. In other locations provide type "ABC" dry chemical extinguishers, or a combination of several extinguishers of NFPA recommended types for the exposures in each case. Open-Mesh Fencin;: Provide No. 1 1-gage galvanizing chain link fabric fencing 6 feet high with galvanized barbed wire top strand and galvanized steel pipe posts, 1-II2" I.D. for line posts, and 2-1/2" I.D. for corner posts. PART 3- EXECUTION INSTALLATION. GENERAL: General: Use qualified tradesmen for installation of temporary services and facilities. Locate temporary services and facilities where they will serve the entire project adequately and result in minimum interference with the performance of the Work. Temporary Electric Power• Service: Install as necessary, with service and grounding in compliance with the National Electric Code (NFPA 70}. Include necessary meters, transformers, overload protected disconnect and main distribution switch gear. Sewers and Drainave: If existing sewers are available for temporary drainage near the site prior to completion of permanent sewers, provide temporary connections to remove effluent that can be lawfully discharged into the sewers. If existing sewers can- not be used for discharge, provide drainage ditches, dry wells, waste stabilization ponds and similar discharge facilities to remove effluent that can be lawfully discharged in that manner. If neither existing sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawfully used for discharge of effluent, provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off the site in a lawful manner. Com~ect temporary sewers to the municipal sewer systems in the manner directed by the sewer department officials, located at the site. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION: Collection and Disposal of Wastes: Establish a system for daily collection and disposal of waste materials from construction areas and elsewhere on the site. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold collected materials at the site longer than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the daily temperature is expected to rise above 80°F (27°C). Handle waste materials that are hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary separately from other inert waste by containerizing appropriately. Dispose ofwaste material in a lawful manner. TEMPORARY FACILITIES O1S00 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Storing of waste on site, burying or burning of waste materials on the site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted. Provide rodent proof containers located on each floor level of construction work, to encourage depositing of garbage and similar wastes by construction personnel. SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION: General: Provide a reasonably neat and uniform appearance in security and protection facilities acceptable to the Architect/Engineerand Owner. Ifconditions get unacceptable the Architect shall have the final say as to what is "acceptable and reasonable". Barricades, Warning Sins and Lights: Comply with recognized standards and code requirements for the erection of substantial, structurally adequate barricades where needed to prevent accidents acid losses. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics and warning signs to inform personnel at the site and the public, of the hazard being protected against. Provide lighting where appropriate and needed, including flashing red lights where appropriate. Environmental Protection: Provide general protection facilities, operate temporary facilities, conduct construction activities, and enforce strict discipline for personnel on the site in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and that minimize the possibility that air, waterways and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted, or that other undesirable effects might result from the performance of work at the site. Avoid the use of tools and equipment which produce harmful noise. Restrict the use ofnoise making tools and equipment to hours of use that will minimize noise complaints from persons or firms near the project site. END OF SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 01630 -PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContt-act, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-] Specification sections, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: Definitions: Substitutions: Requests for substitutions of products, materials, equipment and methods of construction must be made prior to the time of bid, and are made in accordance with the limits defined in the General Conditions. Once a contract is signed, substitutions shall not be considered except if proposed by the Owner/Architect or under unusual circumstances. Al] requests for "substitution' or "approved equal" shall be considered by submittal of an industry standard "Substitution Request form". It shall be the contractor's responsibility to ensure that the substitute product is equal to that specified, or to state any differences on the form. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Compatibility of Options: Compatibility of products is a basic requirement of product selection. When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between two or more products for use on the project, the product selected must be compatible with other products previously selected, even ifthe products previously selected were also Contractor options. The complete compatibility between the various choices available to the Contractor is not assured by the various requirements of the Contract documents, but must be provided by the Contractor. SUBMITTALS: Substitution Request Submittal: Requests for Substitutions: During the bidding phase, submit each request for substitution, using the "Substitution Request Form" furnished within this specification. Contractor shalt fill out form completely: in each request identify the product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced by the substitution; include related specification section and drawing numbers, and complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions. It is in the best interest of the submitting contractor to attach a list of projects built in the State of Minnesota where the proposed product has been previously installed. Include a contact name and date of construction whenever possible. A submittal is submitted via a fax is by nature illegible or incomplete, the submitter should be prepared for rejection. A fax submittal does not properly convey the information required by the Architect to properly review the system. Only mailed or delivered submittals shall be considered and are required for processing and review by the Architect. Substitution requests shall be received by the Architect no later- than five (5) days prior to bid due date. All approvals shall otherwise be indicated in addendum form, but only if accepted. There is no obligation by the Architect to review submittals, return mail or consider a substitute product, if not submitted as noted within this section. A standard submittal form commonly used in the industry is acceptable provided it outlines all required i~~formation included any variation with the base spec, color PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS OI630 - I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES ~i/30/2007 limitations, delivery issues, and other deviations from the base spec. If a form is needed, Oertel Architects will provide the interested party with a standard office form. Approvals shall be acknowledged by addendum only There are no verbal approvals. Approval will not be provided over the telephone, the fax machine or by mail. Preliminary or "tentative" decisions are not provided. A separate category for "Approved Equals" is included in each addendum: refer to this when bidding. The decision by the Architect, on whether a product is acceptable or not for the project, is final. In no cases shall the submitting party determine if their project is "equal" or not, and the rejected product supplier shall not provide a bid to the general contractor unless they are prepared to purchased the product(s) specified and approved by other suppliers. PART2-PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 -EXECUTION NOT USED: END OF SECTION 01630 PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01630 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 01700 -PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1 -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division- I Specification sections, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: Definitions: Project closeout is the teen used to describe certain collective project requirements, indicating completion of the Work, or a specific portion of the work, that is to be fulfil led near the end of the Contract time in preparation for final acceptance and occupancy of the Work by the Owner, as well as final payment to the Contractor and the normal termination of the Contract. Specific requirements for individual units ofwork are included in the appropriate sections in Divisions 2 through 16 (as applicable). Time ofcloseout is directly related to "Substantial Completion" and shall be 30 days after Substantial Completion except where noted otherwise. PREREQUISITES TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: General: Contractor shall complete the following before requesting the Architect/Engineer's inspection for certification of sub- stantial completion, either for the entire Work or- for portions of the Work. List known exceptions in the request. For a precise, contractual definition of "Substantial Completion", refer to the 'Genera] Conditions of the Contract', AIA document A 201. The following information is in addition, but not in lieu of, the definitions and requirement as set for in document A201. If substantial completion is to be requested prior to the final payment request, indicate the portion of the Work yet to be 100 complete, item by item, and indicate the value of incomplete work, and reasons for the Work being incomplete. This shall be included on a separate document(s), and shall be included along with payment request. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these contract docwnents. Submit specific warranties, workmanshiplmaintenance bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, f nal project photographs, damage or settlement survey, property survey, and similar final record information. Complete final cleaning up requirements, including touch-up painting of marred surfaces. Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes. Inspection Procedures: Upon receipt of Contractor's request for inspection, the Owner or ArchitectlEngineer will either proceed with inspection or advise Contractor of unfulfilled prerequisites. Results of the completed inspection from the "punch-list" will be reviewed for final acceptance. PREREQUISITES TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE: PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/3012007 General: Complete the following before requesting the Architect/Engineer's final inspection for certification of final acceptance, and final payment as required by the General Conditions. List known exceptions, if any, in request: Submit the final payment request with final releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. Submit a certified copy of the ArchitectlEngineer's final punch-list of itemized work to be completed or con-ected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise c-esolved for acceptance and has been endorsed and dated by the Architect/Engineer. Submit signed state forms IC-134 forms from all subcontractors. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement, acceptable to Owner. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. Reinspection Procedure: The Architect/Engineer will reinspect the Work upon receipt of the Contractor's notice that the work, including punch-list items resulting from earlier inspections, has been completed, except for these items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances that are acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect/Engineer will either prepare a certificate of final acceptance, or will ad- vise the Contractor of wor]< that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled, but are required for final acceptance. If necessary, the reinspection procedw•e will be repeated. RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS: General: Specific requirements for record documents are indicated in the individual sections of these specifications. Other requirements are indicated in the General Conditions. General submittal requirements are indicated in "submittals" sections. Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect fi-om deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistive location; provide access to record documents for the Architect/Engineer's reference dw-ing normal working hours. Record Drawings: Maintain a record set of blue or black line white-prints of contract drawings and shop drawings in a clean, undamaged condition. Mark-up the set of record documents to show the actual installation where the installed work varies substantially from the work as original ly shown. Marl: whichever drawing is most capable of showing the actual "field" condition fully and accurately; however, where shop drawings are used for mark-up, record across-reference at the corresponding location on the working drawings. Give particular attention to concealed work that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil and, where feasible, use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of work. Mark-up new information which is known to be important to the Owner, but for some reason was not shoum on either contract drawings or shop drawings. Note related change-order number where applicable. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on cover of each set. PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including specifications and addenda, and one copy of other written construction documents such as change orders and similar modifications issued in printed form during construction. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in the actual work performed in comparison with the text of the specifications and modifications as issued. Give particular attention to substitutions, selection of options and similar information on work where it is concealed or cannot otherwise be readily discerned at a later date by direct observation. Note related record drawing information and product data, where applicable. Upon completion of the Work, submit record specifications to the Architect/Engineer for the Owner's records. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each product data submittal. Mark these documents to show significant variations in the actual Work performed in comparison with the submitted information. [nclude both variations in the products as delivered to the site, and variations from the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions ofthe Work which cannot otherwise be readily discerned at a later date by direct observation. Note related change orders and mark-up of record drawings and specifications. Upon Completion of mar]<-up, submit complete set of record product data to the Architect/Engineer for the Owner's records. Record Samples Submitted: Immediately prior to date or dates of substantial completion, the Contractor will meet at the site with the Architect/Engineer and the Owner's personnel, ifdesired, to determine which, if any, of the submitted samples that have been maintained by the Contractor during progress of the Wark, are to be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with delivery to the Owner's sample storage space. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other sections of these specifications for requirements of miscellaneous record- keeping and submittals in connection with the actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of substan- tial completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly identified and bound or filed, ready for con- tinued use and reference. Submit to the Architect/Engineer for the Owner's records. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operating and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind data into individual binders properly identified and indexed. Bind each set of data in a heavy-duty 2-inch, 3-ring vinyl-covered binder, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark the appropriate identification on both front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information in operation and maintenance manuals: Copies of warranties. Inspection procedures. Shop drawings and product data. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 -EXECUTION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES: General Operating and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of operating equipment and other work that requires regular or continuing maintenance, to meet at the site with the Owners personnel to provide necessary basic instruction in the proper operation and maintenance of the entire Work. Where installers are not experienced in the required procedures, include instruction by the manufacturer's representatives. As part ofthis instruction provide a detailed review of the following items(where applicable foreach prime contractor): Maintenance manuals Record documents PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Tools Lubricants Identification systems Hazards Cleaning Warranties, bonds, maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments FINAL CLEANING: General: Special cleaning requirements for specific units of Work are included in the appropriate sections ofDivisions 2 through 16. General Cleaning during the regular progress ofthe Work is required by the General Conditions and is included under section "Temporary Facilities". Cleaning: Provide final cleaning ofthe Work at the time indicated. Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit of work to the condition expected from a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with the manufacturer`s instructions for operations. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting the Architect/Engineer's inspection for certification ofsub- stantial completion. Remove labels which are not required as permanent labels. Clean transparent materials, including minors and glass in doors and windows, to a polished condition. Remove putty and other substances which are noticeable as vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Clean exposed exterior and interim hard-surfaced finishes to adult-fi-ee condition, free ofdust, stains, films and similar noticeable distracting substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vaaium carpeted surfaces. Wipe surfaces ofinechanical and electrical equipment clean. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and (amps. Removal of Protection: Except as otherwise indicated or requested by the Construction Manager or Architect/Engineer, remove temporary protection devices and facilities which were installed during the course of the work to protect previously completed work during the remainder of the construction period. Compliance: Comply with safety standards and governing regulations for cleaning operations. Do not burn waste materials at the site. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile or other harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a ]awful manner. END OF SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 02200 -EARTHWORK PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes earthwork as indicated on drawings: grading, cuttinglfilling, trenching, backfilling, compaction and related work, summarized as follows: E.rcavatrng, trenching, back--frllrng and carlpactiorr of soils for the neti>> work. At both sites. the preparation work and rough grading, along with demolition of existing buildings, is completed outside of this contract so that the contractor of the new work can begin with trenching and development of the grades for the new work. RELATED WORK: All other Division 2 Sections. Refer to Geotechnical Borintr Data bound within this specification. UALITY ASSURANCE: ] .Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction. Perform ail work in compliance with Ciry of Columbia Heights Standards. 2. Testing and Inspection Service: Owner has retained a soil testing and inspection service for quality control testing during earthwork operations. Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of this service. 3. Gopher One State Call: By law, Contzactor shall contact Gopher One System Notification Center 48 hours prior to any excavation or sitework. Telephone: 1-800-252-1 166. 4. ASTM Requirements: Comply with all MnDOT standards and addendums in the preparation of grade and backfilling. SUBMITTALS: Test Reports-Excavatin7: Promptly submit following reports directly to Architect and Owner: Test reports on borrow material. Verification of each footing subgrade. Field density test reports. One optimum moisture-maximum density curve for each type of soil encountered. Results of survey activities. JOB CONDITIONS: EARTHWORK 02200 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Site Layout: Contractor shall hire a licensed surveyor to establish and maintain benchmarks, monuments and stakes for the layout of the project. Site Geotechnical Information: Data on indicated subsurface conditions are not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity between information provided in the project manual. It is expressly understood that Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom by Contractor. Data are made available for convenience of Contractor. A Geotechnical Engineer will be available during the earthworl: operations, paid by the Owner, coordinated by the Contractor. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by Contractor at no cost to Owner. Should uncharted or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult utility owner immediately for directions. Cooperate with owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility company. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with city approved warn- ing lights. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork operations. Silt Fences: Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain silt fence per MnDOT 3886 as indicated on the drawings, and in accordance with City of Colwnbia 1-Ieights standards, as required to minimize wash out of existing grade. PART 2 -PRODUCTS SOIL MATERIALS: Provide and reuse satisfactory soil materials complying with ASTM D2487. Unsatisfactory soil materials are defined as those not in conformance with ASTM D2487. Aa~reQate Base course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, crushed slag, natural or crushed sand. Drainage Fill: Washed, evenly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, with 100% passing a 1- I /2"sieve and not more than 5% passing a No. 4 sieve. Backfiif and Fill Materials: Below all slabs and adjacent to all underground walls, provide satisfactory soil materials, mostly free of fat clay, rock or gravel larger than 2" in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vetretable and other deleterious matter. Provide evenly graded, clean granular soil materials with not more than 5% passing No. 200 sieve. Fill below slabs: 6" minimum depth of clean sand, with Less than 5% passing a No. 200 sieve. PART 3 -EXECUTION EXCAVATION: Per the City of Columbia Heights Standards, comply with the following: Avoid over-compaction at specific ar'eas' Ensure that the soils are compacted adequately at the structures and pavements, but do not over-compact at the landscaped areas. Using topsoil located on the existing property, provide the following: At planting areas, prior to placement of topsoil, scarify the upper ] 8" of soil. EARTHWORK 02200 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Topsoil: provide 6" of topsoil at the seeded/sodded areas and 24" of topsoil at the planting areas free of rocks, roots, and any other deleterious materials. Remove all unusable and leftover soils from the site. Provide de-watering equipment and operations to maintain dry trenches Excavation for structures: conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of+/- 0.10', and extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, other construction, and for observation. Excavation for engineered fill shall be laterally oversized beyond the outer edge of the footing at least one foot for each foot of excavation below the bottom of footing. Under footings, foundation bases, or retaining walls, fill unauthorized excavation by extending indicated bottom elevation of footing or base to excavation bottom, without altering required top elevation. Lean concrete fill maybe used to bring elevations to proper position, when acceptable to Architect/Engineer. Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations ofsame classification, unless otherwise directed by Project Geotechnical Engineer or Architect. If unsuitable bearing materials are encountered at required sub- grade elevations, carry excavations deeper and replace excavated material as directed by Project Geotechnical Engineer. Stability of Excavations: Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances having jurisdiction. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in safe condition until completion of backfilling. Dewaterin~: As required during construction operations, prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and sail changes detrimental to stability ofsubgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. Contractorshallpiovide settling basins as needed to control the suspended sol ids in construction dewatering discharges as required by regulating agencies. Grade bottoms of trenches as indicated, notching under pipe bells to provide solid bearing for entire body of pipe. Unless otherwise shown, backfill trenches with concrete where trench excavations pass within 18" of column or wall footings and which are carried below bottom of such footings, or which pass under wall footings. Place concrete to level of top of adjacent footing. Concrete is specified in Division 3. Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made and backfilling authorized by Project Geotechnical Engineer. Use care in backfilling to avoid damage or displacement of pipe systems. COMPACTION: General: Control soil compaction during construction providing minimum percentage ofdensity specified for each area classifica- tion indicated below. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor). Structures, Building Slabs, Retainintr Walls, Steps and Pavements: Compact all fill in approximately 6" to 12" lifts, or compact fill placed below 2000 psf+ footings to at 100% of its maximum density according to ASTM D 698. Fill EARTHWORK 02200 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 placed within 3 feet ofpavement subgrade elevation should be compacted 100%ofmaximum density. Fill placed more than 3 feet below pavement subgrade elevation, shall be compacted to at least 9S%. Compact all fill placed against retaining walls to at least 9S% maximum density (ASTM D698}. However, to avoid exertinb excessive lateral pressure against newly constructed walls, the compacted density of the fill shall not exceed 98%. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Compact top 6" of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 86% minimum and 8S% maximum density. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade, or layer of soil material. Apply water in manner to prevent free water appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. Fill that is placed wet shall consist of less than S% passing #200 sieve, and no more than 40% passing #40 sieve. Refer to soil report. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction may be stockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by discing, harrowing or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value. BACKFILL AND FILL: General: Place acceptable material in layers to required subgrade elevations, for each item below. In excavations and landscaped areas, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material: provide new imported fill as required in order to meet the specified densities. Under pavements, use subbase material, or satisfactory excavated or borrow material, or combination of both. Under building slabs, use granular materials which have been approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. Under piping and conduit, use poorly graded sand material where subbase is indicated under piping or conduit: shape to fit bottom 180° of cylinder. Ground Surface Preparation: Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials fi-om ground surface prior to placement of fills. Plow, strip, or break-up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to S horizontal so that fill material will bond with existing surface. Subcut any sandy clay, sandy lean clay or lean clay in the upper 3' ofthe subgrade and backfill with poorly graded sand, compact to 100% standard proctor. Verify depth with soil engineer. Surface compact all fill areas prior to placement of any embankment and all cut areas at the hold down elevations in accordance with each particular area classification, break up ground surface, pulverize, moisture-condition to optimum moisture content, and compact to required depth and percentage ofmaximum density. Placement and Compaction: Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 12" in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4" in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. Compact each layer to required percentage ofmaximum dry density or relative dry density for each area classification. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, piping or conduit to required elevations. Take care to prevent wedging action of backfill against structures or displacement ofpiping or conduit by carrying material uniformly around structure, piping or conduit to approximately same elevation in each lift. GRADING: EARTHWORK 02200 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section, including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are indicated, or between such points and existing grades. Grading Outside Building Lines: Grade areas adjacent to building lines to drain away from structures and to prevent ponding. Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes, and as follows: Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Finish areas to receive topsoil to within not more than 0.10' above or below required subgrade elevations. Pavements: Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, grade and cross-section, with finish surface not mare than %" above or below required subgrade elevation. Grading Surface of Fill Under Building Slabs: Grade smooth and even, free of voids, compacted as specified, and to required elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance of/" when tested with a 10' straightedge. Compaction: Compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and indicated percentage of maximum density for each area classification. Work outside this contract: At store #2, the site will be rough graded by another contractor to a 0.2' tolerance (this work is in progress as this specification is being written). The contractor ofthis section shall perform preparation ofthe site and final grading prior to placement of the sub-base at the pavement areas. PAVEMENT SUBBASE COURSE: General: Subbase course consists of providing poorly graded sand in the upper 3 feet of the subgrade, in layers of specified thickness, to support a pavement base course. See other Division 2 sections for paving specifications. Grade Control: During construction, maintain lines and grades including crown and cross-slope of subbase course. Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders of acceptable soil materials, placed in such quantity to compact to thickness of each subbase course layer. Compact and roll at least a 12" width of shoulder simultaneously with compacting and rolling of each layer of subbase course. Placing: Place subbase course material on prepared subgrade in layers of uniform thickness, conforming to indicated cross- sec- tion and thickness. Maintain optimum moisture content for compacting subbase material during placement operations. When a compacted subbase course is shown to be 6" thick or less, place material in a single layer. When shown to be more than 6" thick, place material in equal layers, except no single layer more than 6" or less than 3" in thickness when compacted. Cold Weather Protection: All snow and ice shall be removed from cut/fill areas prior to additional grading. No fill shall be placed on soils which have fi~ozen material. No frozen soils shall be used as fill. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Quality Control Testing During Construction: Allow testing service to inspect and approve subgrades and fill layers before further construction work is performed. Owner shall pay for initial testing. Perform field density tests in accordance with ASTM D 1556 (sand cone method) or ASTM D 2167 (rubber balloon method), as applicable. F,ngineered fill for building structure: After completing subcut excavation and before proceeding with fill placement, Geotechnical Engineer shal I approve bottom of excavation, making tests as required. Placement of engineered fill shall be tested at 2'-0" intervals for each 250 sq. ft. EARTHWORK 02200 - 5 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/200'7 Footing subgrade: For each strata of soil on which footings will be placed, conduct at least one test to verify required design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of each footing subgrade may be based on a visual com- parison of each subgrade with related tested strata, when acceptable to Architect/Engineer. Paved Areas and Building Slab subgrade: Male at least one field density test of subgrade for every 2000 sq. ft. ofpaved area or building slab, but in no case less than 3 tests. In each compacted fill layer, make one field density test for every 2000 sq. ft. of overlaying building slab or paved area, but in no case less than 3 tests. Foundation Wall Backfill: Take at least 1 field density test for each 250 yards of backfill, at locations and elevations determined by Geotechnical Engineer. Special Inspections: Refer to the Structural drawings. If in opinion of Architect/Engineer, based on testing service reports and inspection, subgrade or fills which have been placed are below specified density, provide additional compaction and testing at no additional expense, until satisfactory. Contractor shall immediately correct any fill material not complying with the specification. MAINTENANCE: Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to within specified tolerances. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify surface, re-shape, and compact to required density and moisture content prior to further construction. Settlintr: Where settling is measurable or observable at excavated areas during general project warranty period, remove surface (pavement, lawn or other finish), add backfill material, compact, and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of surface or finish to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. END OF SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK 02200 - 6 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES _5/30/2007 SECTION 02513 -ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes asphalt concrete paving work and Class V base as shotivn on the drawings and details. This also work includes providing and installing the Class V under all site concrete work. As a part of this section, the bituminous work is to be performed in two lifts, with the first lift installed in the fall of2007 and the second Lift in spring of 2008, at both buildings. As a condition of the contract, provide raised bituminous edges (extended to the top edges of the site concrete work) wherever the bituminous paving is in contact with concrete aprons, curbs and slabs to minimize cracks and spal(s prior to the second lift of asphalt. Section includes limited paint striping_at the parking lots. Refer to drawings for locations and layout. RELATED WORK: Section 02200. "Earthwork". Section 02514, Site Concrete. SUBMITTALS: I. Material Certificates: Provide copies of materials certificates signed by material producer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with, or exceeds, specified requirements. ~. Mix Desis;n. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Codes and Standards: Comply with MnDOT Standard Specifications for Construction, 2000 Edition, Section 2340. 2. The Owner reserves the right to make wrings of the bituminous paving to establish the depth of the paving layers. Depths indi- cated are minimum. SITE CONDITIONS: Examine areas for conditions under which work is to be performed. Report to Owner's Rep all conditions contrary to those shown on the drawings or specified herein and all other conditions that will effect the work. Do not proceed with the work until un- satisfactory condition have been corrected. Starting the work shall constitute acceptance of the conditions. Grade Control: Establish and maintain required lines and elevations to within +0.05' as indicated on Drawings. ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 02513 - I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 PART2-PRODUCTS MATERIALS: General: Use locally available materials and gradations which exhibit a satisfactory record of previous installations. Surface Course Agare~ate: Crushed stone, crushed gavel, crushed slag, and sharp-edged natural sand. Provide Class V 100% crushed limestone materials at all paved locations shown on the drawings. Asphalt Cement: AASHTO M 226 (ASTM D 3381) for viscosity-graded material and AASHTO M 20 (ASTM D 946) for penetration-graded material. Tack Coat: Emulsified asphalt, placed in accordance with MnDOT Spec 2357. Bituminous Base Course: Thickness as indicated on Drawings, MnDOT Combined Spec 2360/2350, MV WB35030B (PG58-28). Bituminous Wear Course: Thickness as indicated on Drawings, MnDOT Combined Spec 2360/2350, MVWB45030B (PG58-28). Line Paint: Commercial quality latex paint, applied with power equipment. PART 3 -EXECUTION SURFACE PREPARATION: General: Subgrade and subbase shall be compacted in accordance with Section 02200. Remove loose material fi~om compacted subbase surface immediately before beginning paving operations. Grading and construction shall be in strict compliance with the Minnesota Department ofTransportation. Notify Owner/Architect in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not begin paving work until deficient subbase areas have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. Fine Grading: Grade in strict accordance with MnDot Specification for indicated type of construction. Subgrade shall be final graded, trimmed and finished within the limits and as required by elevations shown on Drawings. Do not move or loosen materials beyond limits of paving. Material for spot subgrade reinforcement shall be 100% crushed Class V material. Proof-roll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and need for additional compaction. Thoroughly wet subbase and then compact with two passes of a 500 pound roller. Material yielding more than 1/2" shall be removed to a minimum depth of 4", or a depth as determined by soils engineer-, replaced with suitable material, and compacted. Do not begin paving work until such conditions have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. Tack Coat: Apply to contact surfaces of previously constructed asphalt paving in accordance with referenced standards. Allow to dry until at proper condition to receive paving. Exercise care in applying bituminous materials to avoid smearing of adjoining concrete surfaces. Remove and clean damaged surfaces. PLACING MIX: General: Place asphalt concrete mixture on prepared surface, spread and strike-off. Spread mixture at minimum temperature of 225 deg.F (107 deg.C). Place inaccessible and small areas by hand. Place each course to required grade, cross-section, and ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 02513 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 compacted thickness. Mixture shall not be placed when ambient temperatures are less than X10°F. or when there is frost or frozen material in the base. Paver Placintr: Place in strips not less than 10' wide, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. After first strip has been placed and rolled, place succeeding strips and extend rolling to overlap pz•evious strips. Complete base course for a section before placing surface course. Joints: Make joints between ofd and new pavements or between successive days' work, to ensure continuous bond between adjoin- ing work. Construct joints to have same texture, density and smoothness as other sections of asphalt concrete course. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat. ROLLING: General: Begin rolling when mixture will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. Compact mixture with hot hand tampers or vibrating plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers. Breakdown Rolling: Accomplish breakdown or initial rolling immediately following rolling of joints and outside edge. Check surface after breakdown rolling, and repair displaced areas by loosening and filling, if required, with hot material. Second Rolling: Follow breakdown rolling as soon as possible, while mixture is hot. Continue second rolling until mixture has been thoroughly compacted. Finish Rolling: Perform finish rolling while mixture is still wane enough for removal ofroller marks. Continue rolling until roller marks are eliminated and course has attained maximum density. Patching: Remove and replace paving areas mixed with foreign materials and defective areas. Cut-out such areas and fill with fresh, hot asphalt concrete. Compact by rolling to maximum surface density and smoothness. Mill edges of areas to be patched. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and hardened. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become marked. Do not allow traffte to enter and use paving until after a minimum of d$ hours for light duty traffic or 96 hours for heavy trucks. Cleaning: Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust. END OF SECTION 02513 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 02513 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 02514 -PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART1-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including Genera[ and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes Portland cement concrete paving as shown on drawings, including base material, curbs, aprons, gutters and sidewalks as follows: Curbs and Gutters Sidewalks Concrete slabs located around the buildings Concrete aprons RELATED WORK: Prepared subbase is specified in "Earthwork", Section 02200. Concrete and related materials are specified in Section 033 ] 0. Joint fillers and sealers are specified in Section 07900. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Codes and Standards: Comply with MnDOT Standard Specifications for Construction, 2000 Edition, Sections 2301, 2521 and 2531. SUBMITTALS: 1. Samples: Manufacturer's product data, test reports, and materials certifications as required in referenced sections for concrete and joint fillers and sealers. 2. Design Mix: Submit to the Architect a minimum of 7 days prior to placement of the concrete. JOB CONDITIONS: Inspection: Examine areas for conditions under which work is to be performed. Repar-t in writing to Owner's Representative al] conditions contrary to those shown on the drawings or specified herein and all other conditions that will affect satisfactory execution of work such as improperly constructed substrates or adjoining work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory work and conditions have been corrected. The start of wort: shall constitute acceptance of these conditions. Comply with the City of Columbia Heights standards for all site concrete work. PART2-PRODUCTS MATERIALS: PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02514 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/200'7 Base MateriaL• Clean and washed sand or Class V material or recycled Class V base as required. Reinforcing Bars: Deformed steel bars, ASTM A 61 S, Grade 40. Joint Dowel Bars: Plain steel bars, ASTM A 6 ] S, Grade 40. Cut bars true to length with ends square, free of burrs. Concrete Materials: Comply with requirements of applicable Division-3 sections for concrete materials, admixtures, bonding materials, curing materials, and others as required. Expansion Joint Materials: Comply with requirements of applicable Division-7 sections for preformed expansionjoint fillers and sealers. Liquid-Membrane Forming Curing Compound: Complying with ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class A unless other type acceptable to Architect. Moisture loss not more than O.SS grJsq. cm. when applied at 200 sq. ft./gal. PVC Pipe: Polyvinyl chloride schedule 40, ASTM D 2665; 8" diameter. For future items in Locations include end caps and #5 reinforcing rods CONCRETE MIX DESIGN AND TESTING: Comply with requirements of applicable Division 3 sections for concrete mix design, sampling and testing, and quality control, and as herein specified. Design mix to produce standard-weight concrete consisting of Portland cement, aggregate, air-entraining admixtm~e and water to produce the following properties: Concrete Sidewalk: Use MnDOT mix design 3A32 Concrete Curb and Gutter: Use MnDOT mix design 3A22 Concrete Pavement: Use MnDOT mix design 3A41 PART 3 -EXECUTION INSPECTION: Examine all areas and conditions tinder which concrete curbs are to be installed. Conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work shall be corrected prior to proceeding with the work. Verify that subgrade is properly compacted and graded. Remove debris and loose materials from areas to receive concrete. SURFACE PREPARATION: Refer to sections 02200 for subgrade requirements. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete. Proof-roll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and need for additional compaction. Thoroughly wet subbase and then compact with two passes of a 500 pound roller. Material yielding more than l l2" shall be removed to a minimum depth of 4", or a depth as determined by soils engineer, replaced with suitable material, and compacted. Do not begin paving work until such conditions have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. FORM CONSTRUCTLON: PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02514 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Set forn~s to required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured. Install sufficient quantity of forms to allow continuous progress of work and so that forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to following tolerances: Top of forms not more than 1 /8" in 10'. Vertical face on longitudinal axis, not more than l/4" in 10'. Clean forms after each use, and coat with form release agent as often as required to ensure separation from concrete without damage. CONCRETE PLACEMENT: General: Locate reinforcement as shown and comply with requirements of Division-3 sections for mixing and placing concrete, and as herein specified. Do not place concrete until subbase and forms have been checked for line and grade. Moisten subbase if required to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment. When placing concrete over mesh, use a bar, hook or other acceptable method to lift mesh and prevent it from resting directly on grade. Position mesh in slab work as indicated on Drawings. Use bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surface. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints, as far as possible. If interrupted for more than 1/2-hour, place a construction joint. When adjacent pavement lanes are placed in separate pours, do not operate equipment on concrete until pavement has attained sufficient strength to carry loads without injury. Curbs and Gutters: Automatic machine may be used for curb and gutter placement at Contractor's option. If machine placement isto be used, submit revised mix design and laboratory test results which meet or exceed minimums specified. Machine placement must produce curbs and gutters to required cross-section, lines, grades, finish, and jointing as specified for formed concrete. If results are not acceptable, remove and replace with formed concrete as specified. JOINTS: Expansion Joints: Place fully separated expansion joints at 100 feet on center maximum, except at corners, radii, or other ter- minations. Provide joint filler at all locations. Control Joints: Construct weakened-plane joints for a depth equal to at least 1 /4 concrete thickness. Form joints in fresh concrete by grooving top portion with a recommended cutting tool and finishing edges with a jointer. Fillers and Sealants: Comply with the requirements of applicable Division-7 sections for preparation of joints, materials, instal- lation, and performance. CONCRETE FINISHING: Complywith requirements in Section 03310 for mixing and placing concrete. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02514 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 After striking-offand consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screeding and floating. Use hand methods only where mechanical floating is not possible. Adjust floating to compact surface and produce uniform texture. After floating, test surface foi- trueness with a 10' straight- edge. Distribute concrete as required to remove surface irregularities, and refloat repaired areas to provide a continuous smooth finish. Work edges of slabs, gutters, back top edge ofcurb, and formed joints with an edging tool, and round to 1/?" radius, unless otherwise indicated. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surface. Provide broom finish by passing stiff fiber bristle broom across direction of travel at all sidewalk and pedestrian surfaces. Do not remove forms for 24 hours after concrete has been placed. After form removal, clean ends of joints and point-up any minor honeycombed areas. Remove and replace areas or sections with major defects, as directed by Architect. CURING: Protect and cure finished concrete paving, complying with applicable requirements of Division-3 sections. Use membrane- forming curing and sealing compound or approved moist-curing methods. After curing, backfill adjoining areas, after debris has been removed. Grade and compact to conform in accordance with sur- rounding areas. REPAIRS AND PROTECTIONS: Repair or replace broken or defective concrete, as directed by Architect. Protect concrete from damage unti 1 acceptance of work. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 1 ~ days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. Sweep concrete pavement and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt and other foreign material just prior to final inspection. END OF SECTION 02514 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02514 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 02666 -SITE WATER SYSTEMS PART I -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContraet, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division- I Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes all site water systems work as indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. Water systems shall extend from the property line to within 5' +/- afthe buildings. Section includes paying for and obtaining all permits. Utility work within the proposed roadw~ construction is anticipated to coincide with the work of this project. If the work under this section is completed prior to the work that is to take place east of the site, cap off piping for connection by others. Section 02200, Earthwork: refer to this section for excavation and backfill requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. InstalIer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 3 years of successful instal lotion experience on projects with site water piping work similar to that required for project. 2. Codes and Standards: National Fire protection Association: Comply with requirements Plumbing Code Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of Uniform Plumbing Code and American Waterworks Association pertaining to selection and installation of site water system materials and products. Water Purve o~ompliance: Comply with requirements of Purveyor supplying waterto project, obtain required permits and inspections. City of Columbia Heights Compliance: Comply with requirements of the City of Columbia Heights Standard Specifications for Water Main Construction, where applicable, except where stricter specified requirements are listed herein. CoinplY with MN Department of Health, Plumbing Code. ASTM and AWWA: Comply with the current standards for this project. SUBMITTALS: ]. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for potable water system materials and products. 2. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed potable water system piping and products, in accor- dance with requirements of Division 1, and City of Columbia Heights. SITE WATER SYSTEMS 02666 - I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 3. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for potable water system materials and products. Include data, product data, shop drawings and record drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 1. JOB CONDITIONS: Examine areas for conditions under which work is to be performed. Report any deficiencies in writing to Contractor before commencing work. PART2-PRODUCTS MATERIALS: PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, and capacities as in- dicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings ofmaterials which match pipe materials used in potable water systems. Where more than one type ofmaterials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option. Piping: Provide pipes of one of the following materials, of weight/class indicated. Provide pipe fittings and accessories of same material and weight/class as pipes, with joining method as indicated. Alf mechanical joints shall be restrained. Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, Class 52. Fittings: Ductile-iron, AW WA C 1 10, Class 250, cement lining, AW WA C 104 and rubber gas[:etjoints, AW WA C1 1 1. VALVES: Gate Valves: Provide as indicated, gate valves, AWWA C509-80, 200 psi working pressure. Provide mechanical joint end con- figurations to suit size of valve and piping connection. Provide inside screw type for use with curb valve box, iron body, bronze- mounted, resilient wedge type non-rising stem. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide gate valves of one of the following: American. Approved Equal. HYDRANTS: Fire hydrants: "Pacer 100" with traffic section by Waterous in conformance with the City of Columbia Heights standard requirements. Freezeless Hydrants: Iowa model Y34 or approved equal, with 7' bury depth. ACCESSORIES: Anchorages: Provide anchorages for tees, wyes, crosses, plugs, caps, bends, valves and hydrants. After installation, apply full coat of asphalt or other acceptable corrosion-retarding material to surfaces of ferrous anchorages. Clamps, Straps, and Washers: Steel, ASTM A 506. Rods: Steel, ASTM A 575. Rod Couplings: Malleable-iron, ASTM A 197. Bolts: Steel, ASTM A 307. Cast-Iron Washers: Gray-iron, ASTM A 126. SITE WATER SYSTEMS 02666 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Thrust Blocks: Concrete, 2,500 psi. PART 3 -EXECUTION INSPECTION: General: Examine areas and conditions under which potable water system's materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS: Conform to key agency standard specifications for installation of water system components. Depth of Cover: Provide minimum cover over piping of 7' - 6". INSTALLATION OF VALVES: General: Install valves as indicated tivith stems pointing up. Provide valve box and riser over underground valves. INSTALLATION OF HYDRANTS: General: Hydrant shall be placed where indicated on plans. Fire hydrants of sufficient length shall be installed so as to provide a minimum of 8' of cover over top of pipe and the Lowest outlet nozzle on the hydrant shall be 24" above ground line. Support on concrete base 18" square and 6" thic]<, minimum. Block and reinforce as required. Ensure that hydrant is placed on course sand, crushed stone or a mixture to the depth require or as directed by engineer. Yard hydrant shall be installed to a 7' bury depth with hose connection 27-1/2" above grade. Hydrants must maintain their position and must not be displaced out of plumb during backfilling. Any hydrant out of plumb shall be excavated, reset (including blocking) and re-backfilled. All hydrant wrenches furnished by the supplier shall become the property of the Owner. TAPPING SERVICES INTO WATERMAIN Connection of services to existing watennain shall be performed while existing watermain is under pressure (i.e. wet tap) using an AW WA approved drilling machine, apping sleeve and tapping valve. Conductivity must be maintained from the main that was tapped to the services by whatever means necessary. A connection to an existing main by methods other than a wet tap shall be done only with the approval of the Owner and Architect, or if specifically shown on the plan. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Bacteriolotrical and Chlorination Tests: AWWA, 8300 and B301. Hydrostatic Pressure Test: Contractor shall test for leakage after backfilling. Slowly fill valve and test as follows: Subject pipe to l50 psi pressure. SITE WATER SYSTEMS 02666 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Measure pressure and maintain for a minimum of 30 minutes. A drop of over 3 pounds pressure shall be cause for rejection. Remove and replace defective components and retest until acceptable. Conductivity: Provide conductivity by use of copper straps or gaskets with copper inserts. Perform test after accepted pressurization test, with line at normal water level. Pass a direct current of 350 amps at 30 volts through pipe for 4 minutes. Measure flow rate using ammeter, with reading remaining steady for a four minute period. Increase current to 400 amps at the end of the four minute period for another frill minute. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: Disinfection of Potable Water S stem: Flush pipe system with clean potable water until no dirty water appears at point of outlet. Fill system with water-chlorine solution containing at least SO ppm of chlorine. Valve off system and let stand for 24- hrs minimum. Flush with clean potable water until no chlorine remains in water coming from system. Repeat procedure if contamination is present in bacteriological examination. Disinfection of Water Mains: Flush and disinfect in accordance with AW WA C601 "Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains". END OF SECTION 02666 SITE WATER SYSTEMS 02666 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 02730 -SEWAGE SYSTEMS PART I -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes storm sewage systems as indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. The work of this section begins at the property line and continues to within 5'+/- of the buildings. QUALITY ASSURANCE: I. Installer Qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years of successful installation experience on projects with sanitary sewage work similar to that required for project. 2. Codes and Standards: Plumbing Code Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of National Standard Plumbing Code pertaining to selection and installation of storm sewage system materials and products. Comply with applicable requirements of ASTM Specifications. Comply with applicable requirements of the City of Columbia Heights for sanitary and storm sewers. Comply with MN Department of Health, Plumbing Code. ~t IRMITTAI ,fig 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for sewage system materials and products. 2. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed storm sewage piping and products, in accordance with requirements of Division 1. 3. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists of storm sewage system materials and products. Include data, product data, shop drawings, and record drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 1. B CONDITIONS: Examine site conditions in areas where work is to be performed. Report any deficiencies to Contractor in writing prior to com- mencing work. PART 2 -PRODUCTS MATERIALS: PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS SEWAGE SYSTEMS 02730 - I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 General: Provide pipes ofweight/class indicated. Provide pipe fittings and accessories ofsame material and weight/class as pipes, with joining method as indicated on the drawings. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pie: ASTM D 3034, Type PSP, SDR 35; or ASTM D 3034, Type PSM, SDR 35. Fittings: PVC, ASTM D 3033 or ASTM D 3034, solvent-cement joints complying with ASTM D 283 using solvent cement complying with ASTM D 2564; or elastomeric joints complying with ASTM D 3212 using elastomeric seals complying with ASTM F 477. Reinforced Concrete Sewer Pipe (RCP): ASTM C76 and MnDOT 3236. Dual-Wall: Corrugated polyethylene pipe, AASHTO M-294, design 18 (for storm water piping sizes 12" through 36"). Joints shall be watertight Pipes shall have minimum cover of 2 feet. Sewer Manholes and Catch basins: Precast concrete complying with ASTM C 478. Include concentric cone, base riser, integral floor and related features for a complete installation to comply with standards. Steps: Ductile iron or aluminum Pipe connectors: Resilient complying with ASTM C 93. Grates: Castings, covers and plates as shown on the drawings. PART 3 -EXECUTION INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND FITTINGS: General: Install piping in accordance with the City of Columbia Heights Standard Specifications, except where more stringent requirements are indicated. Pipe sections shall be supported at all joints. Inspectpiping before installation to detect apparent defects. Mark defective materials with white paint and promptly remove from site. Lay piping beginning at low point of system, true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends or groove ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use of lubricants, cements, and other special installation requirements. Plastic Pipe: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations, and in accordance with ASTM D 2321. Cleaning Pipe: Clear interior of piping of dirt and other superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed. In large, accessible piping, brushes and brooms may be used for cleaning. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted conduit at end of day or whenever work stops. Flush lines between manholes if required to remove collected debris. SEWAGE SYSTEMS 02'730 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORF,S 5/30/2007 Joint Adapters: Make joints between different types of pipe at building connections with standard manufactured resilient fittings intended for that purpose. Closing Abandoned Utilities: Close open ends ofabandoned underground utilities which are indicated to remain in place (ifany). Provide sufficiently strong closures to withstand hydrostatic or earth pressure which may result after ends ofabandoned utilities have been closed. Close open ends of concrete or masonry utilities with not less than 8" thick brick masonry bulkheads. Close open ends ofpiping with threaded metal caps, plastic plugs, or other acceptable methods for sizes and type material being closed. Wood plugs are not acceptable. Interior Inspection: Inspect piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Make inspections after lines between manholes, or manhole locations, have been installed and approximately 2-ft of backfill is in place, and again at completion of project. If inspection indicates poor alignment, debris, displaced pipe, infiltration, or other defects, correct such defects, and reinspect. SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLES: General: Place precast concrete sections as indicated. Where manholes occur in pavements, set tops of frames and covers 1/2" below finish surface. Elsewhere, set tops 3" above finish surface, unless otherwise indicated. Install in accordance with ASTM C 891. Provide rubber ioint gasket complying with ASTM C~43 at joints of sections. Install catch basin castings 0. ] 0" below gutter elevation or 0.05" below paved surfaces other than curb lines. TAP CONNECTIONS: Make connections to existing piping and underground structures, so that finished work will conform as nearly as practicable to requirements specified for new work. For branch connections fi-om side into existing 24" or larger piping or to underground structures, cut opening into unit sufficiently large to allow 3" of concrete to be packed around entering connection. Cut ends of connection passing through pipe or structure wall to conform to shape of, and be flush with, inside wall, unless otherwise indicated. On outside of pipe or structure wall, encase entering connection in 6" of concrete for a minimum length of 12" to provide additional support or collar from connection to undisturbed ground. Provide concrete which will attain minimum 2$-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi, unless otherwise indicated. Use epoxy bonding compound as interface between new and existing concrete and piping materials. Take care while making tap connections to prevent concrete or debris from entering existing piping or structure. Remove debris, concrete, or other extraneous material which may accumulate. BACKFILLING: SEWAGE SYSTEMS 02730 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 General: Conduct backfilling operations of open-cut trenches closely fallowing laying, jointing, and bedding or pipe, and after initial inspection and testing are completed. Refer to Section 02200 for additional backfilling requirements. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Testing: Contractor shall pay for testing of completed piping in accordance with local authorities having jurisdiction. Contractor shall also pay for all subsequent testing after any failure. Tests shall be conducted as required by the local authorities and shall include the following options: Leakage Testing-Gravity System: Infiltration, exfiltration orlow-pressure test as required: 100 gallons per pipe maximum for 24 hour period. Hydrostatic Test: At force mains only, 100 psi pressure. Perform tests to the satisfaction of the engineer and Owner. END OF SECTION 02730 SEWAGE SYSTEMS 02730 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 03310 -CONCRETE WORK PART1-GENERAL RELATED DOCUME Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes all concrete formwork, and reinforcing as shown on drawings, and specified herein, including footings, floor slabs, infill slabs and miscellaneous other items. Refer to the structural drawings for slab thicknesses, details and special items. In general, the work includes the following: Footings Slab on grade Work at the dock area Topping at pre-cast plank Curbs, gutters and other site concrete are specified in Section 02514. Work in this section shall not proceed prior to a preconstruction meeting for flatwork as noted in Quality Assurance paragraph below. Architect must be given a minimum one -week notice before the meeting can be scheduled: NO EXCEPTIONS. All slab-on-grade concrete shall be priced to include a superplasticizer as specified herein. Work includes sealing !curing compounds as a part of the work. If the prime contractor of this section is not experienced with successful installations of these products, they shall contract with an installer that can achieve satisfactory results. RELATED WORK: Section 02200, Earthwork. Section 03410, Structural Precast Concrete. Section 03450, Tilt-up Precast Concrete Wall Panels. Section 04200, Unit Masonry. Section 07900, Joint Sealers, for expansion joints and sealants. QUALITY ASSURANCE: I . Codes and Standards: Comply with the latest edition of the following codes and standards except where more stringent re- quirements are shown or specified: ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings". ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, "Manual of Standard Practice". 2. Concrete Testing Service: Owner shall engage and pay for a testing laboratory to perform material evaluation tests and to provide concrete design mixes. The contractor is required to coordinate all testing work with the agency. 3. Contractor shallpay for all failed tests and necessary additional testing, at no cost to the Owner, as determined by tl~e Architect, in the event that preliminary testing shows failure of the Contractor to meet specifications. CONCRETE WORK 03310 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 4. Mandatory Preconstruction Meeting_ Prior to, or concurrent with, the submittal of design mixes, the Contractor shall arrange a meeting with Owner, Architect, readymix supplier representative, concrete sub-contractor- and all other associated contractors and suppliers. Discussion shall include proper use of admixtures, proper placement of concrete, curing methods, concerns of weather conditions, timing and all other concerns. Contractor shall be responsible for taking minutes oft}~e meeting and distribute them to all parties present, and shall arrange this meeting a week in advance of any pours. Placement of footings may be performed prior to the concrete preconstruction meeting, provided mix design has been approved, but any other concrete work shall be subject to rejection and removal if performed prior to this meeting. This must be pre-approved by the Architect. SUBMITTALS: Note: faxed submittal shall not be acceptable for any contractor-furnished approvals required 6y the Architect. I. Product Data: Submit data for all proprietary materials, including all admixtures, seven fu 11 days prior to any work being per- formed. 2. Shop Drawings; Reinforcement: Submit shop drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement. 3. Mix Designs: At feast 7 days prior to first pour, submit all mix designs proposed for use on the project. Provide all necessary information, including the location of the proposed mix designs and a complete standard deviation analysis or trial mix test data. 4. Laboratory "Pest Reports: Submit laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test as specified. PART2-PRODUCTS FORM MATERIALS: Forms for Unexposed Finish (Structural) Concrete: Form concrete surfaces which will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, lumber, metal or other acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and one side for tight fit. Form Coatings: Provide commercial formulation form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain nor adversely affect con- crete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. Provide one of the following products: "Eucoslip" by Euclid Chemical Company; "Debond" form coating, by L&M Construction Chemicals; or "Nox Crete Fonn Release" by Nox Crete. Or approved equal. REINFORCING MATERIALS: Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 6I 5, Grade 60, deformed, except that ties and stin-ups may be Grade 40. Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold-drawn, steel. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric. Supports for Reinforcement: As required, complying with CRSI recommendations. Provide bolsters, chairs, spacers and other supports as necessary at all reinforced slab locations. CONCRETE MATERIALS: CONCRETE WORK 03310 - 2 COLUMBIA HECGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Genera] Note: Admixtures with 0.05% or more chloride ions are strictly prohibited. Tl~e total water soluble calcium chloride ion content for the total mix of all materials, including water, shall not exceed 0.05% by weight of cement. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. Only one brand of cement shall be used. Fly-Ash: ASTM C 618, Type C., NSP Power Plant or approved equal, limited to 25% of cement content by weight. Normal Weitrht AoareQates: ASTM C 33. Water: Drinkable. There shall be no site water used on this project. ADMIXTURES: The ready-mix plant supplier shall be responsible for the quality ofall required admixtures. Provide products that have been tested and proven 6y quality manufacturers that are used and stocked at the ready-mix plant. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A., no chloride ions. Water-Reducing Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. High Range Water-reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): ASTM C 494, type F or type G. Superplasticizershall beused in all interior flatwork unless otherwise approved in writing by the Architect. All concrete with a W/C of 0.48 or less, and where pumping equipment is used, requires this admixture. In general, concrete shall be delivered to the site with a siwnp of 3" to 3-1/2", and the admixture shall be site added in lieu of any water in order to make the mix workable. Non-corrosive Non-Chloride Accelerator: ASTM C 494, Type C or E, with no more chloride ions than municipal drinking water. Provide long term, non-corrosive test data including non-corrosive, non- chloride report compliance, if used. RELATED MATERIALS: Sealers and curing compounds• The following non-yellowing curing/sealing compow~ds shall be used for this project as follows• Dissipating curing compound: at the floor areas that mill receive ~1oor tile, ceramic file or special coatings. Dissipating sealer and 30% solids compouJ~cl: vehicle .Stowage a~~d shop areas. Products: Provide the following from Euclid Chemicals, Master Builders or approved equal: Dissipating curing; compound: Hydrocarbon resin curing compound, Kurez DR VOC or approved equal. 30% solids sealer: Acrylic copolymer sealer/dustproofing compound, Super Rez Seal or approved equal. Repair Topping: If required and accepted by the Architect for repairs, provide self leveling, polymer modified high strength topping. Bonding Compound: Acrylic polymer modified type, non-rewetable bonding compound. Epoxy Adhesive: Two part, 100% solids, 100% reactive compound suitable for dry or damp surfaces, ASTM C 881. PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES: CONCRETE WORK 03310 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. Use an independent testing facility acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. The testing facility shall not be the same as used for field quality control testing unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. Furnish the following minimum strengths for the work: Footings: 3000 psi 28-day compressive strength; W/C ratio, 0.55 maximum All other concrete, 4"slab on grade: 4000 psi 28-day compressive strength; W/C ratio, 0.46 maximum Ready-Mix Materials: Comply with ASTM C 94. Contractor shall reject all concrete brought in by ready-mix truck that exceeds maximum allowable slumps and water-cement ratios, and the following limits: 60 minutes after inclusion of superplasticizer. 60 minutes for all concrete in temperatures exceeding 80 degrees. 90 minutes for all other concrete. Re-tempering of Concrete is not allowed. ADMIXTURES: Provide air entraimnent at all exterior concrete on this proiect at a rate of 6%+/-1%. Provide superplasticizer at all flatwork, pumped concrete architectural concrete and as necessary to achieve t}~e specified strengths, water-cement ratios or other items. Use water-reducing, retarding or accelerating admixtures, in concrete as required for placement and workability., depending on climatic or situational conditions. Use anon-con-osive, non-chloride accelerator in slabs placed below 50 degrees F. Use admixtures for water-reducing and set-control in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. Agtrreaate: Maximum sizes of course aggregate: Footings: I-1/2", unless a smaller size is requested in writing from the Contractor. Masonry Concrete Fiil: 3/8". All other: 3/4". PART 3 -EXECUTION INSTALLATION FORMS: Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to cast-in-place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. Construct forms to sizes shapes, lines and dimensions shown, and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structures. Conform to ACI 347. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rus- tications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide backup at joints to prevent leakage of cement paste. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or plying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, to prevent swelling and for easy removal. CONCRETE WORK 03310 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Provide temporary openings where interior area of formwork is inaccessible for cleanout, for inspection before concrete place- ment, and for placement of concrete. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings on forms at inconspicuous locations. Chamfer exposed corners and edges as indicated, using wood, metal, PVC or rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. Coordinate with all other trades. Cleaning and Tightenin}: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just before concrete is placed. Retighten forms and bracing after concrete placement is required to eliminate mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. Rust and scale on any formwork shall not be acceptable PLACING REINFORCEMENT: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars", for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports, and as herein specified. Clean reinforcement of materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as required. Place reinforcement to obtain at least minimum coverages for concrete protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. JOINTS: Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints where shown on the drawing, and if not shown, locate so as not to impair strength and appearance of the structure, and as follows: 1. At construction 'off ~IItS provide dowels with smooth 5/8" diameter by 2'-0" length cr 12" on center, with one end Greased. Use dowels that have been properly made or cut to avoid burrs and raised ends. 2. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Ground: Construct isolation joints inslabs-on-ground at points ofcontact between slabs on ground and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams and elsewhere as indicated on structural drawings. Provide #30 felt separation strips at interior slabs. 3. Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs-on-Ground: Construct contraction joints in slabs-on-ground to form panels of patterns as shown, with a maximum joint spacing of 36 times slab thickness at any area. Use Soft-Cut saw shortly after pour (without dis- lodging aggregate), and carefully saw cut to a depth of 1-I/4" or to 1/4 of the slab depth, unless otherwise indicated. PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES Clean re-used forms of concrete matrix residue, repair and patch as required to return forms to acceptable surface condition throughout the project to maintain consistently good standards. CONCRETE WORK 03310 - 5 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Coat contact surfaces of forms with specified form-coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Coat steel forms with anon-staining, rust-preventative form oil or otherwise protect against rusting. Rust-stained steel formwork is not acceptable. CONCRETE PLACEMENT: Preplacement Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast-in. Notify other crafts to permit installation of their work; cooperate with other trades in setting such work. Moisten wood forms and base materials immediately before placing concrete where form coatings are not used. NotifLArchitect at least 2 days in advance of each major concrete pour. There shall be no excuses for the lack of notice, unless the pour is called off due to weather. General: Comply with ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete", and as herein specified. Provide ready-mixed type, ASTM C 94 concrete. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes ofweakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as herein specified. Deposit concrete as nearly as prac- ticable to its final location to avoid segregation. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers not deeper than 24" and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Do not permit concrete to drop more than five feet from its point of release. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. Consolidate placed concrete per ACI recommended practices. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forn~s. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than visible effectiveness of machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6" into preceding layer. Do not insert vibr•ator-s into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing segregation of mix. Placing Concrete Slabs: Just prior to placement, dampen all areas of the base material. Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with straightedge and strikeoff high-va~straiahted~ at all flatwork with tolerance of F 20 or less. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface, free ofi humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab sw-faces prior to beginning finishing operations. Minimum Cover: Maintain coverage of reinforcement as shown on the structural drawings. PLACING CONCRETE IN TEMPERATURE EXTREMES: Hot Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305 and as herein specified. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedment in concrete. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel and subgrade just before concrete is placed. During and after placement, provide fog spray over, but not directly on concrete. Concrete shall not be retempered. Discard concrete that has obtained its intitial set. CONCRETE WORK 03310 - 6 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Site water shall not be added. If workability is desired, add superplasticizer on site as specified. Use water-reducing retarding admixture (Type D) when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placing conditions. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement. Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used to control temperature provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Use of liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. Cold Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306. When air temperature is expected to fall below 40 degrees, uniformly heat all mixing ingredients. Provide protection as required when overnight temperatures are expected to drop below 34 degrees. Do not use any materials that are frozen. Cover slabs and exposed concrete as required through below freezing temperatures at all times. If temperatures drop below 26 degrees, re-schedule placement until weather permits. Concrete shall be in mixer no more than the maximum specified. Trucks shall be ordered to return to the plant, with the load rejected if concrete exceeds this condition. CONCRETE FINISH Smooth Forn~ Finish: For surfaces to be covered with a coating material such as waterproofing, painting or other similar system: Obtain as-cast concrete surface with selected form facing material, arranged orderly and symmetrically with a minimum ofseams. Repair and patch defective areas until acceptable by coating contractor. M_ ONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES: Provide the following finishes on this project Smooth Float Finish: At interior floor slabs provide a hard troweled surface. Levelness and flatness: After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating when surface water has disappeared or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power-driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats, or by hand-floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Check and level surface plane so that depressions between high spots do not exceed Fr20 - F~20. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces to be exposed-to-view, and slab surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, paint or sealer system. After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using apower- driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand-troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and with a level surface plane so that depressions between high spots do not exceed tolerances listed below. Grind smooth defects which would telegraph through applied floor covering system only if acceptable to Architect. Finishing Tolerances: Specified overall Fr = 30 Specified overall F~ = 20 Specified local FF = 20 Specified local F~ = 15 CONCRETE WORK 03310 - 7 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Immediately after trowel finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. CONCRETE CURING SEALING AND PROTECTION: General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days. Perform all of the following: I .Interior Slab-On--Grade: Moist cure concrete for the first ten days after placement by using afabric orair-tight cover over the concrete. Do not alter the appearance of the slab when using this procedure. 2. Provide blankets on slabs in below freezing temperatures. Use polyethylene moisture cover over interior slab on grade only after the appearance of the slab with no be affected, if required to limit curling, to control evaporation, and to maintain flatness and levelness requirements. REMOVAL OF FORMS: Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed aftercumulativelycuring atnot less than 50°F (10°C) for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal operations, and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS: Filling-In: Fill-in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place and cure concrete as herein specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete work. Grout base plates and foundations as indicated, using specified non-shrink grout. Use non-metallic grout for exposed conditions, unless othe~tivise indicated. Refer to Structural Steel section. ADJUSTING: CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS: Note: Backplastering or troweling a cementitious cover over defective areas of exposed concrete greater that 10 square inches shall not be acceptable. Remove and replace defective concrete as otherwise specified. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removal of forms, when acceptable to Architect. It shall be up to the Architect if inferior areas of the work shall be replaced rather than repaired: verify with the Architect before proceeding. When areas are to be replaced they shall be done so within the area up to the nearest control or expansion joint. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Owner shall pay for sampling and testing for quality control during placement of concrete shall include the following, as directed by Architect. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. Slutnp: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each truck. Test shall be at the initial pour and middle of pour. CONCRETE WORK 03310 - 8 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5130/200'7 Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for normal weight concrete; ASTM C 23 I pressure method for normal weight concrete; as applicable, one for each day's pour of each type of air entrained concrete. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 3 I ;one set of 4 standard cylinders (3 to be used and one for reserve) for each compressive strength test, at 7 128 days, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory cured test specimens except when field-cure test specimens are required. Frequency oftesting shall comply with ACI 3 ] 8. Record temperature each time a set of compression test specimens are made. Test results wiU be reported in writing to Architect and Contractor on same day that tests are made. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials; compressive breaking strength and type of break for bath 7-day tests and 28-day tests. Testin~Enaineer or job superintendent shall reject The load if slump, waterlcement ratio, air content or related specified requirements are not met. Notify Architect immediately of such conditions. Additional Tests: Contractor shall pay for such tests conducted, and any other additional testing as may be required, when unacceptable concrete is verified. Special Inspections: Refer to the Structural drawings. END OF SECTION 03310 CONCRETE WORK 03310 - 9 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 03410 -STRUCTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE PART 1 -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY: Section includes structural precast plank and other related items as shown on drawings and schedules, and required for a complete shell installation and as specified herein. Provide 2" topping at all floor plank locations. RELATED WORK: Section 03310, Concrete. Section 0500, Steel Fabrications Section 07900, Joint Sealers. SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and instructions for manufactured materials and products. Include manufacturer's certifications and laboratory test reports as required. 2. Mix Designs: Submit written reports of proposed concrete mix. 3. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing complete information for fabrication and installation ofprecast concrete units. Indicate member dimensions and cross-section; location, size and type of reinforcement, including special reinforcement and lift- ingdevices necessary for handling and erection. 4. Calculations: Submit complete calculations for members, connections and headers, designed in compliance with the live and dead loads indicated on the drawings, certified by a registered engineer licensed in the state of Minnesota. 5. Samples: Provide a small sample section (between 12" x 12" and 34" x 24") indicating the quality of the surfaces that are exposed to view. QUALITY ASSURANCE: I .Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following codes, specifications and standards, except as otherwise indicated: ACI 301 "Specs for Structural Concrete for Buildings". ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, "Manual of Standard Practice". Prestressed Concrete Institute MNL, 1 16, "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast Concrete Products". AWS DI. ]-88, "Structural Welding Code -Steel". STRUCTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE 03410 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 AWS DL4-79, "Structural welding code -Reinforcing Steel". PCI, "Design Handbool: -Precast and Prestressed Concrete", forth edition. 2. Fabricator Qualifications: Firms which have 3 years successful experience in fabrication of precast concrete units similar to units required for this project will be acceptable. Fabricator must be producer member ofthe Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI} and participate in its Plant Certification Program. 3. Fabrication Qualifications: Produce precast concrete units at fabricating plant engaged primarily in manufacturing of similar units, unless plant fabrication or delivery to project site is impractical. 4. Quality ofPrecast Plank Surfaces: Provide plank materials that are uniform and visually acceptable to the architect, at surfaces that are exposed to view. All installed plank shall have edges and terminations that are cast or sawn in a straight, uniform manner with no rough edges, jagged surfaces or irregularities. 5. Welding: All welding in-plant and on-site shall be performed by AWS certified welders. DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: Deliver precast concrete units to project site in such quantities and at such times to assure continuity of installation. Store units at project site to prevent cracking, distortion, staining, or other physical damage, and so that markings are visible. Lift and support units at designated lift points. PART 2 -PRODUCTS FORMWORK: Accurately construct forms, mortar-tight, of sufficient strength to withstand pressures due to concrete placing operations, tem- perature changes, and when prestressed, pretensioning and detensioning operations. Maintain formwork to provide completed precast concrete units of shapes, lines, and dimensions indicated, within fabrication tolerances specified in PCI MNL 1 16. Unless forms for plant-manufactured prestressed concrete units are stripped prior to detensioning, design forms so that stresses are not induced in precast units due to deformation of concrete under prestress or to movement during detensioning. MATERIALS: Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III. Aegregates: ASTM C 33. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330. Water: Potable. Admixtures: As required: Refer to Section 03310, Concrete. Bearing Pads: Provide continuous koro-lath bearing strips for precast concrete units as indicated on drawings. Accessories: Provide steel tubes, clips, hangers, and other accessories required for installation of project units and for support of subsequent construction or finishes. STRUCTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE 03410 Reinforcing: Provide reinforcing bars as reconunended by the fabricator. Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I, and clean, natural sand, ASTM C 404. Mix at ratio of 1.0 part cement to 3.0 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration (fc= 3000 psi at 2$ days). Non-metallic Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: complying with CRD-C621. Prestressing Strand: Uncoated 7-wire strand, ASTM 4617, Grade 270, stress relieved. Topping: 4000 psi concrete topping mix as recommended by the precast manufacturer. Refer to Section 03310, for any other relevant materials, including reinforcement, used in the assembly and installation of precast concrete plank. PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES: Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete required. Design mixes may be prepared by an independent testing facility or by qualified precast manufacturing plant personnel, at precast manufacturer's option. Proportion mixes by laboratory trail batch experience method, using materials to be employed on the project for each type of concrete required, complying with ACI 318. Compressive strength; 5000 psi minimum at 28 days. Release strength for prestressed units: 3500 psi. Submit written reports to Architect of proposed mix for each type of concrete at least 7 days prior to start of precast unit production. Do not begin concrete production until mixes and evaluations have been reviewed by Architect. Adiustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjusUnents may be requested when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant. Laboratory test data for revised mix designs and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in the work. Admixtures: Use water-reducing admixtures to increase cement dispersion, or provide increased workability for low-slump concrete, may be used subjectto Architect's acceptance. Use superplasticizers for improved workability, improved surface quality and betterqualiry control. Refer to Section 03310, Concrete. FABRICATION: General: Fabricate precast concrete units complyingwith manufacturing and testing procedures, quality control recommendations, and dimensional tolerances of PCI MNL- 116, and as specified for types of units required. Cast-in holes for openings larger than 8" diameter or 8" square in accordance with final shop drawings. Other smaller holes will be field cut by trades requiring them, as acceptable to Architect. Refer to architectural, mechanical and electrical drawing for locations of equipment, conditions and other items that penetrate the precast slabs. Coat sw•faces of forms per manufacturer's instructions. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. Accuratelyposition, support and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete placement operations, Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required. STRUCTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE 03410 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverages for concrete protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and. bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. Place concrete in a continuous operation to prevent formation of seams or planes of weakness in precast units, complying with requirements of ACI 304. Thoroughly consolidate placed concrete by internal and external vibration without dislocation or damage to reinforcement and built-in items. Identification: Provide permanent markings to identify pick-up points and orientation in structure, complying with markings in- dicated on final shop drawings. Imprint date ofcasting on each precast unit on a surface which will not show in finished structure. Curing by low-pressure steam, by steam vapor, by radiant heat and moisture, or other similar process may be employed to accelerate concrete hardening and to reduce curing time. Provide and fabricate steel headers as needed for plank openings SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL: The Owner may choose employ a separate testing laboratory to evaluate precast manufacturer's quality control and testing methods. Dimensional Tolerances: llnits having dimensions smaller or greater than requi:ed, and outside specified tolerance limits, will be subject to additional testing as herein specified. Precast units having dimensions greater than required will be rejected if appearance or function of the structure is adversely affected, or if larger dimensions interfere with other construction. Repair, or remove and replace rejected units as required to meet construction conditions. Defective Work: Precast concrete units which do not conform to specified requirements, including strength, tolerances, and finishes, shall be replaced with precast concrete units that meet requirements ofthis section. Contractor shall also be responsible for cost of corrections to other work affected by or resulting from corrections to precast concrete work. PART 3 -EXECUTION INSTALLATION GENERAL: Erection shall be made through inserts and other approved devices to avoid structural damage or excessive stress/strain to members. Locate lifting devices to in-place bearng devices. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide temporary shoring and bracing members with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary members and connections when permanent members are in place and final connections are made. Provide temporary guy lines to achieve proper alignment of structures as erection proceeds. Bearing Pads: Install flexible bearing pads where indicated, as precast units are being erected. Set pads on level, uniform bearing surfaces and maintain in correct position until precast units are placed. V Erection Tolerances: Install precast units without exceeding following tolerance limits specified in PCI MNL-127 "Recommended Practice for Erection of Precast Concrete". Grouting Connections and Joints: After precast concrete units have been placed and secured, grout open spaces at connection and joints. Grout all keyways and cores as required. Shrinkage-resistant grout of premixed compound and water to provide a flowable mixture without segregation or bleeding. STRUCTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE 03410 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30!2007 Provide sealant at all flexible joint locations. Provide primers, backer rods as necessary. Referto Section 07900 for specifications on installation. At open end cores, stuff in backer material as recommended by supplier, and fill all openings with mortar to provide a uniform, and flush surface at exposed areas. CLEANING AND REPAIR: Repairs shall made onl~with the approval of the Architect/Engineer. Do not grout and fill openings and damaged areas caused during construction without permission. Replace plank sections that are not acceptable. Remove al! gout and sealant leaks and spills. Clean all exposed materials and remove any excess debris and spills. Protect all components of the system until ready for use. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Refer to the structural drawings for Special Inspection Requirements. Refer to Section 05120 for welding connection inspections. END OF SECTION 03410 STRUCTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE 03410 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 04200 -UNIT MASONRY PART I -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes various masonry systems and related system components as shown on drawings and as specified herein, including: standard CMU units, decorative block units, brick masonry, cast stone, masonry anchorage systems and colored cement-lime mortars. The work is summarized as follows: Standard CMU masonry construction as free-standing walls and back-up masonry walls. Rock-faced and burnished CMU work. Decorative cast stone (aka precast concrete) at various locations around the building. Stone at selected locations. Brick masonry at selected facades. Masonry anchorage systems and building paper attached to stud back-up walls and block back-up walls. Colored mortar of several colors at all brick and cast stone locations. Sealing of the masonry with anti-graffiti coating. Masonry cleaning and sealing of the CMU walls. There are vertical expansion joints located at both buildings, with a maximum of 22' on center regardless of the lines indicated on the drawings. Also refer to structural drawings for notes and details on reinforcement. Refer to the drawings and Section 0745 for stucco base bid at the 37`'' Street store, with masonry at the upper walls as an alternated. RELATED WORK: Division 3, Concrete. Section 07]20, Fluid Applied Waterproofing (at the inner block of the cavity walls). Section 07245, Stucco. Section 07900, Joint Sealers. Division 8, all sections. Section 09250, Gypsum Wallboard Systems. SUBMITTALS: Provide the following: Masonry ties and back-up system information. Decorative block units and brick for verification. Stone and cast stone information and samples. Masonry coating information Shop drawings and samples of cast stone units. Colored mortar samples for selection. UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Decorative Block Manufacturers: Provide units manufactured by MasterBlock or approved equal. Brick Masonry: Modular, kiln fired brick masonry units. The brick is to be determined prior to construction. Provide an allowance of SSS0.00 per thousand with two types of brick selected. Cast Stone Units: Note: The cast stone units indicated on the drativings are a calcium silicate-based building stone, as manufactured by American Artstone, or approved equal. Provide the following color lines, finish and series as selected by the Architect, with a flush sandblasted surface for bidding purposes. Stone: Provide Kasota stone units in honed finish. Stone shall be supplied by Vetter Stone or equal. MORTAR AND GROUT: Portland Cement: ASTM C 1 S0, Type I. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. Aggregates for Brick and Block Mortar: ASTM C 144, except for joints less than I/4" use aggregate graded with 100% passing the No. 16 sieve. Provide colored mortar at all exterior locations (and at the interior decorative walls) as manufactured by Spec-Mix or equal. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. Water: Clean and potable. JOINT REINFORCEMENT, TIES AND ANCHORING DEVICES: Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel Wire: ASTM A 82 for uncoated wire and with ASTM A 1 S3, Class B-2 (1.S oz. per sq. ft. of wire surface) for zinc coating applied after prefabrication into units. Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: Carbon steel with zinc coating complying with ASTM A S2S, Coating G90. Joint Reinforcement: Provide welded-wire ladder type units prefabricated with deformed continuous (O.I483" d.) side rods and plain cross rods (0.1483" d.) into straight lengths of not less than ] 0', with prefabricated corner and tee units. Space perpen- diculars not to be more than 16" o.c. Provide pintle and eye system where attachment of block to brick is shown or required. Brick Ties: At brick veneer walls, provide 2 piece assemblies with triangular shaped tie of 0.1875 wire and rib-stiffened back plate. Minimum of #10 diameter stainless or corrosion-resistant steel screws complying with ASTM C 9S4 are to be used. Product shall be Hohrnan and Barnard DW-10-X series or approved equal. CONCEALED FLASHING MATERIALS: Flexible Flashing: Flexible flashing of EPDM sheet or uncured neoprene to remain flexible and waterproof. PVC not acceptable. Adhesives for flashing: As recommended by the manufacturer. MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES: Reinforcing Bars: Deformed steel, ASTM A 61 S, Grade 60 for bars No. 3 to No. 18. Non-Metallic Expansion Joint Strips: Premolded, flexible cellular neoprene rubber filler strips complying with ASTM D ] OS6, Grade RE41 E1, capable of compression up to 3S%, of width and thickness indicated. UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Premolded Control Joint Strips: Material as indicated below, designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall. Provide styrene-butadiene rubber compound complying with ASTM D 2000, Designation 2AA-805. Bond Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type 1 (No. 30 asphalt felt). MASONRY COATINGS CLEANERS: Anti-Graffiti Coating at Exterior Exposed Masonry/Block Walls: At the exterior face of the burnished units, both buildings, all side, provide anti-graffiti coating. This shall be applied to the brick, stone and block walls from grade up to the bottom of the window soffits, which is a minimum of 12' above grade, and applied to the block walls to the same height. The coating is not required if the alternate for painted walls is accepted. Provide product by Tamms or equal. Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Use weakest formulation of solution of trisodium phosphate, laundry detergent and water to suc- cessfully do the job. Prefaced and burnished block manufacturer shall approve of solution and methods used. Provide products from ProSoCo, SureClean or other approved manufacturer. MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES: Genera(: Do not add admixtures including coloring pigments,air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water repellent agents, anti-freeze compounds or any other admixtures, unless approved by the Architect in writing. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. In General, mortar mix shall .inherently contain between 5% and 8% air. Mixing: Combine and thoroughly mix cementitious, water and aggregates in a mechanical batch mixer; comply with referenced ASTM standards for mixing time and water content. Use mixing boxes or another precise method of mixing ingredients Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification, for types of mortar required, unless otherwise indicated. Provide the strength and type of mortar appropriate foi• the conditions. Provide the weakest type of mortar without effecting bond strength or necessary compressive strength of the masonry walls. The strength of the mortar shall in no cases exceed 80% of the compressive strength of the masonry units. Limit cementitious materials in mortar to Portland cement and lime. Masonry cement products or mixtures shall not be used on this project. Colored mortar shall be selected by the Architect. Typically use Type S mortar for brickwork and brockwork on the project except where indicated. Refer to the structural drawings for below-grade block requirements. Provide Type N mortar for the calcium silicate based cast stone products as required by the manufacturer. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476 for placement of less than 1 cubic yard. Provide ready-mix grout per 033 I O for placements of greater than ]cubic yard. Colored mortar will be used at a[1 exterior locations of this pi•oiect Provide a consistent blend of colored mortar There will be a minimum of three colored mortars used. Provide samples to Architect for selection. Rope weeps: Natural cotton weeps with a minimum I8" length. Do not use any synthetic products. PART 3 -EXECUTION INSTALLATION GENERAL: Do not prewet or use wet concrete masonry units. If using power saws to cut units, allow sufficient time to dry out. UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 5 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES S/30/2007 Cleaning Reinforci~: Before placing, remove loose rust, ice and other coatings from reinforcing. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls, floors and other masonry construction to the full thickness shown. Build chases and recesses as shown or required. Do not exceed four courses without providing required mortar and vertical rein- forcement. At the end of each work day securely cover all cavities to prohibit rain water from entering the masonry construction Where exposed to view reject and discard all damaged cracked chipped or seconds CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES: Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls and arrises do not exceed 1 /8" in 10', or 3/16" in a story height notto exceed 20', nor 1/4" in 40' or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/8" in any story or 20' maximum, nor 1 /4" in 40' or more. For vertical alignment of headjoints do not exceed plus or minus in 10', 1/4" maximum. Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuousljnes, do not exceed 1/8" in any bay or 20 maximum, nor 1/4" in 40' or more. For top surface of bearing walls do not exceed I/8" between adjacent floor elements in 10' or 1/16" within width ofa single unit. Variation ofLinear Building Line: For position shown in plan and related portion of columns, walls and partitions, do not exceed I/4" in any bay or 20' maximum, nor-'/" in 40' or more. Variation in Cross-Sectional Dimensions: For columns and thickness of walls, from dimensions shown, do not exceed plus or minus I/4". Variation in Mortar Joint Thickness: Do not exceed bedjoint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus I /8, with a maximum thickness limited to %". Do not exceed head joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 118". LAYING MASONRY WALLS: Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing ofsurface bond patterns with uniform joint widths and to aceuratel_y locate opening, movement-type joints, returns and offsets. Avoid the use of less- than-half-size units at corners, jambs and whenever possible at other locations. Stopping and Resuming Work: Rake back %2-unit length in each course; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet units lightly (if required) and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh mortar. MORTAR BEDDING, TOOLING AND JOINTING: Lay hollow concrete masom•~units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers, columns and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be reinforced or filled with concrete or grout/ For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed including areas under cells. TOOLING AND J01NTS: At all exposed exterior masonry joints use a slightly concave jointer, larger than joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated, for a slightly concave joint. Verify joint tooling with Architect in field prior to installation of all units. Collar Joints: After each course is laid, fill in vertical longitudinal joint between wythes solidly and with mortar for the following masonry work: UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 6 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Mortar that is exposed to view shall be retempered a maximum of one time. In all cases, mortar color shall remain consistent or shall be subject to removal and repointing at no additional cost to the Owner. STRUCTURAL BONDING OF MULTI-WYTHE MASONRY: Use continuous horizontal joint reinforcement installed 16" o.c. vertically. Intersecting Load-bearing Walls: If carried up separately, block or tooth vertical joint with 8" maximum offsets and provide rigid steel anchors spaced not more than 4`-0" o.c. vertically, or omit blocking and provide rigid steel anchors at not more than 2'-0" o.c. vertically. Form anchors of galvanized steel not less than 1-1/2" x 1/4" x 2'-0" long with ends turned up not less than 2" or with cross-pins. If used with hollow masonry units, embed ends in reinforced and mortar-filled cores. HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT: General: Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcement as indicated and required. Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated. Reinforce walls with continuous horizontal joint reinforcing unless specifically noted to be omitted. Overlap joint reinforcement a minimum of 7". Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by use of prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and bend reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures and ether special con- ditions. For parapets, space reinforcement at 8" o.c. vertically, unless otherwise indicated. Reinforce masonry openings greater than I'-0" wide, with horizontal joint reinforcement placed in 2 horizontal joints ap- proximately 8" apart, immediately above the lintel and immediately below the sill. Extend reinforcement a minimum of 2'- 0" beyond jambs of the opening except at control joints. In addition to wall reinforcement, provide additional reinforcement at openings as shown. Coordinate Placement of vertical reinforcement and maximum grout lifts as sho~~m on the structural drawings. CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS: General: Provide vertical and horizontal expansion, control and isolation joints in masonry where shown. Build-in related items as the masonry work progresses. Build flanges of metal expansion strips into masonry. Lap each joint 4" indirection of water flow. Seal joints below grade and at junctures with horizontal expansion joints, if any. Build in horizontal pressure relievingjoints where indicated; construct joints by either leaving an air space or inserting non- metallic compressible joint filler of width required to permit installation of sealant and backer rod. LINTELS: Provide masonry 1mtels where shown and wherever openings of more than 1'-0" for brick size units and 2'-0" for block size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. Provide precast or formed-in-place masonry lintels. Cure precast lintels before handling and installation. Temporarily support formed-in-place lintels. For hollow concrete masonry unit walls, use specially formed U-shaped lintel units with 2-#S reinforcement bars placed as shown filled with coarse grout. Provide min bearing of 8" at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 7 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES OTHER: 5/30/2007 Rope weeps: Provide natural cotton rope weeps that are carefully tied at the interior cavity wall that extend through the brick to the exterior. Initially allow ropes to extend 2" and then cut back to wall at the completion of the job. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: The Owner shall employ a testing laboratory experienced in performing types of masonry field quality control tests and inspection services for masonry tests indicated, and to perform additional tests as required. The following tests are to be followed or tested if required: A. Concrete masonry prism test, ASTM E447-Method B. Set of three prisms of each 5,000 s.f. of block installed, if authorized. B. Air, mortar/aggregate ration, air content and strength, ASTM C780. Set of three prisms for each ?,500 s.f. of wall, if authorized. Special Inspections: Refer to structural drawings. REPAIR, POINTING. AND CLEANING: General: As soon as masonry walls are completed remove excess mortar extending out from joints, and wipe offsmears ar surfaces to minimize the extend and intensity of final cleaning. All work should be lightly cleaned with simple equipment at the end of each day. Remove and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken; stained or- otherwise damaged, or if units do not match adjoining units as intended. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed and glazed to eliminate evidence of replacement. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point- up all joints including corners, openings and adjacent work to provide a neat, uniform appearance, prepared for application of sealants. Final Cleaning: After mortar is set and cured, clean masonry under proper climatic conditions as follows: Perform test samples using solutions or specified products that shall remove all excess mortar and smears without darnag- ingthe masonry, nor discoloring the mortar. Saturate walls as required prior to cleaning. Follow procedures for cleaning brick as described in "Technical Note #20, Revised", by the BIA. Clean concrete masonry according to NCMA "Tek" bulletins. Protect all surfaces from other trades and construction related activities until ready for use by the Owner andlor completion of all of the Work. END OF SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 8 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 05120 -STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY: Structural steel is that work defined in American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC} "Cade of Standard Practice" and as otherwise shown on drawings. Steel tubes and pipes Stee] beams Angles, plates, base plates and related items Bolts, fasteners and related components Welding accessories RELATED WORK: Section 05210, Steel Bar Joists. Section 05300, Metal Deck. Section 09900, Painting. SUBMITTALS: Shop Drawings: Complete details of each member and connection, schedules and erection plans. The structural drawings shall not be used as erection plans. Certificate of compliance: Reference structural drawings for special inspection critieria. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Codes and Standards: Comply with current provisions of following, except as otherwise indicated below: I) AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges". Paragraph 4.2. I of the above code is hereby modified by deletion of the following sentence: "This approval constitutes the owner's acceptance of all responsibility for the design adequacy of any com~ections designed by the fabricator as a part of his preparation of these shop drawings". 2) AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings", including the "Commentary" and Supplements thereto as issued. 3) AISC "Specifications for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel". 4) AISC "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" approved by the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering Foundation. STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 5) AISC "Manual of Steel Construction -Allowable Stress Design." 6) American Welding Society (AWS) Dl.l "Structural Welding Code -Steel". 7) ASTM A 6 "General Requirements for Delivery of Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling and Bars for Structural Use". 2. Design of Members and Connections: Details shown are typical; similar details apply to similar conditions, unless otherwise indicated. Verify dimensions at site whenever possible without causing delay in the work and promptly notify Engineer/Architect of inconsistancies. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: Deliver materials to site at such intervals to insure uninterrupted progress of work. Deliver anchor bolts and anchorage devices, which are to be embedded in cast-in-place concrete or masonry, in ample time to not to delay work. Store materials for easy access and inspection. Provide shores or blocking to prevent any part of the steel from touching ground. PART2-PRODUCTS MATERIALS: Metal Surfaces General: Use materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes. Structural Plates Angles Channels and Bars: ASTM A 36. Structural Wide Flange Steel: ASTM A 992. Cold-Formed Steel Tubintr: ASTM B 500, Grade C, Fy=46 KSI. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B; Fy=35 I{SI. Steel Castings: ASTM A 27, Grade 65-35, medium-strength carbon steel. Headed Stud-Type Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grade 10 ] 5 or 1020, cold finished carbon steel; with dimensions complying with AISC Specifications. Furnish 3/4" diameter studs unless otherwise noted. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A 307, nonheaded type unless otherwise indicated. Unfinished Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 307, Grade A, regular low- carbon steel bolts and nuts, with hex heads. High-Strength Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 325, heavy hexagon structural bolts, heavy hexagon nuts, and hardened washers. Electrodes for Welding: Comply with AWS Code, E70XX, unless otherwise noted on plans. Non-Metallic Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Refer to Section 033 ] 0, Concrete for material and acceptable manufacturers. Primer: Manufacturer's standard red or grey primer at all exposed surfaces. Provide touch-up repair primer at surfaces that have been welded or marred. STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES FABRICATION: 5/30/2007 Shop Fabrication and Assembly: Shop fabricate to greatest extent possible. Properly mark and match-mark materials for field as- sembly expeditious field handling and assembly. Connections: Weldor bolt shop connections, as indicated. Fabricator shall design shop and field connections unless detailed on the drawings. Use standard connections shown in AS1C "Manual" wherever possible. Welded Construction: In accordance with AWS Code. Shear Connectors: Per manufacturer recommendations. Use automatic end welding of headed stud shear connectors. Holes for Other Work: Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing plates. PART 3 -EXECUTION ERECTION: Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide temporary shoring and bracing members with connections as required. Remove only after permanent members are in place and final connections are made. Temporary Plankin7: Provide temporary planking and working platforms as necessary to effectively complete work. Bettina Bases and Bearintr Plates: Clean and prepare concrete and masonry bearing surfaces, and bottom surface of base and bearing plates. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural members on wedges or other adjusting devices. Support structural steel bearing on masonry walls on a frill bed of mortar. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout. Do not load structural frame until all bolted and welded connections have been completed. Steel Foreman shall personal}y inspect all connections prior to installation of joists and deck. Pack grout solidly so that no voids remain, and in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. Field Assembly: Set structural frames accurately to lines and elevations indicated. Align and adjust various members forming apart of a complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces which will be in permanent contact before assembly. Perform necessary adjushnents to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alitrnment. Do not cut or enlarge holes without written approval by the Engineer. Establish required leveling and plumbing measurements on mean operating temperature of structure. Make allowances for dif- ference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature at which structure will be when completed and in service. Splice members only where indicated and accepted on shop drawings. Erection Bolts: On exposed welded construction, remove erection bolts, fill holes with plug welds and grind smooth at exposed surfaces. Erect work in accordance with AISC Specifications. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/200'7 Owner shall engage an independent testing and inspection company to inspect work, perform tests and prepare test reports, including those items listed below. Refer to Special Inspection Requirements on the Structural Drawings. Correct deficiencies in structural steel, whether discovered by regular inspection, special inspections, or punch list review. Additional tests shall be performed as necessary, and paid for by the Contractor, until full compliance is achieved. A change or- der with the appropriate deduct shall be issued. Bolted Connections: Inspect or test in accordance with AISC specifications. Welded Connections: Include visual inspection of welds, ultrasonic testing of alt penetration welds, and shear connection testing in accordance with AWS D1.1. END OF SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL OSI20 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES S/30J2007 SECTION OS210 -STEEL JOISTS PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-i Specification sections apply to work of this section. SUMMARY: Section includes standard the following: Standard steel joists located throughout the buildings. RELATED WORK: Section OS I20, Structural Steel Section 05300. Metal Decking. Section 04200, Unit Masonry. Section 09900, Painting. SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's specs and installation instructions for each type of joist and accessories. Include manufacturer's certification that joists comply with SJI "Specifications". 2. Shop Drawings: Detailed drawings showing layout of joist units, special connections, jointing and accessories. Include spacing of joists and bridging, and location drawings for installation of anchor bolts and metal bearing plates. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Provide joists fabricated in compliance Steel Joist Institute (SJI) Standard Specifications for Steel Joists. The structural drawings shall not be used as erection drawings and special inspections criteria located on the structural drawings 2. Qualified Steel Joist Supplier shall deliver materials to job site, at critical areas within 9 weeks of shop drawing approval. Prepare and submit shop drawings to Architect immediately after award of contract. 3.Qualification of Field Welding: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with the American Welding Society "Structural Welding Code," AWS Dl.l. 4.Inspection: h~spect joists in accordance with SJI specifications. Refer to Special Inspection Requirements on the Structural Drawings. DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: Deliver store and handle steel joists as recommended in SJI "Specifications". Handle and store joists in a manner to avoid deforming members and to avoid excessive stresses. PART2-PRODUCTS STEEL JOISTS OS210 - I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES MANUFACTURERS Any member, in Good standing, of the Steel Joist Institute, with a minimum of 3 years experience. MATERIALS: Steel: Comply with SJI "Specifications". Minimum thiclo~ess shall be I/8". Unfinished Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 307, Grade A, regular hexagon type, low carbon steel. Steel Prime Paint: Comply with SJI "Specifications", red oxide primer. Refer to Section 04200, for bedding mortar. FABRICATION: General: Fabricate steel joists per SJI "Specification" and AICS "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings." 5/30/2007 Holes in Chord Members: Provide holes in chord members where shown for securing other work to steel joists; however, deduct area of holes from the area of chord when calculatintr strength of member. Brida.,ing: Provide horizontal or diagonal type bridging for joists complying with SJI "Specifications". Provide bridging anchors for ends of bridging lines terminating at walls or beams. End Anchorage: Provide end anchorages including bearing plates, to secure joists to adjacent construction, complying with SJI "Specifications", unless otherwise indicated. Header Units: Provide header units to support tail joists at openings in floor or roof system not framed with steel shapes. Shop Paintintr: Remove loose scale, heavy rust, and other foreign materials from fabricated joists and accessories before applica- tion of shop paint. Apply one shop coat of steel prime paint to joists and accessories, by spray, dipping, or other method to provide a continuous dry paint film thickness of not less than 0.50 mil. PART 3 -EXECUTION ERECTION: Refer to all of the issued drawings (Architectural, Structural and the final accepted shop drawings) for layout, elevation and configuration of joists. Fabricate and errect in accordance with the approved shop drawings. Report any inconsistencies or field conditions immediately to the Architect. Place and secure steel joists in accordance with SJl "Specifications", final shop drawings, and as herein specified. At all exposed steel work, carefully lay out, secure and weld steel units so that all assemblies are uniform, square and consistent. Anchors: Furnish anchor bolts, bearing plates, and other devices to be built into concrete and masonry construction Provide unfinished threaded fasteners for anchor bolts, unless otherwise indicated. Refer to Section 04200 for installation of anchors set in masonry. Placing Joists: Do not start placement of steel joists until supporting work is in place and secured. Placejoists on supporting work, adjust and align in accurate locations and spacing before permanently fastening. STEEL JOISTS 05210 - 2 COLUiVIBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES Provide temporary bridging as required for a safe installation of the lvork. 5/30/2007 Do not place construction loads on joists until they are permanently anchored and bridging is in place, except for anchorage to masonry walls. Avoid excessive loads to joists and insure that the load-carrying capacity of the joists is not exceeded by construction loads. Bridging: Install bridging simultaneously with joist erection, before construction loads are applied. Anchor ends ofbridging lines at top and bottom chords where terminating at walls or beams. Anchor ends of bridging to precast or masonry walls after installation of roof systems and ballast. Fastening Joists: Field weld joists to supporting steel framework in accordance with SJI "Specifications" for type of joists used. Coordinate welding sequence and procedure with placing of joists. Weld joists to bearing plates anchored to masom•y walls. Bolt joists to supporting steel framework in accordance with SJI "Specifications" for type of joists used. Designate one person to be in charge, at the completion of welding and bolting, of examining and taking inventory of all connec- tions. Identify any connections that were missed or are incomplete, and complete the work prior to any loading of the structure. Touch-Up Painting: After joist installation, paint field bolt heads and mats, and welded areas, abraded or rusty surfaces on joists and steel supporting members. Wire brush surfaces and clean with solvent before painting. Use same type of paint as used for shop painting. END OF SECTION 05210 STEEL JOISTS 05210 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 05300 -METAL DECKING PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section. SUMMARY This Section includes standard weight heavy duty, primed metal roof deck units as shown on the drawings and specified herein. Deck shall be painted in areas where shown. Carefully weld and install decking that is exposed to view and carefully re-prime steel areas that were welded. RELATED WORK: Section 04200, Unit Masonry. Section 05120, Structural Steel. Section 05210, Steel Joists. Section 05410, Cold-Formed Steel Trusses. Section 09900, Painting. SUBMITTALS Shop drawings: complete layout, details, closure strips, supplementary framing, sump pans, cant strips, cut openings, special jointing, and other accessories. QUALITY ASSURANCE Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following: 1. Codes American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI), "Specification for the Design ofCold-Formed Steel Structural Members." American Welding Society (AWS), D1.3 "Structural Welding Code -Sheet Steel." Steel Deck Institute (SDI), "Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks and Roof Decks." 2. Qualification of Field Welding: Use AWS qualified welders. 3. FM Listing: "Class I" fire-rated construction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS METAL DECKING 05300 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Steel Deck Manufacturers: Manufacturers shall be a member of the Steel Deck Institute. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: Consolidated Systems, inc. Epic Metals Corp. Roll Form Products, Inc. Roof Deck, Inc. United Steel Deck, Inc. Vulcraft Div., Nucor Corp. Wheeling Corrugating Co. MATERIALS General: Provide 20 gauge standard metal deck as shown on the drawings. All deck to be standard steel units, factory primed as specified under painting, below. Steel for Painted Metal Deck Units: ASTM A 6l 1, grade as required to comply with SDI specifications. Miscellaneous Steel Shapes: ASTM A 36. Sheet Metal Accessories: ASTM A X26, commercial quality, galvanized. Paint: Provide manufacturer's standard, rust-inhibitive paint in both standard finish and white finish as noted in the "Summary" portion of this section. Flexible Closure Strips: Manufacturer's standard vulcanized, closed-cell, synthetic rubber. FABRICATION General: Form deck units in lengths to span three or more supports, with flush ends and interlocking or nested side laps, of metal thickness, depth, and width as indicated. Roof Deck Units: Provide deck configurations that comply with SDI "Specifications and Commentary for Steel Roof Deck." Metal Closure Strips: Fabricate metal closure strips, for cell raceways and openings between decking and other construction, of not Tess than 0.045-inch min. (I8 gage) sheet steel. Form to provide tight-fitting closures at open ends of cells or flutes and sides of decking. Side Lap Attachment: No. I Oself-tapping corrosion resistant screws. PART 3 -EXECUTION STORAGE When primed metal deck units arrive at the site, provide cover, and elevate above grade, those units that shall not be installed that same day. Damage from handling or weather will not be acceptable. Replace all damage units. INSTALLATION General Install work in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, shop drawings, and as specified herein. Do not weld in temperatures below 0 degrees F. METAL DECKING 05300 - 2 COLUiYIBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Place deck units on supporting steel framework and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and bearing on supporting members before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side lap interlocks. Align deck units for entire length of run of cells and with close alignment between cells at ends of abutting units. Place deck units flat and square, secured to adjacent framing without warp or deflection. Deck shall be continuous over three spans were possible. Fastening Standard Deck Units: Fasten roof deck units to steel supporting members by 5/8" puddle welds or elongated welds of equal strength, as shown on structural drawings. In addition, secure deck to each supporting member in ribs where side laps occur. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. Use welding washers where recommended by deck manufacturer. Mechanically fasten side Ia~s of adjacent deck units between supports, as shown on the structural drawings. Uplift Loading: Install and anchor roof deck units to resist gross uplift loading of 45 lbs. psf at eave overhang and 30 lbs. psf for other roof areas. Keep the interiors of cells that will be used as raceways free of welds having sharp points or edges. Cutting and Fitting: Cut and neatly fit deck units and accessories around other work projecting through or adjacent to the decking, as shown. Reinforcement at Openings: Provide additional metal reinforcement and closure pieces as required for strength, continuity of decking, and support of other work shown. Hanger Slots or Clips: Provide UL-approved punched hanger slots between cells or flutes of lower element where floor deck units are to receive hangers for support of ceiling construction, air ducts, diffusers, or lighting fixtures. Hanger clips designed to clip over male side lap joints of floor deck units may be used instead of hanger slots. Locate slots or clips at not more than ] 4 inches o.c. in both directions, not over 9 inches from walls at ends, and not more than 12 inches from walls at sides, unless otherwise indicated. Provide manufacturer's standard hanger attachment devices. Joint Covers: Provide metal joint covers at abutting ends and changes in direction of floor deck units, except where taped joints are required. Closure Strips: Provide metal closure strips at open uncovered ends and edges of roof decking and in voids between decking and other construction. Weld into position to provide a complete decking installation. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Refer to the Special Inspection Requirements on the Structural Drawings. END OF SECTION 05300 METAL DECKING 05300 - 3 COLUMBIA HE[GHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 05410 -COLD-FORMED STEEL TRUSSES PART1-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-I Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes all labor and materials for cold formed steel trusses and framing systems. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide products from a single manufacturer. 4. Design Requirements for cold-formed steel trusses: Design all members and connectors as follows: A. AISI SG-473 Cold-Formed Steel Design B. Design for movement of components without damage to seals, fasteners. Design shall consider seasonal and dialy temperature fluctuations. C. Maximum Allowable Deflection shall be 1:360 of the span. D. Design to accommodate construction tolerances, deflection and clearances of openings. DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. Store materials, properly stacked, inside under cover and protected. PROJECT CONDITIONS: Environmental Requirements. General: Follow manufacturers' instructions, and ASTM C 840. Cold Weather Protection: Follow manufacturers' recommendations, but a minimwn of SOo for 48 hours. Ventilation: as required to reduce excess humidity. SUBMITTALS: I. Product Data: Manufacturer's specs and installation instructions for each type of joist and framing component. 2. Shop Drawings: Detailed drawings showing layout of truss units, special connections, jointing and accessories. 3. Calculations: Provide design criteria, engineering analysis, reactions and related calculations. COLD-FORMED STEEL TRUSSES 05410 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES QUALITY ASSURANCE: 5/30/200'7 1. Qualified Steel Truss Supplier shall have significant experience in the fabrication of trrsses, with a minimum of five years ongoing experience. 2.Oualification of Field Weldine: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with the American Welding Society "Structural Welding Code," AWS D1.1. 3.Inspection: Inspect h~usses in accordance with AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.3. Refer to Special Inspection Requirements on the Structural Drawings. PART2-PRODUCTS MATERIALS: General: Comply with ASTM A653. Provide standard steel truss members, bracing, bridging, blocking and reinforcement. Refer to the structural drawings for sizes, thickness and conditions. Finish: ASTM A924, minimum G60 coating. Furring Anchorages: 16 gage galvanized wire ties, manufacturer's standard wire-type clips, bolts, nails or screws as recommended by furring manufacturer and complying with C 754. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard, self-tapping screws with corrosion-resistant finish, of sufficient size and number to ensure connection strength, as recommended by the manufacturer. Welding shall comply with AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.3. Accessories: Provide any and all other accessories necessary far a complete installation, including gussets, clips; plates, bridging materials, anchors and finish components.. PART 3 -EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine sub-surface conditions to receive trusses and framing. Ensure that subsurface conditions are acceptable prior to instal- lation and do not proceed with installation until acceptable. INSTALLATION: General: Erection of trusses shall be performed with safety precautions and proper handling to ensure that components remain undamaged through installation. Exercise care during the installation process so that temporary conditions are in place to protect the workers, systems and adjacent building components. Trusses shall be installed plumb and square with parallel placement of components. If there is a conflict in the field or with the erection drawings, contact the architect engineer immediately. Install trusses and components per the documents. Do not alter or remove any component without prior authorization. Align trusses with lower and adjacent bearing conditions in a uniform and dimensionally accurate manner. Structural trusses and framing be assembled per the manufacturer's instructions. Do not weld steel less than 20 gage. Provide all supplementary blocking and bracing as required, using double members as required for adequate support or as shown on the structural drawings. Provide provisions for building movement . COLD-FORMED STEEL TRUSSES 054I0 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES si3oiaoa7 After completion ofall the work, including installation ofall fasteners and welding, remove all temporary conditions and bridging. Replace any component that has been damaged prior to installation or damaged during the installation work until the work is complete as intended and specified. Touch up all field welds and otherwise imperfect surfaces with galvanized repair paint. Per ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's instructions. TOLERANCES: Maximum tolerance variation from member to member shall be 1 /8" in I O feet. Correct or repair all work that does not conform to this standard. It is imperative, at the hip roof locations, that tolerances are extremely rigid and closely followed. The installation of the metal roof is dependant on these base conditions. PROTECTION OF WORK: Provide final protections and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable to other contractors, which ensures the corresponding work can continue without additional preparation work or corrections. END OF SECTION 05410 COLD-FORMED STEEL TRUSSES 054]0 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES SECTION 05500 -MISCELLANEOUS METALS PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. SUMMARY 5/30/200'7 Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 This section contains miscellaneous steel fabrications, including the following: Steel pipe railings and guardrails. Steel pipe bollards. Steel access ladders and stairs. Miscellaneous other items. RELATED WORK: Section 03310 Concrete. Section 04200, Unit Masonry. Section 05120, Structural Steel. Section 09900 Painting. DEFINITIONS Definitions in ASTM E 9$5 for railing related terms apply to this section. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Structural Performance of Handrails and Railing S std: Comply with ASTM E 985, and ASTM E 894 and E 935 (for testing). Structural Performance: Design, engineer, fabricate, and install in accordance with the following: I .Guardrail Systems: Concentrated load 300 Ibf applied at any point. Uniform load 100 Ibf per linear ft. 2. Treads of Steel Stairs: Uniform load of 100 Ibf per sq.ft. or a concentrated load of 300 Ibf on a area of 4 sq. inches located in the center of the tread, whichever produces the greater stress. 3. Platforms of Steel Stairs: Capable of withstanding a uniform load of 100 Ibf per sq. ft. SUBMITTALS Submit the following to the Architect: 1. Product data for all products. 2. Shop drawings including plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other sections. MISCELLANEOUS METALS 05500 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 3. Samples as requested by Architect. 5!3012007 4. Welder certificates including signature of Contractor. Welders shall be certified for welding aluminum where applicable. QUALITY ASSURANCE Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1. PROJECT CONDITIONS Field Measurements: Verify field dimensions and conditions. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of Work. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Ferrous Metal Surfaces General: Exposed materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks. rolled trade names, roughness, and other variations. Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A 36. Wire Rod for Grating Cross Bars: ASTM A ~ 10. Steel Tubing: Product type (manufacturing method) and as follows: Cold-Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, grade A. Uncoated Structural Steel Sheet: Product type (manufacturing method), quality, and grade, as follows: Cold-Rolled Structural Steel Sheet: ASTM A 61 1, grade A. Uncoated Steel Sheet: Conunercial quality, product type (method of manufacture) as follows: Cold-Rolled Stee) Sheet: ASTM A 366. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; finish, type, and weight class as follows: Type S, Grade A standard weight (schedule 40), unless otherwise indicated, or another grade or weight or both required by structural loads. Brackets, Flanges and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of the same type material and finish as supported rails, unless otherwise indicated. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either malleable iron, ASTM A 47, or cast steel, ASTM A 27. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as required, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A 153. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select in accordance with AWS specifications for the metal alloy to be welded. STEEL BOLLARDS: Provide special bollard design with 6" steel tube and welded pyramid cap. Include removable bollard with sleeve and base for a complete installation. Bollards shall be DuMor series D-402-42 MISCELLANEOUS METALS 05500 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT 5/30/2007 Nonshrink Non-Metallic Grout: Premixed, factory-packaged, ferrous aggregate grout complying with CE CRD-C 621, specifically recommended by manufacturer for heavy duty loading applications of type specified in this section. Refer to section 033 ] 0 for manufacturers. FASTENERS General: Provide zinc-coated fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade, and class required. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A 307, Grade A. Lag Bolts: Square head type, FS FF-B-Sb l . Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel, FS FF-S-92. Wood Screws: Flat head carbon steel, FS FF-S-1 1 1. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, FS FF-W-92. Drilled-ln Expansion Anchors: Expansion anchors complying with FS FF-S-32S, Group VIII (anchors, expansion, [nondrilling]), Type I (internally threaded tubular expansion anchor); machine bolts complying with FS FF-B-S7S, Grade S. To;gle Bolts: Tumble-wing type, FS FF-B-S88, type, class, and style as required. Lock Washers: Helical spring type carbon steel, FS FF-W-84. PAINT Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Mfgr's standard, fast-curing, lead-free, modified alkyd primer FS TT-P-64S. Galvanizing Repair Paint: Where applicable by County codes, provide high zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by weight, and complying with DOD-P-21035 or SSPC- Paint-20. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Paint 12 except containing no asbestos fibers. CONCRETE FILL AND REINFORCING MATERIALS Concrete Materials and Properties: Refer to "Concrete" section and provide 2,500 psi(min. 28 day test), 440 Ib. cement per cu. ft. minimum, and W/C ratio of O.S8 maximum, unless higher strengths indicated. Nonslip A~~re~ate Finish: Factory-graded and packaged fused aluminum oxide grits or crushed emery. FABRICATION GENERAL Form metal fabrications, working to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. Form e~osed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Allow for thermal movement consistent with Temperature extremes in central/southern Minnesota. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. MISCELLANEOUS METALS 05500 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing gain separation or otherwise impairing work. Weld comers and seams per AWS recommendations. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat- head (countersunk} screws or bolts. Locate joints where least conspicuous. Shop Assembly: Preassemble to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units as necessary for shipping. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as required to receive hardware, screws and similar items. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. Provide all metal and steel products as shown on the drawings and as required for completion of all the work, that are not included in other sections within this specification. The following subcategories are listed as a general guide for fabricating common components on this project. MISCELLANEOUS METALS Refer to the drawings for a variety of metal fabrications in the vehicle areas of the facility. Furnish and fabricate bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels, and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing and supporting woodwork, and for anchoring or sectu-ing woodwork to concrete or other structures. Provide steel fi•amin7 and supports for applications indicated or which ar•e not a part of structural steel framework, as required to complete work. Fabricate units to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and required to receive adjacent other construction retained by framing and supports. Fabricate from structural steel shapes, plates, and steel bars of welded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. Provide supports for various equipment where s}town on the drawings. At all visible locations weld and fully grind surfaces to 6e smooth and blemish fi•ee. Provide steel railings and handrails as indicated on the drawings. Form simple and compound curves by bending pipe in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive con- figuration required; maintain cylindrical cross-section of pipe throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of pipe. Provide wall returns at ends ofwall-mounted handrails, unless otherwise indicated. Close exposed ends of pipe with welding 3/16" thick plate. Toe Boards: Provide toe boards at railings around openings and at the edge of open-sided floors and platforms. Fabricate to dimensions at~d details indicated, or if not indicated, use 4 inches high x 1/8 inch steel plate welded to, and centered between, each railing post. Brackets Flanges Fittings and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, end closures, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors for interconnections of pipe and attachment of railings and handrails to other work. Furnish inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings and handrails to concrete or masonry work. MISCELLANEOUS METALS 05500 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 For exterior steel railings and handrails formed from steel pipe with galvanized finish, galvanize fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and other ferrous components. Provide anchors for embedding units in concrete, either integral or applied to units, as standard with the manufacturer. Apply black asphaltic coating to concealed bottoms, sides, and edges of cast-iron units set into concrete. STEEL FRAMED STAI General: Weld stair pieces to conform to sizes and arrangements indicated, including all metal framing, hangers, columns, rail- ings, newels, balusters, struts, clips, brackets, bearing plates, and other components necessary for the support of stairs and platforms, and as required to anchor and contain the stairs on the supporting structure. NAAMM Stair Standard: Comply with commercial class "Recommended Voluntary Minimum Standards for Fixed Metal Stairs" in NAAMM "Metal Stair Manual" for class of stair designated, except where more stringent requirements are indicated. Stair Framing: Fabricate stringers of structural steel channels, or plates, or a combination thereof, as indicated. Provide closures for exposed ends of stringers. Construct platforms of structural steel channel headers and miscellaneous framing members as indicated. Bolt or weld headers to strings, newels, and framing members to strings and headers; fabricate and join so that bolts, if used, do not appear on finish surfaces. Where masonry walls support steel stairs, provide temporary supporting struts designed for erection of steel stair components before installation of masonry. Metal Pan Risers, Subtreads, and Subplatfonns: Shape metal pans for risers and subtreads to conform to configuration shown. Provide thicknesses of structural steel sheet for metal pans indicated, but not less than that required, to support total design loading. Form metal pans of uncoated cold-rolled steel sheet, unless otherwise indicated. Attach risers and subtreads to stringers by means of brackets made of steel angles or bars. Weld brackets to stringers and attach metal pans to brackets by welding, riveting or bolting. Provide subplatforms of configuration and construction indicated; if not indicated, of same metal as risers and subtreads, in thicknesses required to support design loading. Attach subplatfonn to platform framing members with welds. Smooth Soffit Construction: Construct subplatforms with smooth soffits. Steel Floor Plate Treads and Platforms: Provide raised pattern steel floor plate in pattern indicated or, if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard patterns. Form treads of 1/4 inch thick raised pattern steel floor plate with integral nosing and back edge stiffener. Weld steel supporting brackets to stringers and treads to brackets. Fabricate platforms of raised pattern steel floor plate of thickness indicated. Provide nosing matching that on treads at all landings. Secure to platform framing members with welds. Connect railina~osts to stair framing by direct welding, unless otherwise indicated. PIPE BOLLARDS: Manufacture lengths of pipe bollards to extend minimum of 3'-0" below grade. Install bollard per the manufacturer's recommendations. MISCELLANEOUS METALS 05500 - 5 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES FINISHES 5/30/2007 Galvanizing: For those items indicated for galvanizing, apply zinc-coating by the hot-dip process compliance with the following requirements: ASTM A 153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware. ASTM A 123 for galvanizing both fabricated and unfabricated iron and steel products made of uncoated rolled, pressed, and forged shapes, plates, bars, and strip 0.0299 inch thick and heavier. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with galvanized finish or to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements of SSPC-PA I "Paint Application Specification No. I" for shop painting. After installation welding and grinding touch-up all areas where the primer has been removed. Remove all signs of rust. PART 3 -EXECUTION PREPARATION Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, including concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts, and miscellaneous items having integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete or masom•y construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site. Center nosin~s on tread widths with noses flush with riser faces and tread surfaces. Set sleeves in concrete with tops flush with finish surface elevations; protect sleeves from water and concrete entry. INSTALLATION GENERAL Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place construction; include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through- bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors as required. Cutting, Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set metal fabrication accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete masonry or similar construction. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal-arc welding for appearance and quality Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint or zinc chromate primer. INSTALLATION OF STEEL PIPE RAILINGS AND HANDRAILS Adjust railings prior to anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. Space posts at spacing indicated, or if not indicated, as required by design loadings. Plumb posts in each direction. Secure posts and railing ends to building construction as follows: MISCELLANEOUS METALS 05500 - 6 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Anchor posts in concrete by core drilling holes not less than 5 inches deep and 1 /2 inch greater than outside diameter of post. Clean holes of all loose material, insert posts and fill annular space between post and concrete with the nonshrink metallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's directions. Anchor posts to steel with steel oval flanges, angle type or floor type as required by conditions, welded to posts and bolted to steel supporting members. Anchor rail ends into concrete and masonry with steel round flanges welded to rail ends and anchored into wall construction with lead expansion shields and bolts. Secure handrails to wall with wall brackets and end fittings. Provide bracket with not less than 1-1/2 inch clearance from inside face of handrail and finished wall surface. Locate brackets as indicated, or if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads. Secure wall brackets and wall return fittings to building construction as follows: Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints at intervals not to exceed 40 feet. Provide slip joint with internal sleeve extending 2 inches beyond joint on either side; fasten internal sleeve securely to one side; locate joint within 6 inches of post. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Touch-Up Painting: Cleaning and touch-up painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of the shop paint on miscellaneous metal is specified in Division 9 Section "Painting" of these specifications- For galvanized surfaces clean welds, bolted connections and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS 05500 - 7 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 06100 -CARPENTRY PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY: Section includes all carpentry labor required on the project for blocking, roof components, and related work. Section also includes furnishing all miscellaneous wood items not specified in other sections. This includes wood bucks, furring, rooftop equipment bases, support curbs, plywood backer boards a do decking at roof/wall locations, wood nailers, FRP panels, blocking and other miscellaneous work. Note: All roof curbs shall have a minimum base exposure of 12" fi-om top of roof to top of curb. RELATED WORK; All other Division 6 sections. Section 07600, Flashing and Sheet Metal. Section 07635, Structural Standing Seam Roofing. Division 8, All sections. DEFINITIONS: Rough carpentry includes carpentry work (materials and labor) not specified as part of other sections and which is generally not exposed, except as otherwise indicated. PRODUCT HANDLING: Deliver and Stora;e: Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber as well as plywood and other panels; provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings including polyethylene and similar materials. PROJECT CONDITIONS: Coordination: Fit carpentry work to other work; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds and similar supports to allow attachment of other work. PART2-PRODUCTS LUMBER GENERAL: Lumber Standards: Manufacture lumber to comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - l COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Provide wood for support or attachment of other work including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases, cant strips, bucks, nailers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar members. Plywood panels: 4' by 8' panels of exterior glue laminated plys, exterior grade with one good surface minimum (AC grade). Moisture content: 19 percent maximum for (umber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment. Grade: Standard Grade light framing size lumber of any species or board size lumber as required. No. 3 Common or Standard grade boards per WCLIB or WWPA rules or No. 3 boards per SPIB n~les. Fiberglass Reinforced Panels: Provide Minnesota Health Department fiberglass sheets and accessories, including edge strips, corners, termination units aid fasteners. Sheets shall be bonded to subsurface with construction adhesive and fastened as recommended by the manufacturer in compliance with the Health Deparhnent. Refer to Section 07900 for mildew resistant silicone caulk that is to be used at seams and corners. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: Framing bucks and blockina• Southern yellow pine No. 1. Non-structural framing and furring: SPF construction grade. Sizes as required. Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide size, type, material and finish as indicated and as recommended by applicable standards, complying with applicable Federal Specifications for nails, staples, screws, bolts, nuts, washers and anchoring devices. Provide pre-fabricated metal hangers and framing anchors of the size and type indicated or recommended by the manufacturer for each use including recommended nails. All fasteners and connection materials shall be hot dipped galvanized (ASTM A 153) or stainless steel. PART 3 -EXECUTION INSTALLATION GENERAL: Discard units of material with defects which might impair quality of work, and units which are too small to use in fabricating work with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. Set carpentry work to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true to line and cut and fitted. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required by recognized standards. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to forms before concrete placement. Install plumb and level with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finished work. Correct and replace any wall or surfaces that are not acceptable to installers and suppliers of finish walls. END OF SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 06200 -CARPENTRY tINSTALLATION) PART I -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes carpentry labor work, installation only, particularly the installation of items specified in this and other sections, including, but not necessarily limited to the following: Plywood panels Structural wood deck (at entrance towers) Wood bucks, dimension lumber for framing, blocking, supports, furring, Hailers and other miscellaneous work. Related materials, fasteners and accessories. Plastic laminate counters and cabinets. Framing for millwork not provided by Section 06100 Hardware for above. Other trim and minor items. Refer to 6100 and 06400 Carpentry and Architectural Millwork for wood/plastic materials to be installed by finish carpenters. RELATED WORK: Rough carpentry is specified in Section 06100. Architectural Millwork is specified in Section 06400. Hardware and doors are specified in Division 8. Shakes are specified in Section 07310. Sealants are specified in Section 07900. Refer to other sections for work itemized above. PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: Protect finish carpentry materials during storage and while handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. Do not deliver finish carpentry materials, until painting, wet work, grinding and similar operations which could damage, soil or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If, due to unforeseen circumstances, finish carpentry materials must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas meeting requirements specified for installation areas. JOB CONDITIONS: Conditioning: Installer shall advise Contractor of temperature and humidity requirements for finish carpentry installation areas. Do not install finish carpentry until required temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in installation areas. FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30!2007 Maintain temperature and humidity in installation area as required to maintain moisture content of installed finish carpentry within a 1.0 percent tolerance of optimum moisture content, froth date of installation through remainder of construction period. The fabricator of woodwork shall determine optimum moisture content and required temperature and hwnidity conditions. PART 2 -PRODUCTS MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide nails, screws and other anchoring devices of the type, size, material and finish regtired for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible, complying with applicable Federal Specifications. Where finish carpentry is exposed on exterior or in areas of high relative humidity, provide fasteners and anchorages with ahot-dipped zinc coating (ASTM A 153). Adhesives and dues: As recommended by the manufacturer for permanently bonding and securing the materials included within this specification including contact cement, wood glue, and bonding adhesive. PART 3 -EXECUTION PREPARATION: Condition wood materials to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas prior to installing. Backprime/seal and edge seal ]umber for stained finish. Comply with requirements of section on painting within Division 9 for primers and their application. INSTALLATION: Discard units of material which are unsound, warped, bowed, twisted, improperly treated, not adequately seasoned or too small to fabricate work with minimum of joints or optimum jointing ar•angetnents, or which are of defective manufacturer with respect to surfaces, sizes or patterns. Install the work plumb, level, true and straight with no distot•tions. Shim as required using concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8" in 8'-0" for plumb and level countertops; and with 1/l6" maxitnutn offset in flush adjoining 1/8" maximum offsets in revealed adjoining surfaces. Scribe and cut work to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts Standing and RumlinQ Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to the greatest extent possible. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. Cope at returns, miter at corners, to produce tight fitting joints with full surface contact throughout length of joint. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints. Make exterior joints water-resistant by careful fitting. Anchor finish carpentry work to anchorage devices or blocking built-in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. Except where prefinished matching fasteners heads are required, use fine finishing nail for exposed nailings, countersunk and filled flush with finished surface, and matching final finish where transparent is indicated. lnstali trite or paneling in the direction indicated on the drawings. ADJUSTMENT CLEANING FINISHING AND PROTECTION: FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Repair damaged and defective finish carpentry work wherever possible to eliminate defects functionall}~ and visually; where not possible to repair properly, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. Clean finish carpentry work on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. Touch-upshop-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. Protection: Installer of finish carpentry work shall advise Contractor of final protection and maintained conditions necessary to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance. END OF SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 - 3 BIG MARINE PARK RESERVE MARCH 9, 2007 SECTION 06400 -ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Definition: Architectural Woodwork or Millwork includes finish woodwork, plastic laminate products, exposed wood ceiling, casework, cabinets, hardware, related wood products, plywood and trim that is exposed to view, is non-structural, and which is not specified as part of other sections. This section is primarily related to millwork and shop fabricated products, not running trim and exterior work, and not installation. Section includes architectural woodwork and related items including the following: Plastic laminate counters and cabinets. Other related millwork as shown on the drawings. Shelving, standards and brackets. Framing for millwork not provided by Section 06100. Hardware for above. Other trim and minor items. Refer to Section 06100 for related wood materials. RELATED WORK: Rough Carpentry is specified in Section 06100. Finish Carpentry is specified in Section 06200: this is primarily for installation. Finish Hardware is specified in Section 08710. Sealants are specified in Section 07900. Finishing is specified in Section 09900, Painting. SUBMITTALS: l .Submit full range of plastic laminate colors available for selection. 2. Submit complete shop drawings of all millwork and accessories, including reception desk/counter, trim profiles, cabinets, all hardware and any special trim. Be sure to show attachment and back-up materials. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Provide casework and custom desk systems from fabricators that have a minimum of three years experience in building and installing a combination of wood/wood veneer and plastic laminate units that include compound angles, precise cuts and high levels of finish. PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK 06400 1 BIG MARINE PARK RESERVE MARCH 9, 2007 Protect millwork materials during storage and while handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. Do not deliver millwork materials, until painting, wet work, grinding and similar operations which could damage, soil or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If, due to unforeseen circumstances, finish carpentry materials must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas meeting requirements specified for installation areas. JOB CONDITIONS: Conditioning: Installer shall advise Contractor- of temperature and humidity requirements for finish carpentry installation areas. Do not install finish carpentry until required temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in installation areas. Maintain temperature and humidity in installation area as required to maintain moisture content of installed finish carpentry within a 1.0 percent tolerance of optimum moisture content, from date of installation through remainder of construction period. The fabricator of woodwork shall determine optimum moisture content and required temperature and humidity conditions. PART 2 -PRODUCTS MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: Plastic Laminate and Related Materials: Provide custom grade, high pressure laminate perNEMA LD3, and AWI 400 laminate cladding with a nominal thickness of 0.050". Mount plastic laminate on plywood in thicknesses and sizes indicated. Products shall be quality, dimen- sionally stable materials suitable for use as countertops, sills and other trim products. Provide plastic laminate countertops in areas as shown on the drawings with straight backsplashes and square front edge design. In general, these tops are at the non-public areas of the project. Cabinets, desks, drawers and cotmtertops where shown shall be made of plastic laminate including all doors, rails, base and upper cabinets, edges, sides and shelves. Provide overlay style units. Provide two adjustable shelves at each base and upper cabinet. Include all hinges, door glides, pulls of brushed chrome (wire pull design with 4" length), brackets and other items necessary for a complete installation. Provide brushed chrome hardware except as noted. Shelves that are in drawers or not exposed to view can be melamine covered particle board type, in off-white color. All exposed shelves not in closets or cabinets shall be of plastic laminate. Provide chome type mounting standards and adjustable brackets where open shelving is shown. Hardware: Include the following hardware items, and related items where required, for a complete installation, including the following: Drawer glides Pulls (4" wire type) Slide-out counter /drawer hardware Hinges and closers Adhesives and Glues: As recommended by the manufacturer for permanently bonding and securing the materials included within this specification including contact cement, wood glue, and bonding adhesive. Provide quality, conunercial Grade hardware at reception desk, counters and cabinets, as shown, specified or as required for a complete installation including pulls, glides, mounting brackets, hinges and drawer locks. Finish to be brushed chrome unless specified otherwise. ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK Ob400 2 BIG MARINE PARK RESERWE MARCH 9, 2007 PART 3 -EXECUTION PREPARATION: Condition materials to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas prior to installing. Backprime/seal and edtre seal lumber for stained finish. Comply with requirements of section on painting within Division 9 for primers and their application. INSTALLATION: Discard units of material which are unsound, warped, bowed, twisted, improperly treated, not adequately seasoned or too small to fabricate work with minimum of joints or optimum jointing arrangements, or which are of defective manufacturer with respect to surfaces, sizes or patterns. Install the work plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8" in 8'-0" for plumb and level countertops; and with 1/16" maximum offset in flush adjoining 1/8" maximum offsets in revealed adjoining surfaces. Scribe and cut work to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts Anchor millwork to anchorage devices or blocking built-in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. Except where pre- finished matching fasteners heads are required, use fine finishing nail for exposed nailings, countersunk and filled flush with finished surface, and matching final finish where transparent is indicated. Install trim or paneling in the direction indicated on the drawings. ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING, FINISHING AND PROTECTION: Repair damaged and defective finish carpentry work wherever possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually; where not possible to repair properly, replace woodwork. Adjustjoinery for uniform appearance. Clean finish carpentry work on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. Touch-upshop-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. Protection: Installer of architectural woodwork shall advise Contractor of final protection and maintained conditions necessary to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance. END OF SECTION 06400 ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK 06400 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 07115 -SHEET WATERPROOFING PART1-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes rubberized asphalt sheet waterproofing at the below grade conditions at the Central Avenue store. The scope ofwork includes the exterior walls ofthe lower level/basement area ofthe store (north and south elevations) extending a minimum of 12" beyond the vertical intersection of the basement wall and unexcavated foundation wall, and fi-om the footings up to grade. RELATED WORK: Earthwork is specified in Section 02200. Concrete is specified in Section 03310. Precast concrete is specified in Section 0340. Masonry is specified in Section 04200. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Manufacturer: Obtain primary waterproofing materials of each type required from a single manufacturer, to greatest extent pos- sible. Provide secondary materials only as recommended by manufacturer of primary materials. Installer: Firm with not less than 3 years of successful experience in installation ofwaterproofingsimilar to requirements for this project and which is acceptable to manufacturer of primary waterproofing materials. SUBMITTALS: I .Product Data: Submit product data and general recommendations from waterproofing materials manufacturer, for types of waterproofing required. Include data substantiating that materials comply with requirements. 2. Provide written warran as specified. JOB CONDITIONS: Substrate: Proceed with work after substrate construction, openings, and penetrating work have been completed. Weather: Proceed with waterproofing and associated work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit work to be performed in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations and warranty requirements. SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY: Provide written warranty, agreeing to replace/repair defective materials and workmanship. Warranty includes responsibility for removal/replacement of other work in order to access waterproofing, and shall be for a period is 5 years after date of substantial completion. SHEET WATERPROOFING 07115 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES PART 2 -PRODUCTS MATERIALS: 5/30/2007 General: Provide sheet waterproofing materials indicated and complying with required performance. Strictly comply with manufacturer"s recommendations for suitability and application. Self-adhering membrane of rubberized asphalt integrally bonded to polyethylene sheetin;, formed into uniform flexible sheets of thickness shown, or not less than ~6 mils if no thickness is shown, complying with the following: Tensile Strength (ASTM D 412): 250 psi min. Ultimate Elongation (ASTM D 41~: 300% min. Brittleness Temperature (ASTM D 746): -25°F (-32°C). Hydrostatic Head Resistance: I50 feet min. Water Absorption (ASTM D 570): Not more than 0.5% weight gain for 48 hours of immersion at 70°F (21 °C). Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Carlisle Coatings and Waterproofing. Bituthene; W.R.Grace & Co. Approved Equal. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Adhesives: Provide types of adhesive compound and tapes recommended by waterproofing sheet manufacturer, for bonding to substrate (if required), sealing of seams and sealing of joints between membrane, fleshings, adjoining surfaces and projections. Primers: Provide type of primer recommended by manufacturer of sheet waterproofing material for applications required. Coatings: Provide type of coating recommended by waterproofing sheet manufacturer, for improvement of weathering resistance on exposed areas of membrane, including areas extended as flashing (if any}. Flashing Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide types of flexible sheet material for flashing as recommended by waterproofing sheet manufacturer. Protection Course: As required, provide protection board that is recommended by waterproofing sheet manufacturer, in order to not damage the waterproofing during backfilling; include adhesives recommended by manufacturer. Paper Slip Sheet: 5-lb. rosin-sized buildizlg paper. PART 3 -EXECUTION PREPARATION: Prior to installation of waterproofing and associated work, meet at project site with Installer of each component of associated work, inspection and testing agency representatives (if any), and installers of work requiring coordination with waterproofing work. Review material selections and procedures to be followed in performing work. SHEET WATERPROOFING 07115 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 If the manufacture of the waterproofing does not allow application to recently poured concrete, or if adhesion tests are required, perform tests and wait until the conditions are suitable for application. Installation shall constitute acceptance of the conditions. On or adiacent to concrete decks, immediately before placement ofwaterproofing sheet, ;rind surface lightly with terrazzo grinder of similar device, to ensure removal of projections which might penetrate sheet. Clean deck of loose material Extend material as shown on drawings or as required to ensure of a complete overlap with other waterproofing systems. Applyprimer to concrete and masonry surfaces at rate recommended by manufacturer of primary waterproofing materials. Prime only area which will be covered by WP membrane in same working day; re-prime areas not covered by WP membrane within 24 hours. Do not advance lama of insulation ahead of waterproofing more than necessary for sequence of operation. Cover insulation ex- posed at end of day's work (and when rain threatens} with waterproofing materials. Remove and dispose of insulation which has become wet; replace before proceeding with insulating and waterproofing work. INSTALLATION: Comply with manufacturer's instructions for handling and installation of sheet waterproofing materials Coordinate installation of waterproofing materials and associated work to provide complete system complying with combined recommendations ofmanufacturers and installers involved in work. Schedule installation to minimize period ofexposure of sheet waterproofing materials. Extend waterproofina sheet and flashin,~~s as shown to provide complete membrane over area indicated to be waterproofed. Seal to projections through membrane and seal seams. Bond to vertical surfaces and also, where shown or recommended by manufacturer, bond to horizontal surfaces. Overlap waterproof systems and coordinate to ensure adhesion and compatibility. At seams provide an additional secondary laver in sheet waterproofina adhered over the intersection of the first laver of waterproofing: this shall be at al! seams on the horizontal deck locations. Coat exposed areas of sheet and flashing materials. Comply with sheet manufacturer's recomtnendationsfnr application and cure of coating. Notify Architect of completed waterproofing work with ample time to visually inspect surfaces prior to installation of insulation boards or backfill. Install protection course of type indicated over completed membrane, complying with manufacturer's recommendations for both waterproofing sheet and protection course materials. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: It is required that waterproof membranes are watertight and not deteriorate in excess of limitations published by manufacturer. In-place Testing: Before completed membranes on horizontal surfaces are covered by protection course or other work, test for leaks with 2" depth of water maintained for 24 hours. Repair any leaks revealed by examination of substructure and repeat test until no leakage is observed. PROTECTION: Institute required procedures for protection of completed membrane during installation of work over membrane and throughout remainder of construction period. Do not allow traffic of any type on unprotected membrane. END OF SECTION 07115 SHEET WATERPROOFING 07115 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 07120 -FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING PART 1 -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes troweled-on or sprayed-on, single component, urethane based, fluid-applied waterproofing and related items as indicated on drawings, and specified herein. This product is used on the unit masonry (CMU) walls within the masonry cavity walls at both buildings. It is also used at a portion of the exterior walls at the 37"' Street store: refer to the drawings. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Installer Qualifications: Experienced and qualified for this type, with successful completion of project for not less than 3 years. 2. Source uali Control: Single source manufacturer with not less than 5 years of successful experience in supplying principal materials for fluid-applied waterproofing work. Provide secondary materials only as required by manufacturer of primary materials. SUBMITTALS: Product Data: Manufacturer's specs, MSDS sheets, instal lation instructions, and recommendations for each waterproofing material required. JOB CONDITIONS: Substrate: Proceed with work of this section only after substrate construction and penetrating work have been completed. Do not proceed with the work until the concrete surfaces are smooth, cured and dry, and otherwise ready for waterproofing work. Start of the waterproofing wort: shall constitute acceptance of conditions. Weather: Proceed with work of this section only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit work to be per- formed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Ventilation: Provide adequate ventilation to prevent accumulation of hazardous fi~rnes during application of solvent-based com- ponents in enclosed spaces, and maintain ventilation until coatings have thoroughly cured. PART2-PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Waterproofing: Subject to compliance with the specifications, provide one of the following: Tremproof 60. Vulkem 201. Sonneborn 5000. FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07120 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES MATERIALS: 5130/2007 General Compatibility: Provide products which are recommended by manufacturer to be fully compatible with indicated substrates, and adjoining materials, including modification by bituminous additives (asphalt or coal tar as needed) and similar proven compounding provisions. Trowel applied Urethane Waterproofintr: Single component, bitumen- modified, 60 dry mil minimum surface application, mois- ture curing polyurethane in trowel consistency for use on vertical surfaces, meeting the following characteristics: Ultimate elongation: 700% vertical, ASTM D412-80. Ultimate strength: 16psi ASTM D412-80. Water Absorption: 3-5%ASTM D471-77. Compliance with misc. other tests per ASTM D412-80 MATERIALS: Miscellaneous Materials Sheet Reinforcement: For edge conditions, penetrations, abutments and other detail areas as required by the manufacturer. Primer/Filler/Sealer: As required by manufacturer offluid- applied waterproofing compound and as indicated. Flashinas, Cant Strips and Accessories: As required by manufacturer of waterproofing compound and as indicated. PART 3 -EXECUTION PREPARATION OF SUBSTRATE: Clean substrate of projections and substances detrimental to work; comply with instructions of prime materials manufacturer. Install cant strips and similar accessories as shown and as recommended by prime materials manufacturer even though not shown. Fill voids, seal joints, and apply bond breakers as required by prime materials manufacturer, with particular attention at con- struction joints. Prime substrate as required (and only if required) by prime materials manufacturer. Mask off ad'o~ mina surfaces not to receive fluid-applied waterproofing to effectively prevent spillage or overspray (which is a method requiring preapproval) of liquid materials outside membrane area. INSTALLATION: General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified, and except where project conditions require extra precautions or provisions to ensure satisfactory performance of work. Start installation ofwaterproofing membrane only in presence and with advice ofmamifacturer's technical representative, and after approval by manufacturer. Permit membrane to cure under conditions which will not contaminate or deteriorate waterproofing material. Block off traffic and protect membrane from physical damage. END OF SECTION 07120 FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07120 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 07200 -INSULATION PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including Genera] and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes foundation insulation, batt insulation at office area walls, board insulation, miscellaneous insulation and related accessories (including vapor barriers) as shown on drawings and specified herein. The insulation specified within this section is to be used at the following areas of the project: Batt insulation at the exterior rne[al stand walls: Mineral fiher balls. .Board insulation arced below grade: Extruded polystyrene. Core-frJl insulah'on at selected exterior concrete block tir~alls (with metal panel): Arnlno-plant foam Insulation found in other portions of the work can be found in the following sections: Batt insulation for soundproofing at the gyp board walls: Section 092.50. Board insulation for the precast concrete walls: Section 03430. RELATED WORK: Sound Batt insulation is specified in Section 09250, Gypsum Drywall. Roof insulation is specified in related division 7 sections for flat roofs. QUALITY ASSURANCE: I .Thermal Resistivity: Where thermal resistivity properties of insulation materials are designated by r-values they represent the rate of heat flow through a homogenous material exactly 1" thick, measured by test method included in referenced material standard or otherwise indicated. They are expressed by the temperature difference in degrees F between the two exposed faces required to cause one BTU to flow through one square foot per hour at mean temperatures indicated. 2. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials with UL label or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Coordinate with the manufacturer of core-fill insulation to ensure that the product is suitable for the concrete block work identified in the documents. Advise Architect in writing of any concerns or comments. SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data/ Certified Test Reports: With product data, submit copies of certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance values (i.e. r-values, fire performance characteristics, perm ratings, water absorption ratings and similar properties). 2. Sample: Foil facer sheet (6" by 6"+/-) and air barrier sheet. INSULATION 07200 - I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: 5/30/2007 General Protection: Protect insulations from physical damage and from becoming wet, soiled, or covered with ice or snow. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for handling, storage and protection during installation. Store materials so that they are not exposed to sunlight except during the immediate installation period. PART2-PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: Manufacturers Soard Insulation: Amoco Foam Products Co. Dow Chemical U.S.A. Minnesota Diversified Products, Inc. UC Industries. Manufacturers of Glass Fiber Insulation, batt or blown: CertainTeed Corp. Knauf Fiber Glass GbmH. Manville Corp. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. Manufacturer of Foam Insulations: Tailored Chemical Products. Approved Equal. INSULATING MATERIALS: General: Provide insulating materials which comply with requirements indicated for materials, compliance with referenced stan- dards, and other characteristics. Extruded Pol~tyrene Board Insulation: Type IV, 1.6 Ib., rigid, cellular thermal insulation with closed-cells and integral high density skin, formed by the expansion of polystyrene base resin in an extrusion process to comply with ASTM C 578 for Type indicated; with 5-year aged r-values of 5.4 and ~ at 40 and 7~ deg. F (4.4 and 23.9 deg.C), respectively. This product is to be used at the below grade locations as shown on the drawings. Unfaced and Kraft Faced Mineral Fiber Blanket/Batt Insulation: Thermal insulation produced by combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665. Core-fill insulation: Thermal setting foamed-in-place amino-plant insulation free of all CFCs or HCFs, non-combustible with an R-Value of R 4.9 /inch. Product shall have a shrinkage of less than 1 %. Provide "Core-Fi11500" or identical product from other pre-approved manufacturers. AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS: Foil Facing: Reinforced, flame resistant 0.00035 inch thick aluminum foil faced sheets bonded to 30# kraft paper, with vapor transmission rating of 0.02 perms; widths to match job conditions. Note: This product is to be arced rj~ lien ofpoly vapor barrier. INSULATION 07200 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Sealing Tape: Type recommended by foil facing and batt insulation manufacturer for fully seaming joints and tears. Note: Contractor shall ensure that the adhesive and tape used will result in a long-term bond. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer, and complying with requirements for fire performance characteristics. Mechanical Anchors: Type and size indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by insulation manufacturer for type of ap- plication and condition of substrate. Mastic Sealer: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for bonding edge joints between units and filling voids in work. Crack Sealer for Board Insulation: Provide polymeric insulating foam in aerosol dispenser designed for filling voids in board in- sulation. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Polycel 100" by Const. Products Div., W.R. Grace & Co. Retainers: Provide plastic or metal retainers to provide a continuous air space where blown insulation may touch adjoining surfaces. PART 3 -EXECUTION INSPECTION AND PREPARATION: Require Installer to examine substrates and conditions under which insulation work is to be performed. A satisfactory substrate is one that complies with requirements of the section in which substrate and related work is specified. Obtain Installer's written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of work in this section. Do not proceed with installation of insulation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations or vapor retarders, including removal of projections which might puncture vapor retarders. INSTALLATION, GENERAL: Comply with manufactw~er's instructions for particular conditions of installation in each case. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with work. Cut and fit batt insulation tightly around obstructions, and fill avoids with insulation. Remove unnecessary projections which in- terfere with placement. Apply a single layer of insulation of required thickness, unless otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. INSTALLATION OF BELOW-GRADE PERIMETER INSULATION: On vertical surfaces, set units in adhesive applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Use type of adhesive required by manufacturer of insulation, if any. Protect insulation on vertical surfaces (from damage during backfilling) by application of protection board. Set in adhesive in accordance with recommendations of manufacturer of insulation. INSTALLATION OP CORE-FILL INSULATION: INSULATION 07200 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Review the installation of the concrete block walls and examine for any concerns with the installation of the insulation. Do not proceed if there are cancerns with proper installation of the masonry work. Install insulation in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. All insulation shall be placed in intervals to ensure that there are no voids or irregularities, but no greater than IO' long lifts. Per the manufacturer's instructions, using power equipment, foam in place the product after pilot holes have been pre-drilled into the mortar joints. Install the product to fully fill in the cavities. After installation, remove any product that has migrated through the pilot holes foi- a need appearance to the masonry walls. INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION: Apply insulation units to substrate by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's recommendations. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement of units. Set foil facing units at warn side of construction, except as otherwise indicated. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces. Tape joints and ruptures in foil facing sheets, and seal each continuous area of insulation to surrounding construction to ensure air-tight installation. Set reflective foil-faced units accurately with air space in front of foil as required. Provide not less than 0.75" air space where possible. Stuff loose trlass fiber insulation into miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where shown, or as required. Compact to ap- proximately 40% of normal maximum volume (to a density of approximately 2.5 lbs. per cu. ft.) PROTECTION: General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from harmful weather exposures and from possible physical abuses, where possible bynon-delayed installation of concealing work or, where that is not possible, by temporary covering or enclosure. END OF SECTION 07200 INSULATION 07200 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 07245 -EXTERIOR STUCCO PART I -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, Including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes exterior cement stucco plaster finish system, including lath, building paper, base and finish coats ,accessories and other items as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. As a part of the work. provide horizontal and vertical control ~o~ ints as shown on the drawings with a maximum spacing of 24' in any direction. This section is to be bid as a base bid with masonry as an alternate for the 37'x' Street store only RELATED WORK: Alternates are provided in Section 01030. Rough Carpentry is specified in Section 06100. Sealants are specified in Section 07900. Back-up walls are specified in Section 09250. QUALITY ASSURANCE: I .Manufacturer shall have a minimum of five years of satisfactory experience at manufacturing and marketing stucco materials. 2. Installer shall have a minimum of five years successful experience installing stucco systems. 3. Single Source Responsibility: Provide all system components as manufactured by single supplier. 4. Comply with ASTM and ANSI standards (identified below) for the quality of materials and installation of the system. SUBMITTALS: 1. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating layout, details, connections, expansion joints and any related items. 2. Samples: Submit two l2" x 12" samples of special color/texture of finish selected. DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: Deliver system materials to job site in original containers with labels intact. Store materials in cool, dry location out of sunlight, protected from sunlight and from temperatures below 40°F. Handle all materials according to label directions and manufacturer's printed recommendations. Nandle system components supplied by other according to those manufacturer's directions. EXTERIOR STUCCO 07245 - I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES JOB CONDITIONS: 5/30/2007 Inspection: Inspect site conditions before beginning work. Report any unsatisfactory conditions to the contractor and Architect in writing prior to starting work. Advise Architect in writing if any problems or difficulties are expected, based on this specification. Environmental Conditions: Do not begin installation unless ambient temperature is at least 40°F. and rising, and is expected to remain so for at least 24 hours. Do not apply system materials to frozen or frost covered substrates. PART2-PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Subiect to compliance with requirements provide systems approved or recommended by the Stucco Manufacturer's Association of North America and/or the Minnesota Lath and Plaster Institute. MATERIALS: System: Provide products that comply with ANSI A 422, ASTM C 926, ASTM C 1063 and ASTM C 841 for various material and installation requirements. Provide a mix design that is approved or supplied by the Minnesota Lath and Plaster Institute for proven performance in Minnesota. Lime: Hydrated dry lime recommended for use in stucco plaster. Cement: Portland cement, Type I, meeting ASTM C I50. Color Agent: Color pigment recommended for use with cement plaster. Provide color and texture to match Architect's sample. It is intended that the selected texture will have a minimum of variation and surface irregularities. Water: Clear and potable. Lath: Galvanized self-fun•ing, expanded metal lath made specifically for use with stucco systems. Comply with ASTM C 847. Building Paper: 30# asphalt felt building paper. Kraft Paper: As required: approved by the stucco materials manufacturer. Accessories: Control joints, corners and trim sections that are continuous, for use with stucco systems. Fasteners: Stainless steel orgalvanized fasteners specifically made for use with lath and stucco systems. Provide sizes and lengths as necessary for the conditions and details as shown on the drawings. PART 3 -EXECUTION: INSPECTION: Inspect substrate prior to application of stucco system for compliance with Contract Documents and Stucco Manufacturer's Association (SMA) or Minnesota Lath and Plaster Institute. Ensure that the building paper and substrate are acceptable for lath and stucco system. Notify the Contractor and Architect in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. INSTALLATION: EXTERIOR STUCCO 07245 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Provide a mix design proven for the conditions at tl~e site. In general, provide apre-blended mix of 5 pounds lime, 1 bag of cement, not less than 3 bags of (stucco} sand for the base coats. Using proportions similar to those used for the base coat, using white Portland cement, add between 2 and 8 eight pounds of color agent (as is needed to achieve the selected color.) Install metal lath in a uniform and secure manner. Ensure that there are no fewer than one fastener every 12' on center, or as recommended by the SMA / MPLI. Install al I control joints, corner, trim and accessories per the SMA recommendations. Ensure that all items are free of rust and stains. Apply stucco system in strict compliance with manufacturer's printed recommendations and instructions. Scratch coat shall be applied over lath using in a cross-rake manner for proper adhesion of subsequent coats. Scratch coat shall be applied in weather conditions above 40 degrees and without rain or excessive wind. This scratch coat must set a minimum of two full days before the next coat can be applied. Apply brown coat using necessary tools to create straight and true surfaces. The final surface shall be floated and prepared with pores and texture in order to hold the final finish coat. This coat shall be allowed to cure a minimum of three days. amply finish coat using the selected color and texture. Using the proper tools and equipment, provide the frnish that is on the approved sample. Similar to all other stages, the work must be performed in weather suitable for proper installation. Accurately and precisely cut-in each coat to create the pattern, texture and design shown on the drawings. Match the existing building finish to the extent recommended by the Architect. The final surfaces shall have a consistent finish with uniform coloration. Surfaces shall be sh•aight and true, nt w~ilh a rrris~imimi 3/<1" thickness•. CLEANING AND PROTECTION At end of work, clean area, remove all materials, equipment and trash from site. Instruct Contractor in procedures for protecting completed stucco while other trades are performing work in the area.. Erect temporary protection as necessary to protect bases of walls, projections, ]edges and fascia from soiling and damage, or staining from run-off of construction procedures. END Oli SECTION 07245 EXTERIOR STUCCO 07245 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 075I0 -BUILT-UP ROOFING SYSTEM PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes 4 ply roofing type 1 V system including all labor, materials, equipment and accessories necessary to complete all the work identified on the drawings. System shall include 4 ply asphalt/glass-fiber felt membranes, surface aggregates, roof insulation, tapered units, flashing, adhesives, walkway pavers, sealants, mastic and fasteners required for a complete installation. The cants used on this roof system are provided by this section. This roof system is to be bid as an alternate Note that the details for this system are not shown on the drawings, but similar details are shown• for single ply membrane base bid syste»a. The details and conditions that are to be provided and bid shall be based on the current edition oTthe R!RCA RooJtng and Waterproofing Mam{al and the manz facturer's complete set of installation details. These details shall be provided to the Architect as a part of the shop dr•alning process. RELATED WORK Alternates are specified in Section 01030. Single Ply Membrane is specified in Section 07530. Sheet metal work is specified in Section 07600. Standing seam roofing_is specified in Section 07630. Refer to mechanical drawings for drains, piping and overflow items. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Manufacturer: Obtain primary roofing materials from a single manufacturer. Provide secondary materials as required by manufacturer of primary materials. 2. Installer: A firm with not less than 5 years of successful experience in installation of roofing systems similar to those required for this project and which is acceptable to or licensed by manufacturer of primary roofing materials. 3. Certification: Installer shall be a certified contractor of one of the approved manufacturers. Letter or certification shall be required prior to roof conference. 4. Pre-Roofintr Conference: Prior to installation of roofing and associated work, meet at project site, or other mutually agreed location, with installer, roofing manufacturer, installers of related work, and other entities concerned with roofing performance, including Owner's agent, Architect, and Owner. Contractor shall record discussions and agreements, and furnish copy to each participant. Provide at (east 5 working days advance notice to participants prior to convening pre-roofing conference. The roof conference shall take place after or during deck installation, and must be held prior to any roof work being performed. 5. Insurance Certification: Assist Owner in preparation and submittal of roof installation acceptance certification necessary in connection with fire and extended coverage insurance on roofing and associated work. BUILT-UP ROOFING SYSTEM 07510 - I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 participant. Provide at (east 72 hours advance notice to participants prior to convening pre-roofing conference. The roof conference shall take place after or during deck installation, and must be held prior to any roof work being performed. 5. Insurance Certification: Assist Owner in preparation and submittal of roof installation acceptance certification necessary in connection with fire and extended coverage insurance on roofing and associated work. Roof system shall be Class A, equivalent to an FM 60 rating (for ballasted roofs). SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Submit specifications, installation instructions and general recommendations of manufacturer. 2. Shop Drawings: Submit complete shop drawings showing roof configuration and sheet layout, details at perimeter, and special conditions. Provide data specs on roof hatch and pavers. 3. Insulation System R-value: At the new flat roof buildings, provide diagram and calculations showing 23 R-value for complete roof assembly of insulation materials at new construction, including back-up documentation of manufacturers published data sheets. Provide this at the heated portion of the building only JOB CONDITIONS: Weather: Proceed with roofing work when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit work to be performed in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations and warranty requirements. Protectand safeguard all materials and in-place construction at the end ofeach working day. Protect existing office and warehouse space from inclement weather during construction. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver products in original unopened packaging with manufacturer's identification. Store materials in a neat and safe manner, in a dry area, and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not exceed al- lowable live-load of any storage area. All flammable materials shall be labeled and stored as required. SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY: Base Bid, Roofing systems manufacturer to provide written warranty for a period often (10) years commencing on date roofing system is inspected and accepted by manufacturer. Warranty shah cover all labor and materials associated with the repair- or replacement of roofing leaks, defects or any other systems failure resulting from defective roofing materials or installation, and shall not be limited to the original installed cost to the Owner. PART2-PRODUCTS GENERAL: Compatibility: Provide products which are required by manufacturers to be fully compatible with indicated substrates, or provide separation materials as required to eliminate contact between incompatible materials. SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM 07530 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30(2007 MANUFACTURERS: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products from one of the following systems manufacturers: Carlisle Syntec Systems. Firestone Building Products. Gen-flex Roofing Systems Johns Manville Versico Inc. Note: All listed manufacturers must be able to warrant and accept standing water for a minimum of 48 hours as a part of the conditions. MATERIALS: EPDM 60 mil. unreinforced or reinforced membrane* : Ethylene propylene diene monomers formed into uniform, flexible sheets, complying with the following: Tensile Strength {ASTM D 412): 1400 psi minimum. Ultimate Elontration (ASTM D 412): 300% minimum. Brittleness Temperature (ASTM D 746): -49 deg.F (-45 deg.C). Tear Resistance (ASTM D 624): 125 lbs. per lin, inch min. Resistance to Ozone A~_intr~ASTM D 1 149): No cracks. Resistance to Heat Aaing_(AS'rM D 573): 8.3 MPa; tensile minimum to be 1200 psi. Thickness: 60 mil nominal thickness. Exposed Face Color: Black or Dai•k Grey * Type of reinforcement is dependant on manufacturer used, subject to compliance with the warranty specified. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: Sheet Seaming Syste-n: Manufacturer's seam slice tape especially designed, tested and manufactured for use between EPDM membranes, 2-1/2"to 3" wide by 1/4" thick, continuous. At special conditions provide standard splice adhesive, including edge sealer to cover exposed spliced edges as required by manufacturer of roofing system. Cant Strips, Tapered Edge Strips and Ffasliing Accessories: Types required by manufacturer of meimbrane material, provided at locations indicated and at locations required by mfr., including adhesive tapes, flashing cements; and sealants. Primers and cleaners: As required by the membrane manufacturer. Molded Pipe Flashing: Furnished and used as required by membrane manufacturer. Membrane Tape, Adhesive and Sealant: As required by membrane manufacturer for particular substrate and project conditions, formulated to withstand min, 60 psf uplift force (I-60). All typical seams to be spliced and bonded through the use of membrane tape. At areas where tape is not possible or recommended, a brush application (not roller) is to be used. Ballast: Manufacturer-approved washed river rock or other smooth rock. INSULATING MATERIALS: SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM 07530 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 General: Provide insulating materials and tapered insulation to comply with requirements indicated and with referenced standards; in sizes to fit applications indicated, selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths and lengths. Provide two lavers of 2" thick~olyiso insulation, along with tapered units for a minimum R-Value of 23. Provide insulation from supplier that is approved by the roofing systems manufacturer/supplier. Insulation Materials: Polyisocanurate Foam Board Insulation: Rigid, thermal insulation of polyiso foam boards permanently bonded to facers sheets at each side complying with RIC/TIMA Bulletin#281-1, minimum K-value of 0.17. Provide tapered boards where indicated for sloping to drain; fabricate with taper of 1/4" per ft. R-Value: Provide the following aced R-value for complete roof insulation system: minimum R-23. MISCELLANEOUS INSULATION MATERIALS: Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer and complying with fire resistance requirements. Mastic Sealer: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for bonding edge joints and filling voids. Walkway Protection Pavers: Specially made rubber mats that can be adhered to the membrane systems, especially designed for walking and pedestrian traffic. Fasteners: As required by the Manufacturer. RELATED MATERIALS: Roof Hatch: 14 gage galvanized steel roofhatch and 12"insulated, integral curb unit, with insulated cover, weatherseal, hold-open arm, spring operator, snap latch (with hasp), handle and other components for a complete installation. Provide size as shown on the drawings, from Bilco, Dur-Red, Milcor or Wasco, with minimum size of 30" x 72". PART 3 -EXECUTION PREPARATION OF SUBSTRATE: General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions for preparation of substrate to receive roofing system. Clean substrate of dust, debris, and other substances detrimental to roof system work. Remove sharp projections. Prime substrate where recommended by manufacturer of materials being installed. Prevent compounds from entering and clogging drains and conductors, and from spit ling or migrating onto surfaces of other work. Do not install roofing system if deck or installation conditions are not in compliance with manufacturer's reconnnendations. In- stallation shall constitute acceptance of roof deck. INSTALLATION: General: Comply with manufacturer's detailed instructions, except where more stringent requirements are indicated. SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM 07530 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5!30/2007 Details as shown on drawings are typical for one manufacturer. If approved manufacturer's details differ, contractor shall install roof system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Tller•e shall be no added cost to the owner for compliance with manufacturer's standard details. Provide detail changes to Architect in accordance with "Submittals" process. General: Extend insulation (including tapered sections) over entire surface to 6e tapered or insulated, cutting and fitting tightly around obstructions. There shall be a minimum of three layers of insulation, wood fiberboard or perlite at any point of new construction. Stagger all joints, including new boards over existing insulation. Fonn cant strips, crickets, saddles, and tapered areas with additional material as shown and as required for proper drainage of membrane. Do not install more insulation each day than can be covered with membrane before end of day and before start of inclement weather. Set units in adhesive, applied in accordance with requirements of applicable fire and insurance ratings. Secure roof insulation to substrate as required for each system specified. Where applicable, use mechanical anchors of type and spacing indicated; but in no case provide less than one anchor per 4 square feet of surface area, or less anchorage than required by FM "Loss Prevention Data Sheet I-28". Ballasted system: If furnishing the ballasted system, supply ballast that is smooth and free of rough edges and loose sand. Apply ballast so that the field area is a uniform 10 lbs. / s.f. At the roof edges and corners provide 15 to 20 ]bs. / s.f. FLASHING INSTALLAT[ON: Install all flashings in accordance with manufacturer's standard instructions and details. llse the longest pieces of material possible. Extend flashing a minimum of 8" or as shown on drawings. Properly bond base flashing to roof membrane allowing the bonding adhesive to dry per manufacturer's instructions. Don not allow any flashing to wrinkle or create a gap. After installation of flashing to vertical surface, fasten with fas- teners as approved by manufacturer prior to installation of sheet metal flashing. Obtain roof drain and cover from mechanical contractor, and install within roof valleys, at the absolute low points. Secure drain and make sure that installation is watertight. Install walkway units at areas shown on the drawings. Walkway Protection: Install paver units at locations shown and where required for access to roof-mounted equipment, per the manufacturer's instructions. Notify manufacturer's representative that the work is ready to be reviewed by field specialist for their review, punch list and warranty approval process. Protect all areas of the roof, especially those that might be exposed to welding and fastening of materials that are adjacent to the roof. END OF SECTION 07530 SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM 07530 - 5 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 07600 -FLASHING AND SHEET METAL PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes pre-finished flashing, counterflashing, curb flashing and related sheet metal and flashing materials as shown on the drawings and specified herein, as follows: Cap flashing and special clips (in lieu of wood blocking) Sill flashing, where applicable Downspouts, scuppers and related items Splash blocks Provide two-piece assemblies to ensure that no reverse metal color is visible. Refer to the drawings for information on color locations. RELATED WORK: Section 06100, Roug17 Carpentry. Section 07530, Single Ply Membrane Roofing. Section 07630, Standing Seam Metal Roofing. Section 07900, Joint Sealers. SUBMITTALS: I .Samples: Manufacturer's color charts and samples of each exposed type of metal sheet for veriftcation. 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout, joining, profiles, and anchorages offabricated work, trim/fascia, scuppers and expansion joint systems, as necessary. PART2-PRODUCTS MATERIALS: Zinc-Coated Steel: Commercial quality with 0.20% copper, ASTM A S25 (ASTM A 527 lock-forming, G90hot-dip galvanized, 20 gage}. Prefinished Steel: Commercial quality 24 gage hot dipped galvanized steel (G-90), smooth primed and finished one side with Kynar based flouropolymer coating of 1.0 (+0.1) mil total dry film thickness. Architect shall select colors froth a complete list of standard colors including champagne metallic FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 - I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30!2007 Fasteners: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal or, other noncorrosive metal as recommended by sheet manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. Mastic Sealant: Polyisoburylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant. Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by manufacturer of metal and fabricator of components being sealed; comply with FS TT-S-0027, TT-S-00230, or TT-S-001543. Epoxy Seam Sealer: 2-part noncorrosive metal seam cementing compound, recommended by metal manufacturer for exterior/interior nonmoving joints including riveted joints. Paper Sfip Sheet: 5-lb rosin-sized building paper. Reglets: Metal or plastic units of the type and profile indicated, compatible with flashing indicated, noncorrosive. Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices and similar accessory units as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being installed, noncorrosive, size and gage required for performance. Refer to Section 07900, for sealants. MANUFACTURERS: Subject to compliance with requirements, in color as selected, provide materials from one of the following manufacturers: Prefinished metal: Colorklad; Vincent Brass. Pac-C[ad: Peterson Metals Corp Una-Clad FABRICATION: Genera( Metal Fabrication: Shop-fabricate work to greatest extent possible. Comply with details shown, and with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and other recognized industry practices. Fabricate for waterproof and weather-resistant performance; with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage or deterioration ofthe work. Form work to fit substrates. Comply with material manufacturer instructions and recommendations for forming material. Form exposed sheet metal work Without oil-canning, buckling and tool marks, true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Soffit Panels: Provide soffit panels using interlocking weatherproof sections, in widths as shown or configured to best use coil stock, m continuous Lengths. Provide perimeter trim to contain the soffit sections. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. Seams are to be formed and soldered. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in work cannot be used, or would not be sufficiently waterJweatherproof, forn~ expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than I" deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). Sealant Joints: Where movable, non-expansion type joints are indicated or required for proper performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in compliance with SMACNA standards. Separations: Provide for separation of metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact, Wlth bltummous coating or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer/fabricator. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES Elastic Expansion Joint Fabrication: 5/30(2007 General: Provide manufacturer's standard units of size and type indicated, complete with prefabricated corner and intersection units and splicing materials; with elastic sheet flashing forming the primary joint membrane, in a supported bellows arrangement to be secured to both sides of expansion joints; with bellows insulated from below with adhesively applied, flexible, closed- cell rubber or plastic not less than 318" thick. Splash blocks: Precast concrete blocks with integral gutter sloped to grade. PART 3 -EXECUTION INSTALLATION: General: Comply with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual". Underlayment: Install slip sheet of red rosin paper and a course of polyethylene underlayment where required and specified. Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. Shop form all sheet metal details including cap flashing, wall flashing, gutters, downspouts, decorative elements and any other items shown on the drawings, or otherwise required for a complete installation. Provide materials to the job site that are square, solid, clean and in relatively new condition. Protect all meta! before, during and after installation as necessary. CLEANING AND PROTECTION: Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances which might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes. Protection: Ensure that work is protected from damage or deterioration, other than natural weathering, at time of substantial completion. END OF SECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 07630 - STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes prefinished, l6" or 18" wide, 24 gage standing seam metal roofing system, in radius sections, with Z channels and membrane underlayment for sloped roof sections, soffits and fascias as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. Section includes furnishing and installing membrane underlayment work. There is a special detail at the ride intersections of the hip roofs: refer to drawings. Manufacturer's standard cap detail will not be accepted. RELATED WORK: Section 05300, Metal Decking. Section 06100, "Rough Carpentry", foi- surface materials. Section 07530, Single-Ply Membrane Roofing. Section 07600, "Flashing and Sheet Metal". QUALITY ASSURANCE: i .Industry Standard: Comply with applicable recommendations and details of"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" by SMACNA. Conform to dimensions and profiles shown. 2. Field Measurements: Prior to fabrication take field measurements of structure or substrates to receive panel system. Allow for trimming panel units where final dimensions cannot be established prior to fabrication. 3. Reference Standard: Comply with "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual",published by Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contrac- tors National Association. 4. Provide system and fasteners that achieve spacing and uplift resistance specified in UL-90. Panels shall have a Class A fire rating. SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications, standard details, certified product test results, and installation instructions. 2. Samples: Metal: 2 samples 12" square, of selected finish. 2 samples of 56 mil membrane. 3. Shop Drawings: Include layouts of panels, details, supports, anchorages, and trim. PART2-PRODUCTS STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING 07630 - I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES MANUFACTURERS: 5/30/2007 Subject to compliance with requirements including spacing and sizes, provide products from the same list of manufacturers as listed in Section 07600. The sheet metal products, color and installation shall be consistent throughout the buildings. MATERIALS: Aluminum Sheet for Painting/Coating: Provide manufacturer's special 24 gauge galvanized steel sheet (G-90) of alloy, temper and mill finish as recommended by the manufacturer. Provide manufacturer's standard continuous units with 16" or 18"centertocenter (verify with Architect in shop drawing phase) width and 1 " height batten; The supplier and installer have the option on which section width to use. Soffit transitions, end sections, and other shapes as required and shown on the drawings. Hold-down Clips: Manufacturer's standard stainless steel. Underlayment: Butyl based elastomeric membrane, 56 mil thickness ("peel and stick" product): "Ice and Water Shield", Carlisle Dri-Start, or approved equal. Refer to Section 07900 Joint Sealers for backer rods and urethane sealant .joint materials. Refer to Section 07200 for insulation. METAL FINISHES: Flouropolymer Coating: Full-strength 70% "Kynar 500" coating baked-on for 15 minutes at 4~0°F (232°C), in a dry film thickness of 1.0 mils, 30% reflective gloss (ASTM D 523), over 0.3 mil epoxy primer. Provide champagne metallic materials at the roofs of the entry towers both buildin°s Durability: Provide coating which has been field tested under normal range of weathering conditions for minimum of 20 years without significant peel, blister, flake, chip, crack or check in finish, and without chalking in excess of 8 (ASTM D 659), and without fading in excess of 5 NBS units. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard noncon•osive types. Z channels: Provide Z profile channels for instal ling the wood decking, upon which the waterproofing shall be adhered. Thickness shall be determined by the type of insulation used. Coordinate with Section 07200, and supply as required. Paper Slip Sheet: 5-Ib. rosin-sized building paper. Gaskets: Pigmented silicone sealant type to match panels, where required and exposed, as approved by the manufacturer PANEL FABRICATION• PERFORMANCES: General: Fabricate and finish panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard pro- cedures and processes, and as required to fulfill indicated performance requirements which have been demonstrated by factory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and dimensional requirements, and with structural requirements. Required Performances: Fabricate roofing systems that leave no leakage at 1 ~ lbs. per sq. ft. pressure with spray test. Fabricate joints with captive gaskets or separator strips, which provide a tight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact in a manner which will minimize noise from movements within panel system. STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING 07630 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Fabricate units under quality controlled factory conditions, forming all units with sharp, crisp, consistent bends. Manufacturer panels so that there is no oil canning evident when viewed in sun or shade. All bends and formed metal sections shall be straight and true to line and form. Architect shall reject panels that do not conform to the following maximum tolerances: Length and width: I/8" in 10 feet. Squareness: 1/4" across panel, in ]0 feet, both ways. PART 3 -EXECUTION PREPARATION: Coordinate work with steel and wood decking work INSTALLATION: General: Comply with panel fabricator's and material manufacturers' instructions and recommendations for installation, as ap- plicable toproject conditions and supporting substrates. Anchor panels and other components of the work securely in place, with provisions for thermal/structural movement. Install panels with concealed fasteners so that no exposed fasteners are visible upon completion. Refer to Section 06 ] 00 for wood deck installation requirements. Install pre-adhered 56 mil membrane onto decking in a shingle manner, overlapping the sheets a minimum of 4" on the ends and top/bottom. Do not allow the membrane to remain on the decking for extended periods. Repair any wind-damaged or weather damaged material prior to installation of the metal roof. Install the roof system components in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Panel sections are to befull-length and continuous fi-om ridge point to eave location. Plan out the installation of clips and anchors in advance. The rate of fastening is one fastener for every 2 square feet or closer if required by the roof manufacturer. Deck should lay flat and smooth, with butt edges tight one to another. Do not proceed with the work until sub-surface work is satisfactory. Installation tolerances: Shim and align panel units wid~in installed tolerance of 1/4" in 20'-0" on level/plumb/slope and location/line as indicated, and within 1 /8" offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. Install panning_and other accessories as required for the low slope conditions on this roof system. Joint Sealers: Install gaskets, joint fillers and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of panel systems. Provide types of gaskets and sealants/fillers indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, types required by panel manufacturer, in compliance with Section 07900. CLEANING AND PROTECTION: Damaged Units: Replace panels and other components of the work which have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair. Cleaning: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films (if any) as each panel is installed. Upon completion of panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by pane] manufacturer, and maintain in a clean condition during con- struction. END OF SECTION 07630 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING 07630 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 07900 -JOINT SEALERS PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification Sec- tions, apply to work of this Section. SUMMARY: Section includes each form and type of joint sealer as indicated on drawings and schedules attached at the end of this section. Included in the work are urethane used at a variety of locations, silicone sealants at glazing work, interior-type sealants and fire- proofing sealants. This Section includes elastomeric, expansion and control joints (horizontal and vertical), used for a variety of applications. Applications include joints between dissimilar materials and joints between concrete, masonry, gypsum drywall, ;lass, paving, woodwork, roofing and aluminum. RELATED WORK: Division 3, All sections. Section 04200, Unit Masonry. Division 7, Ail Sections. Division 8, All sections. Section 09250, Gypsum Drywall. Section 09300, Tile. Section 09900, Painting. SYSTEM PERFORMANCES: Provide joint sealers that have been produced and installed to establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals, especially warranted by the manufacturer for the applicable substrates. SUBMITTALS: I . Product Data for each product. 2. Samples for Initial Selection Purposes: Color chart for each product. 3. Definitive list of sealant installers type of work performed by each, manufacturer and type of sealant used. pUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Installer Qualifications: Engage an Installer wl~o has successfully completed within the last 5 years at least 3 joint sealer applications similar in type and size to that of this Project. 2. Sin~(e Source Responsibility for .Joint Sealer Materials: Obtain materials from a single manufacturer. JOINT SEALERS 07900 - I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING: 5/30!2007 Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels informing about manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time and mixing instructions for multi component materials. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. PROJECT CONDITIONS: Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers until weather conditions are in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Joint W idth Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers where joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealer manufacturer for application indicated. Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers until contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: Sequence installation of joint sealers to occur not less than 21 nor more than 30 days after completion of waterproofing, unless otherwise indicated. PART 2 -PRODUCTS MATERIALS GENERAL: Compatibility: Provide joint sealers, joint fillers, primers and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Colors: Provide colors as selected by the Architect. There will be a minimum of four urethane colors selected for this project with a separate color selected for the following: Brick masonry Stonework Flashing and Sheet metal Metal door frames Storefront/glazing systems ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Chemically curing, elastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated complying with ASTM C 920 !.One-Part Nonacid-Curing Silicone Sealant: "Type S; Grade NS; Class 2~; Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 2. One-Part Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, O; formulated with fungicide; intended for sealing interior joints with nonporous substrates and subject to in-service exposure to conditions of high humidity and temperature extremes. JOINT SEALERS 07900 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 3. Multi-Part Nonsaa Urethane Sealant for Use NT: Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, and camplying with the following requirements for NT, M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 4. Multi-Part Pourable Urethane Sealant for Use T: Type M, Grade P; Class 25, and complying with the following requirements for T, M, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated. MANUFACTURERS: Note: If the series listed below has been discontinued provide product that has replaced discontinued product. 1. One-Part Nonacid-Curing Silicone Sealant: "Dow Corning 790"; Dow Corning Corp. "Silglaze N SCS 2541 "; General Electric Co. "Silpruf SCS 2000"; General Electric Co. 2. One-Part Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: "Dow-Corning 786"; Dow Corning Corp. "SCS 1702 Sanitary"; General Electric Co. "Proglaze White"; Tremco Corp. "OmniPlus"; Sonneborn Building Products Div., Rexnord Chemical Products Inc. 3. Multi-Part Nonsa~ Urethane Sealant for Use NT: "Vulkem 227"; Mameco International, Inc. "Vulkem 922"; Mameco International, Inc. "Sikaflex-2c NS"; Sika Corp. "Sonolastic NP 2"; Sonneborn Building Products Div., Rexnord "Dymeric"; Tremco Inc. 4. Multi-Part Pourable Urethane Sealant for Use T: "Vulkem 245"; Mameco International, Inc. "Vulkem 255"; Mameco International, Inc. "Pourthane"; W.R. Meadows, ]nc. "Sikaflex 2c SL"; Sika Coip. "Sonolastic Paving Joint Sealer' ;Sonneborn Building Products. "THC-900"; Tremco Inc. 5. Butyl Sealant: Manufacturer's standard one part, nonsag, solvent-release-curing, polymerized butyl sealant complying with FS TT-S-00 ] 657 for Type I and formulated with minimum of 75 percent solids to be nonstaining, paintable, and have atack-free time of 24 hours or less. Manufacturers: Butyl Sealant: "BC-158"; Pecora Corp. "PTI 757"; Protective Treatments Inc. "Tremco Butyl Sealant' ;Tremco Inc. LATEX JOINT SEALANTS: 6. Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, one part, nonsag, acrylic, mildew-resistant, acrylic-emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C 834, formulated to be painted at interior locations involving joint movement ofnot more than plus or minus 5 percent. JOINT SEALERS 07900 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Manufacturers: Latex Sealants: "Sonolac"; Sonneborne Building Products Div.; Rexnord Chemical Products, Inc. "Tremco Acrylic Latex 834"; Tremco Inc. JOINT SEALANT BACKING: General: Provide sealant backings of material and type which are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonwaxing, nonextr-uding strips of flexible, nongassing plastic foam of material indicated below; nonabsorbent to water and gas; and of size, shape and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint filler materials or joint surfaces at back ofjoint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Primer: Provide type required by joint sealer manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint sealer substrate tests and field tests. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Provide nonstaining, chemical cleaners of type which are acceptable to manufacturer of sealants and sealant backing materials, which are not harmful to substrates and adjacent nonporous materials, and which do not leave oily residues or otherwise have a detrimental effect on sealant adhesion or in-service performance. Maskin7 Tape: Provide nonstaining, nonabsorbent type compatible with joint sealants and to surfaces adjacent to joints. Accessory materials for Fire-Stopping Sealants: Provide forming, joint-fillers, packing and other accessory materials required for installation of fire-stopping sealants as applicable to installation conditions indicated. PART 3 -EXECUTION EXAMINATION: Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealers, with Installer present, forcompliance with requirements for jointconfiguration, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting joint sealer performance. Do not proceed with installation ofjoint sealers until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION: Surface Cleaning of Joints: Thoroughly clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealers to comply with recom- mendations ofjoint sealer manufacturers. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealer manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealer-substrate tests oi- prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealer manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas ofjoint sealer bond, do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. JOINT SEALERS 07900 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces which otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape im- mediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALERS: General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturers' printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indi- cated, except where more stringent requirements apply. Elastomeric Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 962 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications and conditions indicated. Installation of Sealant Backings: Instal[ sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: Install joint-fillers of type indicated to provide support ofsealants during application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of instal led sealants relative to joint widths which al low optimum sealant movement capability. Install bond breaker tape between sealants and joint-fillers, compression seals or back of joints where adhesion of sealant to surfaces at back of joints would result in sealant failure. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven industry techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration and providing uniform, cross- sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability. Tooling of Nonsaa Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents which discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 6A in ASTM C 962, unless otherwise indicated. Installation of Fire-Stopping Sealant: Install sealant, including forming, packing and other accessory materials to fill openings around mechanical and electrical services penetrating floors and walls to provide fire-stops with fire resistance ratings indicated for floor or wall assembly in which penetration occurs. Comply with installation requirements established by testing and inspecting agency. CLEANING: Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealers and of products in which joints occur. PROTECTION: Protect joint sealers during and after curing period fi-om contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. Refer to the next pane for schedule of joint sealants. JOINT SEALERS 07900 - 5 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES SCHEDULE OF JOINT SEALERS: Provide joint sealer types as listed below for substrates indicated. Sealer Description Description of location where typically applied. 1. One part non-acid- curing silicone sealant. 2. One-part mildew resistant silicone. 3. Multi-part non-sag urethane sealant. 4. Multi-part pourable Urethane sealant. At glass joints only. Interior joints in vertical /horizontal surfaces and expansion locations in ceramic tile, plumbing fixtures and millwork at lunch area /toilets. Exterior and interior joints in masom}~ and concrete, metal panels,. Perimeters of metal frames, storefronts, louvers, and other metal products. 5/30/2007 Provide this product at the control joints within the Vehicle Maintenance /shop space. 5. Butyl sealant. Use for setting thresholds of exterior doors and entryways. 6. Acrylic sealant All interior joints to be painted not listed otherwise; use to seal seams between meeting materials before painting. END OF SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS 07900 - 6 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/200'7 SECTION 08110 -STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes steel doors and frames, including sidelights and glass frames as indicated and scheduled on drawings, and specified herein. Except as noted, provide manufacturer's standard 5-3/4" wide 'a~ mb profiles since profilelsection details are not shown on the drawings. Door frames and glazed areas shall include integral removable stops at the interior or secure side of frame. Provide fasteners, anchors, embeds and other attachment appropriate to the back-up wall material shown adjacent to hollow metal work shown on the drawings. Provide 8" wide frames where specifically indicated on the drawings. RELATED WORK: Division 3. Concrete, all sections. Section 04200, Unit Masonry. Section 08210, Wood Doors. Section 087 ] 0, Finish Hardware. Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. Section 09900, Painting: all steel doors and frames to be shop primed and field painted. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Provide doors and frames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications: Standard Steel Doors and Frames" (SDI-100) and as herein specified. SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical product data. 2. Shop Drawings: Submit details, elevations, instal lotion requirements offinish hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings. Schedule shall show every door or frame elevation. DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: Deliver and store hollow metal work as recommended by the manufacturer. Doors and frames shall not ever be stored in an area exposed to rain or snow. Hollow metal work shall not remain exposed to the elements for more than 4 hours. If doors and fi-ames are stored exposed to rain or snow, these materials shall be rejected and replaced by new materials. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Inspect hollow metal work upon delivery for damage, and replace damaged items. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on blocking and provide proper ventilation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide steel doors and frames by any member in good standing of the Steel Door Institute. MATERIALS: Hot-Rolled Stee] Sheets and Strip: Commercial quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A 569 and ASTM A 568. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568. Supports and Anchors: Fabricate with 3 anchors per jamb minimum using galvanized sheet steel. Masonry anchors shall be adjustable, 18 gage. Inserts. Bolts and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units, except foot-dip galvanized items to be built into exterior walls and masonry walls, complying with ASTM A 153, Class C or D as applicable. Shop Applied Primer: Rust-inhibitive enamel or paint, either air-drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified finish paints. FABRICATION GENERAL: Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in manufactw•er's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory- assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at project site. Comply with SDI-100 requirements as follows: Interior Doors: SDI-100, Grade li, heavy-duty, Model I, minimum 16-gage faces. Exterior Doors: SDI-100, Grade I1, heavy-duty, Model 1, minimum 16-gage faces. Units used interiors shall be made of 22 gage hat stiffeners and 28 gage truss core welded to both faces, 3" o.c. Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of nontlush units, from only cold-rolled steel. Fabricate frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers and moldings from either cold-rolled orhot-rolled steel (at fabricator's option}. Provide custom sizes and sidelights as required and as shown on the drawings. Close top and bottom edges of exterior doors as integral part of door construction or by addition of minimum ] 6-gage inverted steel channels. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat Phillips heads for exposed screws and bolts. Finish Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware in accordance with final Finish Hardware Schedule and templated provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A 1 15 series specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface-applied finish hardware may be done at project site. Shop Painting: Clean, treat, and uniformly prime exposed surfaces of steel door and frame units, including galvanized surfaces. STANDARD STEEL FRAMES: Metal frames to be 16 gage, mitered at cormers and welded, using concealed fasteners and seamless design. Hine reinforcement: 3/16" x I-1/2" x 9". Closer and holder: 12 gage x 14" Floor clip: 16 gage x 3-1/2" Door Silencers: 3 per jamb and 2 per head, for each door. PART 3 -EXECUTION INSTALLATION: General: Install standard steel doors, frames, and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer's data, and as herein specified. Sequence the work so that metal doors are not installed until the hardware and closers for the doors can be installed that day to eliminate damage to the faces. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI-10~ "Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames", unless otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors ai-e set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. Use screws or anchors for concrete or masonry. At stud or masonry wall include 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in SDI-100. ADJUST AND CLEAN: Prime Coat Touch-up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up of compatible air-drying primer. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating finish hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. END OF SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 08210 -WOOD DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to of this section. SUMMARY: Section includes solid core plain sliced oak doors with wood veneer faces, and related items where shown on the documents. Also refer to the Door Schedule included on the drawings. RELATEll WORK: Section 081 I0, Steel doors and Frames. Section 08710, Hardware. Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. Section 09900, Painting. SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical data for each door type, including details of core and edge construction, trim for openings and louvers. 2. Shop Drawings: Indicating location and size ofeach door, elevations, details, hardware blocking, fire ratings and other pertinent data. 3. Samples: Submit two l-0" square samples of door faces, shotiving range in color, grain or textw~e. QUALITY ASSURANCE: ]. Ouality Standards: Comply with I.S.I "[ndustry Standard for Wood Flush Doors", of National Wood Window and Door Association (NWWDA}; and AWI Quality Standards, II1C1Uding Section 1300 "Architectural Flush Doors". 2. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: ASTM E I52 and which are labeled and listed for ratings indicated by UL, Warnock Hersey or other testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Manufacturer: Obtain doors from a single manufacturer. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: Protect doors during transit, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standards and recommendations of NWWDA pamphlet "How to Store, Handle, Finish, Install, and Maintain Wood Doors", as well as with manufacturer's instructions. Identify each door with individual opening members which correlate with designation system used on shop drawings for door, frames and hardware, using temporary, removable or concealed markings. WOOD DOORS 08210 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES PROJECT CONDITIONS: 5/30/2007 Conditioning: Comply with AWI quality standard including Section ] 00-S-3 "Moisture Content" in the storage and handling of doors. WARRANTY: Door Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit written lifetime agreement on door manufacturer's standard form signed by Manufacturer, Installer and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors which have warped (bow, cup or twist) or that show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of referenced quality standards. Warranty shall also include reinstallation which may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors where defect was not apparent to hanging. PART2-PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. Eggers Industries, Architectural Door Division. Graham Doors. Fenestra. Marshtield Company. MATERIALS DOORS: All wood doors shall be plain sliced red oak. Solid Core Doors shall be commercial grade, with PC-5 construction (S ply) or PC-7 construction (~ ply}, with stiles and rails bonded to core and sanded prior to assembly of face veneers. Edges shall of solid material to match face veneer. Face veneer shall be a minimum of l/~0" after factory sanding. FABRICATION: Factory-prefit and premachine doors to fit frame opening sizes indicated, in compliance with AWI tolerance requirements. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of referenced standards for kind(s) of doors required. Factory install louvers in prepared openings. PART 3 -EXECUTION EXAMINATION: Examine installed door frames. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. WOOD DOORS 08210 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 INSTALLATION: Hardware and Painting: For installation and finishing refer to "Finish Hardware" and "Painting" sections. Manufacturer's Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions and of referenced AWI standard and as indicated; fire-rated doors in accordance with NFPA No. 80. Prefit Doors: Fit to frames for uniform clearance at each edge. ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION: Operation: Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely. Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to assure that wood doors will be without damage or deterioration at time of Subsequent Completion. Architect reserves the right to reject any door that has been scratched, marred or damaged during con- struction, where the repair is still apparent. END OF SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS 08210 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 08305 -ACCESS DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY Section includes access doors at interior masonry walls and exterior precast wall. Provide satin finish stainless steel access panel doors and frames. Contractor must confirm the final size and locations with the Architect prior to ordering. Base bid is as follows: Total of (2) two 18" x 18" doors/frames. Total of (2) 24" x 24" door/frame. SUBMITTALS Product data in the form of manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of access door. QUALITY ASSURANCE I.Sintrle-Source Responsibility: Obtain access doors for entire project from one source from a single manufacturer. 2. Size Variations: Obtain Architect's acceptance of manufactl~rer's standard size units, which may vary slightly from sizes indicated. 3. Coordination: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices that must be built into other work for installation of access doors. Coordinate delivery with other wort: to avoid delay. PART 2 -PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide access doors by one of the following: J.L. Industries Karp Associates, Inc. Milcor, Inc. Nystrom, Inc. TERIALS AND FABRICATION General: Furnish each access door assembly manufactured as an integral unit, complete with all parts, and ready for installation. ACCESS DOORS 08305 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Stainless steel Access Doors and Frames: Fabricate units of continuous welded steel construction unless otherwise indicated. Grind welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access panels to types of support shown. Frames: Fabricate from 16-gage stainless steel. For installation in masonry construction, furnish frames with adjustable metal masonry anchors. Flush Panel Doors: Fabricate Pram not less than 14-gage stainless sheet steel, with concealed spring hinges or concealed continuous piano hinge set to open 175 degrees. PART 3 -EXECUTION INSTALLATION Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation of access doors. Coordinate installation with wor]< of other trades. Set frames accurately in position and securely attach to supports with face panels pltnnb or level in relation to adjacent finish surfaces. ADJUST AND CLEAN Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation. Remove and replace panels or frames. END OF SECTION ACCESS DOORS 08305 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 08380 -TRAFFIC DOORS PART1-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and genera! provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes one pair of heavy duty, high-impact swinging plastic doors, at both stores, with integral vision panels, hardware, bumpers and accessories as indicated /scheduled on drawings, and specified herein. RELATED WORK: Division 3, Concrete, all sections. Section 04200, Unit Masonry. SUBMITTALS: t. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical product data. 2. Shop Drawings: Submit details, elevations, installation requirements offinish hardware and reinforcements, and details ofjoints and connections, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings. 3. Color Chart: Provide color chart for selection by Architect, with a minimum of 10 colors. DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: Deliver and store doors as recommended by the manufacturer. Doors shall not be stored in an area exposed to rain or snow. Store doors at building site under cover. Place units on blocking and provide proper ventilation. Inspect doors work upon delivery for damage, and replace damaged items. PART Z -PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, including color selection, provide one of the following: Chase Doors. C.M.I. Eliason Corporation MATERIALS: General: Provide high impact doors with total door thickness of 1-1 /2", fabricated with structurally reinforced panel sections and high impact plastic doors faces. Doors shall have vision panels at manufacturer's standard eye-level locations and protective TRAFFIC DOORS 08380 - I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 bumpers at the lower half of the door. System shall include all necessary hardware for a complete installation: system shall be equal to Eliason Model HCP-IOL. Face Sheets and Doors: Corrosion resistant 0.125" thick high impact plastic face sheets with integra[ color throughout face sheet section. Reinforce interior section of doors using a total door thickness of 1-I/2". Provide a minimum of 10 colors for selection. Hardware: Gravity-operated, heavy duty, double-acting hinge system which shall include special jamb guards and heavy duty bottom leaf. Hinges shall be mounted to top and bottom of both paired door openings, at each store location. Door hardware steall be designed so that doors may be set in open position in either direction. Hardware shall be equal to Eliason HCP-IOL. Vision Panels: Provide minimum 14" x 16" vision panels ofscratch resistant polycarbonate material and integral frame that may be removed for panel replacement. Provide manufacturers standard seals and frames for a complete installation. Springy Bumpers: Flexible, high-impact type thermoplastic in black color. Size of each bumper shall be a minimum of 24" wide by 3' - 6" tall, mounted at the base locations of the doors. Provide at each side of each door. Supports and Anchors: As recommended by the manufacturer for the conditions as shown on the drawings. Inserts, Bolts and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units, complying with ASTM A 153, Class C or D as applicable. Install frames and doors with fasteners as furnished by the manufacturer only. FABRICATION. GENERAL: Fabricate door units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory- assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at project site. Finish Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and adjacent materials to receive finish hardware. Reinforce doors to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface-applied finish hardware may be done at project site. Verify that all components necessary for the system are included in shipment to the jobsite, verify that all components are in as-new condition and verify that all working components are fully oiled (where applicable} and ready for use. PART 3 -EXECUTION INSTALLATION: General: Install traffic doors, hardware and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer's data, and as herein specified. Doors shall be installed so that they are plumb and true, with a maximum variation of 1/16" in 7' - 0". If, upon inspection of the subsurface walls and jambs, it is determined by the contractor of this section that the adjacent systems were not installed correctly, notify the general contractor of requirements prior to proceeding with the installation of the doors. Notify the General Contractor, in advance, of any necessary embeds, surface conditions or other requirements necessary for installation of the hardware, which is a part of this section. Schedule installation so that doors are not damaged by other trades after installation ADJUST AND CLEAN: Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operation, leaving doors undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. END OF SECTION 08380 TRAFFIC DOORS 08380 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 084I0 -ALUMINUM ENTRANCES & FRAMING PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY: Section includes standard aluminum entrances (doors) and glazed framing as follows: Thermally broken/improved aluminum sections with integral gutters: 2" (nominal) x 4-1/2" deep with removable facep[ates. Glazing, specified in Section 08800, shall be 1" insulated glass at all exterior walls and doors. Section also includes glazed, aluminum, wide stile entrance doors and 1/8" thick aluminum break metal infill sections and extensions, all finished to match framing. These doors also correspond to the curtainwall system specified in Section 08900. Coordinate the electric strike /card readers at the entrance doors with the hardware supplier. Hardware is specified in Section 08710, except for weatherstripping and sweeps, which are a part of this section. RELATED WORK: Section 08420, Automatic Sliding Door. Section 08710, Hardware. Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. Section 07900, Joint Sealers. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Thermal Movement: Systems shall withstand temperature range of 120 deg. F (67 deg. C), that could cause a metal surface temperature range of 180 deg. F (100 deg. C) within the framing system. 2. Wind Loading: Uniform pressure of 20 psf inward and 20 psf outward when tested in accordance with ASTM E 330. Design system in accordance with UBC exposure "B". 3. Fixed Framing Transmission Characteristics: Comply with the following: Air Infiltration: Not more than 0.06 CFM per sq. ft. of fixed area when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 (at L567 Psfl• Water Penetration: No water penetration as defined in the test method when tested in accordance with ASTM E 331, (test pressure of 6.24 psf). Condensation Resistance: Not less than 54 CRF min. per AAMA 1502.7. 4. Thermal-break system: System shall be tested and proven by the manufacturer to withstand failure from thermal "shock" and shall be warranted against failure or cracking. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND FRAMING 08410 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES SUBMITTALS: 5/30/2007 1. Product Data.: Manufacturer's product specifications, details, and installation recommendations for all components. Provide two standard/custom color brochures for selection of color. 2. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings indicating all layouts, details and elevations. 3. Samples: Submit two samples of each selected finish. UALITY ASSURANCE 1. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Provide products produced by a single manufacturer with not less than 5 years successful ex- perience in the fabrication of assemblies of the type and quality required. 2. Installer's Qualifications: 5-years min. successful experience in the installation of systems similar to those required. 3. Manufacturer shall be responsible for design intent and performances specified. The system shown and specified is based on Vistawall or Kawneer: if other manufacturers are to be provided, it shall be the manufacturer's responsibility to conform to the specified systems. PROJECT CONDITIONS: Field Measurements: Field measure before fabrication to ensure proper fitting of work; show measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay in the work. Wl}ere necessary, proceed with fabrication without field measurement, and coordinate fabrication tolerances to ensure proper fit. WARRANTY: Special Product Warranty: Submit written 3 year warranty, executed by the Contractor, Installer and Manufacturer, agreeing to repair orreplace units (including reglazing}which fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not necessarily limited to structural failures including excessive deflection, excessive leakage or air infiltration, faulty operation, and deterioration ofrnetals, metal finishes and other materials beyond normal weathering. Warranty shall include thermal-break: shrinkage, cracking and leakage. PART2-PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Subject to compliance with the specified requirements, provide systems from one of the following: Kawneer Company, Inc. Tibelite Vistawall Approved Equal MATERIALS: Aluminum Members: ASTM B 221 for extrusions and ASTM B 209 for sheet or plate. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND FRAMING 08410 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Fasteners: Provide fasteners of aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or other materials warranted by the manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible with aluminum components, hardware, anchors and other components. Provide concealed fasteners wherever possible. Concealed Flashing: 26 gage minimum dead-soft stainless steel, or 0.026" minimum extruded aluminwn of alloy. Brackets and Reinforcements: Where feasible, provide high- strength aluminum brackets and reinforcements; otherwise provide nonmagnetic stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 38b. Concrete/Masonry Inserts: cast-iron, malleable iron, or hot-dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 386. Compression Weather-Stripping: Malded neoprene complying with ASTM D 2000 or molded PVC complying with ASTM D 2287. Sliding Weather-Stripping: Replaceable weather-stripping of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile, with nylon fabric or aluminum strip backing, complying with AAMA 701.2. Sweeps shall match doors. FRAMING SYSTEMS: Refer to "Systems" description u~~der Part 1 above. Provide complete system including all necessary elements and components ofthe system including corner covers, plates, vents, sub-frames, clips, dams, and other accessories for a complete system. ALUMINUM DOORS: Stile and Rail Aluminum Door: Provide 1-3/4" thicl. ADA compliant, wide stile doors, fabricated of tubular and channel frame assemblies, as indicated, with removable stops. Provide welded or mechanical joints in accordance with manufacturer's standards; reinforce as necessary to support required loads using heavy inserted reinforcing plates and concealed tie-rods or j-bolts. Include snap-on, extruded aluminum stops for glass removal from the inside. Interior doors shall have single pane tempered glass. Exterior doors shall '/~" double pane insulated tempered glass. Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard weatherstripping and sweep strips, with any metal components finished in color to match framing system. Refer to hardware section in Division-8 for all other requirements for hardware items. FABRICATION: Prefabrication: Before shipment to the project site, complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware application, and other work to the greatest extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Do not drill and tap for surface-mounted hardware items until time of installation of project site. Welding: Comply with AWS recommendations; grind exposed welds smooth and restore mechanical finish. Reinforcing: Install reinforcing as required for hardware and necessary for performance requirements, sag resistance and rigidity. Dissimilar Metals: Separate dissimilar metals with zinc chromate primer, bituminous paint, or other separator to prevent corrosion. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND FRAMING 08410 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Continuity: Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles, with hairline fit of contacting members. Weather-Stripping: For exterior doors, provide compi•essionweather-stripping against fixed stops; at other edges, provide sliding weather-stripping retained in adjustable strip mortised into door edge. Provide finer Guards of collapsible neoprene or PVC gasketing securely anchored into frame at hinge-jamb ofcenter-pivoted doors. FINISHES: Hiah Performance Coatin~y: Provide Champagne anodized finish at all aluminum components at both buildings. PART 3 -EXECUTION INSTALLATION: Complywith manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. Set units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of framing members, doors, or panels. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place. Drill and tap frames and doors and apply surface-mounted hardware items. Comply with hardware manufacturer's instructions and template requirements. Use concealed fasteners wherever possible. Set sill members and other members in bed of sealant as indicated, or with joint fillers or gaskets as indicated to provide weathertight construction. Comply with requirements of Division 7 for sealant, fillers, and gaskets. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: Adiust operatintr hardware to function properly, for smooth operation without binding, and for weathertight closure. Clean the completed system, inside and out, promptly after installation, exercising care to avoid damage to coatings. PROTECTION: Institute protective measures required throughout the remainder ofthe construction period to ensure that aluminum entrances and storefronts will be without damage or deterioration, other than normal weathering, at time of acceptance. END OF SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND FRAMING 08410 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 08420 -AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-I Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY: Section includes automatic sliding door system as follows: Bi-parting doors and fixed sidelights Overhead concealed mounting Operator, microprocessor and detection device Electromagnetic locking device and switches Variable and adjustable closing speed ADA access features Emergency exit device and button SJS" thick insulated glass Special champagne metallic finish Accommodation for Owner's card reader system Coordinate the electric strike /card readers at the entrance doors. Refer to the drawings for configuration and layout at both stores. RELATED WORK: Section 08710, Hardware. Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. Section 07900, Joint Sealers. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Thermal Movement: Systems shall withstand temperatwe range of 120 deg. F (67 deg. C), that could cause a metal sw~face temperature range of 180 deg. F (100 deg. C) within the framing system. 2. Wind Loading: Uniform pressure of 20 psf inward and 20 psfoutward when tested in accordance with ASTM E 330. Design system in accordance with UBC exposure "B". SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product specifications, details, and installation recommendations for all components. Provide rivo standard/custom color brochures for selection of color. 2. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings indicating all layouts, details and elevations. 3. Samples: Submit two samples of each selected finish. AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOORS 08420 - i COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES QUALITY ASSURANCE: 5/30/2007 1. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Provide products produced by a single manufacturer with not less than S years successful ex- perience in the fabrication of assemblies of the type and quality required. 2. Installer's Qualifications: 5-years min, successful experience in the installation of systems similar to those required. 3. Manufacturer shall be responsible for design intent and performances specified. The system shown and specified is based on Besam: ifother manufacturers are to be provided, it shall be the manufacturer's responsibility to conform to the specified systems. 4. Comply with ANSI 156.10 Power Operated Pedestrian Door Standard. S. Installer shall have a certified AAADM certified inspector/installer on this project. PROJECT CONDITIONS: Field Measurements: Field measure before fabrication to ensure proper fitting of work; show measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay in the work. Where necessary, proceed with fabrication without field measurement, and coordinate fabrication tolerances to ensure proper fit. WARRANTY: Special Product Warranty: Submit written 2 year warranty, executed by the Contractor, Installer and Manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace units (including reglazing) which fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not necessarily limited to structural failures including excessive deflection, excessive leakage or air infiltration, faulty operation, and deterioration of metals, metal finishes and other materials beyond normal weathering. PARTZ-PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Subject to compliance with the specified requirements, provide the following: Besam Approved Equal MATERIALS: General: Continuous extruded header section shall conceal high-use, ball bearing wheels on nylon-covered support track. Concealed guides shall stabilize bottom of door. Anti-derailing means shall be continuous extrusion full length of door travel. Track must be replaceable without having to remove the operator. Door panel construction shall be by means oftongue-and-groove key fitted gussets that have two tempered bolts in each corner section to assure against racking failure. Aluminum Members: Sections shall comply with 6063TS. Comply with ASTM B 221 for extrusions and ASTM B 209 for sheet or plate. Fasteners: Provide fasteners of aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or other materials warranted by the manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible with aluminum components, hardware, anchors and other components. Provide concealed fasteners wherever possible. AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOORS 08420 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES Operator: 5/30/2007 Provide manufacturer's tested and proven microprocessor of size and capacity as recommended by the manufacturer {min. I/8 HP) DC permanent magnet motor with gear transmission and belt drive. Include belt drive of nylon reinforced neoprene, size as recommended by the manufacturer System shall be programmable and variable to meet the Owner's needs. Reverse mechanism: Operator shall reverse when maximum force of 28 lbs. (125 N) is exerted to prevent the door from closing. The reverser shall be field adjustable to meet job conditions. For protection in case of electrical power failure, operator shall revert to free manual operation of the door. A power ON/OFF switch shall be located on the inside of the header and shall serve a second function as "hold open" for door when in OFF position. Controls and Features: Photo-eves: Photoelectric beams as recommended by the manufacturer, mounted at heights to meet code or for the safest and most workable conditions. Additional features shall include the followintr: ADA access features Emergency exit device and button Accommodation for Owner's card reader system Automatic lock equal to Adams Rite 8600. Hardware: Provide complete hardware for the necessary installation, including operation features, Iock_ing devices, emergency exiting devices and attachments.. Compression Weather-Stripping: Molded neoprene complying with ASTM D 2000 or molded PVC complying with ASTM D 2287. Sweeps shall match doors. Glass: Refer to Section 08800 for detail. Doors shall be provided with full vision glass as follows: Interior doors shall have single pane tempered glass. Exterior doors shall 5/8" double pane insulated tempered glass. FABRICATION: Prefabrication: Before shipment to the project site, complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware application, and other work to the greatest extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for- shipment and installation. Welding: Comply with AWS recommendations; grind exposed welds smooth and restore mechanical finish. Reinforcing: Install reinforcing as required for hardware and necessary for performance requirements, sag resistance and rigidity. Dissimilar Metals: Separate dissimilar metals with zinc chromate primer, bituminous paint, or other separator to prevent corrosion. Continuity: Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles, witl} hairline fit of contacting members. FINISHES: Hiah Performance Coatin~• Provide Champagne anodized finish at all aluminum components at both buildings. AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOORS 08420 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/200'7 PART 3 -EXECUTION INSTALLATION: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. Coordinate with the electrical contractor on wiring, connection and related electrical requirements. Set units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of framing members, doors, or panels. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place. Drill and tap frames and doors and apply surface-mounted hardware items. Comply with hardware manufacturer's instructions and template requirements. Use concealed fasteners wherever possible. Set sill members and other members in bed of sealant as indicated, or with joint ftllers or gaskets as indicated to provide weathertight construction. Comply with requirements of Division 7 for sealant, fillers, and gaskets. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: Adjust operating hardware to function properly, for smooth operation without binding, and for weathertight closure. Clean the completed s sy tem, inside and out, promptly after installation, exercising care to avoid damage to coatings. PROTECTION: Institute protective measures required throughout the remainder of the construction period to ensure that aluminum entrances and storefronts will be without damage or deterioration, other than normal weathering, at time of acceptance. END OF SECTION 08420 AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOORS 08420 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES SECTION 08710 -DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 CONDITIONS S/30/2007 A. Conditions of the contract General and Supplementary Conditions and Division One General Requirements, govern the work of this section. B. This section includes all material, and related service necessary to furnish all finish hardware indicated on the drawings, or specified herein. C. Furnish UL listed hardware for all labeled and 20 min. openings in conformance with the requirements for the class of opening scheduled. Underwriters' requirements shall have precedence over specification where conflicts exist. D. All work shall be in accordance with all applicable state and local building codes. Code requirements shall have precedence over this specification where conflicts exist. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. This section includes the following: 1. Furnish door hardware (for hollow metal, wood and aluminum doors) specified herein, listed in the hardware schedule, and/or required by the drawings. 2. Cylinders for Aluminum Doors 3. Thresholds and Weather-stripping 4. Aluminum frame seals to be provided by aluminum door supplier 5. Electro-Mechanical Devices 6. Access Control components and or systems specified within this section. B. Where items of hardware are not definitely or correctly specified and but are required for the intended service, such omission, error or other discrepancy should be directed to the Architect prior to the bid date for clarification by addendum. Otherwise furnish such items in the type and quantity established by this specification for the appropriate service intended. 1.3 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. This section includes coordination with related work in the following sections: 1. Division 06 Section "Finish Carpentry". 2. Division 06 Section "Cabinet Hardware" 3. Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames". 4. Division 08 Section "Wood Doors" 5. Division 08 "Traffic Doors" 6. Division 08 "Automatic Sliding Doors" 7. Division 08 Section "Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts" 8. Division 16 Sections "Electrical". 1.4 REFERENCES A. Publications of agencies and organizations listed below form a part of this specification section to the extent referenced. BMHA -Recommended Locations for Builders' Hardware. NFPA 80 -Standards for Fire Doors and Windows. NFPA 101 -Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures. UL -Building Material Directory. DHI -Door and Hardware Institute WHI -Warnock Hersey IBC 2000 -International Building Code 2000 Edition (as amended by local building code) 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Within ten days after award of contract, submit detailed hardware schedule in quantities as required by Division 1 - General Conditions. B. Schedule format shall be consistent with recommendations for a vertical format as set forth in the Door & Hardware Institute's (DHI) publication "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule". Hardware sets shall be HARWARE 08710 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 B. Adjust dimensions of protection plates to accommodate stile and rail dimensions, lite and louver cutouts, and adjacent hardware. Where required by adjacent hardware, protection plates shall be factory drilled for cylinders or other mortised hardware. All push plates shall be beveled 4 sides and counter sunk. C. Where specified, provide surface mounted door edges. Edges shall butt to protective plates. Provide edges with cutouts as required adjacent hardware. D. Where possible, provide back-to-back, and concealed mounting for pulls and push bars. Push bar length shall be 3" less door width, or center of stile to center of stile for stile & rail or full glass doors. 2.8 COORDINATORS A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Ives Door Controls Hager 1. Bar Coordinator COR x FL 600 x Filler 297D x 297F 2. Mounting Bracket MB Series AB, C Series 297 Series B. Provide coordinators at all pairs of doors having automatic flushbolts and closers on the inactive leaf, and for pairs of doors having vertical rod/mortise exit device combinations with overlapping astragals. C. Provide appropriate filler bars, closer mounting brackets, carry bars, and special top latch preparations as required by adjacent hardware. 2.9 CLOSERS A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: LCN Dor-O-Matic Sargent 1. 40l 1 /41 I 1 EDA SC70 / SC70 HD 350 / 351 PIO B. Obtain door closers from a single manufacturer, although several may be indicated as offering products complying with requirements. C. Closers shall use high strength cast iron cylinders, forged main arms, and 1 piece forged steel pistons. D. Closers shall utilize a stable fluid withstanding temperature range of -~-] 20deg F to -30deg F without seasonal adjustment of closer speed to properly close tl~e door. Closers for fire-rated doors shall be provided with temperature stabilizing fluid that complies with standards ULIOC. E. Unless otherwise specified, all door closers shall have full covers and separate adjusting valves for sweeps, latch, and backcheck. F. Provide closers for all labeled doors. Provide closers with adjustable spring power. Size closers to insure exterior and fire rated doors will consistently close and latch doors under existing conditions. Size all other door closers to allow for reduced opening force not to exceed 5 lbs. G. Install closers on the room side of corridor doors, stair side of stairways and interior side of exterior- doors. H. Closers shall be furnished complete with all mounting brackets and cover plates as required by door and frame conditions, and by adjacent hardware. I. Pressure Relief Valve, PRV, shall not be acceptable. 2.10 LOW ENERGY ELECTRO-MECHANICIAL AUTOMATIC OPERATORS A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: LCN BESAM 1. Electro-Mechanical Operator 9500 Sr. Swing 455 SERIES B. Where low kinetic energy, as deftned by ANSI/BHMA Standard A 156.19, power operators are indicated for doors required to be accessible to the disabled, provide electrically powered operators complying with the ADA for opening force and time to close standards. C. Operator operation shall consist of Push button, push plate, switch-activated, manual or manual/electric power assisted Push 'N' Go opening with power boost closing and holding as specified in hardware sets. D. Operators shall comply with ANSI A156.19, UL 325, and the American with Disabilities Act. E. In event of power failure, make door operate manually with controlled spring close as though equipped with a #3 manual door closer, without damage to operator components. HARWARE 08710 - 6 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 F. Provide adjustment by microprocessor control for: I . Opening speed. 2. Backcheck. 3. Hold-open, from 5 to 30 seconds. 4. Closing speed. 5. Opening force. 6. Acceleration during opening and recycling, for soft start. 7. Door will safely stop and reverse if an object is encountered in the opening or closing cycle. G. Operator equipment shall be completely electromechanical and include the following features: 1. Close and center door against stop after each cycle, and hold against drafts, winds and stack pressure. 2. Manual opening force: 14 lb-force (62 N) maximum. 3. Closing force: 6 lb-force (26.6 N). 4. Factory-set door hold-open voltage. 5. Control box and motor/gear box shall be contained in protective housing; utilize precision-machined gears and bearing seats, all-weather lubricant, and shall be mounted on vibration isolators. 6. Gears shall he manufactured by operator manufacturer specifically for operators. 7. Motor shall consist of a DC permanent magnet motor with shielded ball bearings. Motor shall stop when door stops or is fully open and when breakaway is operated. 8. Door operating arm shall be fabricated from forged steel and attached at natural pivot point of door. Do not use slide block in top of door. 9. Exposed arms shall be factory-polished and finished to match operator enclosure. 10. Control circuits for actuators and safeties shall be low-voltage, NEC Class II. 11. Power operators will require 1 I S VAC power supply. H. Enclosure shall consist of a extruded aluminum header concealing all operating parts except arms and manual control switches. I. Wall mounted actuators shall consist of a 4-1/2 inch diameter stainless steel touch plate with a blue filled handicapped symbol. Switches shall be weather resistant and mount on a single gang electrical box furnished by Division 16. 1. Power Operators shall be warranted by the manufacture to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of two years. 2.1 I KICK PLATES AND MOP PLATES A. Furnish protective plates as specified in hardware groups. B. Where specified, provide 10" kick plates, 36" armor plates, and 4" mop plates. Unless otherwise specified, metal protective plates shall be .050" thick; plastic plates shall be 1/8" thick. C. Protective plates shall be 2" less door width, or I" less door width at pairs. Ail protective plates shall be beveled 4 sides and counter sw1k. Protection plates over 16" shall not be provided for labeled doors unless specifically approved by door manufacturers listing. D. Where required by adjacent hardware, protection plates shall be factory drilled for cylinders or other mortised hardware. 2.12 OVERHEAD STOPS Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Glynn-Johnson Rixson Sargent 1. Heavy Duty Surface Mount GJ90 Series 9 Series 590 2. Heavy Duty Concealed Mount GJ 100 Series 1 Series 690 B. Overhead stops (including slide block and end caps) shall be fabricated from metal. C. Unless otherwise specified, furnish GJ90 series overhead stop for doors equipped with regular arm surface type closers that swing more than 140 degrees before striking a wall, for doors that open against equipment, casework, sidelights, or other objects that would make wall bumpers inappropriate, and as specified in hardware groups. D. Furnish sex bolt attachments for wood and mineral core doors unless doors are supplied with proper reinforcing blocks. E. Do not provide holder function for labeled doors. HARWARE 08710 - 7 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 2.I3 WALL STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Ives Hader Burns 1. Wrought Convex Wall Bumper WS406CVX 232W 570 2. Wrought Concave Wall Bumper WS406CCV 236W 575 B. Furnish a stop or holder for all doors. Furnish floor stops only where specifically specified. C. Where wall stops are not applicable, furnish overhead stops. D. Do not provide holder function for labeled doors. 2.14 WEATHERSTRIP, GAS1{EYING A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Pemko NGP Reese 1. Weatherstrip 2891 S 9700 655 2. Adhesive Gasket S88 SO50 797 3. Meeting Edge Seals 18041 9605 959 4. Adhesive Edge Seal S77 5060 **** S. Automatic Door Bottom 4131 222 370 6. Sweeps 18061 NB B606 964 7. Sweep w/ drip 345A (Brush) C627A 354A 8. Drip Cap 346 16 R201 B. W here specified in the hardware groups, furnish the above products unless otherwise detailed in groups. 5/30/2007 C. Provide weatherstripping all exterior doors and where specified. D. Provide intumescent and other required edge sealing systems as required by individual fire door listings to comply with positive pressure standards UL IOC. E. Provide 5050 smoke gaskets at all fire rated doors and smoke and draft control assemblies. 2.IS THRESHOLDS A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Pemko NGP Reese 1. Saddle Thresholds 171 42S 5205 B. Hardware supplier shall verify all finish floor conditions and coordinate proper threshold as required to insure a smooth transition between threshold and interior floor finish. C. Threshold Types: 1. Unless otherwise specified, provide saddle threshold similar to NGP 425 for all exterior openings with a interior floor finish less than or equal to I/4" in height. 2. Unless otherwise specified, provide half saddle threshold similar to NGP 324 for a[1 exterior openings with a interior floor finish greater than 1/4" in height. Threshold 1leight shall match thickness of interior floor finish. 2.16 ELECTRIC STRIKES A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Von Duprin Foyer Adams 1. Type 1 6000 Series 300 Series B. Provide electric strikes designed for use with the type of locks shown at each opening where specified. C. Electric strikes shall be llL listed as Burglary-Resistant Electric Door Strikes and where required shall be UL listed as Electric Strike for Fire Doors. D. Provide transformers and rectifiers for each strike as required. Verify voltage with electrical contractor. 2.17 FINISHES AND BASE MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise indicated in the hardware groups or herein, hardware finishes shall be applied over base metals as specified in the following finish schedule: HARDWARE ITEM BHMA FINISH AND BASE MATERIAL I . Butt Hinges: Exterior, or Non-Ferrous 630 (US32D) HARWARE 08710 - 8 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 11 12 13 14 IS Butt Hinges: Interior Continuous Hinges Flush Bolts Exit Devices Locks and Latches Pulls and Push Plates/Bars Coordinators Closers Protective Plates Overhead Stops Wall Stops and Holders Thresholds Weather-strip, Sweeps Drip Caps Miscellaneous 2.18 KEYING 652 (US26D) 630 (US32D) 626 (US26D) 626 (US26D) 626 (US26D) 630 (US32D) 600 (Prime painted or mill alum.) 689 (Powder Coat Aluaninum) 630 (US32D) 630 (US32D) 630 (US32D} 628 (Mill Aluminum) Aluminum Anodized 626 (US26D) A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Schla~e Sargent Corbin I. Everest "D" Signature Pyramid 5/30/2007 B. Provide all locks and cylinders utilizing a patented Keyway to prevent manufacturing and distribution of aftermarket key blanks by anyone other than factory authorized dealers. C. All locks under this section shall be keyed as directed by the owner to a new Restricted Patented Grand Master Key System. D. Keying shall be by lock manufacturer where permanent records shall be kept. E. Furnish a total of 2 keys per cylinder. Actual cut keys to be determined by owner. F. Master keys and control keys to be delivered by registered mail to the owner. Change keys shall be delivered in a set up key cabinet. Construction keys shall be delivered to the contractor. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to installation of hardware, installer shall examine door frame installation to insure frames have been set square and plumb. Installer shall examine doors, door frames, and adjacent wall, floor, and ceiling for conditions, which would adversely effect proper operation and fitnction of door assemblies. Do not proceed with hardware installation until such deficiencies have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Before hardware installation, general contractor/construction manager shall coordinate a hardware installation seminar with a 1 week notice to all parties involved. The seminar is to be conducted on the installation of hardware, specifically of locksets, closers, exit devices, continuous hinges and overhead stops. Manufacturer's representative of the above products to present seminar. Seminar to be held at the job site and attended by installers of hardware (including low voltage hardware) for aluminum, hollow metal and wood doors. Training to include use of installation manuals, hardware schedule, templates and physical products samples. $. Install all hardware in accordance with the approved hardware schedule and manufacturers instructions for installation and adjustment. C. Set units level, plumb and true to the line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. D. Drill and countersink units which are not factory-prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accord with industry standards. E. Dri11 appropriate size pilot holes for all hardware attached to wood doors and frames. F. Shim doors as required to maintain proper operating clearance between door and frame. G. Unless otherwise specified, locate all hardware in accordance with the recommended locations for builders hardware for standard doors and frames as published by the Door and Hardware Institute. HARWARE 08710 - 9 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 H. Use only fasteners supplied by or approved by the manufactut-er for each respective item of hardware. I. Mortise and cut to close tolerance and conceal evidence of cutting in the finished work. J. Conceal push and pull bar fasteners where possible. Do not install through bolts through push plates. K. Install hardware on UL labeled openings in accordance with manufacturer's requirements to maintain the label. L. Install hardware in accordance with supplemental "S" label instructions on all fire rated openings. M. Install wall stops to contact lever handles or pulls. Do not mount wall stops on casework, or equipment. N. Where necessary, adjust doors and hardware as required to eliminate binding between strike and latchbolt. Doors should not rattle. O. Install door closers on corridor side of lobby doors, room side of corridor doors, and stair side of stairways. P. Adjust spring power of door closers to insure exterior and fire rated doors will consistently close and latch doors under existing conditions. Adjust all other door closers to insure opening force does not to exceed 5 lbs. Q. Adjust "sweep", "latch", & "back check" valves on all door closers to properly control door through out the opening and closing cycle. Adjust total closing speed as required to comply with all applicable state and local building codes. R. Unless otherwise specified or detailed, install thresholds with the bevel in vertical alignment with the outside door face. Notch and closely fit thresholds to frame profile. Set thresholds in full bed of sealant. S. Compress sweep during installation as recommended by sweep manufacturer to facilitate a water resistant seal. T. Deliver to the owner 1 complete set of installation and adjustment instructions, and tools as furnished with the hardware. 3.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. After installation has been completed, the hardware supplier and manufacturers representative for locksets, door closers, exit devices, and overhead stops shall check the project and verify compliance with installation instructions, adjustment of all hardware items, and proper application according to the approved hardware schedule. Hardware supplier shall submit a list of all hardware that has not been installed correctly. B. After installation has been completed, the hardware supplier and manufacturers representative shall meet with the owner to explain the functions, uses, adjustment, and maintenance of each item of hardware. C. Apply self-adhesive gasketing on frame stop at head & latch side and on rabbet of frame at hinge side. 3.4 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. At final completion, and when H.V.A.C. equipment is in operation, installer shall make final adjustments to and verify proper operation of all door closers and other items of hardware. .Lubricate moving parts with type lubrication recommended by the manufacturer. B. All hardware shall be left clean and in good operation. Hardware found to be disfigured, defective, or inoperative shall be repaired or replaced. 3.S HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. The following schedule of hardware groups are intended to describe opening function. The hardware supplier is cautioned to refer to the preamble of this specification for a complete description of all materials and services to be furnished under this section. HW SET: O1 HARDWARE BY DOOR SUPPLIER H W SET: 02 EA CYLINDER (VERIFY TYPE) SCH HARWARE 08710 - 10 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES HW SET: 03 1 EA PADLOCK AS REQUIRED HW SET: 04 EA HINGES AS SPECIFIED I EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080 1 EA WALL STOP WS406 H W SET: OS EA HINGES AS SPECIFIED 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080 I EA HD OVERHEAD STOP 900S H W SET: 06 EA HINGES 1 EA PRIVACY LOCK I EA CLOSER I EA KICK PLATE 1 EA WALL STOP H W SET: 07 EA HINGES I EA STOREROOM LOCK 1 EA CLOSER 1 EA KICK PLATE I EA WALL STOP H W SET: 08 EA HINGES I EA STOREROOM LOCK 1 EA LOCK PROTECTOR 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER ] EA KICK PLATE 1 SET SEALS 1 EA DRIP CAP 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 1 EA THRESHOLD 1 EA KNOW BOX HW SET: 09 EA HINGES 1 EA FLUSHBOLTS AS SPECIFIED L9496 4011/41]1-E 8400 10" X 2" LDW WS406 AS SPECIFIED L9080 401 1/41 1 1-E 8400 10" X 2" LDW W S406 AS SPECIFIED L9480 LG 41 1 1 SCUSH 8400 10" X 2" LDW 700SA 16A C627A 425E 3200 AS SPECIFIED AUTOMATIC 5/30/2007 SCH IVE SCH IVE IVE SCH GLY IVE SCH LCN IVE IVE IVE SCH LCN IVE IVE IVE SCH IVE LCN IVE NGP NGP NGP NGP KNO IVE IVE HARWARE 08710 - I 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 1 EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DP-2 1 EA STOREROOM LOCI{ L9480 1 EA COORDINATOR COR COMPLETE 1 EA ASTRAGAL BY DOOR SUPPLIER 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4I 1 1 SHCUSH 2 EA KICK PLATE 8400 l0" X 1" LDW 1 SET SEALS 700SA 1 EA DRIP CAP 16A 2 EA DOOR SWEEP C627A 1 EA THRESHOLD 42SE LATCHBOLT RETRACTED BY KEY O UTSIDE AND LEVER INSIDE. OUTSIDE LEVER I5 ALWAYS INOPERATIVE . DEADLOCI{ING LATCHBOL"t. NO OUTSIDE T RIM OR CYLINDER AT ((1 1 A STORE #02) HW SET: 10 5/30/2007 IVE SCH IVE BYO LCN IVE NGP NGP NGP NGP EA HINGES AS SPECIFIED IVE 1 EA FLUSHBOLTS AUTOMAT[C IVE 1 EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DP-2 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080 SCH 1 EA COORDINATOR COR COMPLETE IVE 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 411 1 SHCUSH LCN 2 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X I" LDV:~ IVE H W SET: 11 EA HINGES AS SPECIFIED IVE EA PUSH PLATE 8200 6" X 16" IVE EA PULL PLATE 8302-0 4" X 16" IVE EA CLOSER 401 1 /41 I I -E LCN EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW IVE EA WALL STOP WS406 IVE HW SET: 12 1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 700 1 EA MORTISE THUMBTUR N4066 1 EA IC CYLINDER AS REQUIRED 1 EA DEADBOLT MS18S0 1 EA PULL 8103 1 EA PUSH$AR 9100 1 EA AUTO. OPERATOR 9542 RF 1 EA HD OVERHEAD STOP LOOS 1 EA KEY SWITCH 7930-219 1 EA LINE FILTER 7930-240 1 EA REMOTE 7940-461 1 EA MOTION SENSOR 7940-954 PUSH PULL WITH HANDICAP OPERA TOR NOTE: CONN ECTIONS BY DIV 16 NOTE: MOTION SENSOR ON PUSH SIDE ONLY HW SET: 13 IVE ADA SCH ADA IVE IVE LCN GLY LCN LCN LCN LCN HARWARE 08710 - 12 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 700 IVE I EA MORTISE THUMBTURN4066 ADA 1 EA IC CYLINDER AS REQUIRED SCH 1 EA DEADBOLT MS 1850 ADA ] EA PULL 8103 IVE 1 EA PUSHBAR 9100 IVE 1 EA AUTO. OPERATOR 9542 RF LCN 1 EA HD OVERHEAD STOP I OOS GLY i EA KEY SWITCH 7930-219 LCN 1 EA LINE FILTER 7930-240 LCN 1 EA MOTION SENSOR 7940-954 LCN PUSH PULL WITH HANDICAP OPERATOR NOTE: CONNECTIONS BY DIV 16 NOTE: MOTION SENSOR ON PUSH SIDE ONLY HW SET: 14 EA HINGES AS SPECIFIED IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT-10 VON 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE CX99E0 VON 1 EA IC CYLINDER AS REQUIRED SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 41 1 1 SCUSH LCN 1 SET SEALS 700SA NGP 1 EA DRIP CAP 16A NGP 1 EA DOOR SWEEP C627A NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 425E NGP 1 EA INTERFACE BOX JB7-R2 VON 1 EA POWER SUPPLY PS873 VON 1 EA WIRE DIAGRAM BY HARDWARE SUPPLIER 1 EA ELECTRONIC HORN 19105-i SCE DELAYED EG RESS ONE DIRECTION. NO ENTRY AT THIS DOOR WHEN DELAY IS TRIGGERED, CAMERA TO BE ACTIVATED HW SET: 15 EA HINGES AS SPECIFIED IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080 SCH 1 EA ELECTRIC STRII{E 621 1 FSE 24VDC VON I EA CLOSER 4011/4111-E LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS406 IVE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR BYO 1 EA CARD READER BY OTHERS BYO LATCHBOLT RETRACTED BY KEY OUTSIDE AND LEVER INSIDE. OUTSIDE LEVER IS ALWAYS INOPERATIV E. DEADLOCKING LAT CHBOLT. VALID CREDENTIAL WILL MOMENTARILY UNLOCK THE DOOR. NOTE: CONN ECTIONS BY DIV 16 END OF SECTION HARWARE 08710 - 13 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES S/30/2007 SECTION 08800 -GLASS AND GLAZING PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY: Section includes glass and glazing as follows at both stores: Exterior glazing at storefront framing: 1 "insulated tinted glass. Exterior doors: I" insulated clear glass. Interior doors: single glazed clear glass. Interior single pane glass at the aluminum framing. Interior: single glazed clear wired and tempered glass sidelights and Iites. One-way security glass at door and office glazed opening Tempered Blass at all locations as required by code. Mirror glass at restrooms. RELATED WORK: Division 8, all doors, curtainwall, entrances, sidelights and stick framing. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: Provide Mass and trlazing that has been produced, fabricated and installed to withstand normal thermal movement (i.e. 120o F. temperature change), wind loading and impact loading (where applicable), without failure including loss or breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glass and glazing materials and other defects in the work. SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data. 2. Samples: Submit, for verification purposes, the following: A. 12" square samples of each type of glass. B. 12" long samples of each sealant or gasket color installed between adjoining materials. 3. Certificate or label: Submit manufacturer-certified compliance with requirements or label representing a quality control program involving a recognized certification agency or independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Report. QUALITY ASSURANCE: GLASS AND GLAZING 08800 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: 5/30/2007 Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. Store materials, properly stacked, inside under cover and protected. Handle wpsum boards to prevent damage to edges, ends or surfaces. Protect metal corner beads and trim from being bent or damaged. PROJECT CONDITIONS: Environmental Requirements. General: Follow manufacturers' instructions, and ASTM C 840. Cold Weather Protection: Follow manufacturers' recommendations, but a minimum of SOo for 48 hours. Ventilation: as required to reduce excess humidity. PART 2 -PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Subject to compliance with requirements provide products of one of the following: Stee] framing and Furrintr: Bostwick Steel Framing Co. Dale Industries, Inc. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypswn Co. United States Gypsum Co. Cold-Formed Structural Framing Systems: Armco/MAS, ]nc. Dale/lncor Unimast Direct Suspension Systems: Chicago Metallic Corp. National Rolling Mills Co. United States Gypsum Co. Gypsum Board and Related Products: American Gypsum Co. Georgia-Pacific Corp. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. United States Gypsum Co. STEEL FRAMING MATERIALS: General: Comply with ASTM C 754. GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/301200'7 Provide main runners, hanger wire (ASTM A641), rods and flats, and anchors as required. Size devices for 3 x calculated load supported except size direct pull-out concrete inserts for 5 x calculated loads. Steel Members: ASTM C 645; 2~ gage runners, 6" studs, 3-1/2" studs, C-sections, Z-sections, hat-shaped, and other sections shown. Furring Anchorages: 16 gage galvanized wire ties, manufacturer's standard wire-type clips, bolts, nails or screws as recommended by furring manufacturer and complying with C 754. STRUCTURAL STEEL STUDS: Provide "C"-shaped studs and joists of size and gage as indicated on the drawings. Minimum size is 20 gage, in galvanized steel. This system shall be provided at the office area as shown on the structural drawings. Studs shall comply with ASTM C 955. 16 trace and heavier studs shall be a mininnnn yield of 50,000 PS1, ASTM A 446, grade D. 18 and 20 Qage studs shall have a minimum yield of 33,000 PSI, ASTM A 446, grade A. Provide all standard accessories including fasteners, anchors, blocking and reinforcements. GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS: Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, tapered, type X, 5/8", unless otherwise indicated. Gypsum Sheathing Boards made for exterior use with exterior grade paper at office locations. Gypsum Backing Board for Multi-La~pplications: ASTM C 442, type X, 5/8", unless otherwise indicated. Water-Resistant Backing Board: ASTM C 63U, type X, 5/8", unless otherwise indicated. Provide this product at all restroom and shower walls and ceilings. Trim Accessories: Corner beads, L-type beads, U-type beads, and one-piece control joint beads(ASTM C 1047, with removable strip); galvanized. JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS: General: ASTM C 475; type recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated, except as otherwise indicated. Joint Tape: Paper reinforcing tape. Joint Compound: Ready-mixed vinyl-type for interior use, of separate grades; one specifically for bedding tapes and filling depressions, and one for topping and sanding. Water-Resistant Joint Compound: Special water-resistant type at water-resistant backing board. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: Laminating Adhesive: Special adhesive orjoint compound specifically recommended for laminating gypsum boards. Gypsum Board Screws: Comply with ASTM C 1002. Concealed Acoustical Sealant: Refer to Section 07900. GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES Sound Attenuation I3lankets: ASTM C 66~, Type 1, mineral fiber. 5/30/2007 Provide sound blankets at within all interior partitions, and continuous across top-of--wall 2' wide, except where otherwise shown. Thermal Insulation: Fiberglass batt insulation with kraft paper face, in thicknesses shown on the drawings. Foil Facer Sheets: To be used as vapor barrier. Refer to Section 07200, "Insulation". PART 3 - EXECt1TION EXAMINATION Examine areas to receive drywall attachment, anchors, or frames. Ensure that subsurface conditions are acceptable prior to instal- lation. PREPARATION Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate work with structural ceiling wort: to ensure that inserts and other structural anchorage provisions have been installed to receive ceiling hangers. Furnish concrete inserts, steel deck hanger clips and similar devices to other trades for installation well in advance of time needed for coordination with other work. INSTALLATION: Install metal supports per ASTM C 754. Do not bridge building expansion joints with support system. Frame both sides of joints with furring and other support as in- dicated. Install auxiliary framing at termination ofdrywall work, and at openings for light fixtures and similar work, as required for support of both the drywall construction and ot}ler work indicated for support thereon. Wal]/Partition Support Systems: Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing at terminations in the work and for support of fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, and other furnishings. Isolate stud system from transfer of structural loading to system, bath horizontally and vertically. Provide slip or cushioned type joints to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. Install runner tracks at floors, ceilings and structural walls and columns where gypsum drywall stud system abuts other work, except as otherwise indicated. Extend partition stud system through acoustical ceilings and elsewhere as indicated to the structural support or substrate above the ceiling. Space studs 16" o.c. at walls over 9' tall and 24" o.c. for less height, unless otherwise indicated. Structural studs be assembled per the manufacturer's instructions. Do not weld steel less than 20 gage. Provide all supplementary blocking and bracing as required, using double members as required for adequate support or as shown on the structural drawings. Provide provisions for building movement GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 - 4 COLUM$IA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Instal l foil facer sheets on interior side of exterior insulated wal Is per ASTM C 755. Seal joints by lapping and bonding with tape. Extend coverage to extremities of areas to receive retarders. Seal punctures, tears and penetrations through retarders with tape. GENERAL GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: ASTM C 840 and GA 216. Instal] sound attenuation blankets at all interior walls and as indicated, prior to gypsum board unless readily installed after board has been installed. Install ceiling and wall boards using screws, minimizing the number of end-butt joints. Stagger end joints at least 1'-0". Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1 / 16" open space between boards. Do not force into place. Located either ed7e or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications or where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Position boards so that like edges abut, tapered edges against tapered edges and mill- cut or field-cut ends against mill-cut or field- cut ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. Install all corner beads and edge beads with screws: do not simply crimp into position. Attach Qypsum board to sup~lementarv framing and blockin5 provided for additional support at openings and cutouts Provide for expansion 'off ints at continuous walls and ceilings at a maximum of 30' on center. Coordinate location of Architect in field, as joint are not indicated on the drawings. Isolate perimeter ofnon-load-bearing drywall partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4" to 1/2" space and trim edge with L-type semi-finishing edge trim. Seal joints with acoustical sealant. Space fasteners in gypsum boards in accordance with referenced standards and manufacturer's recommendations, except as otherwise indicated. METHODS OF GYPSUM DRYWALL APPLICATION: Wall Tile Base: Where drywall is base for thin-set ceramic file and similar rigid applied wall finishes, install gypsum backing board. Double-La~App[ication: Install gypsum backing board for base layer at right angles to exposed gypsum board with at least ] 0" between joints. Fasten base layers and face layers with separate screws. INSTALLATION_OFpRYWALL TRIM ACCESSORIES General: Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to the sup ports. Otherwise, fasten flanges by nailing or stapling in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Install metal corner beads and trim with screws. Install metal edge trim whenever edge of Qypsutn board would otherwise be exposed ot- semi-exposed. Install L-type trim where work is tightly abutted to other work. Install U-type trim where edge is exposed, revealed, gasketed, orsealant-filled (including expansion joints). Install metal control point (beaded-type} where indicated, or as specified above GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 - 5 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES FINISHING OF DRYWALL: 5/30/2007 General: Apply tape and compound at joints, accessories, penetrations, fasteners, surface defects and as required to prepare work for decoration, with a minimum ofthree coats. Prior to completion, examine walls and ceiling in morning, afternoon and evening light. Mark areas that reveal shadows, lines or other imperfections. Finish until surfaces are all flush. Water-Resistant Gypsum Board Base for Ceramic Tile: Treat joints and fasteners to comply with directions ofwater-resistant joint compound manufacturer. Partial Finishing: "Fire taping" is permitted at non-exposed or concealed drywall (i.e. on-exposed ceilings). PROTECTION OF WORK: Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable to Installer, which ensures gypsum dr}ryvall work being without damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion. END OF SECTION 09254 GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 - 6 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 09300 -TILE PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes interior ceramic floor tile, ceramic wall tile, quarry tile, thresholds and associated grouts and mortars for a complete installation, as indicated on drawings and specified herein. Provide patterns for wall the as shown on the drawings. RELATED WORK: Section 03310, Concrete, for subsurface conditions. Section 04200, Unit Masonry. Section 07900, Joint Sealers, for expansion joints. Section 09250, Gypsum Wallboard. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Source of Materials: Provide materials obtained from one source for each type and color of tile, grout and setting materials. SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical information and installation instructions for all materials. 2. Initial Samples: Color charts samples of actual tiles or sections of tiles showing full range of colors, textures and patterns available for each type of the indicated. Include samples of grout and accessories involving color selection. DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time ofuse. Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water, freezing, foreign matter or other causes. PROJECT CONDITIONS: Maintain environmental conditions and protect worl: during and after installation to comply with referenced standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations. Vent temporary heaters to exterior to prevent damage to the work from carbon dioxide build-up. Maintain temperatures at not less than 50 deg F (l 0 deg C) in tiled areas during installation and for 7 days after completion, unless higher temperatures are required by referenced installation standard or manufacturer`s instructions. TILE 09300 - I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES PART2-PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Manufacturers of Unglazed and Glazed Ceramic Tile Porcelain Tile and Related setting/ Grouting Materials• Provide ceramic wall & floor tile, in the sizes noted below, by: Dal Tile. MATERIALS; 5/30/2007 Colors, Textures and Patterns: For tile, grout and other products requiring selection ofcolors, surface textures or other appearance characteristics, provide products to match characteristics indicated. Provide file trim and accessories as specified and which match color and finish of adjoining flat tile. Ceramic Floor Tile: Ceramic ti[e units, 18" by I8", as made by Dal Tile, Ridgeview RD 03 Light Gold. Ceramic Wall Tile/ Base: Glazed ceramic file units of nominal 8" by 8"size, to include coved base, as made by Dal Tile, Sierra series in a field color of 1525 Aspen and an accent file of 201 1 Black. Floor file in restrooms will be 1525 Aspen and will have an abrasive texture. Quarry Floor Tile and Base: 6" by 6" floor and base, as made by Dal Tile, Quarry Tile series, color: Beige Q60. Threshold: Provide "Corian" type standard threshold units, in color as selected by Architect. Manufacturers standard profile is acceptable. SETTING MATERIALS: Portland Cement Mortar Installation Materials: ANSI A 108.1, with asphalt saturated felt cleavage membrane, I S-lb. type, ASTM D 226, Type I. Reinforcing Wire Fabric: Galvanized welded wire fabric, 2" x 2" - W0.3 x W0.3 (16 ASW gage or 0.0625" diam.); comply with ASTM A 185 and ASTM A 82 except for minimum wire size. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI AI 18.4 Prepackaged dry mortar mix incorporating dry polymer additive in the form of emulsifiable powder to which only water is added at job site. Organic Adhesive: ANSI A136.1 for Type I. GROUTING MATERIALS: Commercial Portland Cement Grout: ANSI AI 18.6, colors as required. Provide grout or mastic for the exterior mounted porcelain tiles, as recommended by the manufacturer for the use intended. Tiles shall be permanently bonded to the concrete wall panels. Latex-Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A 1 18.6, with dry polymer additive in the form of a re-emulsifiable powder to which only water is added at job site. Latex Additive: As recommended by the manufacturer. Mix, full strength, with al) grout materials that do not have latex base already included in the dry mix. All water-type gouts shall contain full strength latex additive/powder TILE 09300 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/200'7 Epox Grout: Provide special two-part epoxy grout that complies with State of Minnesota health Department Standards. This shall be provided at the quarry the locations. ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS: Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated which complies with ASTM C 920 requirements. Refer to Section 07900, Joint Sealers. Colors: Provide colors of exposed sealants to match colors of grout in file adjoining sealed joints, unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 -EXECUTION EXAMINATION: Examine surfaces to receive file work and conditions under which file will be installed. Do not proceed with file work until surfaces and conditions comply with requirements indicated in referenced file installation standard. INSTALLATION: ANSI Tile Installation Standard: ANSI 108 series of the installation standards included under "American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile". TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation"; comply with TCA installation methods indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as applicable to installation conditions shown. Extend file work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures, to form a complete covering without interruptions, except as otherwise shown. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of the without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges oftile abutting trim, finish or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit file closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures and other penetrations so that plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. Jointing Pattern: Unless otherwise shown, lay file in grid pattern. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls and trim are same size. Layout file work and center file fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize file cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise shown. For file mounted in sheets make joints between file sheets same width as joints within file sheets so that extent of each sheet is not apparent ire finished work. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant filled joints, including contz•ol, contraction and isolation joints, where indicated, or at material/construction breaks. Do not saw cut joints. Grout ceramic file per ANSI A 108.10. Begin initial wi~na of gout from file per manufacturer's instructions, paying special attention to latex modified materials. FLOOR INSTALLATION METHODS: Ceramic Mosaic Tile: Provide latex-portland cement mortar, ANSI A108.5 Thresholds: Install at locations indicated and at terniinations oftile at door openings where other floor materials begin. TILE 09300 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: Cleaning: Upon completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic file surfaces of foreign matter. Unglazed file may be cleaned with acid solution only when permitted by the and grout manufacturer's printed instructions, but no sooner than 14 days after installation. Protect metal surfaces, cast iron and vitreous plumbing fixtures from effects of acid cleaning. Flush surface with clean water before and after cleaning. Finished Tile Work: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded, or otherwise defective file work. Protection: When recommended by file manufacturer, apply a protective coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed file walls and floors. Protect installed file work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage and wear. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from using tiled floors for at least 7 days after grouting is completed. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from file surfaces. END OF SECTION 09300 TILE 09300 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/200'1 SECTION 09510 -ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART1-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, inchiding General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to wor]< of this section. SUMMARY: Section includes acoustical ceiling tiles and suspension systems as shown and scheduled on drawings and as specified herein. All field-cut tiles shall have machine-finish tegular edges to match factory-made tiles. Systems include the following: Standard the ceilings, typical: 2' x 2', 3/4" thick white panels and white track system at both stores. Special washable the at the ice-making area of the 37`'' Street store. SUBMITTALS: I. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions. 2. Coordination Drawings: Submit reflected ceiling plans, prepared by Installer showing suspension members, method of anchorage, hangers, and ceiling-mounted work. 3. Samples: Submit 6" square (min.) samples of each acoustical panel type, pattern and color, 12" long samples of exposed run- ners and moldings for each color and system type required. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide acoustical ceiling components tested for the fol lowing: Surface Burning Characteris- tics, with flame Spread of 25 or less, Smoke Developed of 50 or less. 2. Coordination of Work: Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical ceiling units and suspension system components with other work supported by, or peneh~ating through, ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system components (if any), and partition system (if any). DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination or other causes. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. PROJECT CONDITIONS: ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/3012007 Space Enclosure: Do not install interior acoustical ceilings until space is enclosed and weatherproof, wet-work in space is com- pleted and nominally dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient conditions of temperature and humidity will be con- tinuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy. PART 2 -PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS 1. Acoustic Tile: Acoustone. Armstrong. Celotex. USG. Products: Subject to requirements, provide products identical to the following: Typical locations: USG "F" Fissured series, 3/4" x 24" x 24", NRC of 0.70 in white. Provide tegular lay-in the for standard grid system. Ice-making area of the 37`'' Street store: Special USDA approved, smooth texture, vvet formed mineral fiber with vinyl coating for uses in food prep and wet-use areas. Provide Armstrong white "Clean Room Mylar" or equal. 2. Standard Metal Suspension System: Arnestrong. Chicago Metallic. Donn. Product: I~/I6" exposed, white aluminum "T" type grid system, including all main runners, cross tees, wall mouldings and accessories. 3. Acoustical Sealant: Products: Refet• to requirements under Section 07900. MATERIALS: Standard for Acoustical Ceiling Units: Provide manufacturer's standard units of configuration indicated which are prepared for mounting method designated and which comply with FS SS-S-1 18 requirements, including those indicated by reference to type, form, pattern, grade (NRC or NIC' as applicable), light reflectance coefficient (LR}, edge detail, and joint detail (if any). Mounting Method for Measuring NRC: No. 7 (mechanically mounted on special metal support), FS SS-S-1 18; or Type E-400 mounting as per ASTM E 795. Sound Attenuation Performance: Provide acoustical ceiling units with ratings for ceiling sound transmission class (STC) ofrange indicated as determined according to AMA 1-II "Ceiling Sound Transmission Test by Two-Room Method" with ceilings continuous at partitions and supported by a meta] suspension system oftype appropriate for ceiling unit ofconfiguration indicated (concealed for tile, exposed for panels). Standard for Metal Suspension Systems: Provide metal suspension systems oftype, structural classification and finish indicated which comply with applicable ASTM C 6~5 requirements. ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 095I0 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Attachment Devices: Size for ~ times design Load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung. Concrete Inserts: Inserts formed from hot-dipped galvanized sheet steel and designed for attachment to concrete forms and for embedment in concrete, with holes or loops for attachment at hanger wires. Hantrer Wire: Galvanized carbon steel wire, ASTM A 641, soft temper, prestretched, Class 1 coating, sized so that stress at 3- times hanger design loan (ASTM C 635, Table I ,Direct Hung), wi[1 be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 12 gage. Edge Moldings and Trim: Metal or extruded plastic of types and profiles indicated or, if not indicated, provide manufacturer's standard molding for edges and penetrations of ceiling which fits with type of edge detail and suspension system indicated. For lay-in panels with reveal edtre details, and all cut/undersized panels, provide stepped edge molding which forms reveal of same depth and width as that formed between edge of panel and flange at exposed suspension member. For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit penetration exactly. PART 3 -EXECUTION PREPARATION: Coordination: Furnish layouts for inserts, cl ips, or other supports required to be installed by other trades for support ofacoustical ceilings. Furnish concrete inserts and similar devices to other trades for installation well in advance of time needed for coordination of other work. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout ofacoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges ofeach ceiling. Avoid use ofless-than-half width units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans wherever possible. Review existing conditions and provide products for the continuity of the existing system. INSTALLATION: General: Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions, and to comply with governing regulations, fire resistance rating requirements as indicated, and CISCA standards applicable to work. Arrange acoustical units and orient directionally-patterned units (if any) in manner shown by reflected ceiling plans. Install the with pattern running in one direction. Install suspension systems to comply with ASTM C 636, with hangers supported only from building structural members. Locate hangers not less than 6" from each end and spaced 4'-0" along each carrying channel or direct-hung runner, unless otherwise in- dicated, leveling to tolerance of 1/8" in 12'-0". Secure wire hangers by looping and wire-tying, either directly to sh~uctures or to inserts, eye-screws, or other devices which are secure and appropriate for substrate, and which will not deteriorate or fail with age or elevated temperatures. Install hantrers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum which are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal force by bracing, countersplaying or other equally effective means. h7stall edtre moldings of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and at locations where necessary to conceal edges ofacoustical units. ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 3 COLUiVIBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Sealant Bed: Apply continuous ribbon of acoustical sealant, concealed on back of vertical leg before installing moldings. Screw-attach moldiness to substrate at intervals not over 16" o.c. and not more than 3" from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to tolerance of 1 /8" in 12'-0". Miter corners accurately and connect securely. Install acousticalpanels incoordination with suspension system, with edges concealed by support of suspension members. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately at borders and at penetrations. Install hold-down clips in areas indicated, and in areas where required by governing regulations or for fire-resistance ratings; space as recommended by panel manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated or required. CLEANING: Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension members; comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch-up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work which cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 09650 -RESILIENT BASE PART I -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY: Section includes resilient flooring, base and accessories as shown on drawings and in schedules. Vinyl base is located at the selected carpeted areas and at selected intersection of concrete floor and walls RELATED WORK: Section 03310, Concrete. Section 09680, Carpeting. SUBMITTALS: Samples: One set of manufacturer's standard full range color packs of actual material. PROJECT CONDITIONS: Maintain minimum temperature of 65°F (18°C) in spaces to receive resilient flooring for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after- installation. Store resilient flooring materials in spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. Subsequently, maintain minimum temperature of 55°F (13°C) in areas where work is completed. PART2-PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Manufacturers other than those listed must be approved in advance by t}le Architect. Manufacturers of Vinyl Wall Base: Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Azrock Floor Products Div., Azrock Industries, Inc. Flexco Div., Textile Rubber Co. Johnson Rubber Co., Inc. Kentile Floors, Inc. VPI RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE 09650 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES MATERIALS: 5/30/2007 Vinyl Wall Base: 4" high cove vinyl base as required and selected by the Architect complying with FS SS-W-40, Type II, with matching end stops and preformed or molded corner units, equal to VPI series 300 Roll Stock, in color as selected by Architect. Provide a total of two colors. Adhesives (Cements}: Waterproof, stabilized type as recommended by flooring manufacturer to suit material and substrate condi- tions. PART 3 -EXECUTION INSTALLATION: Install vinyl base using method indicated in strict compliance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Scribe, cut, and fit base around obiects and variations in the wall surfaces, built-in furniture and cabinets, pipes, outlets and permanent columns, walls and partitions. Tightly cement resilient base to sub-base without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections. Hand roll resilient flooring at perimeter of each covered area to assure adhesion. Adhere base to substrates using full spread of adhesive applied in compliance with flooring manufacturer's directions. Apply wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practicable, with preformed comer units, or fabricated from base materials with mitered or coped inside corners. Tightly bond base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. On masomy surfaces, or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. CLEANING AND PROTECTION: Perform thorough cleanup operations immediately upon completion of resilient base. END OF SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE 09650 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 09680 -CARPETING PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes furnishing and installing carpet square flooring as indicated on drawings, finish schedule and specifications, and is defined to include accessories and installation. This section also includes floor preparation as needed. Carpeting includes carpet square at all locations within the two buildings as shown on the drawings. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Installer Qualifications: Firm with not less than 5 years of experience in installation of commercial carpeting of type, quantity and installation methods similar to work of this section. 2. General TerminologYlInformation Standard: Refer to current edition of"Carpet Specifier's Handbook" by The Carpet and Rug Institute; for definitions of terminology not otherwise defined herein, and for general recommendations and information. SUBMITTALS: l .Product Data: Submit manufacturer's complete technical product data for each type of cushion and accessory item required. 2. Samples: Submit samples of carpet for review. PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Deliver carpeting materials in original mill protective wrapping with mill register numbers and tags attached. Store inside, in well ventilated area, protected from weather, moisture and soiling. PART 2 -PRODUCTS MATERIALS: Carpet: Provide 18" x 18" Mannington Commercial Carpet, Line: Color Canvas Modular, Color: Cordovan. CARPET ACCESSORIES: Glue: As recommended by the carpet manufacturer. Miscellaneous Materials: As recommended by manufacturers of carpet, cushions and other carpeting products; and selected by Installer to meet project circumstance and requirements. CARPETING 09680 - I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES PART 3 -EXECUTION PRE-INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: 5/30/2007 Examine substrates for moisture content and other conditions under which carpeting is to be installed. Repair minor holes, cracks, depressions or rough areas using material recommended by carpet or adhesive manufacturer. Notify Contractor in writing ofmajor conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Clear away debris and scrape up left over construction deposits from surfaces to receive carpeting; vacuum clean immediately before installation. Check concrete surfaces to ensure that there is no "dusting" through installed carpet; advise concrete sealing contractor (and Architect} to apply additional sealer where required to prevent dusting. Sequence carpeting with other work so as to minimize possibil ity ofdamage and soiling ofcarpet during remainder of construction period. INSTALLATION: General: Review conditions of new and existing floors. Ensure that floors are acceptable for installation of carpet. Provide leveling materials at areas that require patching and filling. Glue carpet only a recommended by the manufacturer. Comply with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations for application ofcarpet squares; maintain uniformity ofcarpet direction and lay of pile. Provide cut-outs where required, and bind cut edges properly where not concealed by protective edge guards or overlapping flanges. Install carpet squares by trimming edges and as recommended by the manufacturer. CLEAMNG AND PROTECTION: Remove and dispose of debris and usable scraps. Vacuum carpet squares using commercial machine with face-beater element. Remove spots and replace carpet where spots cannot be removed. Remove any protruding face yarn using sharp scissors. Advise Contractor of protection methods and materials needed to ensure that carpeting will be without deterioration ar damage at time of substantial completion. END OF SECTION 09680 CARPETING 09680 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 09900 -PAINTING PART 1 -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes painting work as indicated on drawings and schedules, and as herein specified. Work includes surface preparation, priming, coating, filling of voids and other surface treatment. Shop primed and pre-finished products are not a part of this section. Refer to the drawings for more detailed information on locations and scope of work. The following is an abbreviated list of items to be included as a part of the paint section: Exterior steel: Hollow metal doors/fi-ames, exposed steel, steel bollards and other items. Interior gypsum drywall walls and ceilings, and concrete block walls. Interior wood doors, millwork and trim. Epoxy paint at the 37`'' Street store, ice-making area Other items as noted. Several colors are included throughout the two buildings: refer to the drawings. RELATED WORK: "Concrete Block". Section 04200. "Steel Fabrications", Section 05500. "Steel Doors and Frames", Section 081 10. "Wood Doors", Section 08210. "Gypsum Wallboard", Section 09250. pUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Single Source Responsibility: Provide primers and other undercoat paint produced by same manufacturer as finish coats. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits. 2. Coordination of Work: Review other sections of these specifications in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various substrates. SUBMITTALS: Paint Samples: Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be painted. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. Submit two sets of samples for Architect's review of color and texture for approval. DELIVERY AND STORAGE: PAINTING 09900 - I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Deliver materials to job site in original, new and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and information regarding color, number, instructions, stock number, and any other applicable data. Stare materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Protect from freezing where necessary. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take all precautions to ensure that workmen and work areas are adequately protected from fire hazards and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing and application of paints. JOB CONDITIONS: In general, Do not apply any paint system unless the air temperature is above 40 decrees for three consecutive dam. Refer to specific, more strngent requn-ements for various paint systems. Apply water-base paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50°F (10°C) and 90°F (32°C}, unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacnu•er's printed instructions. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45°F {7°C) and 95°F (35°C}, unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog or mist, or when relative humidity exceeds 8S° o, or to damp or wet surfaces, unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions. Painting may be continued during inclement weather if areas and surfaces to be painted are enclosed and heated «~ithin temperature limits specified by paint manufacturer during application and drying periods. PART 2 -PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Devoe Benjamin Moore and Co. (Moore). Diamond Vogel Paints. Hirshfields Paints. Iowa Paint. PPG Industries, Pittsburgh Paints (Pittsburgh). Pratt and Lambert (P & L). Sherwin-Williams Co.. ICl Paints MATERIALS: Material Quality: Provide best quality grade of various types of coatings as regularly manufactured by acceptable paint materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying manufacturer's identification as a standard, best-grade product will not be acceptable. Proprietary names used to designate color or materials are not intended to imply that products of named manufacturers are required to exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Federal Specifications establish minimum acceptable quality for paint materials. Provide certification that paint materials provided meet or exceed these minimums. PAINTING 09900 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Color Pigments: Pure, non-fading, applicable types to suit substrates and service indicated. Lead content in pigment, if any, is limited as follows unless a more current, stringent law applies: not mare than 0.06% lead, as lead metal based on the total non-volatile (dry-film} of paint by weight. PART 3 -EXECUTION INSPECTION: Applicator must examine areas and conditions under which painting work is to be applied and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been correct in a manner acceptable to Applicator. Starting of painting work will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within any particular area. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise detrimental to formation ofa durable paint film. Do not paint over any code-required labels. SURFACE PREPARATION: General: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions and as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition. Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish-painted. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall removed items. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint. Ferrous Metals: Clean ferrous surfaces, which are not galvanized or shop-coated. Touch-up shop-applied prime coats wherever damaged or bare, where required by other sections of these specifications. Clean and touch-up with same type shop primer. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean free of oil and surface contaminants with non-petroleum based solvent. APPLICATION: Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. General: Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Minimum Coatintr Thickness: Apply materials at not less than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate, to establish a total dry film thickness as indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by coating manufacturer. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements. Wal] covering: Wall coverings shall be installed by experienced paperhangers that have worked with materials similar to those specified. Follow the manufacturers instructions for preparation, layout, primers, installation and clean-up. Ensure that all materials are laid out and installed true and plumb. All wises and seams shall be tight and secured to the subsurface. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: PAINTING 09900 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Owner reserves the right to test the work. If test results show that material being used does not comply with specified requirements, Contractormay be directed to stop painting work, and remove non-complying paint; pay for testing; repaint surfaces coated with rejected paint; remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces if, upon repainting with specified paint, the two coatings are non-compatible. This shall be strictly enforced. CLEAN-UP AND PROTECTION: Clean-Up: During progress of work, remove from site discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at end of each work day. Upon completion of painting work, clean window glass and other paint spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by proper methods of washing and scraping, using car not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces. Protection: Protect work from other trades and from the public, through the use of barricades, signs and other- forms of protection. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly-painted tinishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completion of painting operations. At completion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces. PAINT SCHEDULE: Genera]: Provide the following Paint systems for the various substrates, as indicated. Supply paint equal to those listed below, but only from approved list of "manufacturers" listed above. I. Ferrous Metal: Full Gloss Alkyd Trim Enamel Prime Coat: Zinc chromate primer. 1st and 2nd Finish Coats: Alkyd Gloss Enamel with deep tone base as required, depending on color selected. 2, Zinc-Coated or Pre-finished Metal: Alkyd Enamel Prime Coat: Zinc Dust-Zinc Oxide Primer, as required. 1st and 2nd Finish Coat: Alkyd Gloss Enamel. 3. Interior Wood Doors millwork with Clear Finish: Sanding sealer coats as required with semi-transparent wood stain; 2 coats of clear oil base varnish in satin finish. Filler putty as required. 4. Interior Wallboard and Masonry: Semi-gloss/low luster, Latex Paint: 2 coats plus blockfiller/ primer as applicable. 5. Interior Wallboard office areas: Egg shell, Latex Paint: 2 coats plus primer. 6. Interior Wallboard ice makinb area: Epoxy paint that complies with State Health Dept. Guidelines. END OF SECTION 09900 PAINTING 09900 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS L[QUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 10200 -LOUVERS AND VENTS PART1-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes pre-finished aluminum louvers. Refer to drawings and specifications noted herein. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Performance Requirements: Where louvers are indicated to comply with specific performance requirements, provide units whose performance ratings have been determined in compliance with Air Movement and Control Associates (AMCA) Standard 500. Comply with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" recommendations for fabrication, construction details and installation procedures, except as otherwise indicated. Field Measurements: Verify size, location and placement of louver units prior to fabrication, wherever possible. Shop Assembly: Coordinate field measurements and shop drawings with fabrication and shop assembly to minimize field adjustments, splicing, mechanical joints and field assembly of units. Preassemble units in shop to greatest extent possible and disassemble as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications; certified test data, where applicable; and installation instructions for required products, including finishes. 2. Shop Drawing: Submit detailed shop drawings indicating size, finish and details of construction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Subject to compliance with requirements, including high performance paint finish, provide products of one of the following: Industrial American Warming Ruskin Mfg. Co. Approved Equal MATERIALS: Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003 or 5005 with temperas required for forming, or as otherwise recommended by metal producer to provide required finish. LOUVERS AND VENTS 10200 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5(30!2007 Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-"r52, 0.081" and 0.125", as structurally required. Blanks: Aluminum sheets of 0.40" aluminum, in matching color. Mesh: '/" x 0.063" aluminum: verify type and size of wire with architect/mechanical contractor prior to shop drawings or order. Fastenin>?s: Use same material as items fastened, unless otherwise indicated. Fasteners for exterior applications may be hot-dip galvanized, stainless steel or aluminum. Provide types, gages and lengths to suit unit installation conditions. Use Phillips flat-head machine screws for exposed fasteners, unless otf~er~vise indicated. Anchors and Inserts: Use non-ferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work. Sealants: Provide urethane sealant in color as selected by the Architect, as needed and as recommended b the manufacturer. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: Provide a complete louver system as shown on the drawings and as specified including the following components: Free Area: Not less than 50% fora 48" x 48" size, +/-. Static Pressure Loss: No more than 0.15" of water at an airflow of 1050 fpm free area velocity a intake direction. Water Penetration: Not more than 0.052 oz. per sq. ft. of free area at an airflow of 1000 fptn free area velocity. AMCA Certification: Furnish units bearing AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. Mesh: At the intake /exhaust locations, provide aluminum mesh that is mounted with secure bars or brackets to hold the mesh in place. Allow for disassembly and replacement. Clip angles: Provide aluminum clip angles and supports to mount louvers to back-up supports and to each other as necessary. FABRICATION. GENERAL: Provide louvers and accessories ofdesign, materials, sizes, depth, arrangement, and metal thicknesses indicated, or ifnot indicated, as required for optimum performance with respect to airflow; water penetration; air leakage, where applicable (for adjustable units, if any); strength; durability; and uniform appearance. Fabricate frames including integral sills to suit adjacent construction with tolerances for installation, including application of sealants in joints between louvers and adjoining work. Include supports, anchorages, and accessories required for complete assembly. Join frame members to one another and to stationary louver blades by welding, except where indicated otherwise or where field bolted connections between frame members are made necessary by size of louvers. Maintain equal blade spacing, including separation between blades and frames at head and sill, to produce uniform appearance. METAL FINISHES: LOUVERS AND VENTS 10200 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 General: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manua}" for finish designations and application recommendations, except as otherwise indicated. Apply finishes in factory after assembly. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces with protective covering, prior to shipment. Remove scratches from exposed surfaces which that are visible after finishing process. Hirsh-Performance Coating: AA-CI2C42RIx (cleaned wit} inhibitive chemicals, conversion coated with an acid-chromate- fluoride-phosphate treatment and painted with organic coating specified below). Fluorocarbon Coating: Inhibitive thermo-cured primer, and thermo- cured fluorocarbon coating equal to "Kynar 500" coating from a complete range of manufacturer's standard colors. PART 3 -EXECUTION PREPARATION: Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions and directions for installation of anchorages which are to be em- bedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to the project site. Review the base conditions and ensure that the support framing and adjoining systems are straight, true and acceptable for installation of the louver system. INSTALLATION: Locate and place louver units components plumb, level and in proper alignment with adjacent work. Use concealed anchorages wherever possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection. Form tight joints with exposed connections accurately fitted together. Provide reveals and openings for sealants and joints tillers, as indicated. Repair finishes damaged by cutting, welding, soldering and grinding operations require for fitting and jointing, as acceptable by the Architect. Restore finishes so there is no evidence for corrective work. Return items which cannot be refinished in field to shop, make required alterations, and refinish entire unit, or provide new units. Provide concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers, and insulations, and install as work progresses to make installations weathertight. END OF SECTION 10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS 10200 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 10400 -SIGNAGE PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes signage and associated accessories as required for the project, including all installation, as follows: Interior panel signs Cast letters /numbers LED enclosed aluminum letters Site panel signs and standards Electrical work and liahtina is specified in Division 16: coordinate installation of illuminated lights with this contractor. RELATED WORK: Masonry used at the back-up walls is specified in Section 04200. Installation standards included in Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. Illuminated exit suns are specified in a Division-Ib section. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Supplier /Contractor shall have a minimum of five years experience with the fabrication ofsignage consistent with items required within this section. SUBMITTALS: I. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of specialty signs. Include location drawings, lists and details of sign wording and lettering layout. Show anchorages and accessory items. 2. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of sign required. 3. Samples: Submit samples of each sign form and material showing finishes, colors, surface textures and qualities of manufac- turer and design of each sign component including graphics. PART 2 -PRODUCTS MATERIALS: PLASTIC /ALUMINUM PANEL SIGNS: General: Provide signs that are constructed with plexiglass and include all appropriate ADA requirements. Architect shall select from a list of standard color options. Provide signs at all rooms required by code at both buildings. All other general purpose raoms will not have signage. SIGNAGE 10400 - I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5!30!2007 Provide suns that comply with current ADA guidelines, with incuse/raised letters, braille, symbols and other requirements, where required. Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, used concealed fasteners fabricated from materials or metals that are non-corrosive to either the sign material or the mounting surface. Anchors and Inserts: Use non-ferrous metal or hot-dipped galvanized anchors and inserts as appropriate for installation into concrete or masonry work. Provide a full range of color options carried by the manufacturer, as well as a full range of font choices. LETTERS, NUMBERS AND LOGOS: Aluminum letters numbers and lo4os: Provide aluminum letters, numbers and features, cast in sizes, locations and styles as shown on the drawings. Provide non-corrosive, projected mounting devices for masonry in quantities, sizes and composition as recommended by the manufacturer. Finish /color and font shall be as selected by the architect from complete list of colors/options. Refer to drawings for location at building/monument. LED ENCLOSED ALUMINUM LETTERS: Aluminum box style letters and LED lighting: Provide individual letters consisting of 3" deep aluminum, with 0.063 thick aluminum returns and reinforcing and 0.125 thick face plates. Units shall be formed using fonts and layouts as shown on the drawings. Rear enclosure shall be weathertight using 1 /8" thick lexan panels. Interior of box letters shall be finished in reflective white paint. Provide I/4" stainless steel rods, sleeves and anchors mounted to reinforced areas ofeach letter: quantity and location of the anchors shall be determined by the manufacturer for proper strength and integrity of the letter units. Length of sleeves and distance between letters and wall shall be 1-1 /2". As apart ofthis work provide LED liahtingsystem consisting ofspecially shaped lighting units that conform to the letter design, internal wiring connections, j-box and transformer. Standard 120 V service is to be provided: refer to electrical drawings for locations and related information. EXTERIOR PARKING AND SITE SIGNAGE Metal Sitrns: Provide signs of sheet aluminum or galvanized steel of 18 gauge minimum thickness. All corners are include a radius, with smooth edges. Face of sign shall have reflective coating. Include manufacturer's standard heavy duty mounting bracket for each sign that extends a minimum of 42" into the ground. Refer to the drawings for list of signage, types, lettering and related items. Refer to the civil engineering drawings for location and types of signs: "stop" and ADA parking signs. Provide handicap signs, with symbol, at each parking stall shown. FABRICATION Panel Suns: Fabricate panel signs to comply with the requirements indicated for materials, thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes and details of construction. Produce smooth, even, level sign panel surfaces, constructed to remain flat under installed condition within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16" measured diagonally. Mount traffic sign panels to standards with a minimum of two non- corrosive bolts. Standards shall be of sufficient length to permit a minimum of three and one half feet bury depth and five feet exposure. Standards shall be of uni-strut design, made of galvanized steel and prefinished in black by method suitable for exterior use. At handicapped suns, provide universal graphic symbol. SIGNAGE 10400 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES PART 3 -EXECUTION: INSTALLATION: 5/30/2007 General: Locate sign units and accessories where shown or scheduled, using mounting methods of type described and in com- pliance with the manufacturer's instructions, unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of exterior mounted signs with masonry contractor. Locate studs at masonry mortar joints. Provide urethane sealant joint at each stud location, so that no water shall penetrate connection. Install sign units level, plumb and at the height indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion or other defects in appearance. Wall-Mounted Panel Signs: Attach panel signs to wall surfaces using the methods indicated below: Vinyl Tape Mounting: Use double-sided foam tape, of the thickness indicated, to mount signs to smooth non-porous surfaces. Do not use this method for vinyl-covered or rough surfaces. Metal Letters and Numbers and LED ]iahtin~ units: Mount letters and numbers using fastening methods recommended by the manufacturer for the letter form, type of mounting, wall construction, and condition of exposure indicated. Provide heavy paper template to establish letter spacing and to locate holes for fasteners. Projected Mounting: Mount letters at the projection distance from the wall surface with a clear dimension of 1/2". Carefully install LED units and letters, coordinating power requirements in advance with the electrical engineer. CLEANING AND PROTECTION: At completion of the installation, clean soiled sign surfaces in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Protect units from damage until acceptance by the Owner. END OF SECTION 10400 SIGNAGE 10400 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 10522 -FIRE EXTINGUISHERS CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes semi-recessed and bracket mounted fire extinguishers, cabinets and accessories as indicated on drawings, and specified herein for both buildings. Provide both bracket mounted and semi-recessed fire extinguishers. Referto the drawings for locations ofeach. In general, semi- recessed cabinets shall be located in the office areas of the building and bracket mounted extinguishers shall be provided at the storage, maintenance and shop areas. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Sini;le Source Responsibility: Obtain products in this section from one manufacturer. 2. UL-Listed Products: Provide new portable fire extinguishers which are UL-listed and bear UL "Listing Mark" for type, rating, and classification of extinguisher indicated. SUBMITTALS: Product Data: Submit product data for each product. PART 2 -PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: J. L. Industries. Larsen's Mfg. Co. Johnson-Lee, Division of W.F. Lee Corp. MATERIALS, FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: General: Provide fire extinguishers for each extin~=uisher cabinet and bracket and other locations indicated, in colors and finishes selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard which comply with requirements of governing authorities. Fill and service extinguishers to comply with requirements of governing authorities and manufacturer's requirement. Abbreviations indicated below to identify extinguisher types relate to UL classification and rating system and not, necessarily, to type and amount of extinguishing material contained in extinguisher. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES 10522 - I COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Multi-Purpose Dry Chemical Type: UL-rated 2-A:IO:B: C, 10 lb. nominal capacity, in enameled steel container, for Class A, Class B and Class C fires. MOUNT[NG BRACKETS Provide manufacturer's standard bracket designed to prevent accidental dislodgment of extinguisher, of sizes required for type and capacity of extinguisher indicated, in manufacturer's standard plated finish. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS: General: Provide semi-recessed fire extinguisher cabinets as indicated, of suitable size for housing fire extinguishers ofrypes and capacities indicated. Construction: Manufacturer's standard interior, enameled steel box, with exposed anodized aluminum trim, frame, door and hardware. Weld all joints and `rind smooth. Miter and weld perimeter door frames. S_t~~fe: Provide design similarto JL Industries, Academy Aluminum Series, with 2-1/2" return trim, clear anodized alwninum door frame and matching pull with transparent 1/4" thick acrylic light. Fabricate trim in one piece with corners mitered, welded and ground smooth. Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard door operating hardware with hinge, latch and door pull. Provide concealed or continuous type hinge permitting door to open 180°. FACTORY FINISHING OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS General: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for finish designations and application recommendations except as otherwise indicated. Apply finishes in factory after products are assembled. Protect cabinets with plastic or paper covering, prior to shipment. Baked Enamel Finish at cabinet interior: Immediately after cleaning and preh•eatment, apply cabinet manufacturer's standard baked enamel finish system to the following surfaces: Anodized Aluminwn Finishes: Provide architectural clear anodic coating, as specified. PART 3 -EXECUTION INSTALLATION: Install items included in this section in locations and at mounting heights indicated, or if not indicated, at heights to comply with applicable regulations of governing authorities and ADA laws. Prepare recesses in walls for fire extinguisher cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and style of trim and to comply with manufacturer's instructions. Securely fasten motmting brackets and fire extinguisher cabinets to structure, square and plwnb, to comply with manufacturer's instructions. Where exact location ofsurface-mounted cabinets and bracket-mounted fire extinguishers is not indicated, locate as directed by Architect in the field. Place fire extinguishers in cabinets or on brackets at the end of the work to help prevent damage or theft to the units. END OF SECTION 10522 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES 10522 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 10800 -TOILET ACCESSORIES PART1-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK; Section includes full range of toilet accessories including the following: ADA grab bars Toilet tissue dispensers RELATED WORK: Section 04200, Unit Masonry Section 08800, "Glass and Glazing", for Mirror Glass. Section 09250, "Gypsum Drywall". Section 09300, Tile. SUBMITTALS: Product Data: Manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each toilet accessory. PART 2 -PRODUCTS: MANUFACTURERS: American Specialties Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. Bradley Washroom Equipment. McKinney/Subsidiary I<idde, Inc. Parker-Scovi l 1. MATERIALS GENERAL: Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, with polished No. 4 finish, 22 gage (.034") minimum, unless otherwise indicated. Brass: Leaded /unleaded, flat products, FS QQ-B-613; Rods, shapes, forgings, flat products with finished edges, FS QQ-B- 626. Chromium Plating: Nickel and chromium electro-deposited on base metal, ASTM B 456, Type SC 2. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit or of galvanized steel where concealed. TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS: TOILET ACCESSORIES 10800 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Roll-In-Reserve Dispenser: Surface mounted dispenser, with core tissue roll, reserve roll and automatic release bar. Hinge front of unit with pivot hinge and secure with tumbler lockset. Provide concealed anchorage. Provide non-restricted delivery type. GRAB BARS: Stainless Steel Type: Heavy duty, I -1 /2" d. Handicap approved grab bars of 18 gage textured tubes and fully concealed mounting. Provide combination, ADA compliant bars at each location, as shown on the drawings. FABRICATION: Toilet Accessories General: Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, exposed edges rolled. I-fang doors or access panels with continuous stainless steel piano hinge. Provide concealed anchorage wherever possible. PART 3 -EXECUTION INSTALLATION: Install toilet accessory units in accordance with manufacturers' instructions, using fasteners which are appropriate to substrate and recommended by manufacturer of unit. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. Not all accessories are shown in mounting position on the drawings. Verify with the Architect in the field for locations. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation. Verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damaged or defective items. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces after removing temporary labels and protective coatings. SCHEDULE OF TOILET ACCESSORIES: Manufacturer: For reference purposes model numbers of toilet accessories listed below are based on Bobrick brand. Each restroom in both buildings shall receive the following: Toilet tissue dispensers: one per toilet B-288 Grab bars: one set at ADA toilet B-6200 series END OF SECTION I0800 TOILET ACCESSORIES I0$00 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES S/3012007 SECTION 11780 -REFRIGERATED ROOMS AND EOUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Section includes refrigerated room, equipment, supports, display doors and shelving at both stores, summarized as follows: Preparation work Walls, ceilings and supports Ramps and floors Glass display doors Doors and frames Display shelving Refrigeration system Condensate piping, comlections and controls Steel components Fasteners and accessories Seals and weatherstripping Light fixtures Installation of systems The drawings illustrate the general design intent. The manufacturer shall use this as aguide but must provide missing elements and accessories for a complete and workable installation.. It is understood that refrigerated room systems and components may vary slightly and the manufacturer's standard components shall be used, provided accessories and components conform to the general design intent as shown on the drawings and specified herein. Refer to alternates for upgrades to the refrigeration system at both buildings. In addition, there is an alternate to provide steel columns and beams to carry the ceiling as well as additional storage loads. The base bid shall include a standard ceiling system that does not carry any additional loads. Also refer to all other related sections including, but not limited to, concrete, masonry systems, structural systems, mechanical and electrical work. WARRANTY: Contractor shall provide standard warranty against any defects, installation problems or design flaws within the system, which shall be a minimum of one year, including prompt on-call service. Warranty shall include all system components, working parts, finishes, failure of the panels and related items. Provide ten (10) year warranty for all panels used on the project, assuring that the units shall not delaminate and shall be free of defects for this period of time. Compressor shall be warranted for a minimum of four (4) years. Warranty shall commence on the day of Substantial Completion for the entire building. Note that this date will vary depending on store location. SUBMITTALS: 1. Shop Drawings: Submit a complete set of drawings showing layout, components, features, penetrations, refrigeration system details, covering and trim details, and accessory installation details to clearly indicate proper assembly of components. REFRIGERATED ROOMS AND EQUIPMENT 11780 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 2. Samples: Provide color samples of doors and panel surfaces for cooler wall construction. QUALITY ASSURANCE: I. Experience and System Performance: Design refrigerated rooms using proven experience and tested materials that can withstand commercial use and temperatuz-e extremes. The Owner- reserves the right to reject the bidder if it is determined that the track record of the manufacturer is less than satisfactory. 2. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Manufacturer shall have a minimum offive yea~•s successful experience in the design, fabrication and construction of refrigerated rooms and equipment. 3. Manufacturer's Erection Qualifications: Provide an experienced supervisor on the project, for the full installation period, who has a minimwn offive years experience in successfully installing and constructing refrigerated rooms and related equipment. 4.Certification and Compliance: Refrigerated rooms and equipment shall comply with the following Listed with NSF International In compliance with State of Minnesota Health Department regulations Insulation foam: UL 723 (ASTM-84) Electrical components: NEMA certified DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDL[NC: Deliver and store prefabricated components, sheets, panels, equipment and other manufactured items so they will not be damaged or deformed during shipment, delivery and installation. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with tarpaulins or other suitable weathertight ventilated covering. Do not store components in contact with other materials which might cause staining. PART 2 -PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Subject to specified requirements and system performances, systems shall be acceptable from the following manufacturers: Walk-in refrigerated rooms: Bally Walk-In (Morehead City, NC - 1800-242-2559) Kolpak Walk-Ins (Parsons, TN - I-800-826-7036) Nor-Lake Walk-Ins (Hudson, W I - 1-800-729-9941) Refrigeration Equipment: Heatcraft Russell MATERIALS: REFRIGERATED ROOMS: Provide materials and system components that have a proven track record. Contractor shall be responsible for all products, components, accessories and methods used in assembling the structure. Refrigerated rooms /walk-in coolers shall include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: REFRIGERATED ROOMS AND EQUIPMENT 11784 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Wall and Ceiling Panels: Prefabricated, modular panels with integral tongue and grove connections consisting of urethane foam core, gaskets, and panel skins that comply with applicable health codes. All exposed panel surfaces shall be embossed and finished in USDA approved white finish coating on minimum 26 gage galvanized steel. Panels shall be a minimum 4" thickness. Floor Panels: Identical to wa[1 panels but shall include exterior grade plywood sub-floor, clad with 0.10 aluminum. Provide ramp as necessary, minimum 36" in width. Floor and ramp shall carry a minimum of 1200 lbs./s.f. Provide pressure treated wood sleepers at centerline of panel joints, 1 x 8 or as recommended by manufacturer. Blocks shall also be installed below legs of shelving. Sleepers shall be installed over loose-laid 6 mil poly sheets. Walk-way Protection: Provide 1/8" thick mill finish aluminum treadplates at all aisles and open areas. Panel Connections: Panel connections steal I be designed to allow for disassembly and re-installation. Provide cam-style locks and related components. Insulation: Minimum aged R-34, closed cell urethane insulation with 30 lbs./s.i. compressive strength. Gaskets and Seals: Provide NSF approved flexible vinyl materials that are resistant to oils, fats, detergents UV rays. Fasteners and Accessories: provide all necessary components required to assemble and secure refrigerated room system. Provide removable fasteners where necessary and non-removable fasteners as recommended by the manufacturer. REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT: General: Provide complete refrigeration system including all compressors, controls, defrost coils, coils, lines, tubing, wiring and related components for a complete system. Refrigeration s s~ Provide two separate 3-phase 208 8HP units with 4air-defrost coils (at each building). Verify with the Owner and Architect on the location of the units at the exterior of the building. System shall be fully automatic and include all controls necessary for continuous operation with a design temperature of 38 degrees F., for use with Freon R22. Units shall be designed for 18 hour operation with adjustable pressure controls. All units shall include suction accumulators, expansion valve and solenoid valve, factory installed. The base bid shall include, at each store, twin refi•igeration units with a minimum 8 HP design. Alternate shall include an additional 4 HP upgrade for each unit (total of 4}. Zones: Provide a total of four temperature zones within each refrigerated room, separately controlled. RELATED EQUIPMENT AND FEATURES: Shelving: Provide two types of steel shelving, with health department compliant black epoxy finish, as follows, at each store: Rear Feed Gravity Shelving at the lontr walls: Gravity f[o~v shelving /display units, 8' deep and 6 tiers tall, suitable for thirty two glass display doors. Provide B-O-F Shelving or approved equal. Flat Shelving at the short walls• 2' deep, b tiers tall, suitable for seven display doors. Provide B-O-F, Nyla-Track Shelving or approved equal. Interior Steel: Provide steel columns and beams that extend down the length of the cooler, used to support the ceiling panels for use as storage. Manufacturer shall size and dimension all steel components. All steel shall be factory primed and painted with a marine grade coating. The base ofthe columns shall be painted in a safety yellow color up to 60" a.f.f. The ceiling system shall be designed to carry an additional load of 50 lbs.ls.f. This is provided as an alternate. As apart of the base bid, provide ceiling panels that are not to be designed to carry a load from above. Base bid panels shall be hung from the ceili~~g using aircraft cable, per manufacturer's standard means of supporting the ceiling system. REFRIGERATED ROOMS AND EQUIPMENT 11780 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Double-Acting Traffic Doors: Provide paired, insulated, double-acting doors include insulated door panels, gaskets, hardware and all related components for a complete installation. Hardware shall include double-acting hinges, hinge guards, 24" teardrop bumpers, floor and ceiling mounts, embeds and plates. Color shall be as selected by the Architect from a complete selection of standard colors. Provide Custom quality Products or approved equal. Display Doors and Frames: Full lite, insulated, tempered glass door system Gvith extruded aluminum frames and components, that include an inert gas spacer. Doors shall be 30" wide x 7S' high doz~ble panel style with integral hardware, latches, strikes, weatherstripping and relate components. Provide standard between-door lighting at all jambs. Doors shall be Anthony/Ardco, 101 series (unheated}: other manufacturers will not be considered unless a request for review and consideration is made and granted in advance. Electrical Work: As a part of the system, provide all internal wiring and control wiring for a complete installation, in compliance with Minnesota state code/ NECA. FABRICATION: General: Design prefabricated components with necessary field connections as required far erection. Clearly and legibly mark each piece and part ofthe assembly to correspond with previously prepared erection drawings, diagrams and instruction manuals. Construct and fabricate all equipment and system components under controlled shop conditions. Examine a[1 system components and completed assemblies after fabrication. Reject and replace and components that are imperfect and not in compliance with manufacturer's standards and this specification. Structural Framing: Shop fabricate structural fi•aming components complete with base plates, bearing plates, and other plates required for erection, welded in place. Provide al] required holes for anchoring or connections either shop drilled or punched to template dimensions. Provide openings, covers and trim for other elements such as lighting and hardware. All connectors, fasteners and accessories shall be con•osion resistant, stainless steel. PART 3 -EXECUTION PREPARATION Preliminary work shall be performed by separate contractors is scheduled at the site, including installation of concrete flooring, masonry walls, base electrical work, drains and related items. Confer with al(related contractors long before the installation of the refrigerated rooms and equipment to assure that integrated elements do not interfere with the systems that are to be provided herein and so that there are no obstruction that interferes with this work. Investigate the conditions including building infrastructure and other conditions. Design or modify the refrigeration system, but only with the pre-acceptance of the Owner. Coordinate this work relative to the placement of concrete, walls, and related construction. ERECTION: Take precautions to not disturb adjacent construction and site conditions. Layout components of the system to ensure that the materials supplied are complete and in accordance with the pi•e-engineered design/shop drawings. Erect system in full compliance with approved plans. Provide openings and clear spans as shown on the drawings and as specified. Install panels straight, plumb and true. Erect structural framing true to line, level and plumb, rigid and secure. REFRIGERATED ROOMS AND EQUIPMENT 11780 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES S/30/2007 Follow the instructions of the manufacture relative to tolerances and special conditions. Advise the Architect, in advance, of any variations, deviations and non-conformance items. Provide temporary bracing, and other components as required. Operation: Install working components and electrical items in conformance with directions from the manufacturer. Ensure that each system is in working order and operational. When work is complete. remove all excess materials and debris so that the site and building are clean, tidy and ready for use. Protect all components until the systems are turned aver to the Owner for use. END OF SECTION 13100 REFRIGERATED ROOMS AND EQUIPMENT 11750 - S COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 SECTION 12500 -WINDOW TREATMENT PARTI-GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section. SUMMARY Section includes providing and installing horizontal mini-blinds. Extent ofmini-blinds includes the office rooms of the lower level of the Central Avenue store only. SUBMITTALS l . Product data: Data and installation instructions for each product. 2. Samples: color samples showing full range of colors and materials. QUALITY ASSURANCE Provide units produced by one manufacturer including hardware, accessory items, mounting brackets, and fastenings. PART2-PRODUCTS HORIZONTAL BLINDS Headrail: Channel-shaped section complete with tilting mechanism, top and end braces, top cradles, cord lock, and accessory items required for type of blind and installation. Bottom Rail: Tubular steel bottom rail, designed to withstand twisting or sagging. Contour top surface to match slat curvature, with flat or slightly curved bottom. Close ends with metal or plastic end caps of same color as rail. Finish rail in same color as slats. Slats: Springy tempered aluminum (louver blades), row~ded corners with forming burrs removed: 1-inch (25mm} nominal slats, with other components sized to snit. Ladders: Braided polyester cord design consisting of vertical components of not less than 0.043-inch nor more than 0.068-inch in diameter and integrally braided ladder rungs of not less than 4 threads; space ladders not fiirther than 23 inches apart and 7 inches from ends of slats. Wand Operation: Detachable clear plastic wand, of proper length to suit blind installation, detachable without tools by raising locking sleeve. Length of wand shall be a minimum of 32". Lifting Mechanism: Crashproof cord locks with cord separators and braided polyester or nylon lift cords with tassels at ends. Size cord to suit blind type. Include self-aligning cord equalizers designed to maintain horizontal blind position. WINDOW TREATMENT 12500 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Installation Brackets: Designed to facilitate removal of head channels. Provide intermediate brackets at spacing recommended by blind manufacturer. Include hardware necessary for secure attachment of brackets to adjoining construction and to l~eadrai(s. Design brackets to support safely the weight of blind assemblies plus forces applied to operate blinds. Finish: Provide color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard selections, minimum of twenty colors. Steel Components: Galvanize coat or prime exposed steel surfaces. Finish with baked-on enamel finish. Aluminum Slats: Chemical conversion coat then follow with baked-on synthetic resin enamel finish coat. MANUFACTURERS: Graber Industries, Inc. Hunter Douglas, Inc. Architectural Products Div., Levelor Lorentzen, Inc. FABRICATION AND OPERATION Prior to fabrication verify actual opening dimensions by accurate site measurements. Adjust dimensions for proper fit at openings. Coordinate with other trades for securing tracks to substrates and other finished surfaces. Fabricate blind units to fit openings from head to sill and jamb to jamb. Equip horizontal blind units for the following operation: Full-tilting operation with slats rotating approximately 180 deg. Place tilt operating controls on left-hand side of blind units unless otherwise indicated. Full-height raising, to minimum stacking dimension, with lifting cord locks for stopping blind at any point of ascending or descending travel. Place pull cords on right-hand side of blind units unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 -EXECUTION INSTALLATION General: Install window treatment units after completion of areas of installation to comply with manufacturer's instructions. Position units level, plumb, secure, at proper height and location relative to adjoining window units and other related work. Securely anchor units with clips, brackets, and anchorages suited to type ofsubstrate. Isolate metal parts fi-om concrete and mortar to prevent galvanic action. Protect installed units to ensure their being in operating condition, without damage, blemishes, or indication of use at substantial completion of project. Correct nonconforming damaged units. Replace units that cannot be field corrected. END OF SECTION 12500 WINDOW TREATMENT 12500 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30!2007 SECTION 14250 -HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR PART 1 -GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sec- tions, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Work includes one, pre-engineered, 5,000 Ib., two-stop, elevator with door and hoistway configuration as show on the drawings. Manufacturers standard cab design and all other components as outlined below shall be included in the work. The entire elevator system shall be engineered by the qualified elevator contractor to meet the specified requirements herein, as well as all applicable codes, performances and industry standards. Platform size shall meet/exceed ADA requirements. At manufacturer's option, system can either be a "holeless" type or a conventional type of hydraulic elevator, provided the system will work with the configuration and conditions as shown on the drawings and will not impact any other trades relative to additional costs or chances in scope. In advance of shop drawings, provide information on shaft size, pit and other conditions so that the Architect can modify the plans as necessary. Section includes hydraulic type passenger elevator system as indicated on the drawings, and specified herein. System shall include components such as cab, motor, hydraulic unit, sleeves, rails, starters, car enclosure, elevator pads, buttons, hoistway entrances, control systems, signal equipment, guide rails, electrical wiring, buffers, and devices for operating, dispatching, safety, security, leveling, alarm, maintenance and similar required performances and capabilities. Refer to the drawings for the configuration of the cab/shaft, entrances, number of stops, sizes and tolerances, floor elevations, remote equipment room, electrical information and mechanical data. RELATED WORK: Section 04200, Units Masonry. Division 15, Mechanical. Division 16, Electrical. QUALITY ASSURANCE: I. Installer Qualifications: Both the elevator manufacturer and licensee of the manufacturer, shall have not less than 5 years successful experience with the installation of similar elevators. 2. All components shall be supplied by a single sow•ce manufacturer of elevator equipment: contractors that purchase materials from several manufacturers shall not be approved. 3. Regulatory Requirements: Elevator Code: Except for more stringent requirements as indicated or imposed by governing regulations (which must be complied with), comply with applicable requirements of ANSI/ASME A17.1, Safety Code for Elevators, and Escalators (hereinafter referred to as the "Code"). HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR 14250 - 1 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 NFPA Code: Comply with applicable NFPA codes, and specifically with sections relating to electrical work and elevators. Fire Resistance ofEntrances: NFPA No. i;0, and provide units bearing UL labels with 30-min. temperature rise on labels. NEII Standards for Handicapped: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with NEII "Suggested Minimum Passenger Elevator Requirements for the Handicapped", including clearances, handrails, locations for signal equipment and similar provisions. SUBMITTALS: I. Product Data: Manufacturel-'s detailed technical product data and installation instructions principal components and system. 2. Shop Drawings: Submit plans, elevations and details or manufacturers standard drawings of car enclosures and hoistway entrances. 3. Samples: Submit samples of exposed finishes of car enclosures, hoistway entrances, and signal equipment. Provide 6" square samples of materials including metal, laminate and other material samples that shall become a part of the elevator cab package. 4. Maintenance Manuals: Submit bound manual for each elevator or group of elevators, with operating and maintenance instructions, parts listing, recommended parts inventory listing, purchase source listing, far major and critical components, emergency instructions, and similar information. 5. Certificates and Permits: Provide Owner with copies of all inspection/acceptance certificates and operating permits as required by governing authorities to allow normal, unrestricted use of elevators. WARRANTY: Warranty: Provide 12 month project warranty, signed by Contractor, Installer and Manufacturer, agreeing to replacef repair/restore defective materials and workmanship of elevator work during warranty period. "Defective" is hereby defined to in- clude, but not by way of limitation, operation or control system failures, performances below required minimums, excessive wear, unusual deterioration or aging of materials or finishes, unsafe conditions, the need for excessive maintenance, abnormal noise or vibration, and similar unusual, unexpected and unsatisfactory conditions. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: Kone Elevators Minnesota Elevator Schindler Elevator Co. ThysenKrupp Elevator Co. Approved Equal. MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS: General Requirement: Provide 5,000 Ib. capacity, 125 fpm (minimum) pre-engineered elevator, with holeless design, and all necessary system components. Unless specified otherwise, provide 208 volt 3 Phase electrical system components. Elevator shown shall come complete, as a total system. HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR 14250 - 2 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES Machines and Elevator Equipment: 5/30/200'7 General: Provide manufacturer's standard single-acting hydraulic elevator system with all operation above the pit area, within the elevator shaft. Include al} components for a complete installation. The system shall include a fully integrated, pre-engineered hydraulic elevator including motor, piston, cylinder, gears, brakes, rail supports, frames, controls and ali related components. Inserts: Furnish required concrete inserts and similar anchorage devices for the installation of guide rails, machinery and other components of elevator wor]<; where installation of devices is indicated as work of another specification section. Car Frame & Platform: Manufacturers standard steel construction, bolted or welded as acceptable by code. Control S stems: General: Provide manufacturer's fully engineered and proven microprocessor, using multi-programmable memories and state-of--the-art computerized controls. Auxiliary Operations/Controls: General: In addition to primary control system features, provide the following controls or opera- tional features for tl~e elevator, except where otherwise indicated: Emergency power operation. Automatic 2-way leveling. Signal and Other Equipment: General: Provide all items as required by code and focal jurisdictions. In addition provide the following: Car Control Stations: Provide flush-mounted metal faceplates, mounted in accordance with NEIL "Suggested Minimum Passenger Elevator Requirements for the Handicapped" and all applicable ADA laws and codes. Hall Push-Button Station: Provide type with flat face plate for surface mounting on wall finish (body of unit recessed). Telephone: Provide rough-in far telephone hand set in each car, contained inflush-mounted cabinet and complete with identification and instructions for use. Alarm System: Provide emergency alarm bell properly located within building and audible outside hoistways, equipped to sound automatically in response to emergency stops and in response to "Alarm" button at each car control station. Passenger Elevator Car Enclosures, General: Include ventilation, lighting, ceiling finish, wall finish, access doors, doors, buttons, pads, power door operators, sill (threshold), trim, accessories, floor finish and all other accessories for a complete installation. Cab manufacturer shall be acceptable to the Architect if cab is fabricated by a subcontractor of elevator manufacturer. Cab Materials: I. Plastic Laminate Panels: 1-lig}~ pressure laminate (NEMA LD 3), custom grade in colors as selected by the Architect; Subsurface shall be 314" plywood including demountable attachment to cab walls. 2. Hollow metal steel: Provide manufacturers standard details at all frames, doors and other components in baked enamel finish. 3. Stainless Steel: AISI type for use at control panel, return and handrail. 4. Aluminum Sills: I/4" mill finish. 5. VCT Floorintr: Provided and installed by the Flooring contractor. 6. Exposed and removable frame ceiling and overhead fluorescent liahtin~: Aluminum frame/grid and translucent panels with standard lighting package. HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR 14250 - 3 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES Cab components: 5/30/2007 l . Door Edge Protective Device: Provide retractable edge shoe on leading edges of elevator entrance doors which, upon contacting an obstruction in entrance, causes doors to stop and reopen. 2. Photo-Eye Detection Device: Provide electronic photo- eye device with timed cut-out, projecting dual light beams across car entrance, at 5"and 29" heights, which, when interrupted, will cause closing doors to stop and reopen. Provide keyed switch in car operating panel for disconnecting photo-eye device. 3. Other Features: Include all other necessary items such as l-2/2" diameter bronze rail at rear wall, buttons at upperwall forprotection pads, commercial grade pads foreach wall including openings at faceplates, integral telephone compartment and door, and other items that may be required by code. Passenger Hoistway Entrances: General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hollow metal door-and-frame hoistway entrances; complete with track systems, hardware, safeties, sills and accessories. Match car enclosure doors for size, number of door panels and door panel movement. Provide baked enamel finished hollow metal frame-section size and profile to coordinate with hoistway wall construction. PART 3 -EXECUTION INSPECTION: Prior to commencing elevator installation, inspect hoistways, hoistway openings, pits and machine rooms, as constructed, verify all critical dimensions, and examine supporting structure and all other conditions under which elevator work is to be installed. Notify Contractor in writing of any dimensional discrepancies or other conditions detrimental to the proper installation or per- formance of elevator work. Do not proceed with elevator installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. INSTALLATION OF ELEVATOR SYSTEM: General: Comply with manufacturers instructions and recommendations for work required during installation. Install all equipment and components with the utmost care. Lubricate operating parts of systems as recommended by manufacturers. Alignment: Coordinate installation of hoistway entrances with installation of elevator guide rails, for accurate alignment of entrances with cars. Where possible, delay final adjustment of sills and doors until car is operable in shaft. Reduce clearances to minimum, safe, workable dimension at each landing. Leveling Tolerance: 'h" maximum, up or down, regardless of load and direction of travel. Grout sills with non-staining, non-shrink grout. Set units accurately aligned with and slightly above finished floor at landings. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Acceptance Testing: Upon nominal completion of each elevator installation, and before permitting use of elevator (either tem- poraty orpermanent), perform acceptance tests as required and recommended by Code and by governing regulations or agencies. HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR 14250 - 4 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES 5/30/2007 Operating Tests: Load each elevator to its rated capacity and operate continuously for• 30 minutes over its full travel distance, stopping at each level and proceeding immediately to the next. Record temperature rise of pump motor during 30-minute test period. Record failures of elevator to perform as required. Advise Contractor, Owner, Architect and inspection department of governing agencies, in advance of dates and times tests are to be performed on elevators. Coordinate installation ofsprinkler heads (ifany}with the governing authorities to determine location and shut-off requirements. PROTECTION: At time of substantial completion of elevator work (or• portion thereof), provide suitable protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs of such other methods or procedures to protect elevator work from damage or deterioration. Maintain protective measures throughout remainder of construction period. Provide similar protective measures for elevator units which will be placed in temporary service, including inspection and main- tenance service during period of temporary service. INSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE: Instruct Owner's personnel in proper use, operations and daily maintenance ofelevators. Review emergency provisions, including emergency access and procedures to be followed at time of failure in operation and other building emergencies. Train Owner's personnel in normal procedures to be followed in checking for sources ofoperational failures or malfunctions. Confer with Owner on requirements for complete elevator maintenance program. Make final check ofelevator operation, with Owner's personnel and just prior to date ofsubstantial completion. Determine control systems and operating devices are functioning properly. END OF SECTION 14250 HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR 14250 - 5 ~ }~ 7 i~~car~i~~l aid ~~~~ric~l~ .~is~r~t~c~rt X3796 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15000 TABLE OF CONTENTS 15000 Table of Contents 15010 Basic Methods and Requirements 15050 Pipe and Pipe Fittings 15100 Valves 15150 Electric Motors 15190 Mechanical Supports and Hangers 15195 Mechanicalldentification 15250 Mechanical insulation 15300 Fire Protection System 15400 Plumbing Piping and Specialties 15410 Natural Gas Piping and Specialties 15430 Plumbing Equipment 15440 Plumbing Fixtures 15580 Fuel fired Equipment 15700 Air Handling Units 15710 Heating Terminal Units 15800 Ductwork 15810 Ductwork Accessories 15820 Power Roof Ventilators 15830 Fans 15950 Controls 15990 Start-Up, Test and Balance End of Section ~~.>;tirrsc~t~ r:i~c~iv~rFr~i~c i~~~c. _ 15000-1 Commission No. 700124.001 TABLE OF CONTENTS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15010 BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all work shown and described in the Contract Documents and as necessary to make a complete and functioning system or systems. Isolation valves, unions, pipe and ductwork fittings, pipe and ductwork caps, piping specialties, supports, electrical interlocking, connection to existing equipment or systems, equipment manufacturer's recommendations and requirements, and equipment manufacturer's submittal information not shown but obviously necessary for a complete and functioning system or systems shall be included. B. Make all connections from all new equipment to all new waste, vent, storm, domestic water, fire protection systems, coil condensate, supply air, exhaust air and return air systems. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. Division 3 D. Division 7 E. Division 9 F. Division 16 G. General Conditions H. Supplementary Conditions I. Special Condition J. Section 01340 -Submittals K. Section 09900 -Painting 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Material and equipment shall be the standard products of a manufacturer who has engaged in manufacturing the material or equipment far at least 5 years. B. Material and equipment shall be supported by a sales representative or stocking distributor which stocks repair parts for all material or equipment provided. C. Where multiple units of equipment are required, units shall be made by the same manufacturer, shall be from identical design series and shall be identically finished. D. Ali equipment shall be UL listed. E. All material and equipment shall be new. F. All Division 15 Contractors shall be licensed to perform their respective contract work. Licenses must be current and valid through the end of contract work. ti.;;i i; 1 ~U;V 1.NG1'\I LF21NG INS. _. 15010-1 Commission No. 700124.001 BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 4 SUBMITTALS A. Fire stopping B. Belt guards C. Unions D. Access panels E. Sleeves F. Concrete bases larger than 48" x 48" x 4" for all mechanical equipment 5 DEFINITIONS A. The following definitions apply to all Division 15 work and are used throughout Division 15 Specifications: 1. Contract Documents -Division 0, Division 1, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Special Conditions, Division 3 where referenced, Division 7 where referenced, Division 9 where referenced, Division 15, Division 16 Electrical where referenced. 2. Furnished -Purchase material and/or equipment specified; purchase {abor and material as necessary to shop fabricate equipment specified; purchase labor and material to field fabricate equipment specified; ship material and/or equipment to the job site. 3. Installed -Labor and material to move any material and equipment from the job site dock to the job site; lift, support, secure, attach, fasten, connect, finish and patch any material and equipment; testing of any material and equipment; inspection of any material and equipment by authority having jurisdiction. 4. Provide -Furnished and installed. 6 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. The following codes and standards apply to all work in the Contract Documents: 1. AABC Associated Air Balance Council 2. ADA Americans with Disabilities Act 3. AGA American Gas Association 4. AIA American Institute of Architects 5. AMCA Air Movement and Control Association, Inc. 6. ANSI American National Standards Institute 7. AR( Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 8. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers 9. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 10. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 11. AWWA American Water Works Association 12. CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute 13. FM Factory Mutual 14. IBC International Building Code 15. IMC International Mechanical Code 16. IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 17. IFC International Fire Code 18. MSS Manufacturer's Standardization Society 19. NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau 20. NEC National Electric Code 21. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 22. NFPA National Fire Protection Association 15010-2 1LBLRTSON E\~GINLLRI'vG 1NC BASIC METHODS AND REQUfREMENTS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stares Columbia Heights, MN 23. NSF NSF International 24. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration 25. SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association 26. UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1.7 APPLICABLE STATE CODES A. The following codes and standards shall apply to all work in the Contract Documents: 1. International Building Code 2006 2. Minnesota Amendments to the international Building Code 3. International Mechanical Code 2000 4. Minnesota Amendments to the International Mechanical Code 5. International Fuel Gas Code 2000 6. International Fire Code 2006 7. Minnesota State Fire Code Amendments 8. Minnesota Energy Code 9. Minnesota Plumbing Code 2003 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. The design of mechanical systems, equipment size, connection details, service clearance and clearance to adjacent mechanical or electrical systems is based on one manufacturer. If other manufacturers are listed as approved equal, or if prior approval of other manufacturers is granted, Division 15 shalt provide additional features, capacities, clearances, coordination, field measurements, alternate connection details or modifications as necessary to ensure approved material or equipment or voluntary alternate material or equipment will meet the requirements of the Contract Documents and the design intent. B. The Engineer shall determine the suitability of any manufacturer's material or equipment for use in the Project. Requests for prior approval of any manufacturer's material or equipment shall be made in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. The decision of the Engineer will be final. C. Division 15 shat! be responsible for providing all material, equipment and systems as described in the Contract Documents. Division 15 shall be responsible for shipping all material; equipment and systems to the job site. Division 15 shall be responsible for providing all the following: shop labor, field labor, daily time sheets, tools, tool rental, construction trailers, lifts, trucks, pallet jacks, fork lifts, scaffolding, safety barriers, safety equipment, safety training, respirators and hard hats. If other means and methods are required to complete the work according to the Contract Documents, they shall be supplied by Division 15. D. Protection of material, equipment and systems stored or installed on site from theft, from damage due to other Divisions or trades, and from damage due to weather and fire are the responsibility of Division 15. E. Protection of tools, construction trailers, lifts, trucks, pallet jacks, fork lifts, scaffolding, safety barriers and safety equipment stored or used on site from theft, from damage due 1LiCR"CSC)N C~GI?tiCCR)NG 1~'G 15010-3 Commission No. 700124.001 BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN to other Divisions or trades, and from damage due to weather and fire are the responsibility of Division 15. 2.2 FIRE STOPPING A. Provide UL listed fire stopping for piping, insulated piping, plastic piping, ductwork, control wiring and conduit penetrations of fire rated assemblies. B. Fire stop caulk shall be a one part intumescent latex based caulk. C. Fire stop wrap/strip shall be pliable intumescent sheet capable of sealing cables, steel pipe, PVC pipe, ABS pipe, polypropylene pipe, conduit, insulated steel pipe and blank penetrations. D. Fire stopping materials and devices shall be provided in accordance with manufacturers listing and installation instructions. E. Manufacturers: 3M Fire Barrier CP 25 WB+ caulk and FS-195+ wrap/strip. 2.3 BELT GUARDS A. Provide factory standard drive guard. B. If factory guard is not available, provide guard fabricated from galvanized steel or primed and painted steel of sufficient gauge to prevent accidental contact with drive belts and pulleys. Provide guard mounting and support steel for guard housing. C. Provide 1"diameter hole adjacent to shaft centers for tachometer reading. 2.4 UNIONS A. Provide dielectric unions at all locations where copper and steel piping are joined or where copper piping is joined to steel tanks or tank nipples. B. Threaded dielectric union, ANSI B16.39 for 2" and smaller. C. Flange union with dielectric gasket and bolt sleeves, ANSI B16.42 or 2-1/2" and larger. 2.5 SLEEVES A. Provide Schedule 40 steel pipe sleeves for above grade piping penetrations through block walls. B. Provide Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe sleeves for below grade piping penetrations and for piping penetrations through concrete. C. Extend vertical pipe sleeves one inch above finished floor. Provide fire stopping as described above. D. Provide 1.5 x 1.5 x 0.125 steel angle set in silicone sealant at locations where vertical piping is grouped at boxed-out floor penetrations. Steel angle shall be located at full perimeter of boxed-out floor penetrations. _._ 5010-4 ;1LBLRTSON C'~iG]NLLRING l?vC BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN E. For un-insulated pipe, pipe sleeves shall be at least one inch larger in diameter than pipe. F. For insulated pipe, pipe sleeves shall be large enough for pipe and insulation. G. All sleeves penetrating fire rated assemblies shall be fire stopped according to the requirements of this Section. H. Provide Link Seal at all below grade piping penetrations. 2.6 PIPING ESCUTCHEONS AND PLATES A. Provide wall, ceiling and floor escutcheons and plates fabricated from chrome plated brass or chrome plated steel. B. New piping shalt have one piece solid escutcheons and plates installed prior to joining sections of pipe. C. Existing piping shall have concealed hinge escutcheons and plates installed. D. Floor escutcheons and plates shall be minimum 1/8" thick. 2.7 CONCRETE BASES A. Concrete bases for HVAC and plumbing equipment shall be the responsibility of Division 15. B. Nominal 4" thick with welded wire fabric reinforcement. C. 3000 psi concrete. 2.8 ACCESS PANELS A. Fire rated access panels 1. Provide hinged fire rated access panels where necessary to gain access to work furnished or installed by Division 15. 2. Manufacturers: Cesco, JL Industries, Milcor B. Non-rated access panels 1. Provide hinged access panels where necessary to gain access to work furnished or installed by Division 15. 2. Manufacturers: Cesco, JL Industries 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SUBMITTALS A. Product submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. B. Provide all manufacturer's descriptive data for material or equipment including model number, schematic drawings, dimensions, details, illustrations, connection sizes, service clearance, shipping weights, operating weights, capacities, power requirements, wiring '~1.1>LRTCQiV L?~GI?`JELRI`vG 3NC. 15010-5 Commission No. 700124.001 BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN diagrams, rigging information, material safety data sheets, installation instructions, manufacturer's requirements and recommendations regarding installation and connection details, maintenance requirements, listing agencies, approval agencies and warranty information. C. Highlight or otherwise annotate submittal to identify exact model or part number that will be provided. D. Provide additional information to supplement manufacturer's standard submittal materials applicable to the Project. E. Fabrication drawings shall be provided for material, equipment or systems that are shop or field fabricated or assembled. F. Fabrication drawings shall provide sufficient detail to convey understanding of site conditions, service clearance, service clearance for adjacent mechanical equipment, service clearance for adjacent electrical equipment, architectural elements, structural elements, rainwater leaders, plumbing piping, fire protection piping, ductwork, electrical panelboards and conduit. G. Invert elevations shall be included on all systems requiring pitch or slope. H. Bottom-of-duct dimensions shall be included far all ductwork fabrication drawings. 1. Fabrication drawings shall be at same scale and orientation as Contract Documents. J. Fabrication drawings shall reference Contract Documents by sheet number. K. Fabrication drawings shall be provided in the same order of the sheet numbers of the Contract Documents. L. Provide eight (8) copies of all submittals. Provide eight (8) full size 24x36 drawings. Provide eight (8} copies of 8.5" x 11" or 11" x 17" sheets. M. Material and equipment to be provided shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to ordering, releasing or fabricating any manufactured or shop-fabricated equipment or material. N. Approval of material or equipment shall be secured from all Authorities Having Jurisdiction prior to submittal to Engineer. O. Submittals shall be made in a timely manner with sufficient time for review by the Engineer. P. Submittals shall list the specification section number and name, address and phone number of the manufacturer and local supplier or sales representative. Q. Material or equipment submitted shall be as specified in the Contract Documents and shall be the latest design series available. 15010-6 nL~c~TSO~ Ftic~tv>;rRlr.~c inc. BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN R. Associated material and equipment shall be submitted together. Incomplete submittals may be rejected. S. Material or equipment shall be reviewed, stamped and signed by Division 15 as evidence that Division 15 has reviewed and verified all architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical drawings and site conditions, field dimensions, new architectural or structural elements, dimensions of adjacent new mechanical or electrical equipment, access to adjacent new mechanical or electrical equipment, route of travel from shipping dock to the job site within the building, connection with other material or equipment, interlocking with other equipment and suitability of all finishes for the material or equipment for the intended use. T. Variations in manufacturer's designs, equipment dimensions, system layout or system orientation for all equipment, specialties, material and systems provided, furnished or installed as part of this project shall comply with ail requirements of this specification, and shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner U. Shop drawing and submittal review by Engineer will be general. If discrepancies are later discovered in material or equipment that deviate from the Contract Documents, the Contract Documents shall be followed. Deviation from the Contract Documents shall not be permitted. V. Results of submittal review will be forwarded to Division 15. W. Distribution of submittal reviews shall be by Division 15. X. Reviewed submittals and submittals with corrections shall be forwarded to the originating Division 15 Contractor, job site, other affected Contractors, suppliers and fabricators. Corrections listed on the submittal review shall be implemented at no additions! cost to the Project. Y. Rejected submittals and submittals requiring resubmission shall be returned to Division 15 for updates, changes and revisions. Rejected submittals and shop drawings shall be rejected in their entirety. Z. !f material or equipment is furnished, installed or provided that does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents or design intent, Division 15 shall be responsible for removal of material or equipment and any extra costs incurred by him and other Contractors for the removal or material or equipment and delay of the Project. AA.If material or equipment is furnished, installed or provided that interferes with other architectural, structural, mechanical or electrical equipment, material or system, Division 15 shall be responsible for removal of material or equipment and any extra costs incurred by him and other Contractors for the removal or material or equipment and delay of the project. BB.If substituted or "approved equal" material or equipment is furnished, installed or provided that does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents or design intent, Division 15 shall be responsible for removal of material or equipment and any 1L'~LK1S(~~s GNG1T~'LLR1~G ITvC 15010-7 Commission No. 700124.001 BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN extra costs incurred by him and other Contractors for the removal or material or equipment and delay of the Project. 3.2 PERMITS AND FEES A. Provide all permits, inspections, fees, use taxes and sales taxes for all Division 15 work. B. Inspections shall be scheduled to enable timely completion of Division 15 work and work of other Divisions. C. Inspections shall be scheduled to permit timely occupancy of building by Owner. D. Provide copies of all inspection reports in operation and maintenance manuals. 3.3 SLEEVES A. Complete fire stopping of all piping penetrations through rated partitions. B. Complete waterproofing and sealing of piping penetrations at all vertical piping penetrations. 3.4 PIPING ESCUTCHEONS AND PLATES A. Install escutcheons over pipe prior to piping installation. B. Provide fire stopping at rated partition piping penetrations or sealant at non-rated piping penetrations. C. Set escutcheons after wall, floor and/or ceiling finishes have been applied. 3.5 CONCRETE BASES A. Coordinate exact location and size of concrete pad with field measurements, equipment shop drawings, new mechanical equipment, new electrical equipment and new architectural or structural elements. 3.6 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Provide steel angles, strut, channels, rails or beams as necessary to support all work. B. Supports shall be braced, attached, welded or otherwise suitably reinforced to ensure equipment and piping is adequately supported. 3.7 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Division 15 shall provide all cutting and patching necessary to install work of this Division, except as specifically noted on plans. B. Under no circumstances are structural members and/or concrete reinforcement to be saw cut, torch cut, altered or damaged by Division 15. C. Division 15 shall be responsible for providing cutting and patching of concrete walls and floors D. Care shall be taken to ensure cutting, drilling, torch cuts, hammer drills and sawing are contained and do not damage new building finishes. 15010-8 ;~LBLRTS~N ENGINEERING INC. BASIC METHpDS AND REQUIREMENTS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN E. All patching and finishes shall match new adjacent surfaces, including matching paint. 1=. Provide dust control and water containment as necessary to prevent dust migration, contamination or water damage to new surfaces, building finishes, building systems or contents. G. Remove and dispose of all dust control and water containment material after all cutting and patching is completed. 3.8 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING A. Division 15 shall be responsible for locating all underground utilities and for ail excavation, grading, preparation of pipe bed and backfilling. B. Protect all curbs, drives, walks and portions of facilities adjacent to excavation C. Excavate all materials only to the depth required far the pipe bed including limestone, weathered limestone, miscellaneous rock, concrete slag and unstable or organic material. D. Limestone, weathered limestone, miscellaneous rock concrete slag and unstable material shall be removed a minimum 6" below the pipe invert elevation. Clean fill shall be transported to the site and compacted prior to laying pipe. E. All organic material shall be removed from the trench prior to laying pipe. F. Any extra fill not required at the site shall be removed from the site and disposed per State regulations. G. Provide shoring for trenches over 36" deep. H. Protect open trenches from surface water drainage. I. Piping shall be protected from damage and intrusion of foreign material before and during pipe laying. J. Perform all pressure tests and arrange inspection prior to filling trench. K. Fill shall consist of sand, sand gravel or crushed rock not exceeding'/2". L. Compact fill in 6" lifts. 3.9 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT INSTAI.LATiON, COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. Division 15 shall review all Contract Documents of all Divisions and coordinate exact placement and location of all Division 15 work in cooperation with all other trades and Divisions. B. Installation of material and equipment shall be phased and coordinated with all other trades and Divisions. ,1LhL;~TSON L\G1ihELRING 1NC 15010-9 Commission No. 700124.001 BASIC METHODS AND RE4UIREMENTS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MRI C. Material and/or equipment shall not be installed that will interfere with other trades or Divisions. Material and/or equipment installed that interferes with other trades or Divisions shall be relocated and reinstalled without additional cost to the Owner. D. Material and/or equipment shall not be installed that, due to field conditions, will cause IBC, IMC, IFGC or NEC code violations. E. Plans are diagrammatic. Field measurements shall be taken before any material or equipment is ordered, released, shipped, fabricated or installed. Exact location of all piping, ductwork, hangers, supports, sleeves, material, equipment and bases shall be field coordinated. F. Manufacturer's shop drawings or fabrication drawings shall be utilized when laying out all systems and equipment. Additional features or components shown on shop drawings or fabrication drawings shall be connected, wired and/or tested without additional cost to the Owner. G. Provide additional duct fittings, offset duct transitions, duct supports, piping offsets, piping fittings, piping lengths and piping supports not shown on drawings but are necessary to instal! material and equipment for a fully functioning system. H. Special care shall be taken to maintain access and service clearance to Division 15 work and to maintain code required clearances at new electrical panelboards, electrical equipment, junction boxes, light switches and electrical controls. Layout of piping, piping hangers, floor drains, roof drains, ductwork, ductwork hangers, hanger inserts, pipe sleeves, equipment, equipment hangers, equipment supports, concrete bases and vibration isolation shall not interfere with new architectural, structural, mechanical or electrical systems or devices. All new material and equipment shall be protected from new construction by use of poly barriers, gypsum board walls and enclosures, steel angle and support plates or other means as approved by the Engineer. J. Pvew material and equipment stored at site, tools, gang boxes, construction trailers, lifts, trucks, pallet jacks, fork lifts and scaffolding shall be securely supported, palletized, strapped, boxed, wrapped or otherwise secured to prevent injury to al! trades, Owner's personnel and Owner's property. 3.10 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Provide all piping, ductwork, vibration isolation, hangers, supports, flue connections and control wiring to all equipment specified or shown on drawings and details. B. Due to variations in each manufacturer's equipment design or design series, differences in exact piping or ductwork connections, support or hanger locations, control wiring connections, minimum circuit ampacity (MCA), maximum overcurrent protection (MOCP) and motor horsepower, may exist from that shown on plans, details or schedules. Rearrangement or reorientation necessary to install equipment, and changes to piping, ductwork, supports, hangers, control wiring or power wiring shall be included for all 15010-10 ;~l_BGRTSON CNGI1wELRING INC. BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN approved equipment manufacturers and all voluntary alternate manufacturers without additional cost to the Owner. 3.11 START-UP AND TESTING A. Provide factory-authorized startup personnel for all equipment provided by Division 15. B. Factory startup shall include all labor, expenses and associated costs for startup required by manufacturer's warranty. C. Damage to any equipment or system as a result of improper start-up shall be the responsibility of Division 15. 3.12 WARRANTIES A. Warranties for all material, equipment and labor supplied for the project shall be provided for at feast one year, unless longer warranties are specified or noted. B. All warranties for all material, equipment and labor shall begin simultaneously on the date of substantial completion. C. Provide extended warranties for any material or equipment put into service for testing or any other purpose prior to the date of substantial completion so that all warranties are in affect and maintained simultaneously for one year from the date of substantial completion. D. All warranties shall include material, equipment, parts, workmanship, field labor, shop labor, freight charges, trucking and delivery charges, systems check-out, systems testing and systems start-up. E. Provide motor warranty for all equipment supplied with a motor. Warranty shall include labor to remove and replace motors, and freight required to ship motors to and from repair facilities. 3.13 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A. Division 15 shall be responsible for procuring contract documents, addenda, proposal requests, submittal information, field data and field measurerr~er~ts, and for maintaining an accurate set of as-built drawings. B. Division 15 shall keep an up-to-date set of as-built drawings at the job site and shall record any changes or deviations on the contract documents. Changes shall be noted in red pencil or ink. 3.14 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide three (3) sets of operation and maintenance data books that contain 1. All equipment and material submitted and used on the project 2. Installation information and service information on all equipment 3. Listing of all spare parts 4. Name and phone number of local representative for parts and service information 1Li;f RT~O'~' L?ti'G1'tiEL3tl"G 1iC:. _ 15010-11 Commission No. 700124.001 BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 5. Material safety data sheets B. Submit all Operations and Maintenance manuals to the Engineer for review. 3.15 SITE CLEANUP A. Remove all debris from job site. B. Remove all crates, pallets, packaging, containers and dumpsters. C. Remove all surplus piping and fittings, tools, equipment, trailers and storage boxes. D. Broom clean all occupied areas at the end of every shift. 3.16 SAFETY A. Maintain a safety program for all trades. B. Safety rules and requirements of OSHA and State shall be strictly adhered to during all phases of construction. 3.17 GENERAL FIRE SAFETY A. Maintain adequate fire safety precautions throughout construction. Welding, cutting, brazing, sweating or other operations involving heat or open flame shall be adequately supervised. Adjacent finishes, materials, equipment and equipment chases shall be adequately protected to make certain that no heat, open flame, sparks, brazing material, solder, hot slag or other operation performed by the Contractor can cause fire, smoldering fire, smoke, toxic gases or damage to the Work or building. B. Welding, cutting, brazing, sweating or other operations involving heat or open flame shall not be performed concurrently with painting, finishing, cleanup or surface preparation where combustible and/or flammable materials may be present. C. All welding, cutting, brazing, sweating or other operations involving heat or open flame shalt be performed only with adequate quantities of fire blankets, fire extinguishers, personnel and support personnel. Operations involving welding, cutting, brazing, sweating or other operations involving heat or open flame shall be supervised for a minimum of two (2} hours after completion of the operation. When welding, cutting, brazing, sweating or other operations involving heat or open flame occur at a shaft, provide supervision for the area of operation and at one floor above and all floors below the area of operation to ensure fire, smoldering fire, smoke; toxic gases or damage to the Work or building will not occur. 3.18 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Provide fire extinguishers in sufficient quantity and proper classification as necessary to contain any fire as a result of performing work called for in this Specification. End of Section ~~"'"'-" ,~1.I3LRTS0~ LNG1\LLR]NG ]i~'C. BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15050 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION - PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Domestic water piping and fittings for domestic hot, cold water systems B. Water piping and fittings for non-potable water systems C. Drain, waste and vent piping and fittings for sanitary sewer and vent systems D. Drainage piping and fittings for storm sewer and rainwater leader systems E. Feed mains, branch piping and fittings for fire protection systems F. Fire department connection piping G. Natural gas piping and fittings for natural gas-fired systems 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Condi#ions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND A. Materials and joining methods used shall be in compliance with State Plumbing Code, IMC, State Amendments to IMC and NFPA. B. Materials and joining methods must meet with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. C. Visually inspect all material prior to installation. 4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. A. Provide submittals for: 1. Pipe 2. Pipe fittings 3. Joining methods 5 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS A. Minnesota State Fire Code B. NFPA 13 -Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems C. NSF D. I FGC E. IMC F. State Amendments to IMC G. State Plumbing Code. H. UL I. FM ~LL'Lit'TSON 1:NGIi~iLER1NG INC. __. 15050-1 Commission No. 700124.001 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for pipe and pipe fittings: 1. Stockham 2. Wheatland 3. Ward 4. Nibco B. Acceptable manufacturers for cast iron soil pipe and pipe fittings: 1. Charlotte 2. Tyler C. Acceptable manufacturers for PVC pipe and pipe fittings: 1. Charlotte 2. Crestline 3. Freedom Pipe D. Acceptable manufacturers for mechanical fittings and couplings: 1. Grinnell 2. Victaulic 3. Central E. Acceptable manufacturers for copper pipe and pipe fittings: 1. Nibco 2.2 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Ductile iron pipe with flanged fittings conforming to ANSI A21.15 and AWWA C115 or ductile iron pipe with rubber gasket joints conforming to ANSI A21.51 and AWWA C151 1. Underground combined water service piping B. Type L copper piping, hard drawn, ASTM B88 with wrought copper fittings, ASME B16.22, and lead free solder and non-corrosive flux 1. Above grade domestic water 2. Condensate drain C. Type L copper piping, hard drawn, ASTM B88 with cast copper brazed-joint fittings, ASME B16.26 1. Above grade natural gas piping located within building D. Steel, seamless or welded Schedule 40, ASTM A53 Grade B with 150 Ib malleable steel fittings, ANSI B16.3, or (except for steam) 125 Ib cast iron fittings, ANSI B16.4 1. Natural gas piping located outdoors; provide prime and enamel finish for all exterior gas piping on roof; piping shall be painted safety yellow 2. Natural gas piping located indoors in non-concealed spaces E. Galvanized steel, seamless or welded Schedule 40, ASTM A53 Grade B with 125 Ib galvanized malleable steel fittings, ANSI B16.3, all fittings within walls shall be coal tar enamel seated and wrapped 15050-2 ;\LBLRTSON ETdG1NCLRING 1'vC PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 1. Natural gas piping located outdoors F. Steel, seamless or welded Schedule 10, ASTM A53 Grade B with mechanical couplings and fittings from the same manufacturer, 150 Ib UL and FM listed malleable iron, ASTM A47 or UL and FM listed ductile iron, ASTM A536 1. Fire protection feed mains, 2-1/2" and larger G. Steel, seamless or welded Schedule 40, ASTM A53 Grade B, 150 Ib UL and FM listed malleable iron, ASTMA47 or UL and FM listed ductile iron, ASTM A536 1. Fire protection branch lines, 2" and smaller H. Galvanized steel, seamless or welded Schedule 40, ASTM A795 with mechanical couplings and fittings from the same manufacturer, 150 Ib UL and FM listed malleable iron, ASTMA47 or UL and FM listed ductile iron, ASTM A536 1. Pumped waste from sump pump, 2" and smaller Galvanized steel, seamless or welded Schedule 10, ASTM A795 with mechanical couplings and fittings from the same manufacturer, 150 Ib UL and FM listed malleable iron, ASTM A47 or UL and FM listed ductile iron, ASTM A536 1. Fire department connection piping, 4" J. Cast iron no-hub soil pipe, ASTM A74, C1SP1 301 and double seal compression type molded neoprene gasket 1. Above grade waste and vent piping 2. Above grade storm piping K. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) Schedule 40 drainage pipe, ASTM D2665, with solvent welded socket type fittings, ASTM and solvent cement and primer, ASTM D2564 1. Below grade waste piping, 12" and smaller 2. Below grade storm piping, 12" and smaller 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Store material to prevent contamination by foreign material. B. Install all piping shown on plans and make connections to equipment C. Provide hangers and supports as required by IMC and as specified in Section 15190 - Mechanical Supports and Hangers. D. Provide sleeves at penetrations of all rated partitions. Provide sleeves at all floors. Coordinate piping and sleeve locations with other trades. E. Provide continuous granular pipe bed for below grade sanitary and storm piping complying with ASTM D2321 71.BI:RTSOiti LNGiI~'LLRING INC. 15050-3 Commission No. 700124.001 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN F. Exact piping Locations shall be based on field measurements and required piping pitch. 1. Pitch 2-112" waste piping and smaller minimum 1/4" per ft. 2. Pitch 3" through 8" waste piping minimum 1/8" per ft. 3. Pitch fire department connection piping as required for draining; provide additional drains at low points G. Exact piping connections to equipment shall be based on equipment shop drawings and field measurements. H. Provide additional fittings, offsets and hangers as necessary to connect piping to equipment and to clear other piping and ductwork systems. I. Provide additional fittings, offsets and hangers as necessary to clear electrical equipment and structural elements. J. Maintain clearance between insulation of piping system of minimum 1 inch. K. Where practical, conceal piping within walls. Where piping cannot be concealed, install piping to minimize furring. L. Provide primer of contrasting color for all PVC piping; join fittings using solvent cement in accordance with manufacturer's requirements and recommendations. M. Screwed piping joints shall be threaded per ANSI B2.1. N. Provide 3/4" condensate piping from water heater drain pans, Owner's cooler evaporator coils and rooftop unit cooling coil drain pans O. Provide pressure testing far all piping systems prior to putting piping into service. P. Provide drip legs in natural gas and steam piping prior to equipment connections. Q. Bent piping is not allowed. All changes in direction shall be made by utilizing standard long radius fittings. Piping systems shall be run parallel to building column lines and walls. R. Provide Link Seal water-tight seal in foundation walls and exterior walls for all below grade piping penetrations. S. For underground steel piping, provide coal tar enamel coating or 3M adhesive backed plastic pipe wrap tape. If coal tar is used, clean and prime pipe and fittings, and hot apply coal tar enamel with bonded layer of fibrous glass felt wrap in accordance with AWWA 203. T. Install isolation valves, check valves, strainers, flexible connectors, air vents, drain valves and other specialties described under other sections of this Specification. End of Section 15050-4 ,~LBLRTSON I:I~iG1NLLR1?~'G I`iC. PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15100 VALVES 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION - PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Isolation valves B. Plumbing stop valves C. Domestic water solenoid valves D. Fire protection valves 1.1 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 01340 -Submittals G. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Multiple units for the same class of equipment shall be by the same manufacturer. B. Visually inspect all material prior to installation. C. Fire protection valves shall be reviewed and approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. B. Submit ail fire protection valves to the Authority Having Jurisdiction and Owner's insurance underwriter for review and approval. 1.4 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. AGA B. MSS C. State Plumbing Code. D. NFPA 13 -Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems E. IMC 2000 F. State Amendments to IMC G. UL H. FM 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for ball valves 1. Apollo 2. Milwaukee 3. Nibco 11L'ERTSOIV I.itiGl?ti1LLR1?tiG 1t; C_ 15100-1 Commission No. 700124.001 VALVES Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 4. Watts B. Acceptable manufacturers for OS&Y gate valves 1. Crane 2. Hammond 3. Milwaukee 4. Stockham C. Acceptable manufacturers for rising stem and non-rising stem gate valves 1. Crane 2. Hammond 3. Milwaukee 4. Stockham D. Acceptable manufacturers for plumbing stop valves 1. Brasscraft E. Acceptable manufacturers for fire protection valves 1. Ames 2. Central 3. Elkhart 4. Grinnell 5. Kennedy 6. Milwaukee 7. Viking 2.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL VALVES A. Valves on insulated piping systems shall have valve stem extensions. B. RII valves shall have manufacturers name stamped or cast into valve body. C. All valves shall have brass valve tags. 2.3 BALL VALVES A. Full part brass body B. Chrome plated brass ball C. Blowout proof stem D. Teflon seat and seals E. 400psi WOG rating F. Stainless steel lever G. Adjustable memory stop for balance valves H. Extended stems for all valves at insulated pipe locations 15100-2 ~1LBLRTSOiV LNGINLLRI~;G JNC. VALVES Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN I. Apollo 77 2.4 PLUMBING STOP VALVES A. Chrome plated brass; plastic or nylon valve stems not allowed B. Angle or straight pattern as required 2.5 THREADED GATE VALVES, NON-RISING STEM - 4" AND SMALLER A. Bronze body with threaded ends B. Threaded bonnet C. Solid wedge disk D. Non-rising stem E. Malleable iron hand wheel F. Valve shall meet requirements of MSS SP-80 G. Crane 438, Hammond IB645, Stockham 8-103 2.6 DOMESTIC WATER SOLENOID VALVES A. Iron body fitted for domestic water B. Pilot operated with 3-way 24V solenoid valve C. Accelerator control with needle valves and Y-strainer D. Watts ACV 113-6 for 1-1/4" through 4" 2.7 FIRE PROTECTION VALVES A. OS&Y gate valves 1. Flanged iron body with corrosion resistant epoxy finish 2. Bronze fitted 3. Bolted bonnet 4. Solid wedge disk 5. Replaceable seat rings 6. Cast iron hand wheel 7. Tamper switch 8. 125 WSP/200WOG rating 1LI3LR"7:SON L'tiG1NLI:RiNG INC. 15100-3 Commission No. 700124.001 VALVES Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, PUIN 9. Valve shall meet requirements of MSS SP-70 10. UL listed/FM approved 11. Kennedy 4068 B. Butterfly zone valve 1. Indicating type with grooved ends 2. Gear operator 3. Tamper switch 4. Auxiliary switch 5. UL listed/FM approved 6. Kennedy 93G1 C. Detector check valve 1. Steel body with epoxy coating 2. Bypass meter 3. Vertical or horizontal mounting 4. UL listed/FM approved 5. Ames 1000 DCV 2.8 NATURAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES A. Screwed ends and brass body B. Chrome plated brass ball C. Reinforced TFE seats and stuffing box D. Blowout proof stem E. 150 WOG F. AGA approved/UL listed G. Apollo 80 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Instal! valves where required to isolate equipment and systems. 1. Stop valves at all plumbing fixtures 15100-4 ;1LF3LR"TSON LNC>1NLLRING INC. VALVES Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 2. Natural gas fueled equipment 3. All unit gas-fire unit heaters and rooftop units 4. Other locations as shown on plans and details B. Install valves in branch lines from risers at each floor at Store 1. C. Install fire protection valves in accordance with NFPA 13 and Authority Having Jurisdiction 3.2 START-UP AND TESTING A. Pressure test all systems prior to insulating and putting into service. B. Install valve tags and provide valve schedule 3.3 OPERATOR TRAINING A. Provide operator training. B. Provide manufacturer's service information in O&M manuals. End of Section 1LBLRTSO\~ LNGII~ELR]l~+G INC 15100-5 Commission No. 700124.001 VALVES Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15150 ELECTRIC MOTORS 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION - PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Electric motors for equipment provided by Division 15. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. DlvlslOn 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equipment must meet or exceed applicable NEMA and Minnesota Energy Code requirements. B. Visually inspect all material and equipment prior to installation. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. B. Multiple motors for the same class of equipment shall be by the same manufacturer. 1.5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. NEMA MG-1 B. NEMA Premium Efficiency Product Scope and Nominal Efficiency Levels C. IEEE D. UL E. Minnesota Energy Code 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ELECTRIC MOTORS A. Electric motors shall be provided for a(I motor driven equipment. Drive losses shall be provided in all submittals and shall be included in manufacturer's motor sizing calculation. B. Motors shall comply with NEMA standards and shall be provided with complete nameplate data. C. Motors for use in non-variable frequency drive applications shall have Class B or F insulation. D. Motors shall be rated continuous duty 40 degC ambient operation. 1LPLRTSO~ LNc;J1~~LLRING ?:Air. 15150-1 Commission No. 700124.001 ELECTRIC MOTORS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN E. All three phase motors three (3) horsepower and larger shall be high efficiency as defined by IEEE and State Energy Code. F. All single phase motors shall be provided with thermal overloads and capacitor start. G. Permanently lubricated roller bearings shall be provided for all motors. H. Provide open drip proof or totally enclosed fan cooled motors as noted or scheduled on the drawings. I. Motor speed for all motors shall be 1750 rpm unless noted otherwise. J. All motor exterior components shall be steel enclosures will be allowed. K. All motors shall be UL listed. ~. Manufacturers: Reliance, US Motors 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION No plastic motor covers or 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install all equipment to maintain service access and clearance for removal of motor. B. Check al{ grease lubricated bearings. C. Provide control wiring to starter as scheduled on drawings 3.2 START-UP AND TESTING A. Verify motor rotation direction for three phase motors after power wiring is completed. 3.3 OPERATOR TRAINING A. Provide manufacturer's service and lubrication information in O&M manuals. End of Section 15150-2 ,~LBLRTSO^ LtiGINErRIi~'G 1'~C. ELECTRIC MOTORS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15190 MECHANICAL SUPPORTS AND HANGERS 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION -PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Piping hangers and riser clamps B. Ductwork hangers C. Manufactured strut systems for trapeze hangers D. Equipment supports 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements G. Section 15050 -Pipe and Pipe Fittings 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visually inspect all material and equipment prior to installation. B. Multiple units for the same class of equipment shall be by the same manufacturer. C. Supports that come into contact with copper piping shall be fabricated from copper. D. Hangers used far fire protection piping shall be UL listed and FM approved. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. B. Provide submittals for: 1. Piping hangers and riser clamps 2. Strut systems 3. All-threaded rod 4. Drop-in anchors 5. Goncrete bases exceeding 48" x 48" x 4" 6. Beam clamps 7. Pipe supports 8. Roof mounted piping supports 1.5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. IMC B. MN Amendments to IMC C. NFPA D. UL E. FM 1I_nLRT50N LNGINLLRI~G 1'~rC. 15190-1 Commission No. 700124.001 MECHANICAL SUPPORTS AND HANGERS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for pipe hangers 1. Anvil 2. B-Line 3. Unistrut B. Acceptable manufacturers for strut systems 1. Anvil 2. B-Line 3. Unistrut C. Acceptable manufacturers for fire protection UL/FM pipe hangers 1. Anvil Gruvlok 2. B-Line 3. Unistrut D. Acceptabie manufacturers for fire protection UL/FM pipe hanger drop-in anchors for Store 1 (50th and Central} 1. Hilti E. Acceptable manufacturers for pipe hanger drop-in anchors for Store 1 (50th and Central) 1. Hilti F. Acceptable manufacturers for pipe supports on EPDM or built-up roofs 1. Erico Pipe Pier G. Acceptable manufacturers for concrete inserts 1. Anvil 2. B-Line 3. Unistrut 2.2 PIPE HANGERS A. Hangers shall be sized to diameter of insulation on insulated piping systems B. Supports coming in contact with steel piping shall be fabricated from steel C. Supports coming into contact with copper piping shall be fabricated from copper D. Clevis hangers 1. Steel 2. Designed for suspending stationary ductile or steel pipe 3. Manufacturers' Standardization Society SP-69 and SP-58 Type 1 E. Ring hangers 1. Manufacturers' Standardization Society SP-69 and SP-58 Type 10 15190-2 _. ~LI3LRTSON LNGINEIRi1VG INC MECHANICAL SUPPORTS AND HANGERS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 2. Fabricated from steel or copper to match piping material 3. Hangers for fire protection shall be UL listed and FM approved F. Drop-in anchors for Store 1 (50th and Central) 1. Flush mounted internally threaded expansion anchor for use in concrete 2. Minimum concrete thickness shall be 4" 3. Carbon steel with minimum 70,000 psi tensile strength 4. Zinc plated shell and expansion cone 5. UL listed and FM approved 6. Hilti HDI 2.3 RISER CLAMPS FOR STORE 1 (50T" AND CENTRAL) A. Riser clamps coming in contact with steel piping shall be fabricated from steel B. Riser clamps coming into contact with copper piping shall be fabricated from copper C. Designed for supporting vertical pipe runs D. Manufacturer's Standardization Society SP-69 and SP-58 Type 8 2.4 HANGER ROD A. Hot rolled steel with zinc Or zinc dichromate plating B. Entire length of rod shall be threaded C. Provide 3/8" diameter rod for 1- 1/2" piping and smaller D. Provide 1/2" diameter rod for 2" to 3" piping E. Provide 518" diameter rod for 4" piping F. Provide 3/4" diameter rod for 5" piping G. Provide 7/8" diameter rod for 6" to 12" piping 2.5 DECK-MOUNTED AND TRAPEZE HANGER STRUT SYSTEMS A. Galvanized steel channel with rolled edges, 1-5/8" x 1-5/8" B. Minimum 12 gauge or gauge as necessary to support piping systems and contents __ ;1LBCI2TSt)N LNG11~'LL121NG I.^;~C. 15190-3 Commission No. 700124.001 MECHANICAL SUPPORTS AND HANGERS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN C. Provide U bolt support at every trapeze D. Provide threaded rod at trapeze hangers E. Provide UL/FM listed drop-in anchors and UL/FM listed strut supports for piping at lower level at Stare 1 (50"' and Centeral) 2.6 BEAM CLAMPS A. Malleable iron B. Electro plated C. Designed for attaching hanger rod to top flange of steel bar joist D. B-Line Figure B3033A. 2.7 ROOF MOUNTED PIPING SUPPORTS A. Polyethylene foam base 10-1/2" x 4" B. Integral galvanized steel strut bonded to foam base C. Galvanized pipe clamp, size to match piping system supported 2.8 DUCT HANGERS A. Horizontal rectangular ducts 1. Provide steel supports spaced 10` on center and at each change in direction 2. Maximum side dimension of 18": Two galvanized supports 1"wide and 18 gauge 3. Maximum side dimension of 30": Two galvanized supports 1"wide and 18 gauge B. Horizontal circular ducts 1. Provide steel supports spaced as noted and at each change in direction 2. Maximum diameter of 10": One strap of 1"wide galvanized steel of matching gauge of supported duct, 10' on center 3. Maximum diameter of 20": One strap of 1"wide galvanized steel of matching gauge of supported duct, 10' on center C. Trapeze supports for horizontal ducts 1. Provide steel angle supports spaced 8' on center and at each change in direction 2. Maximum side or diameter of 36": One 1-1/2"x1-1/2"x1/8" angle and two'/4" diameter rods or two 1"x1"x1/8" steel angles D. Deck-mounted strut far supports for horizontal ducts 15190-4 ,1LBLRTSOT` ENGI;ti'LLR1~'G Ii~IC. MECHANICAL SUPPORTS AND HANGERS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 1. Provide steel strut supports spaced 8' on center and at each change in direction 2.9 DUCT HANGERS-EXPOSED SPIRAL SEAM ROUND METALLIC DUCTWORK A. Horizontal circular ducts 1. Light gauge round duct hangers fabricated from 16 gauge galvanized steel with 1" bolt tabs, 5/16" hole, load rated bolt and malleable iron hanger adjuster with galvanized finish 2. Provide steel supports spaced as noted and at each change in direction 3. Maximum diameter of 10": 3/8" all threaded rod 4. Maximum diameter of 20": 1/2" all threaded rod 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.'1 INSTALLATION A. Provide clevis hangers for 1. Plumbing waste and vent piping 2. Storm piping B. Provide ring hangers for 1. Fire protection piping 2. Copper piping up to 3" C. Lay out piping supports and duct supports in cooperation with all trades. D. For Store 1 (50`h and Central): Drop-in anchor depth, spacing and installation shall be per manufacturer's requirements and recommendations. Verify location of existing beam and slab reinforcement prior to drilling for drop-in anchors. E. Cut threaded rod for hangers to length as necessary to pitch piping. F. Turnbuckles are not allowed in lengths of threaded rod. G. Riser clamps are required at every level. H. Pipe hanger, trapeze hanger and duct hanger supports shall not penetrate ductwork. Torch cut strut supports shall not be allowed 3.2 START-UP AND TESTING A. Ensure all piping supports are in place and elevations adjusted prior to pressure testing. 1LL'LRTSC>?~1 L'tA~CINLLRIitiC~ l~dC. 15190-5 Commission No. 700124.001 MECHANICAL SUPPORTS AND HANGERS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN B. Ensure all ductwork supports are in place prior to balancing. End of Section 15190-6 ,'ILBERTSON ENGIi~'LERI'vG 1tiC. MECHANICAL SUPPORTS AND HANGERS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15195 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION -PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Pipe identification B. Equipment identification C. Valve identification 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visually inspect all material and equipment prior to installation. B. Multiple units far the same class of equipment shall be by the same manufacturer. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. 1.5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. ANSI B. ASTM 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for identifying labels; markers and tags 1. Seton 2. Brady 2.2 PIPE IDENTIFICATION A. Color coded pressure sensitive identifying labels B. 1" high lettering and 8" long label for insulated pipe or bare pipe diameter of 2" and smaller C. 1-1/2" high lettering and 12" long label for insulated pipe or bare pipe diameter of 2-1/2" and larger. D. Add 2" wide color coded pressure sensitive tape with directional arrows at each end of identifying labels. '~LBE~R7~SON LNGINCLRIiVG INC. 15195-1 Commission No. 700124.001 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 2.3 VALVE IDENTIFICATfON A. Provide brass valve tag, minimum 1-1/2" diameter. B. Each valve shall be identified with a prefix fetter and numbered. 1. Valve number shall start with the floor level where valve is located and shall be numbered in sequence. C. Valve prefix shall be "P" for plumbing system valves. 2.4 EQUIPMENT fDENTIFICATION A. White plastic laminated tags with black lettering. B. Minimum 1" high black lettering. C. Pressure sensitive adhesive backer 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Pipe Identification 1. Apply piping labels after all piping testing and insulation is completed. 2. Provide pipe labels at each floor riser and at each side of rated partitions and demising walls. 3. Provide piping labels minimum of every 50 ft. 4. Provide circumferential wrap of directional flow arrow tape at all both ends of all piping labels. B. Valve Identification 1. Provide valve tag list showing all valves listed by service, valve number, room number where located and manufacturer. 2. Copy of valve list shall be provided in O&M manuals. C. Equipment Identification 1. Locate equipment tag adjacent to equipment nameplate or at a location readily observable. 2. Secure equipment tag with threaded fasteners. End of Section 15195-2 \LBERTSON ENGIi~t[LR1'tiG 1NC. MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stares Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION - PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATfNG SYSTEMS A. Pipe and fitting insulation B. Piping shields and saddles C. Ductwork insulation 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements G. Section 15050 -Pipe and Pipe Fittings 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visually inspect all material and equipment prior to installation. B. Store all material offsite until systems are ready for insulation. C. All insulating material shall be kept dry during application of insulation and after completion of insulation. D. All piping tests and inspections shall be completed before insulation work is started. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals B. Pipe insulation k, R and U values, density, vapor barrier data each insulated piping system C. Pre-molded pipe flitting covers D. Duct insulation k, R and U values, density, installed thickness data for each insulated duct system 1.5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. ASTM B. NFPA C. UL D. Minnesota Energy Code 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for fiberglass insulation material 1. Certain-teed 2. Johns-Manville 3. Knauf 4. Owens Corning and thickness for and vapor barrier :1LBLR7S~N L\G1~IILRI~iG l'tiC. 15250-1 Commission No. 700124.001 MECHANICAL INSULATION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN B. Acceptable manufacturers far flexible elastomeric thermaE (FET} insulation 1. Armstrong Armaflex, Armaflex 520 adhesive, Armstrong WB UV-resistant exterior coating C. Acceptable manufacturers for PVC fitting covers 1. Ceel-Tite 2. Speedline Gorp. D. Acceptable manufacturers for polymer foam insulation 1. Nomaca IMCOA E. Acceptable manufacturers for piping saddles 1. Anvil 2. Elcen F. Acceptable manufacturers for ductwork weather barrier 1. Foster Products Corp. 2.2 INSULATION -GENERAL A. All insulation materials, tapes and adhesives shall be listed as complying with ASTM E84 and U~723 for not exceeding flame spread rating of 25 and smoke developed rating of 50. B. Unless otherwise noted, k factors shall be listed for 75F. C. All insulating materials shall be compatible with piping or duct systems and shall be inert with respect to piping or duct system material. 2.3 PIPE INSULATION -FIBERGLASS A. Insulate all new and existing piping and runouts. B. Pipe insulation vapor barrier far cold piping and equipment piping shall be continuous without breaks in vapor barrier. C. k = 0.27 D. Piping insulation shall be preformed fiberglass with white low vapor transmission all service jacket and sealant. E. Fittings shall be covered with preformed fiberglass insulation with white PVC fitting covers. Covers shall be secured to pipe insulation with pressure sensitive white tape. F. At hanger locations, provide pre-molded high density 20pcf mineral fiber block with same thickness as adjacent insulation. Bottom 1/3 of piping shall be supported on mineral fiber block. Oak blocking is not acceptable. G. Provide galvanized sheet metal insulation shields at all hangers. H. Insulation thickness shall comply with MN Energy Code. 15250-2 r1LBLR7SON [tiGi'~'LLRING 1NC. MECHANICAL INSU<_ATION Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN I. Piping requiring insulation and continuous vapor barrier 1. Domestic cold water piping 2. Roof drains, overflow roof drains, rainwater leaders, overflow rainwater leaders and fittings J. Piping requiring insulation and vapor barrier 1. Domestic hot water 2.4 PIPE SADDLES A. Fabricated from curved carbon steel plate B. Saddle shall span 60 degrees of piping circumference C. Saddle shall be 12" long D. Saddle shall accommodate full piping insulation thickness as described below E. Elcen 251 or 252 (1" or 1-1/2" insulation thickness) 2.5 PIPE INSULATION -FET A. Provide slit or unslit lengths of FET insulation. Slit lengths shall have adhesive strip seal. B. K = 0.27 C. FET insulation installed outdoors shall be painted with two coats of Armstrong WB UV resistant insulation finish. D. Piping requiring FET insulation 1. Condensate drain lines from cooling coils located in Coolers; insulated only piping located outside of coolers 2. Domestic water lines enclosed within finished walls 2.6 DUCT INSULATION -FIBERGLASS A. Duct insulation vapor barrier shall be continuous without breaks in vapor barrier. B. k = 0.22 for 3 pcf density board C. k = 0.30 for 0.75 pcf density blanket D. Fiberglass board with reinforced foil kraft vapor barrier 1. 3 pcf 2. 1"thick 3. Provide insulation with foil scrim kraft (FSK} covering ;11_BLRTSOiV LNGINELRI?~G INS:. 15250-3 Commission No. 700124.001 MECHANICAL INSULATION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 2. Secure board insulation with insulation pins and fasteners` 3. Provide additional insulation at top of all exterior ductwork to pitch insulation so water will shed from ductwork barrier 4. Cover fastener heads with 4 in. square piece of weather barrier 5. Apply a tack coat at a thickness of 1/32 in. 6. Embed white membrane into tack coat while still wet; smooth any wrinkles; overlap minimum 2 in. 7. Apply finish coat no later than 30 minutes after application of the tack coat; ensure 100% coverage of mesh G. IMCOA Polymer foam insulation 1. Increase duct size for all ductwork with engineered polymer foam insulation as necessary to maintain duct dimensions as shown on drawings. Provide 100% coverage of insulation manufacturer's listed duct liner adhesive. Provide additional mechanical fasteners for duct widths greater than 12". 2. Ensure surfaces are dry and clean 3. Pre-cut insulation and dry fit 4. Apply adhesive to one side of IMCOA in east/west direction and to plenum in north/south direction 5. Set insulation in place quickly; adhesive dries in 2-3 minutes 6. Insta{I 3" fasteners on maximum 24" centers in both directions 7. Hot glue all edges and butt joints; trowel out hot glue every 30 seconds; ensure there are no exposed edges of insulation 3.2 START-UP AND TESTING A. Visually inspect all insulation and repair any insulation or vapor barrier damaged during construction. End of Section 15250-6 :ILPLRTSQN LNG]NLLRING INC. MECHANICAL INSULATION Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stares Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15300 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION - PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Complete fire protection system coverage of building utilizing wet automatic fire protection system including flow test, hydraulic calculations, fabrication drawings, Fire Marshal and Owner's insurance underwriter review, equipment, hangers, riser clamps, piping, fittings, valves, sprinklers, all associated trim, flow switches, tamper switches, gauges, inspectors test assemblies, drains and drain risers, tests, inspections, signage and all submittals and resubmittals. B. Fire department connection, interconnecting piping to fire protection riser, drains, tests, inspections, signage and all submittals and resubmittals. C. Flow test of existing hydrants in cooperation with City Water Utility and Fire Marshal D. Fire alarms system autodialers, exterior horn/strobes and alarm wiring to all devices 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements G. Section 15050 -Pipe and Pipe Fittings H. Section 15100 -Valves I. Section 15190 -Mechanical Supports and Hangers 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visually inspect all material and equipment prior to installation. B. Multiple units for the same class of equipment shall be by the same manufacturer. 4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittal Procedures. B. Submit equipment shop drawings, fabrication drawings and hydraulic calculations to Fire Marshal prior to submitting to Engineer. C. Submittals shall include flow test data, date and flow test equipment serial numbers and calibration dates. 1.5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. NFPA 13 (2002 or as determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction} B. NFPA 14 and 24 C. ANSI D. ASTM E. FM 11_BLRT~O'v L1G11`'LLR1~iG 1~ C. 15300-1 Commission No. 700124.001 FIRE PROTECTIQN SYSTEM Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN F. I FC G. NEC H. NEMA I. UL J. Minnesota State Fire Cade Amendments K. Minnesota State Fire Marshal Division Directives L. Minnesota State Building Codes and Standards Division Directives 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for sprinklers 1. Central 2. Grinnell 3. Viking B. Acceptable manufacturers for mechanical tees 1. Central 2. Grinnell 3. Viking C. Acceptable manufacturers for flow switches 1. Notifier 2. Potter Electric Signal Co. D. Acceptable manufacturers far tamper switches 1. Notifier 2. Potter Electric Signal Co. E. Acceptable manufacturers for fire department connection 1. Elkhart F. Acceptable manufacturers for fire alarm system autodialer 1. Silent Knight 2.2 SPRINKLER HEADS A. 1 /2" orifice B. Quick response with red 3 mm glass bulb and nominal sprinkler head temperature rating shall be 155E C. Provide quick response chrome plated sprinklers noted on plans 1. Recessed pendents D. Provide quick response dry type brass pendent sprinklers and extended barrel lengths for Coolers as noted on plans E. Provide quick response brass upright and sidewall sprinklers in unfinished spaces; provide brass deflector F. Provide wire guards for all upright or sidewall heads mounted below 7 ft 15300-2 ;ILBER7SON ENGINEERING ]~,~C. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN G. UL listed/FM approved H. Viking Microfast Model M 2.3 MECHANICAL TEES A. Cast upper and lower housings, primed and painted B. Upper housing shall have locating collar to fit into feed main C. Threaded or grooved outlet D. Gasket E. Plated bolts F. Pressure rated to 500 psi G. UL/FM listed H. Victaulic 920/920N 2.4 SPRINKLER CABINET A. Provide quantity of extra pendents and heads as required by NFPA 13 B. Provide sprinkler wrench C. Mount cabinet 2.5 FLOW SWITCH A. Adjustable (0-90 seconds) retard device B. 15 amp contacts C. NEMA-4 weatherproof housing D. Potter VSR-F 2.6 TAMPER SWITCH A. Zinc die cast base and switch cover B. NEMA 4 enclosure rating C. Tamper resistant cover screws D. Two'/" conduit knockouts E. Two sets of Form C contacts rated at 15A at 125V/250V and 2.5 A at 30 VDC F. UL listed 1LBLRTS01 LNGINLLRItiG 1~iC. 15300-3 Commission No. 700124.001 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN G. FM approved H. Patter Electric Signal Co. OSYSU-2 2.? FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION A. Storz-type 1/3 quick turn large diameter single fire department connection B. Plug and chain C. Escutcheon lettered with "Auto-Sprinkler" or other wording as required by Authority Having Jurisdiction D. Size as determined by Authority Having Jurisdiction E. UL listed and FM approved F. Elkhart 171 2.8 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AUTODIALER A. Microprocessor-based six zone fire control communicator B. One Class A input capable of monitoring up to 5 Class A supervised water flow devices C. Five Class B inputs capable of monitoring supervised gate valve or butterfly valve tamper switches D. Two separate telephone line outputs with separate trouble and supervisory alarm outputs; phone lines auto test every 24 hours E. Local and central alarm on fault conditions; if one phone line faults, switch to other phone line to report fault F. Remote programming G. Fuseless overload protection with automatic reset H. Battery backup for 60 hours I. UL 864 and NFPA 72 J. Silent Knight 5104 2.9 EXTERIOR HORN/STROBES A. Provide exterior horn/strobe; install at location above fire department connection or at location as determined by Authority Having Jurisdiction B. Alarm wiring 1. All wiring shall be enclosed within concealed EMT conduit 15300-4 ilLBLRTSON GNGI1~rLLR1NG IiVC. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, IVIN 2. Red alarm wiring 3. Red j-box covers with identifying circuit tags 4. NFPA 72 and NEC 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide flow test to determine actual pressure and flow at site. B. Provide hydraulic calculations for system design. Calculation shalt include pressure loss from hydrant to building service and from building service to most hydraulically remote area. Division 15 shall be responsible for verifying hazard classification, design and layout with the Fire Marshal and Owner's insurance underwriter. Division 15 shall also be responsible for submittal and resubmittal of fabrication drawings and equipment to the Fire Marshal and Owner's insurance underwriter. C. Provide 10 psi safety factor above the available water supply pressure. D. Provide all valves, detector check valve and main drain. E. Provide zone valves, drains and auxiliary drains at all low points. F. Provide inspector's test with sight glass and drain to grade. G. Center all pendents in access ceiling tiles. H. Provide quick-connect Storz-type fire department connection, ball drip and signage. I. Provide flow switches, tamper switches, pressure gauges, domestic water solenoid valve, drains and al! associated trim for a functioning fire protection system meeting the requirements of the Fire Marshal and Owner. J. Provide autodialer, exterior horn/strobe and wiring to a(I devices for a complete and functioning fire notification meeting the requirements of the fire marshal and Owner. K. Mechanical tee 1. Cut hole on true centerline of feed main using manufacturer's hole cutting tool 2. Locate holefinder locating collar in new feed main hole 3. Ensure gasket seal is made 4. Secure housing with bolts :'~1.YLRT~O~ti LNGINLL}2ING INC. 15300-5 Commission No. 700124.001 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, IV1N 3.2 START-UP AND TESTING A. Provide pressure tests and gauges as necessary for pressure tests. B. Flush main and perform main drain test in the presence of Fire Marsha( or other Authority Having Jurisdiction. C. Test autodialer, horn/strobe and alarm wiring in the presence of the Owner. D. Arrange all inspections and meet requirements of Fire Marsha! or other Authority Having Jurisdiction. 3.3 OPERATOR TRAINING A. Provide operator training. 13. Provide manufacturer's service information in O&M manuals. End of Section 15300-6 ~1LL'GRTSON ENGINEERING INC. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stares Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15400 PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION - PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Underground waste piping B. Underground storm piping C. Above grade waste and vent piping D. Above grade storm piping E. Potable water system piping F. Non-potable water system piping G. Shock absorbers H. Floor and area drains I. Roof drains and overflow roof drains J. Elevator pit drains K. Downspout nozzles L. Cleanouts M. Roof jacks N. Condensate drains for cooling coil drain pans 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements G. Section 15050 -Pipe and Pipe Fittings H. Section 15100 -Valves I. Section 15190 -Mechanical Supports J. Section 15250 -Mechanical Insulation EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visually inspect al! material and equipment prior to installation. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. 1.5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. ANSI B. ASTM C. FM D. NFPA E. NSF F. UL \Li3I:RT$ON E1`~Gi^tiEIRI~'~'':'C; 1\G 15400-1 Commission No. 700124.001 PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for floor drains, floor sinks, area drains, roof drains, deck drains, downspout nozzles, cleanouts 1. Josam 2. Smith 3. Wade 4. Watts 5. Zurn B. Acceptable manufacturers for shock absorbers 1. Sioux Chief C. Acceptable manufacturers for roof jacks 1. F.J. Moore 2.2 SHOCK ABSORBERS A. Piston type B. Type "K" copper barrel C. Brass threaded adapters 2.3 FLOOR DRAINS FD-1 A. Coated cast iron two piece body with double drainage flange B. Non-puncturing flashing collar C. Weepholes D. Bottom outlet E. Adjustable satin nikaloy round top F. Josam 30000-A 2.4 FLOOR DRAINS WITH BACKWATER VALVE FD-I-BWV A. Coated cast iron two piece body with double drainage flange B. Non-puncturing flashing collar C. Weepholes D. Battom outlet E. Adjustable satin nikaloy round top with integral bronze backwater valve F. Josam 30000-AJ 15400-2 '1LBLRTSC~;vi LNGINLL121NG INC. PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 2.5 FLOOR DRAINS FOR EQUIPMENT ROOMS FD-2 A. Coated cast iron two piece body with double drainage flange B. Non-puncturing flashing collar C. Weepholes D. Bottom outlet E. Medium duty cast iron 9" round top F. Josam 32100 2.6 FLOOR DRAINS WITH BACKWATER VALVES FOR EQUIPMENT ROOMS FD-2- BWV A. Coated cast iron two piece body with double drainage flange B. Non-puncturing flashing collar C. Weepholes D. Bottom outlet E. Medium duty cast iron 9" round top F. Provide Josam 67100A ball float backwater valve G. Josam 32100 2.7 ROOF DRAINS AND OVERFLOW ROOF DRAINS WITH ALUMINUM DOMES- ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT A. Coated cast iron body with secondary flashing clamp and seepage openings B. Non-puncturing clamp ring with integral gravel stop C. Support ring D. Adjustable top with wide roof flange E. Large sump with anchor flange F. Aluminum dome G. Bottom outlet H. Josam 21000 - 4 - 26 2.8 DOWNSPOUT NOZZLES A. Cast bronze li_NLRT50~ ENGINEERING I\C. 15400-3 Commission No. 700124.001 PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES Columbia Heights Liquor Stares Columbia Heights, MN B. Loose wall flange/anchor C. Threaded inlet D. Minimum 3" projection from wall E. Josam 25010 2.9 ELEVATOR PIT DRAINS WITH BACKWATER VALVE FD-4-BWV A. Coated cast iron one piece body with anchor flange B. Flashing clamp device C. Cast iron vertical inlet grate D. Side outlet E. Integral bronze backwater valve F. Josam 67650-25 2.10 CLEANOUTS -FINISHED AREAS A. Cast iron body with scoriated nikaloy top B. Provide carpet marker or recessed top for the as required by room finish C. No-hub connection D. Adjustable height ABS housing E. Bronze plug with neoprene gasket F. Josam 56010 2.11 WALL CLEANOUT ACCESS COVERS A. Stainless steel wall plate B. Cover secured with screw C. Josam 58600 2.12 CLEANOUTS -HEAVY DUTY A. Cast iron body with heavy duty scoriated nikaloy top B. No-hub connection C. Adjustable height ABS housing D. Bronze plug with neoprene gasket 15400-4 ;~LL'LRTSOIV LNGI}ti'LCR1'vG 1NC:. PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, IUiN E. Josam 56050 2.13 ROOF JACKS A. Galvanized steel flange B. Galvanized steel vent C. Lead cap for cast iron piping D. 1"air gap between outside of vent pipe and inside of flashing collar E. Vandal proof F. F.J. Moore 1-F 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Pitch horizontal waste and storm piping at 1/4" / 1' where possible and minimum 1 /8" / 1 ' B. Provide 4 Ib. sheet lead, Nobleflex or Chloroloy flashing at all drains. C. Provide traps at all plumbing fixtures and equipment without integral traps. D. Provide connection of all plumbing fixtures and drains to sanitary sewer and vent system. E. Provide cleanouts every 50' and at aII 90s in sanitary sewer system. Provide cleanouts and cleanout covers at the base of all stacks. F. Provide cleanouts as shown in rainwater leaders. Provide cleanouts and cleanout covers at the base of all stacks. G. Provide cleanout at locations where sanitary sewer system exits building. H. Provide vent piping for all plumbing fixtures and equipment. I. Provide roof jacks for all vents through roof. J. Provide connection of all roof drains to storm system. K. Provide cleanouts every 50' and at all 90s in storm sewer system. Provide cleanouts and cleanout covers at the base of ali stacks. L. Install valves in domestic water branch lines leading from domestic water risers at each floor. M. Install domestic water piping with isolation valves at all major groups of fixtures. 1,.BIRTSON Cl~~G1;tLL121NG 1\C. 15400-5 Commission No. 700124.001 PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES Columbia Heights Liquor Stares Columbia Heights, {VIN N. Install shock absorbers at each plumbing flush valve fixture or group of flush valve plumbing fixtures. Provide shutoff valve at each shock absorber. O. install shock absorbers at all locations with quick opening or closing valves. Provide shutoff valve at each shock absorber. 3.2 CONDENSATE COIL DRAIN PIPING FOR COOLING COIL DRAIN PANS A. Provide 3/4" type 'L' copper piping and fittings for: 1. Owner's cooler evaporator fans 2. Water heater drain pans 3. Rooftop unit coil drain pans 3.3 START-UP AND TESTING A. Pressure test al! piping prior to insulation and prior to enclosing piping within walls or above ceilings. B. Pressure test waste and vent piping in accordance with Minnesota Plumbing Code 4715.2820 1. Provide pressure gauge and connection for compressed air 2. Provide caps at all vents and outlets 3. Pressure test waste and vent system with 5 psi air test 4. Air pressure shall remain constant for 15 minutes; perform in the presence of the Building Official or other inspectors as designated by the Building Official 5. Remove caps C. Pressure test domestic water piping in accordance with Minnesota Plumbing Code 4715.2820 1. Provide pressure gauge and connection for compressed air 2. Provide caps at all piping inlets and outlets 3. Pressure test domestic water system with 30 psi air test or air pressure corresponding with actual water pressure at site 4. Air pressure shall remain constant for 4 hours; perform in the presence of the Building Official or other inspectors as designated by the Building Official 5. Remove caps 15400-6 i1LBLRTSON I;itiGl?tiLI:R11~'G INC. PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN D. Flush domestic water system in presence of the Owner. Disinfect domestic water piping per state plumbing code. Flush domestic water system again in presence of Owner. E. Disinfect domestic water piping in accordance with Minnesota Plumbing Code 4715.2250 1. Flush with clean potable water until no dirty water appears at the outlets 2. Fill system with water/chlorine solution with concentration of at least a. 50 ppm chlorine; system shall be allowed to stand for 24 hours or b. 200 ppm chlorine; system shall be allowed to stand for 3 hours 3. Flush system after the allowed standing time with clean potable water until no chlorine remains in water coming from the system F. Flush underground water service per NFPA 24. G. Test underground water service per NFPA 24. 3.4 OPERATOR TRAINING A. Provide operator training. B. Provide manufacturer's service information in O&M manuals. End of Section ~1LYI:R"TSC~IU LNGI~~LLRING 1NC=. 15400-7 Commission No. 700124.001 PLUMBING PIPING AND SPECIALTIES Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15410 NATURAL GAS PIPING AND SPECIALTIES 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION - PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Natural gas piping B. Pressure regulators and vent limiter piping C. Connection to all natural gas fired equipment D. Provide utility company firm natural gas service and all utility coordination necessary to provide firm natural gas meter E. Provide connection to firm natural gas meter according to utility requirements 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements G. Section 15150 -Pipe and Pipe Fittings H. Section 15100 -Valves I. Section 15190 -Mechanical Supports and Hangers 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visually inspect all material and equipment prior to installation. B. Multiple units for the same class of equipment shall be by the same manufacturer. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. 1.5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. AGA B. FM C. IFGC D. NEC E. NEMA F. UL 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for low capacity pressure regulators 1. Maxitrol 2.2 PRESSURE REGULATORS-LOW CAPACITY A. Aluminum die cast body with threaded ends 1LhLRTSC~N L'~'CINLLRING 1'C 15410-i Commission No. 700124.001 NATURAL GAS PIPING AND SPECIALTIES Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN B. Synthetic rubber diaphragm C. Buna-N rubber valve D. Positive dead end lock-up E. Vent limiter F. Maximum inlet pressure of 10 psi G. Adjustable outlet pressure from 2" to 2 psi H. AGA approved I. Maxitrol325 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A_ Provide isolation valve and drip leg for all gas fired units. B. Provide pressure regulator and union connection to all gas fired units. Union shall be downstream of pressure regulator. C. Provide vent piping for all regulators installed within building using Schedule 40 steel piping and screwed fittings. Extend piping to outdoors and terminate in down-turned 90 deg. screened vent elbow. D. Provide vent piping for all regulators installed outdoors using Schedule 40 steel nipples and screwed fittings. Terminate in down-turned 90 deg. screened vent elbow. E. Provide capped tee downstream of pressure regulator. F. Paint all exterior piping with two coats of rust inhibiting primer and finish. Color shall be safety yellow. G. Contact gas utility and arrange for installation of gas service and gas meter. Division 15 shall pay for all utility company charges, including excavation and frost changes. H. Install meter in location as required by utility and in compliance with Minnesota Amendments to IMC. I. Provide valves, bypass valves, regulators, specialties and excavation as necessary to install gas service from meter to distribution piping within or on building. 3.2 START-UP AND TESTING A. Pressure test all piping. 15410-2 1LBLRTSON LNGINI'LR1NG INC. NATURAL GAS PIPING AND SPECIALTIES Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, NIN B. Purge air and/or test gas from natural gas piping system and ready all equipment for start-up. 3.3 OPERATOR TRAINING A. Provide operator training. B. Provide manufacturer's service information in O&M manuals. End of Section 1LBLRT~ON 1:NGINLLRI~~C iNC- 15410-3 Commission No. 700124.001 NATURAL GAS PIPING AND SPECIALTIES Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15430 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION - PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Water heaters B. Sumps and sump pumps 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements G. Section 15150 -Electric Motors H. Section 15190 -Mechanical Supports and Hangers I. Section 15195 -Mechanical Identification J. Section 15400 -Plumbing Piping and Specialties 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visually inspect all material and equipment prior to installation. B. Multiple units for the same class of equipment shall be by the same manufacturer. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. 1.5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. AGA B. ANSI C. ASHRAE D. ASME E. NEMA F. UL G. Minnesota Energy Code 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for water heaters 1. A.O. Smith 2. Bradford White 3. Rheem 4. State 1LLLR7S0\ I:~'GINLLI2l?~G 1'~:C. 15430-1 Commission No. 700124.001 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT Columbia Heights Liquor Stares Columbia Heights, MN B. Acceptable manufacturers for sump pumps 1. Enpo 2. Weil C. Acceptable manufacturers for sewage ejector basins 1. Topp Co. 2.2 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS A. Glass lined storage tank and drain valve rated at 150 psi B. Single direct immersion heating element C. ASME pressure and temperature relief valve D. Magnesium anodes E. Five (5) year warranty F. Capacities as scheduled on the drawings G. Water heater shall comply with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 90.1 B H. Water heater shall comply with Minnesota Energy Code I. State Water Heaters -Patriot 2.3 SUMP PUMP A. Cast iron pump with bronze impeller B. Stainless steel shaft C. Sealed bearings D. MechanicaE seals E. Capacitor start motor with thermal overload protection F. Controller with NEMA-1 enclosure G. Three mercury float switches for pump off, lead pump on and alarm H. Steel cover with gas-tight access door I. Steel basin with bitumastic coating and all piping fittings and specialties J. Size and capacity as scheduled on drawings K. Zoeller Series 50 15430-2 ;1Lt;LRTSON LNGI?~i[LRING INC. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, IVIN 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Water heater -electric 1. Provide water heater stand fabricated from steel angles. Provide crass bracing for stand and maintain access to service sink. 2. Provide galvanized steel drain pan. 3. Provide Type L copper from pressure and temperature relief valve to drain pan. 4. Provide Type L copper from drain pan to service sink. 5. Provide isolation valves and unions at water heater inlet and outlet. B. Install sump basin and sump pump. Install controller and adjust floats. 3.2 START-UP AND TESTING A. Test water heater operation and set thermostat to 1 Q5F. B. Test sump pump operation. 3.3 OPERATOR TRAINING A. Provide operator training. B. Provide manufacturer's service information in O&M manuals. End of Section ~1.PLRTSON t,hG1NLLR]NG ITvC. 15430-3 Commission No. 700124.001 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15440 PLUMBING FIXTURES 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION - PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Plumbing fixtures B. Faucets C. P-traps and P-trap insulation D. Supplies and supply insulation E. Carriers 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements G. Section 15050 -Pipe and Pipe Fittings H. Section 15100 -Valves I. Section 15190 -Mechanical Supports and Hangers J. Section 15250 -Mechanical Insulation K. Section 15400 -Plumbing Piping and Specialties EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visually inspect all material and equipment prior to installation. B. Multiple units for the same class of equipment shall be by the same manufacturer. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. 1.5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. ADA B. ANSI C. ASTM D. NSF E. Minnesota Plumbing Code 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for china plumbing fixtures 1. American Standard 2. Crane 3. Kohler 11.3ER~T>t)l~ LNG1iVLLR1?`iC 1'~IC. 15440-1 Commission No. 700124.001 PLUMBING FIXTURES Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN B. Acceptable manufacturers for toilet seats 1. Bemis 2. Beneke 3. Church 4. Olsonite C. Acceptable manufacturers for stainless steel sinks 1. Elkay D. Acceptable manufacturers for faucets 1. Chicago 2. Delta 3. Elkay 4. Zurn E. Acceptable manufacturers for carriers 1. Josam 2. Smith 3. Wade 4. Zurn F. Acceptable manufacturers for service sinks 1. Fiat 2. Mustee G. Acceptable manufacturers for drinking fountains 1. Elkay 2. Halsey Taylor 3. Oasis H. Acceptable manufacturers for p-trap and supply insulation 1. Brocar 2. McGuire Manufacturing Pro Wrap 3. Plumberex 2.2 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Ail plumbing fixtures shall be delivered to site free from blemishes and flaws. B. Provide templates for sinks that are located in casework. C. Provide vacuum breakers for all fixtures as required by Minnesota Plumbing Code. D. Fixtures, supply pipe sizes and waste pipe sizes shall be as shown and scheduled on drawings. E. Ail vitreous china fixtures shall be white. F. All water closet seats shall be white. 15440-2 /~L$LR'T~SON ]ri~TGINLLRI?~;G INC. PLUMBING FIXTURES Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Requirements for all plumbing fixtures 1. Fixture mounting heights and spacing shall be per architecture! drawings and ADA requirements. 2. Coordinate plumbing fixture rough-in with all other trades. 3. Provide carriers for all wall mounted plumbing fixtures. 4. Utilize all mounting holes of all fixtures. Exposed fasteners shall be chrome plated. 5. Provide chrome plated plumbing stop valve, chrome plated supply and connection to domestic cold water for each water closet and urinal. All exposed piping and escutcheons shall be chrome plated. 6. Provide chrome plated plumbing stop valves, chrome plated supplies and connection to domestic hot and cold water for all other plumbing fixtures. 7. Provide connection to wall hydrants 8. Provide connection to sanitary sewer system for all water closets and urinals. 9. Provide connection to sanitary sewer and provide p-traps for al! sinks, service sinks and lavatories. P-traps for sinks, lavatories and electric water coolers shall be 17 ga. chrome plated brass. 10. Provide chrome plated p-trap insulation and supply insulation for all sinks and lavatories as required by ADA. 11. Plumbing fixtures may not be used during construction. Protect all fixtures from use by covering with or enclosing as necessary. 12. Caulk ail fixtures using GE white silicone. 3.2 START-UP AND TESTING A. Check all faucets and plumbing fixtures for complete water connections and flush water supplies. B. Check stops and supplies for leaks. Repair any piping leaks and replace any defective stops. C. Clean all fixtures and remove ail temporary covers and wraps. Remove all manufacturer's paper labels and stickers. 3.3 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide manufacturer's service information in O&M manuals. End of Section 1LI3CRTSC~ti~ E?~'GINLER7`G l~C. 15440-3 Commission No. 700124.001 PLUMBING FIXTURES Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15580 FUEL FIRED EQUIPMENT 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION - PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Power vented gas fired propeller fan unit heaters with sealed combustion burners B. Power vented gas fired centrifuge( fan unit heaters with sealed combustion burners 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements G. Section 15050 -Pipe and Pipe Fittings H. Section 15410 -Natural Gas Piping and Specialties 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visually inspect all material and equipment prior to installation. B. Multiple units for the same class of equipment shall be by the same manufacturer. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. 1.5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. AGA B. AMCA C. ARI D. NEC E. NEMA F. UL G. IMC H. MN Amendments to IMC I. Minnesota Energy Code 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for gas fired unit heaters 1. Reznor ;11_BLRTSON LNC,INLLRl1~G 1?VC. 15580-1 Commission No. 700124.001 FUEL FIRED EQUIPMENT Calumbia Heights Liquor Stores Calumbia Heights, MN 2.2 POWER VENTED GAS FIRED PROPELLER FAN UNIT HEATERS -SEALED COMBUSTION A. Steel cabinet with vibration isolators B. Horizontal discharge C. Aluminized steel heat exchanger D. Aluminized steel burner with stainless steel insert E. Spark ignition with intermittent safety pilot and electronic flame supervision F. Venter motor with proving switch G. 24V gas valve H. Direct drive propeller fan with full inlet guards !. Fan motor with thermal overloads J. Disconnect switch K. Horizontal combustion air inlet and vent outlet L. Louvered outlet M. Transformer for 24V controls N. 24V thermostat O. Manual summer winter switch P. Differential pressure switch Q. Fan and limit safety controls R. Adapter box for concentric combustion air and flue S. Concentric combustion air and flue T. Tall cone flashing, storm collar and high wind vent cap U. Ceiling supports V. AGA and UL listed W. Reznor UDAP -- ;1LBERTSOIV Li`~~GINEERI?~G 1i~C. FUEL FIRED EQUIPMENT Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 2.3 POWER VENTED GAS FIRED CENTRIFUGAL FAN UNIT HEATERS -SEALED COMBUSTION A. Steel cabinet with vibration isolators B. Horizontal discharge with duct flanges C. Aluminized steel heat exchanger D. Aluminized steel burner with stainless steel insert E. Spark ignition with intermittent safety pilot and electronic flame supervision F. Venter motor with proving switch G. 24V gas valve H. Direct drive centrifugal fan with inlet guards I. Fan motor with thermal overloads J. Disconnect switch K. Horizontal combustion air inlet and vent outlet L. Louvered outlet M. Transformer for 24V controls N. 24V thermostat O. Manual summer winter switch P. Differential pressure switch C. Fan Arid liiiiit safety controls R. Adapter box for concentric combustion air and flue S. Concentric combustion air and flue T. Tall cone flashing, storm collar and high wind vent cap U. Ceiling supports V. AGA and UL listed W. Reznor UDBP ~LYLRTSC?N F'vGINT:ER]NG INC. - 15580-3 Commission No. 700124.001 FUEL FIRED EQUIPMENT Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Unit Heaters-Sealed Combustion 1. Provide strut hangers and vibration isolators 2. Install gas shutoff valves and drip legs 3. Install thermostat and control wiring 4. Furnish tall cone flashing and turn over to Division 7 for installation 5. Install adapter box, concentric flue exhaust and combustion air inlet 6. Install storm collar and rain cap 7. Seal flue exhaust above roof per manufacturer's requirements and recommendations with high temperature sealant 3.2 START-UP AND TESTING A. Check equipment operation and verify control operation B. Check for vents and flues for proper exhaust of combustion products 3.3 OPERATOR TRAINING A. Provide operator training. B. Provide manufacturer's service information in O&M manuals. End of Section 15580-4 ~1.f3rRTSQN ENG1i~TERiNG INC. FUEL FfRED EQUIPMENT Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15700 AIR HANDLING UNITS 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION - PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Gas heating and electric cooling rooftop units 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements G. Section 15150 -Electric motors H. Section 15170 -Variable Frequency Drives I. Section 15190 -Mechanical Supports and Hangers J. Section 15195 -Mechanical Identification K. Section 15410 -Natural Gas Piping and Specialties 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visually inspect all material and equipment prior to installation. B. Multiple units for the same class of equipment shall be by the same manufacturer. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. 1.5 WARRANTIES A. Provide 5 year parts and labor warranty on all compressors for all direct expansion refrigeration systerTls. B. Warranty shall include parts and labor to replace compressors. C. Warranty shall include refrigerant recovery and refrigerant replacement. 1.6 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. ASHRAE B. AGA C. AMCA D. ARI E. NEC F. NEMA G. UL H. IMC I. MN Amendments to IMC J. Minnesota Energy Code 1LBLR'TSC)N LNGI?tiILR1"G INC. 15700-1 Commission No. 700124.001 AIR HANDLING UNITS Columbia Heights Liquor Stares Columbia Heights, MN 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for rooftop air handling units 1. Aaon 2. Trane 2.2 UNITARY GAS HEATING ELECTRIC COOLING ROOFTOP UNITS A. Insulated cabinet fabricated from G90 galvanized steel finished in two part polyurethane and primer B. Full insulated curb, minimum 14 ga., with duct support rails, minimum 14" high C. Solid bottom acoustical roof curb, minimum 14" high D. Roof curb shall be capable of 3/4" per foot pitch for sloped roof E. Hinged and insulated access doors with internal steel liner, quarter turn latches, door gaskets and rain overhangs F. Refrigeration section with: 1. Direct expansion cooling coil with aluminum fins and brazed copper tubes and refrigerant distributor 2. 4 row or 6 row evaporator coils as shown on plans and schedules 3. Condensing coil with aluminum fins and copper tubes 4. Pre-piped and pre-charged with R-410a 5. Hermetic scroll compressor with thermal overloads and vibration isolation 6. Compressor isolation valves 7. Thermostatic expansion valve 8. Liquid line filter/drier 9. Automatic reset low refrigerant pressure controller 10. Manual reset high refrigerant pressure controller 11. Liquid line sight glass with moisture indicator 12. 5 minute anti-short cycle timer 13. Hot gas bypass for capacity controf 14. Hot gas reheat coil for humidity control 15700-2 - ~1LI3LRTSON LNGINLLRING INC. AIR HANDLING UNITS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN G. Stainless steel condensate drain pan H. Laminated point-to-point and ladder wiring diagrams 1. 100% outdoor air with spring return motorized outdoor air damper and .rubber edge seals for 25 cfm/sf leakage at 2" w.c. J. Dampers and damper operators K. Enthalpy controller, sensors and wiring for 100% economizer control L. Filter rack with 2" 30% pleated disposable filters -provide one extra set of filters M. Freezestat and interlock wiring N. Adjustable belt drive blower and sheaves -provide one extra drive belt O. Power exhaust propeller fan P. Differential pressure switch and sampling tubes to energize power exhaust if building pressure setpoint is exceeded Q. Gas heating section with multi-stage heat exchanger and aluminized steel heat exchangers R. High energy efficient motors S. Motor starters T. Weather-proof disconnect switches U. 120 volt power supply V. 24 volt control transformer W. Programmable 7 day thermostat and sub-base with fan "ON/AUTO" switch and "HEAT/OFF/COOL/AUTO" switch X. Humidistat for control of hot gas reheat coif Y. Prewired 120V GFCI convenience outlet Z. UL listed AA.Capacities as shown on plans and schedules BB.Manufacturer: Aaon RN 11 TiLRTS01 ENGMEL}21 ~G ]NC 15700-3 Commission No. 700124.001 AIR HANDLING UNITS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Rooftop units 1. Rig and hoist all rooftop unit curbs up to roof. Provide blocking and support for all rooftop units as necessary to prevent any damage to roofing. 2. Assemble all sections, equipment and curbs 3. Identify and mark rooftop unit and curb locations 4. Turn roof curbs aver to Division 7 far installation and roofing 5. Locate unit curb on roof 6. Provide neoprene seal on curb 7. Secure rooftop unit to roof curb 8. Provide p-trap far roof mounted cooling coil drain pans 9. Install fitters and turn over extra filters and drive belts to Owner 10. Provide cutting and patching for all roof penetrations required for air supply and return ductwork, and for gas piping. 11. Ensure all fan guards are in place prior to energizing fans. Provide fan guards in all locations where manufacturer has not provided fan guards or where fan guards are missing. 3.2 START-UP AND TESTING A. Provide unit startup and checkout B. Ensure controls and safeties are functioning C. Provide written notice to Owner that gas fired equipment has been started in accordance with manufacturer's requirements and recommendations 3.3 OPERATOR TRAINING A. Provide factory-trained technician to perform operator training for a period not less than eight (8) hours. Training shall include: 1. Unit start-up 2. Filter replacement and recommended replacement schedule 3. Motor lubrication and recommended lubrication schedule 4. Fan drive maintenance and recommended belt replacement schedule 5. Coil cleaning and recommended cleaning schedule 15700-4 i~L'BIrRTSON LNGI\ELRING 1NC. AIR HANDLING UNITS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 6. Coil drain pan cleaning and recommended cleaning schedule B. Provide manufacturer's service information in O&M manuals. End of Section ~~LBI7~2TSt~1~ L?tiGINLL}~1NG ]ti~C. 15700-5 Commission No. 700124.001 AIR HANDLING UNITS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15710 HEATING TERMINAL UNITS 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION - PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Electric unit heaters 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements G. Section 15150 -Electric Motors H. Section 15190 -Mechanics! Supports and Hangers 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visually inspect all material and equipment prior to installation. B. Multiple units for the same class of equipment shall be by the same manufacturer. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. 1.5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. ARI B. NEC C. NEMA D. UL E. Minnesota Energy Code ~. PART Z -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for electric unit heaters 1. Berko 2. Markel 3. Q-Mark 4. Raywall 5. Redd-I 2.2 UNIT HEATERS-ELECTRIC A. Enclosures fabricated from 16 gauge steel B. Fan discharge venturi C. Aluminum propeller fan ~LBLRTSO~ LNGINLtR1?~iG 1'tiC. 15710-1 Commission No. 700124.001 HEATING TERMINAL UNITS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, IVIN D. Adjustable discharge louvers E. Access panel F. Permanent split capacitor blower motor with internal thermal overloads G. Coils shat! fabricated from high temperature resistance wire enclosed in incoloy H. Thermal safety switch I. 24V Control transformer J. Integral electrical disconnect K. 24V thermostat L. UL listed M. Capacities as scheduled on drawings 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Verify locations of electrical main switchboards and electrical panelboards prior to installation to ensure all NEC-required clearances are maintained B. Provide strut or angle steel horizontal supports and threaded rod vertical supports for unit heaters. 3.2 START-UP AND TESTING A. Check operation of fans and controls 3.3 OPERATOR TRAINING A. Provide operator training. B. Provide manufacturer's service information in O&M manuals. End of Section 15710-2 ,1LBLRTSO]~ L~C];vrCRING 1'v C. HEATING TERMINAL UNITS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia hleights, MN SECTION 15800 DUCTWORK 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION -PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Supply air main and branch ductwork B. Return air ductwork C. Exhaust air ductwork D. Plenums E. Balance dampers F. Ductwork fittings G. Non-metallic pre-insulated flexible ductwork H. Flexible duct connectors I. Installation of motorized dampers J. Connection of ductwork systems to HVAC motorized dampers EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES equipment, fans, hoods, louvers and 2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements G. Section 15190 -Mechanical Supports and Hangers H. Section 15250 -Mechanical Insulation 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visually inspect all material and equipment prior to installation. B. Multiple units for the same class of equipment shall be by the same manufacturer. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. 5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. SMACNA -HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible B. ASTM A653/A653M -Standard Specification for Sheet Steel, Zinc Coated (Galvanized} or Zinc-Iron Coated (Galvanealed) by the Hot Dip Process C. ASTM E84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials D. NFPA 90A -Standard for Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems E. UL 181 -Standard for Safety for Factory Made Air Ducts and Connectors F. UL 214 -Standard for Tests for Flame Propagation of Fabrics and Films 1LBi.RTSO'~i I:NGINLLRING INC. 15800-1 Commission No. 700124.001 DUCTWORK Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for pre-insulated non-metallic flexible ductwork 1. CertainTeed 2. Flexmaster 3. Flexible Technologies Automation Industries 4. Hart and Cooley B. Acceptable manufacturers for duct sealants 1. 3M 2. Dow Corning 3. Foster Products C. Acceptable manufacturers for flexible duct connection fabric 1. Duro Dyne 2. Elgen 2.2 METALLIC DUCTWORK MATERIALS A. Ducts, plenums, fittings, transitions, casings and accessories shall be fabricated from galvanized sheet steel complying with ASTM A653IA653M and G90. 2.3 RECTANGULAR METALLIC DUCTWORK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS - 2 IN. W.C. MAX A. Ductwork shall be constructed as specified in the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible 2.4 RECTANGULAR METALLIC DUCTWORK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS -GREATER THAN 2 IN. W.C. A. Ductwork shall be constructed as specified in the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible 2.5 ROUND AND FLAT OVAL METALLIC DUCTWORK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS - 2 IN. W.C. MAX A. Ductwork shall be constructed as specified in the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible 2.6 SPIRAL SEAM ROUND METALLIC DUCTWORK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS -GREATER THAN 2 IN. W.C. A. Ductwork shall be constructed as specified in the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible 2.7 DUCT FITTINGS A. Duct fittings shall be fabricated from same material and gage as adjacent ductwork and as specified above B. Provide curved elbows with minimum centerline radius of 1.5 times width. C. Provide mitered elbows with turning vanes only at locations as shown on plans. 15800-2 ALBLRTSO?5r LNGItiT>;LR1NG ]NC. DUCTVI/ORK Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN D. Duct fittings work shall be constructed as specified in the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Ffexible 2.8 PRE-INSULATED NON-METALLIC FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK A. CPE liner bonded to a coated steel spring wire helix with 1-1/2" fiber insulation and fiberglass reinforced film vapor barrier B. Surface burning characteristics: maximum 25 flame spread and 50 smoke developed C. Pressure rating from -1 in. w.c. to +6 in. w.c. D. Temperature rating: -20F to 250E E. Flexible Technologies Thermaflex MK-E 2.9 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTOR -GENERAL PURPOSE A. Neoprene coated woven fabric between two lengths of galvanized sheet metal B. Fabric shall be secured to sheet metal edges with double lock seam C. Surface burning characteristics: maximum 25 flame spread and 50 smoke developed D. Temperature rating shall be -40F to 200E E. Duro Dyne Metal Fab Neoprene (3" wide fabric) or Super Metal Fab Neoprene (6" wide fabric) 2.10 DUCT SEALANTS A. Sealants shall be synthetic rubber oil soluble elastomer B. Sealant shall exhibit good adhesion to galvanized steel, painted steel, cold rolled steel and aluminum C. Pressure sensitive rubber adhesive cloth or vinyl backed tape is not acceptable for duct sealant D. 3M 900 Duct Sealer 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 METALLIC DUCTWORK A. Store material to prevent contamination by foreign material. B. install all ductwork shown on plans and make connections to equipment, dampers, plenums and louvers. C. Ductwork plans are diagrammatic and are intended to show general locations and approximate routing. If alternate routing and/or elevations are available, secure prior approval for layout changes from the Engineer. 1LBLRTS~~N I:NG1IvLLR1NG 1?tiC. 15800-3 Commission No. 700124.001 DUCTWORK Columbia Heights Liquor Stares Columbia Heights, MN D. Minor field changes to ductwork layout or elevations may be made by the Engineer due to field conditions, concealed conditions or conflicts with other mechanica{, electrical or structural systems, or with architectural elements of the project. Minor changes in ductwork layout or elevations shall be provided without additional cost to the Owner. E. Provide hangers and supports as specified in Section 15190 -Mechanical Supports and Hangers. F. Provide sleeves at penetrations of all rated partitions. Provide sleeves at all floors. Coordinate ductwork and sleeve locations with other trades. G. Exact ductwork locations shall be based on field measurements. H. Exact ductwork connections to equipment, dampers, plenums and louvers shall be based on equipment shop drawings and field measurements. I. Provide flex connections between all fans and ductwork. J. Provide additional fittings, offsets and hangers as necessary to connect ductwork to equipment, dampers, plenums and louvers, and to clear other piping or ductwork systems. K. Provide additional fittings, offsets and hangers as necessary to clear electrical equipment and structural elements. L. Maintain clearance between insulation of piping system of minimum 1 inch. M. Install motorized dampers and other specialties described under other sections of this specification. N. Provide 45 deg. boot takeoff at all branch ducts. O. Provide balance damper at all branch ducts. 3.2 DUCT SEALANT A. Apply duct sealant to ductwork in the following locations 1. All transverse joints 2. All longitudinal seams 3. All wall penetrations B. Apply duct sealant per manufacturer's requirements and recommendations. Provide sufficient ventilation prior to application of sealant. 3.3 NON-METALLIC FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK A. Maximum flex duct length shall be 5 ft. B. Secure flex duct at each end with clamping collar taking care to ensure vapor barrier is sealed at each end. 15aoo-a _ ni.Br_~TSO~ rnci~~>rLt~i;~~c inc. DUCTWORK Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, f~IN 3.4 START-UP AND TESTING A. Ensure all HVAC system duct sealing is complete prior to energizing HVAC fan systems 3.5 OPERATOR TRAINING A. Provide operator training. B. Provide manufacturer's service information in O&M manuals. C. Provide manufacturer's duct sealant material safety data sheets in O&M manuals. End of Section ~LL'C12TSON LNG7NELRING I?~C. 15800-5 Commission No. 700124.001 DUCTVIlORK Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15810 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION - PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Grilles, registers and diffusers B. Balance dampers 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements G. Section 15190 -Mechanical Supports and Hangers H. Section 15800 -Ductwork 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visually inspect all material and equipment prior to installation. B. Multiple units for the same class of equipment shall be by the same manufacturer. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. 1.5 APPLIGABLE STANDARDS A. SMACNA B. ASHRAE C. AMCA D. IMC E. MN Amendments to IMC F. UL G. NFPA 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for grilles, registers and diffusers 1. Krueger 2. Price 3. Titus 4. Tuttle and Bailey 2.2 GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSER A. All steel grilles, registers and diffusers shall be factory primed and finished with white baked enamel 1LBLR7SON LNG11`'LER1'\G i'~C. 15810-1 Commission No. 700124.001 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN B. Exposed fasteners shall be finished in matching color C. All aluminum grilles, registers and diffusers shat! be factory finished with baked acrylic white D. Provide additional frames and fasteners as necessary for mounting in gypsum board walls or ceilings E. Maximum NC rating shall be 30 unless noted on plans F. See plans and schedules for grille, register and diffuser types 2.3 VOLUME DAMPERS A. Factory-fabricated from 16 ga. galvanized steel B. 18 ga. galvanized steel blades C. Blade seals and jamb seals D. Zinc diecast core with dial and locking handle E. Provide remote concealed operator for locations above gypsum board ceilings, Ventlok or equal 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Secure all wall mounted grilles, registers and diffusers utilizing a(I mounting holes. Repair marred finish to all fasteners, grilles, registers and diffusers. B. Secure all stub duct mounted diffusers utilizing minimum four (4) screws. Repair marred finish to all diffusers. C. Install 45 degree boot takeoffs at all branch ducts. D. Install volume dampers at all branch ducts. E. Install motorized dampers and other specialties described under other sections of this specification. 3.2 START-UP AND TESTING A. Leave balance dampers in wide open position. 3.3 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide manufacturer's service information in O&M manuals. End of Section 15810-2 ,11_BI:RTSON LNGINLLR]NG 11~,~C. DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15820 POWER ROOF VENTILATORS 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION - PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Power roof ventilators 2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements G. Section 15150 -Electric motors H. Section 15190 -Mechanical Supports and Hangers I. Section 15195 -Mechanical Identification J. Section 15800 -Ductwork K. Section 15810 -Ductwork Accessories 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visually inspect all material and equipment prior to installation. B. Multiple units for the same class of equipment shall be by the same manufacturer. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. 1.5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. AMCA B. NEC C. NEMA D. UL E. Minnesota Energy Code 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for power roof ventilators 1. Acme 2. Breidert 3. Cook 4. Greenheck 5. Penn 6. Twin City Fan 1LY,LR7~SOTv I:NGINL:C}21?tiG INC. 15820-1 Commission No. 700124.001 POWER ROOF VENTILATORS Columbia Heights Liquar Stores Columbia Heights, MN 2.2 POWER ROOF VENTILATORS -AMCA TYPE "B" CONSTRUCTION A. One piece seamless spun aluminum fan housing B. Dynamically and statically balanced backward inclined aluminum fan wheel C. Aluminum base and venturi D. Aluminum bird screen E. Gravity backdraft damper or motorized damper as scheduled on plans F. Hinged sub-base for access to damper G. Insulated roof curb and flashing H. Belt drive with adjustable motor pulley or direct drive as scheduled On plans - provide one extra drive belt for each belt driven fan 1. L50 heavy duty 200,000 hr ball bearings for belt driven fans or permanently lubricated sealed bearings for direct drive fans J. Electrical conduit chase through curb cap into the motor compartment K. Single phase motors shall have thermal overload elements, three phase motors shall be high energy efficient L. MOtor shall be out of air stream M. Provide totally enclosed fan cooled or open drip proof motors as scheduled on plans N. Pre-wired motor O. Pre-wired UL listed safety disconnect P. AMCA certified Q. UL listed R. Penn Domex or equal 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Locate unit curb on roof and provide roof repair and patching; utilize Owner's preferred roofing contractor for all roofing cutting, patching and repair B. Furnish all roof curbs and turn over to Division 7 for installation C. Identify and mark roof curb locations 15820-2 ~'~LLCRTSON GNGINLLRING INC. POWER ROOF VENTILATORS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, IVIN D. Provide neoprene seal on curb and install PRV E. Check operation of backdraft or motorized backdraft damper 3.2 START-UP AND TESTING A. Check roof and curb for water leaks B. Check fan rotation for all three phase fan motors 3.3 OPERATOR TRAINING A. Provide operator training. B. Provide manufacturer's service information in O&M manuals. End of Section 11_ELR~TSON ENG11~'LER11G 1NC 15820-3 Commission No. 700124.001 POWER ROOF VENTILATORS Columbia Heights Liquar Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15830 FANS 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION - PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Inline centrifugal fans B. Propeller fans 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements G. Section 15150 -Electric motors H. Section 15190 -Mechanical Supports and Hangers I. Section 15195 -Mechanical Identification J. Section 15800 -Ductwork K. Section 15810 -Ductwork Accessories 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visually inspect all material and equipment prior to installation. B. Multiple units for the same class of equipment shall be by the same manufacturer. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. 1.5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. AMCA B. NEMA C. Minnesota Energy Code 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for inline fans 1. Acme 2. Breidert 3. Cook 4. Greenheck 5. Penn 6. Twin City Fan B. Acceptable manufacturers for propeller fans 1. Acme _- aLBLR7~SON IiiVGNLI:RING 1 \C. 15830-1 Commission No. 700124.001 FANS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 3.2 START-UP AND TESTING A. Gheck mounting, support cable and fan operation B. Check supports for all fans prior to energizing fans C. Check fan rotation for all three phase fan motors 3.3 OPERATOR TRAINING A. Provide operator training. B. Provide manufacturer's service information in O&M manuals. End of Section iousu-4 /tLBLRTSON 1;NG]tiLLRING 1NC. FANS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15950 CONTROLS 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION - PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES FOR COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Thermostats B. Selector switches C. Control relays D. Transformers E. Motorized dampers F. Low voltage conduit and control wiring for temperature controls G. Connection of low voltage wiring to equipment, relays and sensors H. Training I. Control drawings 2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Condition F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements G. Section 15100 -Valves H. Section 15700 -Air Handling Units I. Section 15710 -Heating Terminal Units J. Section 15810 -Ductwork Accessories 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visually inspect all material and equipment prior to installation. B. Multiple units for the same class of equipment shall be by the same manufacturer. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01340 -Submittals. 1.5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. NEC B. NEMA C. UL D. Minnesota Energy Cade 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers for thermostats, controllers and sensors 1. Honeywell ,1L~LRTSON LNGINELRI~IG ]i~'C. 15950-1 Commission No. 700124.001 CONTROLS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 2. Demonstration of operation of all control equipment B. Provide manufacturer's service information in O&M manuals End of Section ~1_I3CRTSON CNGINCLRI?~G INC. CONTROLS Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN SECTION 15990 START-UP, TEST AND BALANCE 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION - PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES FOR STARTUP OF MECHANfCAL AND HVAC SYSTEMS A. Start-up for 1. Unitary gas heating and electric cooling rooftop units 2. Exhaust fans 3. Inline fans B. Test and balance for 1. Supply air systems 2. Exhaust air systems C. Test and balance report 2 RELATED WORK A. Division 0 B. Division 1 C. General Conditions D. Supplementary Conditions E. Special Conditions F. Section 15010 -Basic Methods and Requirements G. Section 15800 -Ductwork H. Section 15810 -Ductwork Accessories I. Section 15950 - Controls 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Visually inspect al! material and equipment prior to start-up, test and balance. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit within 30 days after award of contract 1. Name of test and balance agency 2. Detailed procedure 3. Schedule 4. Sample report forms 1.5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. ASHRAE B. AABC C. NEBB D. Minnesota Energy Code 2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used. r~LBLR7~S0V` 1~NGINELRING 1~~C. 15990-1 Commission No. 700124.001 START-UP, TEST AND BALANCE Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INDEPENDENT TEST AND BALANCE AGENCY A. Services from an independent test and balance agency shall be utilized for start- up, testing and balancing B. Test and balance agency sha(I be AABC or NEBB certified. C. Balancing shall be performed in the presence of the Owner. 3.2 START-UP A. All ductwork, piping and insulation installation shall be completed prior to testing and balancing. B. A{I control wiring and testing shall be completed prior to testing and balancing. C. Installation of all terminal units, grilles, registers and diffusers shall be completed prior to testing and balancing. D. New filters shall be installed in all air handling equipment. E. Belt guards shall be in place. F. Fan guards shall be in place. G. Supply air systems shall be functional and energized for balancing. N. Exhaust air systems shall be functional and energized for balancing. 3.3 TESTING AND BALANCING A. Verify that all air terminal units and grilles, registers and diffusers have been installed B. Measure amperage at each phase of all three phase motors. C. Measure amperage at all single phase motors. D. Measure static pressure at fan inlets upstream prior to duct restrictions. E. Measure static pressure at fan outlets downstream prior to duct restrictions. F. Adjust balance dampers at each grille, register and diffuser G. Provide adjustment of motor sheaves to attain design air flow for each belt driven supply fan. H. Provide adjustment of motor sheaves to attain design air flow for each belt driven exhaust fan. 15990-2 ,~,LBLR7:Sf~N L;~~GINELRING 1i~rC. START-UP, TEST AND BALANCE Commission No. 700124.001 Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN I. Measure air flow at each grille, register and diffuser. J. Provide new sheaves and pulleys at fans to attain design air flow rate. Ensure fan will operate within its speed classification and within safe operating conditions for the specific fan. K. Provide report in format as approved by AABC or NEBB for each air handling unit and fan. 1. Motor amperage(s) 2. Fan RPM 3. Fan inlet and discharge static pressures 4. Initial and final cfm at all grilles, registers and diffusers 5. Space temperature 6. Outdoor temperature 7. Mixed air temperature at all rooftop units 8. Discharge air temperature at all rooftop units 3.4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide test and balance report in O&M manuals. End of Section 1L;;LR7-SON LNG1NLLk1NG INC. 15990-3 Commission No. 700124.001 START-UP, TEST AND BALANCE ELECTRICAL INDEX OF SECTIONS SECTION NUMBER SECTION NAME 16010 GENERAL PROVISIONS -ELECTRICAL 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16110 RACEWAYS 16120 WIRES AND CABLES 16130 BOXES 16140 WIRING DEVICES 16160 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16400 SERVICE ENTRANCE AND METERING 16425 SWITCHBOARDS 16440 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 16450 SECONDARY GROUNDING 16471 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS 16475 FUSES 16481 MOTOR STARTERS 16500 LIGHTING 16741 TELEPHONE/DATA RACEWAY SYSTEM i 6915 LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Index-1 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 SECTION 16010 GENERAL PROVISIONS -ELECTRICAL PART I GENERAL l.I SCOPE OF WORK A. The work included under Division 16 shall consist of furnishing labor and materials necessary for the complete installation of electrical systems shown on the Contract Drawings and Specifications. All work shall be complete and left in operating condition at completion of Contract. B. Include minor items which are obviously and reasonably necessary to complete the installation and usually included in similar work even though not specifically mentioned in the Contract Documents. C. Deviations due to particular manufacturer's requirements shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Arrange with appropriate utility companies to provide utility services as required and coordinate their installation with construction progress of this project. Coordinate exact requirements with each utility and provide all components necessary for a complete and proper installation. E. Where material quantities are shown, they are for the convenience of the Contractor only. The Contractor shall be responsible to verify all quantities. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Where a Specification Section refers to other Sections under the Article on Related Work, this is done for Contractor's convenience only. It shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibilities stated in other Sections of the Specifications. The Contractor is responsible for information contained in this DI'vISion~S SpecificatIOris as well as for electrical requirements information contained in other Divisions. 1.3 PERMITS LICENSES AND FEES A. Provide both temporary and permanent permits and licenses required for the completion of the work included under this contract. Fees and expenses required to obtain such permits shall be paid for by the electrical contractor. B. Fees and costs charged by utility companies for utility services, or modifications to, shall be paid for by the Electric Contractor. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 1.60] 0-1 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07l 25.00 C. Provide inspections as requested by each contractor and as required by regulating agencies or where required by code. Include and pay all charges for inspection agencies and provide the Owner with a certificate of final inspection and approval by authority having jurisdiction. D. Refer to General Conditions for state and local sales tax requirements. If paid for by this contractor, pravide records of these taxes to the Owner upon request. 1.4 REFERENCES A. Material and workmanship shall comply with applicable codes. As a minimum, codes include all State and Federal laws, local ordinances, Utility Company regulations, and requirements and interpretations of the following by the local authority having jurisdiction: 1. State and Local Building Codes. 2. State and Local Fire Codes. 3. National Electric Code. 4. State and Local Electric Codes, 5. OSHA Regulations. 6. State Elevator Code. B. If drawings and specifications are in conflict with these codes, notify Engineer prior to rough-in. C. The following is a list of organizations and their abbreviations where referred torn the specifications as standards of construction. 1. ANSI -American National Standards Institute 2. ASHRAE -American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers 3. ADA -Americans with Disabilities Act 4. ASTM -American Society for Testing and Materials 5. FM -Factory Mutual 6. IRI -Industrial Risk Insurance 7. IEEE -Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 8. NBFU -National Board of Fire Underwriters 9. NBS -National Bureau of Standards 10. NEC -National Electrical Code 11. NEMA -National Electrical Manufacturers Association 12. NFPA -National Fire Protection Association 13. OSHA -Occupational Safety and Health Administration 14. UL -Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 15. Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards 16. State Board of Health 1.5 DEFINITIONS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16010-2 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 A. The terms listed below are defined as follows: 1. Furnish 2. Install 3. Provide 4. Connect 5. Conduit 6. Concealed 7. Exposed 8. Building Structure l.6 SUBMITTALS Obtain, coordinate, deliver to the job site and guarantee. Furnished by others, received on site, unload, store, set in place, connect, place in operation and guarantee workmanship of installation. Furnish and install. Bring service to the equipment and make final attachments, including necessary disconnect switches, control switches, outlets, etc... In addition to conduit, includes all fittings, hangers, pull boxes, supports, etc, as required for a complete and proper installation. Hidden from sight in wails, ceilings, or floors. Surfaced mounted, not hidden from sight. Columns, beams, joists, walls. Metal decking, joist bridging shall not be used for supporting electrical equipment. A. Substitutions shall be submitted through a bidding contractor and submitted to engineer (IO} ten working days prior to bid opening. Include detailed information concerning substitution (cutsheets etc..). Acceptable substitutions will be issued in an Addendum to the Contract Documents prior to the bid date. Any extra costs incurred as a result of substitution, including those of other contractors, are the responsibility ofthe submitting contractor, including any engineering redesign costs. B. Shop drawing submittals shall be done ir1 accordance with the General Conditions and as listed under Division 1. Submit copies for each item as required per individual sections of the specifications. CADD drawing files shall be requested directly from the Architect. C. Submit Record Drawings in accordance to the General Conditions and as listed under Division 1. D. Submit Operating, Maintenance and Warranty Data Manuals in accordance with the General Conditions acid as listed under Division 1. 1.7 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Inspection of Site: Before submitting a proposal ors the Work, the Contractor and Subcontractors shall examine the site of the proposed work and thoroughly familiarize themselves with all existing conditions and limitations affecting the performance of their Work. No extra compensation will be allowed because of a misunderstanding as to the amount of Work involved or lack of knowledge of any existing conditions which could have been discovered or reasonably anticipated prior to bidding. 1.8 TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SERVICES Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16010-3 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 A. Provide and maintain a complete temporary electrical power service for the use by all trades during construction. ]. Refer to General Conditions for responsibilities for energy costs charges. 2. Refer to Architectural Contract Documents for phasing and additional requirements. Provide and maintain a complete temporary electrical service for the use by all trades during construction. Pay for all utility company charges associated with the connection and disconnection of this temporary service. 4. Locate duplex receptacles throughout and on each floor so that any point within the building or construction area can be reached by a 100 ft. extension cord. Provide all duplex outlets GFCI protected. 5. Any special service requirements, such as large heating loads, welders, three phase equipment, etc., shall be paid for by the contractor requiring such services. B. Provide and maintain a complete temporary electrical lighting service for the use by all trades during construction. 1. Provide adequate lighting suitable for conditions for high quality workmanship and for safety lighting throughout the area of construction. Provide minimum requirements of one (1) 200 watt lighting fixture per each 400 square feet or per room. 2. Provide and maintain an exit, egress and safety lighting system where required by code and OSI-~A. C. Provide and maintain a temporary telephone service for connection to construction offices as defined under General Conditions. D. Provide and maintain a temporary power service for connection to construction offices as defined under General Conditions. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Provide and guarantee and maintain the stability of workmanship and materials and keep same in good operating condition for the period of one (I) year after final complete of the work as evidenced by issuance of the final certificate by the Architect. B. Correct defects of any kind immediately and, at contractor's expense, due to faulty workmanship or materials that arise during the above mentioned period and made to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Such reconstruction and repairs shall include damages to the finish or the building Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16010-4 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 resulting from the original defect. C. This guarantee shall not apply where other guarantees for different lengths of time are specifically called for. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Nat Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 ROUGH-IN A. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected. B. Consult the Contract Drawings and Specifications of all other Divisions and other trades for correlating information and layout work so that it will not interfere with other trades. Verify all dimensions and conditions; i.e., finished ceiling heights, wall elevations, sections, footing and foundation elevations, beam depths, ductwork and piping, etc., with architectural, mechanical and structural drawings. Ifconflicts occur such that resolution is not possible by the affected trades on the job, the Engineer or Architect shall be notified and a resolution will be worked out. Where Work must be replaced due to failure to verify canditions existing on the job, such replacement shall be accomplished at no extra cost to Owner. This shall apply to shop fabricated Work as well as Work fabricated in place. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during progress of construction, to allow for electrical installations. B. Install material and equipment in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations, instructions, and current NECA and UL standards. C. Install equipment and materials to provide required access foc• servicing and maintenance. Coordinate final equipment location with required access panels and doors. Allow ample space for removal of all parts that require replacement or servicing. D. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set inpoured-in-place concrete and other structural co~~ponents as they are constructed. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 160I0-5 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07I2S.00 E. Coordinate with the other trades before installing equipment so that conflicts will be adjusted before installation. In general, large mechanical equipment shall be given priority. Maintain, wherever practical, a minimum separation of 3" from water, and waste piping, and 12" from hat water and steam pipitlg. F. Electrical equipment, outlet boxes, etc... shall not be attached or otherwise fastened to ductwork or other mechanical equipment unless noted otherwise. G. Make penetrations through roof prior to installation of roofing. H. All cutting and patching shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, where installed exposed in finished areas. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Contractor shall be responsible for any damage of electrical equipment or materials and shall keep clean ail materials installed by him until final acceptance of the entire building by the Owner. Contractor shall touch-up al] equipment with chips or scratch marks. B. When a portion of the building is to be occupied by the Owner prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Project, arrangements will be made to transfer responsibility for protection and housekeeping tasks from the Contractor to the Owner. 3.4 CLEANING A. Keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials or rubbish caused by execution of the Work. At the completion of the Work, remove all rubbish, tools, scaffolding and surplus materials from and about the premises. The premises shall be "broom-cleaned" or its equivalent, unless more exactly specified. In case of dispute, the Owner may remove the rubbish and charge the cost to the Contractor as the Engineer shall determine to be just. 3.5 PAINTING A. Refinish electrical equipment damaged during shipping or installation to its original condition. Remove rust, prime, and paint per manufacturer's recommendations for finish equal to original. Do not paint nameplates, labels, tags, stainless steel or items such as shafts, levels, handles, trim or terminal strips. END OF SECTION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16010-6 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART I GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Discovery and use of hazardous materials during construction. B. Excavation requirements for underground raceways. C. Joint sealant and fire stop for electrical penetrations in fire and smoke barriers, floors and foundation walls. D. Requirements for penetrations, cutting and patching. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 16010: General Provisions -Electrical B. General Provisions and Division 1. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. No asbestos or PCB containing material shall be used on this project unless a request is submitted to the Engineer, in writing, along with a brief explanation of why no substitution can be used. Only upon written approval from the Engineer and the local authority having jurisdiction, may such products be used. 2.2 FIRE STOP A. Provide UL rated fire stopping material for all electrical penetrations passing through rated walls and floors. B. Acceptable manufacturers: Chase Technology, Nelson Flameseal System, 3M Brand Fire Barrier Penetration System. C. Sealant shall be single component silicone base conforming to Federal Specifications TT-S- 00230C (UL-1479). 2.3 ACCESS DOORS, PANELS AND FRAMES Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16050-I Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 A. Refer to Architectural drawings and specifications for material type and finish. 2.4 POKE THRU ASSEMBLIES A. U.L. listed for use with rated floor assemblies for power and/or communications. Provide all components and accessories required for a complete and proper installation. B. Acceptable manufacturers include: Hubbell Walker, Steel City, Square D. 2.5 SOIL MATERIALS A. Subbase material shall be a graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, stone, slag or sand. B. Drainage fill shall be washed, evenly graded mixture of crushed stone or gravel, with 100 percent passing a 1 inch sieve and not more than 5 percent passing through a #4 sieve. C. Backfill and fill materials shall comply with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SM, SW, and SP. Fill must be free of clay, rock, or gravel larger than 2 inches in any direction and free of and any otfler debris. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. No asbestos or PCB contaminated material shall be removed by the electrical contractor. If any such materials are encountered or suspected, stop work immediately and notify the Owner, Architect and Engineer. 3.2 EXCAVATION A. Refer to General Provisions for additional requirements. B. Remove and legally dispose of any excess excavated materials that are not reusable for fill or backfill. C. Excavate trenches as follows: I. Excavate trenches to a uniform width and to a minimum of 6 inches on both sides of raceway or equipment. 2. Depth of trench to be as indicated or required. When rock is encountered, excavate 6 inches below required depth and provide 6 inches of stone or gravel between rock surface and electrical equipment. 3. Slope excavation to comply with local codes and ordinances. Also, pitch runs away from Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16050-2 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 buildings, pad mount equipment. 4. Protect excavation from freezing when applicable. 5. Replace surface materials to match existing, unless specified otherwise. 6. Backfill and fill using materials listed under Part 2 of this section and compact to a density to meet (ASTM D698}. 7. Install continuous underground warning tape 8-I 2 inches below grade, directly above cable or conduit. 8. Replace conduit or cable damaged due to improper backfilling at no cost to the Owner. 3.3 FIRE STOP A. Clean surface prior to application of sealants in accordance with manufacturer=s recommendations. Apply sealant per manufacturer's recommendations. Take precautions to avoid spillage and dripping of sealant to adjacent areas. B. Use U.L. approved poke thru fittings when passing through fire rated floors. 3.4 CUTTING PATCHING, OPENINGS AND SLEEVES A. Contractor is responsible for all openings, cutting and patching. B. Penetrations through existing structural floors and walls shall be made with a core drill. Core drilling is not allowed through joists, beams or columns. Verify exact locations of penetrations with structural engineer such that the structural integrity is maintained. C. Restore finished spaces to original condition and fire rating wherever patching, cutting, drilling, etc. 3.5 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor is responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising safety precautions required in performing this work, including OSHA regulations and any other governing agencies. 3.6 ACCESS DOORS A. Coordinate with the General Contractor for access door needs. Access doors will be located by the Architect and provided by the General Contractor. END OF SECTION Colwnbia Heights Liquor Stores 16050-3 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 0X25.00 SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS PART I GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Wireway 8. Surface Metal Raceway C. Surface Non-metallic Raceway D. Conduit and Fittings 1. Rigid Metal Conduit 2. Intermediate Metal Conduit 3. Electrical Metallic Tubing 4. Flexible Metal Conduit 5. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit 6. Non-Metallic Conduit 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 16010: General Provisions -Electrical B. Section 1.6050: Basic Materials and Methods 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with applicable standards in NEC, NEMA, ANSI and UL for raceway systems and components. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Wireway Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16110-I Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 1. Hoffman Engineering Co. 2. Panduit Corp. 3. Square D Co. B. Surface Metal Raceway 1. Airey-Thompson Co., Inc. 2. Hoffman Engineering Co. 3. Square D Co. 4. Wiremold Co. 5. Mono Systems C. Surface Non-metallic Raceway 1. Hoffman Engineering Co. 2. Panduit Corp. 3. Wiremold Co. D. Conduit 1. Appleton Electric Co. 2. Carlon 3. Crouse-Hinds Division, Cooper Industries, Inc. 4. O.Z./Gedney 5. Republic 6. Triangle PWC, Inc. 7. Raco E. Conduit Couplings and Fittings and related components Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 161 ] 0-2 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 I. Appleton Electric Co. 2. Crouse-Hinds Division, Cooper Industries, Inc. 3. Kellems 4. O.Z./Gedney 5. Thomas and Betts Corp. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Generally, construction shall be as per Underwriter`s Laboratories standards pertaining to electrical raceway systems and to standard UL 870 for wireways, auxiliary gutters and associated fittings and as listed below. B. Wireway I . Provide electrical wireways of type, sizes and quantities as indicated or required. Provide all necessary fittings, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, straps, and end caps as required far a complete and proper installation. Provide as required to meet wiring requirements and comply with the applicable sections of the NEC. 2. Painted steel enclosed wireway with hinged removable cover. 3. Raintight wireway is the same as above, except the construction is raintight, the cover is gasketed and the finish shall be corrosion resistant. C. Surface Metal Raceway I. Provide raceway constructed of galvanized steel with snap-on covers, with 1/8" mounting screw knock-outs in base. Finish with standard baked on gray enamel paint. Provide raceway of types suitable for each application required. D. Surface Non-metallic Raceway I . Provide raceway constructed of rigid PVC, with all components and accessories as required for a complete and proper installation. Provide with grounding conductor, sized as required. E. Rigid Metal Conduit: ANSI C80.1 with threaded fittings. F. Intermediate Metal Conduit: UL 1242 with threaded fittings. G. Electrical Metallic Tubing: ANSI C80.3 with steel set-screws or steel compression type fittings. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 161 10-3 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 H. Flexible Metal Conduit: UL 1, zinc coated steel with steel set-screws or steel compression type fittings. I. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit: UL 360 with steel compression type fittings. J. Rigid Non-metallic Conduit: Nema TC-2, UL 651 schedule 40 or 80 polyvinyl chloride. 1. PVC conduit fittings shall match conduit type and material and comply with NEMA TC-3 K. All metal conduit to be hot dip galvanized process or aluminum. L. Where required, provide cable strain relief, grounding connectors, expansion fittings. M. Provide bond conductor for expansion fittings to maintain ground path. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUIT USES PERMITTED A. Service Entrance 1. Provide rigid metal conduit; plastic-coated rigid metal conduit, or schedule 40 PVC unless otherwise noted. B. Concrete encased or direct buried 1. In concrete slabs above grade and not in contact with earth, provide rigid metal conduit or EMT with gland compression concrete fittings. 2. In slabs on grade or in contact with earth, provide rigid metal conduit or PVC conduit. PVC shall be schedule 40 where in direct contact with earth or where required by NEC. C. Exposed outdoor locations 1. Provide rigid metal conduit; IMC, or liquid tight flexible metal conduit. D. Damp or wet interior locations I. Provide rigid metal conduit, IMC, or Liquid tigl-rt flexible meta] conduit (18" maximum). 2. Provide liquid tight flexible conduit for final connections to disposers, water heaters, dishwashers, and other equipment with drains, fluid or vapor connections. E. Underground branch circuit or feeder installations Colwnbia Heights Liquor Stores 161 10-4 Paulson & Clarl< Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 1. Provide rigid metal conduit; 1MC, or schedule 40 PVC. F. Exposed interior Locations I. Provide rigid metal conduit where subject to physical damage, otherwise, IMC, or EMT is acceptable. 2. The use of Metal Clad (MC) cable is not allowed. 3. The use of CORICLD cable is not allowed. 4. The use of Armor Clad (AC) cable is not allowed. >. Flexible metal conduit is not allowed. For exception, see part `H' of this section. G. Concealed interior locations 3. Provide rigid metal conduit, IMC, or EMT. ~. The use of Metal Clad (MC) cable is not allowed except for branch circuits to light fixtures installed in accessible (lay-in) ceilings (6' maximum length). 5. The use of COR/CLD cable is not allowed. 4. The use of Armor Ciad (AC) cable is not allowed. 5. Flexible metal conduit is not allowed. H. Motors and other vibrating equipment 1. Provide flexible metal conduit or liquid tight flexible conduit (2" minimum). Use grounding type finings and provide grounding conductor. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Wireway 1. Coordinate location and clearances with other divisions such that accessibility is maintained. 2. Routing shall be parallel to building construction. Mount plumb and }eve}. 3. Install complete with all related components included. 4. Maintain ground continuity with raceway components to maintain a continuous ground path. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 161 10-5 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 5. Comply with manufacturer's maximum wiring capacities. B. Surface Raceways I. Provide a separate green ground conductor from junction box feeding the raceway to receptacle or fixture ground terminal. 2. Select outlet box, of sufficient diameter to provide proper seal for the light fixture canopy. C. Conduit I. Generally, size all conduits, raceways, etc... for the size and quantity of conductor fill in compliance with t}~e NEC, unless a larger size is noted on the drawings. 2. Vertical conduit runs shall be supported every floor for conduit less than 2 1/2" and every other floor for runs 2 1 /2" and greater. Provide cable supports as per NEC. 3. All conduit in finished areas shall be concealed in building construction. 4. Exposed conduit, when approved by the Engineer, shall be routed parallel with building construction and installed in workmanlike manner. 5. At building expansion joints, provide conduit expansion couplings with ground fittings. 6. Install expansion joints with grounding jumpers where conduit crosses building expansion joints. Provide expansion fittings on continuous horizontal conduit runs of 100 feet or more. 7. Conduit shall not be routed through structural slabs, beams or columns unless approved by Structural Engineer. 8. Conduit shall not be mounted on mechanical or other equipment which vibrates except at connection points. 9. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork where possible; otherwise, route through roof membrane with flashing boot approved by roofing supplier. 10. Install conduit to roof exhaust fans through fan housing with no conduit exposed. 11. Cut conduit square using a saw; ream and de-burr cut ends. 12. Use conduit hubs for fastening conduit to cast boxes, and for fastening conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp or wet locations. l 3. Complete installation of electrical raceways before installing any conductors. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 1 b I I 0-6 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 14. Provide supports for raceways as specified in other sections of the specifications. 1 ~. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. 16. Communications conduits 2 inches and smaller shall have a maximum length of 150 feet and have a maximum of two 90 degree bends or equivalent. Provide pull boxes as required to comply with these requirements. 17. Use hydraulic one-shot conduit bender or factory elbows far bends in conduit larger than 2 inch size. 18. Provide raceway sealing fittings for conduits entering or leaving hazardous Iocations, refrigerated spaces, or where required by NEC. Install sealing fittings in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and fill with a UL listed sealing compound. Locate fittings in a suitable, accessible location. 19. Avoid moisture traps where possible; where unavoidable, provide junction box with drain fitting at conduit low point. 20. tlse suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. 21. Keep raceways a minimum of 12" away Pram steam and hot water mechanical piping. 22. Provide No. 12 AWG insulated conductor or suitable pull string in empty conduit, except sleeves and nipples. Prevent foreign materials from entering raceways by using temporary cap/closure protection on raceway terminations. 23. For raceways routed in slabs, install conduit in middle third of the slab thickness where practical and leave at least 1 inch of concrete cover. Connect raceways to reinforcing rods or secure as required to prevent shifting during concrete pour. Space raceways properly to prevent voids in the concrete. 24. Where non-metallic conduit is used, raceway must 6e converted to rigid metal conduit or IMC within 6" above the floor. 25. Apply a continuous, even coat of protective coating on metallic conduit in contact with soil. Provide either two coats of Bitumastic #50, 3M Scotchwrap #43, or PVC coated conduit and fittings. 24. IMC may be used in lieu of rigid conduit except in hazardous locations or where direct buried in earth. 25. Seal openings around conduit in accordance with NEC 300-21 where conduit penetrates fire- rated walls, partitions, floors or ceilings. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 161 ] 0-7 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 26. Install conduit stub-ups terminating 6" above lay-in ceilings. Terminate conduit with insulating bushing. 279. Flexible connections to recessed and semi-recessed light fixtures shall be a maximum of 6 feet. 30. Provide a copper equipment grounding conductor for branch or feeder circuits innon-metallic conduit. END OF SECTION Columbia Heights Liquor Stares 161 I O-8 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Conductors (600 volt} B. Cable C. Terminations 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 16010: General Provisions -Electrical B. Section 16050: Basic Materials and Methods 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to applicable codes and regulations regarding toxicity of combustibion products of insulating materials. B. Components shall be compliant with NEC, UL Std. 83, UL Std. 486, NEMA WC-S and IEEE Std. 82 as applicable. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop drawings for each type of conductor utilized in construction. Shop drawings shall include the following information: I . Gauge and type of conductor. 2. Material of conductor. 3. Characteristic impedance of conductor given in Ohms per foot. 4. Outside diameter of conductor. S. Insulation material and rating of conductor. B. Components shall be compliant with NEC, UL Std. 83, UL Std. 486, NEMA WC-5 and IEEE Std. 82 as applicable. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16120-1 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Wire and cable 1. Anaconda 2. Belden 3. Coleman Cable 4. Continental Wire & Cable 5. Cyprus 6. Pirelli 7. Southwire 8. Triangle B. Connectors for wire and cable 1. AMP 2. Burndy 3. OZ/Gedney 4. Square D 5. Thomas & Betts 6. 3M 2.2 MATERIALS A. Conductors I . Provide soft drawn copper conductors. 2. Insulation shall be Type THWN, THHN, or XI-1HW runless specifically noted otherwise. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16120-2 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 3. Conductors 8 AWG and larger and neutral conductors shall be stranded. 4. Aluminwrl wire is not allowed. 5. II1 areas where conductors are subjected to ambient temperatures over 90° F. or near process equipment, in Lighting fixtures, etc., provide insulation suited for purpose. B. Signal cables 1. Provide UL listed, plenum rated individual copper conductors, twisted together, shielded, PVC jacketed. Provide rated insulation as applicable. C. Terminations 1. Provide a UL listed, solderless metal connectors rated for applications indicated. Use connectors with temperature ratings equal to or greater than that of the conductors being used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Branch circuit wiring shall be #12 AWG unless noted otherwise. B. Control wiring shall be #14 AWG minimum, unless noted otherwise. C. Identification 1. 120/208 Volt Volt color code. a. Phase A -Black b. Phase B -Red c. Phase C -Blue d. Neutral -White e. Ground -Green D. Before conductors are pul Led through any I"aceway system, the system shall be free of moisture and foreign matter. E. Pull all conductors in common raceway together, use UL listed pulling Lubricant that does not deteriorate the conductor insulation. F. All conductors damaged during installation shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16120-3 Pa~ilson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 G. Joints and splices in branch circuit conductors shall be made with spring lock type connectors. H. Joints and splices in feeder conductors shall be made with pressure type meta] connectors and insulated with heat shrink plastic jacket or taped. I. Control wiring and cable shall be installed in separate raceways. J. Emergency system wiring shall be installed in separate raceways. K. Perform field inspection of wire and cable for physical damage and test to insure proper connection. L. Perform continuity test on all feeders and branch circuits to insure proper phasing, grounding and connection. M. Cables shall be supported with plastic cable ties or metal clips from structure. Cables are not allowed to be supported by ceiling system. END OF SECTION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16120-4 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 SECTION 16130 BOXES PART 1 GENERAL L 1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Pull and Junction Boxes B. Outlet Boxes C. Floor Boxes 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 16010: General Provisions -Electrical B. Section 16050: Basic Materials and Methods C. Section 16140: Wiring Devices PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Pull and Junction Boxes 1. Hoffman 2. O.Z. 3. Square D 4. States Electric B. Ou tlet Boxes 1. Appleton 2. Bell 3. Raco 4. Stee( City Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16130-1 Columbia Heights, MN Paulson & Clark Engineering, tnc. PAC Project No. 07125.00 C. Floar Boxes 1. Hubbell 2. Raco 3. Steel City 4. Thomas & Betts 5. Walker 22 MATERIALS A. Pull and ,)unction Boxes 1. Code gauge galvanized steel in concealed and unfinished spaces, prime painted steel in finished spaces. 2. Pravide hinged enclasures for boxes larger than 12 inches in any dimension. 3. Caver shall be secured with screws. 4. Pravide gasketing where dust or moisture exists. 5. Cast metal boxes shat l be used in underground, vapor tight or explosion proof environments. Provide with stainless steel cover and screws. B. Outlet Boxes 1. x111 outlet boxes shat) be approved for the use with the device spec_:ifad. 2. All outlet boxes shall be sized as per National Electrical Code and shall conform to UL 514A and UL 514B. 3. Steel boxes shall conform to NEMA OS 1, with knockouts or with threaded screw holes and accessories for intended application. 4. Cast iron boxes shall be iron alloy, waterproof ,with threaded raceway entries, threaded screw holes for device mounting and closure plugs. Provide all necessary accessories far intended application. 5. Cast aluminum boxes shall be copper free aluminum, with threaded raceway entries, threaded screw holes for device mounting and closure plugs. Provide all necessary accessories for intended application. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores l 6130-2 Paulson & Clark Engineering, hoc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 C. Floor Boxes 1. Steel flush floor boxes shall be fully adjustable, stamped steel with knockouts, adjusting rings and aluminum floor plates. Provide multi-section boxes as indicated with concealed individual section covers under a common floor plate. Provide carpet flange where the floor covering is carpet. Provide with service fittings as required for application specified. a. Bax shall be Walker #880M2 with A #827C flange. PART 3 EXECUTION 3. i INSTALLATION A. Pull and Junction Boxes I. Provide boxes to facilitate pulling or splicing conductors. Locate above accessible ceiling spaces or in unfinished areas that are accessible when construction is complete. 2. Support independently of conduit. 3. Install grounding bushings with bonding conductor on all feeder conduits entering box. 4. Minimum box size 8" square by 4" deep. 5. Maximum of six (6) conduits entering and leaving a single box. 6. Boxes for communication and otf~er systems shall be sized as indicated or a minimum of 150% of what is required per NEC. B. Outlet Boxes I. All outlet boxes shall be set plumb level and not more than 1/8" back from finished surface. 2. Verify exact location of devices with Architectural reflected ceiling plans, elevations and details prior to rough-in to avoid conflicts. 3. Heights are given from the center of the outlet box to the finish floor. 4. Provide knockout closures for unused openings. 5. All flush wall receptacles located above cow~ters of work tables shall be instal led horizontally unless noted otherwise. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16130-3 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 6. Da not mount outlets bacl: to back. Provide 6" minimum in non fire rated walls and 24" minimum in fire rated walls. 7. Verify all door swings before rough-in of switch locations. 8. Provide a 2" deep masonary type outlet where installed in concrete block or brick walls. Heights and horizontal positions of outlets shall be adjusted to bring one side and the top or bottom of the box at a mortar joint. 9. Coordinate with precast supplier for any recessed outlet boxes located in precast concrete panels. 10. Use multi-yang boxes where more than one device are mounted together. Provide with common coverplate. Do not use sectional boxes. 1 l . Provide outlet box barriers as required per code. 12. Install outlet boxes for electric water cooler inside the cooler enclosure. Verify exact locations with supplier- prior to rough-in. 13. For all systems outlets, provide a 4" x 4" deep junction box with a singe gang mudring. Provide a duplex mudring for combinatian telephone and data outlet locations. C. Floor Boxes I. Refer to drawings for device quantities and requirements. END OF SECTION Columbia I-Ieights Liquor Stares 16130-4 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Switches B. Receptacles C. Dimmers (Wall} D. Cover Plates E. Special Devices 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 16010: Genera] Provisions -Electrical B. Section 1 b050: Basic Materials and Methods C. Section 16130: Boxes l .3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. FS W-P-455 -Plate, Wall, Electrical B. FS W-C-596 -Electrical Power Connector, Plug, Receptacle, and Cabfe Outlet. C. FS W-S-896 -Switches, Toggle (Toggle and Lock), Flush mounted. D. NEMA WD 1 -General-Purpose Wiring Devices. E. NEMA WD 5 - Specifrc-Purpose Wiring Devices. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Switches and Receptacles Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16140-1 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 1. Arrow Hart 2. General Electric 3. Hubbell 4. Leviton 5. P&S B. DIMMERS 1. Lutron 2. Prescolite 3. Leviton 2.2 MATERIAL A. Switches 1. Switches shall be quiet type offering silent operation. 2. Toggle switches shall be rated at 20 amp, 277 volt A.C. 3. Momentary contact switches shall be single pole, double throw, center off and rated at 20 amps, 120 volt A.C. 4. Verify color of all devices 4vith Architect. B. Receptacles 1. Specific-use Receptacle Configuration: Type as indicated on Drawings, black plastic face. Provide engraved nameplate. 2. GFCI (GFI) Receptacles: Duplex convenience receptacle with integral ground fault current interrupter. "Pass-Through" ground fault protection shall not be allowed. 3. Isolated Ground (IG): Orange triangle, ground contacts electrically insulated from wrap- around strap. 4. Receptacles shall be NEMA 5-20R and rated at 20 amps, 120 volts, A.C. 5. Verify color of all devices with Architect. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16140-2 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 C. Dimmers 1. Dimmers shall be sized as per drawings. 2. Electronic solid state rated for load, 120 and 277 volts AC. 3. Verify color of a}l devices with Architect. D. Device Plates 1. 0.04" thick, type 302 satin finished stainless steel. 2. Number 430 stainless steel in unfinished spaces (mechanical, storage, etc.). 3. Provide wall plates with engraved legend where indicated. 4. Weatherproof Cover Plate: Gasketed cast metal with hinged gasketed device covers and "Wet Location" label to be weatherproof while in use, Tay Mac or approved equal. 5. Lockable Weatherproof Cover Plate: Same as weatherproof with keylock covers. 6. Provided for every device and unused junction box. E. Special Devices 1. Shall be as specified on drawings. 2. Verify color of all devices with Architect. PART 3 E~1'ECuTIOiJ 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Horizontally installed receptacles shall have the neutral terminal on top and the ground terminal to the left. B. All receptacles and plates burned, discolored or damaged by use during the construction process shall be replaced. C. Mount dimmers in separate outlet boxes from switches. D. Dimmers shall be ganged such that they maximize wattage rating. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16140-3 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 E. Duplex receptacles installed on emergency circuits are to be red in color. F. Install wall switches OFF position down. G. Install specific-use receptacles at heights indicated on Drawings or 48" if not indicated. H. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings; and on surface-mounted outlets. Paint junction box covers for fire alarm system red. I. Install devices and wall plates flush and level. Device plates shall cover entire wall opening. J. Install wiring devices and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and applicable requirements of NEC. K. Coordinate with other work, including painting, electrical boxes and wiring installation. L. Install wiring devices in electrical boxes which are clean; free from building materials, dirt, and debris. M. Install wall plates after painting is completed. N. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for wiring devices. V4~here manufacturer's torque requirements are not available, comply with UL Standard 486A. Use properly scaled torque indicating hand tool. O. Install isolated ground receptacles with a separate No. 12 AWG ground wire bonded to ground at the branch circuit panelboard and maintain the receptacle isolated ground insulated from the normal building ground on the load side of panel. P. Verify the swing direction of doors, and mount the switches on the jamb side of the door swing. Q. Prior to energizing circuits, test wiring for electrical continuity and short circuits. Ensure proper polarity is maintained. END OF SECTION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16140-4 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 SECTION 16160 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Cabinets. B. Hinged cover enclosures. C. Terminal blocks and accessories. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 16010: General Provisions -Electrical B. Section 16050: Basic Materials and Methods i .3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data. B. Include outline drawing for equipment panels: 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEMA 250 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). B. ANSI/NEMA 1CS 1 -Industrial Control and Systems. C. ANSI/NEMA ICS 4 -Terminal Blocks for Industrial Control Equipment and Systems. D. ANSI/NEMA ICS 6 -Enclosures for Industrial Contro] Equipment and Systems. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Challenger B. Eaton Corporation Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16160-1 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 C. General Electric D. Hoffman E. 1TE Siemens F. Square D 22 MATERIALS A. FABRICATION 1. Shop assemble enclosures and cabinets housing terminal blocks or electrical components in accordance with ANSI/1~IEMA ICS 6 and UL 50. 2. Provide type sizes and NEMA rating as indicated on drawings. Where not indicated, provide units of types, sizes, and NEMA rating as appropriate for the intended purpose and location. Provide all accessories required for a complete and proper installation. 3. Provide gaskets for units in damp or wet locations. 4. Provide knvekouts on enclosures. 5. Provide protective pocket inside front cover with schematic diagram, connection diagram, and layout drawing of eontro[ wiring and components within enclosure. B. CABINETS I. Cabinet Boxes: Galvanized steel with removable end wails, height, width and depth as required for equipment within or as indicated on drawings. Provide 3/4" thick plywood backboard painted matte white, for mounting terminal blocks in terminal cabinets. 2. Cabinet Fronts: Steel type with concealed trim clamps, concealed hinge and flush lock keyed to match branch circuit panelboard; finish in gray baked enamel. C. HINGED COVER ENCLOSURES L Construction: Sheet steel, l6 gauge, minimum, with continuous welded seams. 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard gray baked enamel finish. 3. Covers: Continuous hinge, held closed by flush latch operable by l<ey. 4. Enclosures for Mounting Contractors and Terminal Blocks or Electrical Components: I4 gage steel, manufacturer's standard enamel finish. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16160-2 Paulson & Clark Engineering, h1c. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 D. TERMINAL STRIPS 1. Below 50 volts: Screw terminal type. 2. Above 50 volts: 250 volt screw terminal with barriers between each set of terminals and individual terminal points for each conductor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install cabinets and enclosures plumb; anchor securely to wall and structural supports at each corner, minimum. B. Remove any sharp edges where they may come in contact with wiring or personnel. C. Provide accessory feet for free-standing equipment enclosures. D. Install trim plumb. E. Identify terminal strips with permanent numbers. F. Cap all unused knockouts where blanks have been removed and plug any unused conduit Hubs. G. Support and fasten items securely. H. Install sizes adequate to meet NEC requirements, however, in no case may it be smal ler than size indicated on drawings. END OF SECTION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16160-3 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 SECTION ~I6190 SUPPORTING DEVICES PART I GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Conduit and equipment supports. B. Fastening hardware C. Plywood Backboards 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 16050: Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 16110: Raceways 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70 (NEC) and shall be listed and labeled by UL, ETL, CSA or other nationally approved recognized testing and listing agencies that provide third party certification follow up services. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.I MANUFACTURERS A. Support Channels I. Beeline 2. Kindorf 3. Unistrut B. Conduit Sealing Bushings 1. Cooper Industries, Inc 2. Killark Electric Columbia Heights Liquor Stores Columbia Heights, MN 16190-1 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. PAC Project No. 07125.00 3. O-Z Gedney 4. Raco, Inc. ~. Thomas & Betts Corp. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Support Channels I. Support Channel- 3/4" thick, finish grade for the exposed surface. 2. Hardware: Corrosion resistant. Manufacturer's standard as required to support equipment. 3. Threaded Rod: Zinc plated steel, 3/8" diameter minimum, sized to support load required. B. Backboards I. Plywood Boards: A/C grade or better, void free plywood, 8' High by 3/4" thick, size as per drawings. Plywood shall be kihl dried with a maximum moisture content of 15%. Mount grade A surface exposed and securely fastened with flush hardware to wall framing members. Plywood shall be painted on all sides with light colored, fire retardant sealant. G Manufactured Supporting Devices 1. Raceway Supports: Provide clevis hangers, riser clamps, conduit straps, threaded C-clamps with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring steel clamps. Twisted bailing wire will not be accepted. 2. Fasteners: Provide types, materials, and construction features as follows: a. Expansion Anchors: Carbon steel wedge or sleeve type. b. Toggle Bolts: All steel springhead type. c. Powder Driven Threaded Studs: Heat treated steel, designed specifically for the intended use. 3. Conduit Sealing Bushings: Provide factory fabricated water tight sealing bushing assemblies suitable for sealing around conduit, or tubing passing through concrete floors or walls. Construct seals with steel sleeve, malleable iron body, neoprene sealing grommets or rings, metal pressure rings, pressure clamps, and cap screws. 4. Cable Supports for Vertical Conduit: Provide factory fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug for non-armored electrica] cables in riser conduits. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16190-2 Paulson & Clarl< Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 Provide plugs with number and size of conductor gripping holes as required to suit individual risers. Construct body of malleable iron casting with hot-dip galvanized finish. S. U-Channel Systems: provide 14 gauge steel channels, with 9/16 inch diameter holes, at a minimum of 8 inches on center, in top surfaces. Provide fittings and accessories that mate and match with U-channel and are of the same manufacturer. D. Fabricated Supporting Devices 1. Field fabricated supports or manufactured supports assembled from U-channel components. 2. Steel brackets shat l be fabricated from angles, channels, and other standard structural shapes. Connect with welds and machine bolts to form rigid supports. 3. Provide pipe sleeves fabricated from schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide supporting devices that fasten to electrical components securely and permanently in accordance with NEC requirements. B. Raceway Supports: 1. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations for selection and installation of supports. 2. Provide individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps as necessary to support raceways. Provide U-bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger assembly and for securing hanger rods and conduits. 3. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze type hangers. 4. Space supports for raceways in accordance with the NEC. 5. Support exposed and concealed raceways within 24 inches of a box and access fitting. Support the box independently of the raceway. 6. Support vertical runs such that the load produced by the weight of the raceway and the enclosed conductors is carried entirely by the conduit supports with no weight load on the raceway terminals. 7. Support individual horizontal raceways by separate pipe hangers. Spring steel fasteners may be used in lieu of hangers only for 1 2 inch and smaller raceways serving lighting and Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16190-3 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia. Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 receptacle branch circuits above suspended ceilings only. Use 1/4 inch diameter, or larger, threaded steel for hanger rods with spring steel fasteners. Use spring fasteners that are specifically designed for supporting single conduit or tubing. C. Coordinate with the building structural system and with other divisions prior to installation. D. Fasten hanger rods, conduit clamps, and outlet and junction boxes to building structure using expansion anchors, beam clamps, spring steel clips. E. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board partitions and walls; expansion anchors in solid masonry walls; self-drilling anchors or expansion anchor on concrete surfaces; sheet metal screws in sheet meta! studs; and wood screws in wood construction. Fasten through studs wherever possible. F. Do not fasten supports to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment, or conduit. G. Do not use power-actuated anchors. H. Do not drill structural steel members. Install free-standing electrical equipment on concrete pads four inches high and overlapping equipment footprint by two inches on all sides. Score the top from front to back on 24" centers. Finish edges. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. Provide steel channel supports to stand cabinet one inch off wall, or on 3/4 inch plywood backboards. K. Install plywood backboards over gypswn board or directly to stud framing as indicated. Fasten to studs with self-tapping screws according to APA recommendations. L. Bridge studs top and bottom with channels to support flush-mounted cabinets and panelboards in stud walls. M. Do not support equipment or fixtures from the roof deck. N. Install vertical conductor supports simultaneously with tl~e installation of the conductors. O. Miscellaneous supports: Support miscellaneous electrical components as required. h~stall metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnects, control enclosures, pull boxes, junction boxes, transformers, and other devices. P. Low Voltage Wiring Support; where low voltage communication and data wiring is not installed in conduit or raceway, do not support from ceiling system supports; support per NEC. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16190-4 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 Q. Unless indicated otherwise, fastef~ electrical items and their supporting hardware securely to the building structure including, but not limited to, conduits, raceways, cables, cable tray, busway, cabinets, panelboards, transformers, boxes, disconnect switches, and control components. R. Provide conduit seals for conduit penetrations of slabs on grade and exterior walls below grade and where indicated. Tighten sleeve seal screws until sealing grommets have expanded to form a water tight seal. S. Instal sleeves in concrete slabs and walls and all other fire-rated floors and walls for raceway and cable installations. For sleeves through fire-rated walls or floors, apply a UL listed firestopping sealant in gaps between sleeves and enclose conduits and cables in accordance with the "Fire Resistant Joint Sealers" requirements of other divisions. T. Support sheet metal boxes directly from the building structure or by bar hangers. Support the raceway with an approved type of fastener not more than 24 inches from the box. END OF SECTION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16190-5 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 0X25.00 SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL I.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Nameplates B. Wire and cable coding C. Conduit coding 12 RELATED WORK A. Section 16050: Basic Materials and Methods B. Section ] 6110: Raceways C. Section 16120: Wire and Cables D. Section 16470 Distribution Panelboards E. Section 16471: Branch Circuit Panelboards 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Identification to comply with NEC and ANSI A13.1. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.I MATERIALS A. Engraved three-layer laminated plastic white letters on a black backgroui~td for equipment on normal utility power system. Provide white letters on red background for equipment on emergency system. B. Self-adhesive vinyl tape, 1 inch thick to mark raceways, wires and cables. C. Underground warning tape to be 6"wide, polyethylene labeled "Caution" suited for direct burial. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16195-1 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Clean surfaces prior to applying identification. B. All engraved nameplates shall be installed level and in a workmanlike manner. C. Secure engraved nameplates to dead front barrier of electrical equipment with stainless steel machine screws with nuts and lock washers. D. Provide any additional identification as required per I~rEC. E. Identify raceways with color banding. Provide three inc}~es at each end of conduit, at each side of a penetration of a floor or wall and at 50 foot intervals for straight runs. 3.2 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING SCHEDULE A. Panelbaards, Switchboards: I/4 inch; identify equipment designation. 1/8 inch; identify voltage rating and source. B. Individual Circuit Breakers and Switches in Switchboards: 1/8 inch; identify circuit and load served, including location. C. Individual Circuit Breakers, Enclosed Switches, and Motor Starters: 1 /8 inch; identify load served. D. Ali other enclosures (including contactors, designated wall switches, special purpose receptacles, etc...): 1/4 inch; identify equipment. 3.3 WIRE IDENTIFICATION A. Provide wire markers on each conductor in panelbaard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, and at load connection. Identify with branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits, and with control wire number as indicated on schematic and interconnection diagrams or equipment manufacturer's Shop Drawings for control wiring. END OF SECTION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16195-2 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 SECTION 16400 SERVICE ENTRANCE AND METERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Provide a complete secondary power and distribution system from the power company's transformer to the main switchboard as shown per drawings. B. Coordinate and comply with the requirements of the local Electric Utility (Xcel Energy -Robert CorreI1612-630-4071) for permanent electric service including payment ofpower utility company charges for service. C. Provide metal housing, meter sockets, and service enclosures for meters. D. Provide transformer cabinets and install current transformers furnished by power utility company. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 16010: General Provisions -Electrical B. Section 16050: Basic Materials and Methods C. Section 16110: Raceways D. Section 16470: Distribution Panelboards E. Section 16450: Secondary Grounding 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings of metering transformer compartment to Utlllty Company pnor to fabrication. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. As specified in related sections. 2.2 MATERIALS Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16400-1 Paulson ~ Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 A. UTILITY TRANSFORMER PAD I. Provide concrete pad for utility transformer, complying with power utility company requirements. 2. Provide grounding system per power utility company requirements. B. SERVICE METERING I . Meter & Meter Base: a. Furnished by power utility company, installed by electrical contractor. Provide all conduit and compents required. Meter shall be installed on exterior of building at electrical room. 2. Metering Current Transformer: a. Furnished by power utility company, installed by electrical contractor (in main switchgear). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate payment of all power company fees. B. Coordination scheduling and exact installation requirements, with power company, to obtain permanent service to the building. Coordination must be done a minimum of eight weeks in advance. C. Install service metering items in accordance with manufacturer's and power utility company's instructions. D. Power utility company will make final connections. E. Provide dedicated phone line to meter, if required by utility. END OF SECTION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16400-2 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 SECTION 16425 SWITCHBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Distribution Switchboards 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 16050: Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 16195: Electrical Identification C. Section 16400: Service Entrance and Metering D. Section I6450: Secondary Grounding E. Section 16465: Bus Duct F. Section 16475: Fuses 1.3 SUMITTALS A. Provide shop drawings for switchboard(s) in accordance with the requirements identified in Section 16010. Shop drawings shall include front and side views of enclosures with overall dimensions shown, conduit entrance locations and requirements; nameplate legends; size and number of bus bars per phase, neutral, and ground; switchboard instrument details; instructions for handling and installation of switchboard; and electrical characteristics incl~-ding voltage, frame size and trip ratings, withstand ratings, and time-current curves of equipment and components, and wiring diagrams for ground fault system. B. Forward copies of the one-line diagram and this specification section to suppliers prior to submitting bid. Any modification to switchboard due to noncompliance with this requirement will be performed at Contractor's expense. C. Submit operation and maintenance data. Include spare parts data listing, source and current prices of replacement parts and supplies; and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEMA KS 1 -Enclosed Switches. B. NEMA KS 2 -Bolted Pressure Contact Stivitches. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16425-1 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 C. NEMA PB 2 -Dead Front Distribution Switchboards. D. NEMA PB 2.1 -Instructions for Safe Handling, Installation. Operation and Maintenance of Deadfront Switchboards Rated 600 Volts or Less. E. UL 869 -Standard for Service Equipment. F. UL 891 -Standard for Dead-Front Switchboards PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Eaton Corporation B. Electro-Mechanical Industries (EMI} C. General Electric D. I.T.E. E. Square D F. States Electric 2.2 MATERIALS A. Switchboards 1. Shall consist of a complete enclosed, self-supporting metal structure of the required number of formed and welded vertical panel sections, incorporating circuit breakers and/or fusible switches and other associated equipment as indicated on the schedule. All fastenings between vertical panel sections s}1a11 be bolted, not welded, to provide flexibility during installation. 2. Factory-assembled, dead front, metal-enclosed, and self-supporting switchboard assembly conforming to NEMA PB2, UL $91 ar~d N.E.C. and complete from incoming line terminals to load-side terminations. 3. Bus Material: Copper with tin plating, sized in accordance with NEMA PB 2. 4. Bus Connections: Bolted accessible from front for maintenance. 5. Bus bars based on air insulation. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16~I25-2 Paulson c4C Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 6. Enclosure shall be NEMA I'B 2 Type 1 -General Purpose. Sections shall align at rear. 7. Switchboard Height: NEMA PB 2; 90 inches maximum, excluding lifting members and pull boxes. 8. Switchboard shall be free, floor standing 9. Shall be front accessible, unless otherwise specified. 10. Shall have general arrangement as scheduled. 11. All metal parts of enclosure shat l be bonderized or equivalent and given rust inhibiting prime coat. Interior of panel shall be factory finished prime coat and exterior of panel shall be factory finished light gray enamel. 12. Bus bracing shall be as shown on the schedule. 13. Ground bus rated at SO% secondary bus amperes (minimum 2"x114") and shall connect all sections and incoming feeder conduits. Conduits shall be bonded to ground bus. 14. Deviations of dimensions may be permitted only in writing to the Engineer prior to bidding. IS. Shall have full depth barriers between all sections. 16. Shall have tin plated electrical grade cooper bus sized on the basis of not more than 7S0 ampere per square inch current density. 17. Horizontal bussing shall be full capacity. 18. Vertical bussing within the distribution section shall have a capacity of not less than SO% of the horizontal bus or not less than the total full load rating of all devices and spaces installed within the section, whichever is greater. Bussing shall extend through the full usable height of the section. 19. The phase arrangement of the three busses shall be A, B, and C from front to back, tap to bottom or left to right, as viewed from the front of the switchboard. 20. The horizontal bus shall be arranged to permit future bus extension. 21. All bus joints shall be bolted together with compression type washers. 22. All sections shall have the minimal width to receive a 400 ampere device. B. Overcurrent Protection 1. Optional features to the overcurrent protective devices shall be as indicated on the schedule. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16425-3 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 2. Fully rated to withstand and interrupt the available short circuit fault currents. 3. Provide overcurrent devices rated for 75° C conductor ampacities. C. Fusible Switch Assemblies 1. 600 amperes and less: Quick-make, quick-break, load interrupter enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle. Provide interlock to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. Handle lockable in ON or OFF position. Fuse clips: Designed to accommodate Class T or R fuses, type as indicated on Drawings. 2. 800 amperes and larger: Bolted pressure contact switches. Fuse clips: Designed to accommodate Class L fuses. Provide ground fault protection for switches rated 1000A or more and applied at 277/480V. D. Auxiliary Switchboard Equipment 1. Service Metering Provisions a. Provide provisions in Panelboard to provide connections to the line side of the main secondary service disconnect. b. Provide a Square D "Powerlogic", Model CM2350 (or equal from GE or Cuttler Hammer/Eaton} with RS485 communications capablity and optical communication port. c. Provide any additional components required for a complete and proper installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Verify that dimensions for switchboard do not exceed space provided. Any modification to building resulting from oversized equipment will be performed at Contractor's expense. B. Shall be floor mounted C. Shall be set square and level on a 4-inch concrete pad provided by the Electrical Contractor. Secure to pad with expansion anchors, 1/2" diameter with 2-1/2" minimum embedment. D. Torque tighten all bus joints as per manufacturer's recommendations after placing switchboard and prior to energizing using a calibrated torque wrench. E. Remove all debris, scrap wire, etc. from the switchboard interior before closing the enclosure. F. Conduits shall be located in the areas recommended by the manufacturer. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16425-4 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 G. Provide all necessary bonding. H. Install switchboard in location on drawings, and in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and NEMA PB 2.1. I. Install fuses in each switch. 1. Inspect completed installation for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. K. Measure insulation resistance of each bus section phase to phase and phase to ground for one minute each. Test voltage shall be 1000 volts, and minimum acceptable value for insulation resistance is 2 megohms. L. Test and adjust ground fault system, electric operators and electric tripping mechanisms. M. Adjust ali operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. N. Touch up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish. O. With major building loads operating, adjust trip and time delay settings to minimum value. Adjust as necessary to avoid nuisance tripping. Time delay not to exceed 0.5 seconds. END OF SECTION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16425-5 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 SECTION 16440 DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART l GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Non-Fused Disconnect Switches B. Fused Disconnect Switches 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 16010: General Provisions -Electrical B. Section 16050: Basic Materials and Methods C. Section 16475: Fuses D. Section 16481: Motor Starters 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide shop drawings for all disconnects in accordance with the requirements identified in Section I6010. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Eaton Corp. B. General Electric C. Siemens/I.T.E. D. Square D E. Westinghouse 2.2 MATERIALS A. All disconnect switches shall be NEMA heavy duty and U.L. listed. Columbia Heights Liquor Stoz•es 16440-1 Paulson & Clark Engineering, lnc. Colwnbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 B. A11 switches shall have switch blades which are fully visible in the off position when the door is open. Switches shall be of dead-front cotlstruction with door interlock such that the switch door can not be opened in the "ON" position nor can the switch mechanism be operated with the door opened. Switches steal! be quick make, quick break. C. For motor and motor starter disconnects, provide rating suitable to the horsepower of the equipment served. D. Provide NEMA I general purpose enclosures for switches located in interior spaces, unless noted otherwise E. Provide NEMA 3R enclosures for switches located in exterior locations, unless otherwise noted. NEMA 3R covers shall be lockable in the open position. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install disconnect switches in an accessible location as close as possible to equipment being served. B. Disconnect switches installed on outside walls below grade shall be mounted on 3/4" exterior grade painted plywood backboard. C. Provide fuses in all fusible disconnects. D. Provide enclosed disconnect switches on all mechanical and building equipment, unless indicated otherwise, and as required by code. E. Provide six {6) pole disconnect switches for two speed motors. END OF SECTION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16440-2 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 SECTION 16450 SECONDARY GROUNDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. $uilding Grounding System 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16010: General Provisions -Electrical B. Section 16050: Basic Materials and Metl~ods C. Section 16110: Raceways D. Section 16120: Wires and Cables E. Section 16130: Boxes PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.I MANUFACTURERS A. AMPACT -Amp Special Industries B. Burndy C. CADWELD - Erico Products, Inc. D. ITT Blackburn 2.2 MATERIALS A. Ground rods shall be 5/8 inch diameter by I O foot long {minimum) copper clad steel. B. Com~ecting cable shall be 500 Kcmil bare stranded copper (or as indicated on the drawings). C. Connectors shall be a high conductivity-plated pressure connectors, heavy duty bolted clamps or exothermic weld connections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.I INSTALLATION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16450-1 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 A. Provide complete grounding systems as described herein and as shown on the drawings. B. Ground separately derived systems in accordance with NEC 250. C. Connections of grounding conductors to water mains or other large members shall be by an exothermic welding process. D. Use 4 AWG copper conductor for alarm and communications service ground conductor. Provide conductor from the grounding electrode system to a telecommunications main grounding busbar located in the Tech Room. Busbar shall be a predri[led ''/z"x4"x2' Copper busbar. Coordinate location in tech room with systems providers. Busbar shall be listed by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory. F,. The service shall be grounded at the water main and a three rod counterpoise unless otherwise noted. Provide bonding jumper around water main. F. All metallic conduits, supports, cabinets, non-current carrying parts of equipment shall be solidly grounded to form a continuous permanent and effective grounded system. G. All neutrals, wireways, metal enclosures, cable trays and similar parts of the electrical installation described herein shall be grounded. H. Provide a separate ground conductor For all mechanics[ and building equipment. I. All roof-mounted antennas and antenna masts shall be grounded. J. For equipment grounding use pressure type grounding Iugs for $AWG wire and larger and winged pressure type connectors for 10 and 12 AWG wire. K. The ground Iugs on a113 wire grounding type receptacles shall be securely grounded to the conduit system. L. The true resistance to earth of the installed power ground rod bed shall be equal to, or less than ] 0 ohms. M. All Equipment Grounding Conductors' resistance shall not exceed lohm. As recommended by IEEE I l 00. N. Tighten grounding and bonding connectors in accordance with the manufacturer's published recommendations. O. Measurement procedure and resultant readings shall be documented in writing and submitted to the Engineer. END OF SECTION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16450-2 Patrlson & Clarlc Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 SECTION 16471 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS PART I GENERAL I.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Branch Circuit Pane[boards l.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 16050: Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 16160: Cabinets and Enclosures 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide shop drawings for all panelboards in accordance with the requirements identified in Section 16010. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. General Electric B. Siemens/I.T.E. C. Square D I?. Cutler Hammer 2.2 MATERIALS A. Construct panelboards to UL and NEMA PB I standards and provide UL labels. B. Enclosure 1. Provide required gutter space at the lug end (top or bottom as per drawings) of the panel. Where cables feed through panels, cabinet shall have an additional 4 inch width added to the gutter space on one side. 2. Enclosures shall be 5-1/4" - 5-3/4" deep and 20" wide. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16471-1 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 C. Panelboards shall be of type and contain overcurrent protective devices as listed per the drawings. D. Provide AIC ratings as listed per drawings. E. Panelboard shall be provided tivith insulated neutral bar complete with necessary lugs and terminals. F. Panelboard shall be provided with a 1 /4" x 1 " x 12" long ground bus with ground wire terminations (where indicated, ground bus shall be isolated from enclosure). G. Panelboard Bus Assembly 1. Bus work shall be fabricated of soft drawn copper. Lugs shall be provided for connection of feeders. A11 panelboards shall have feed-through lugs unless specifically noted. 2. All current-carrying parts of the bus assembly shall be plated. H. Circuit Breakers 1. Shall be molded case, quick-make, quick-break, thermal-magnetic, trip indicating, and have common trip on all multiple pole breakers. 2. Sha11 be bolt-on type. 3. Ampere rating shall be identified by molded or engraved numbers. 4. Interrupting ratings shown on panelboard schedule shall apply to circuit breakers. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Panelboards shall be mounted pllu~nb and true with building surfaces in locations as shown B. Feed and branch circuit conduits shall meet the cabinet squarely and shall be arranged insofar as possible to facilitate training of conductors to their respective terminals. C. Branch circuit conductors shall be neatly formed into groups, secured with tape or cord, and carefully placed into gutter space. D. Provide spare raceway for future use for each flush mounted panelboard. Install 4-3/4" conduits extending into the ceiling space above the panelboard with capped end and tagged, "Spare Use". E. Circuit numbers as installed shall match circuit numbers on panelboard schedule. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16471-2 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 F. Panel directory shall be typed. G. Identification plate as per specification section 16I95. H. Incoming line feeder connection shall have compatible ratings with incoming feeder in both ampacity and temperature. I. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder. Should the difference at any panelboard between phases exceed 20 percent, rearrange circuits, as required, in the panelboard to balance the phase loads. END OF SECTION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16471-3 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia. Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 SECTION 16475 FUSES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Fuses B. Fuse Cabinet 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 16050: Basic Materials and Methods B. Section I6160: Cabinets and Enclosures C. Section 16440: Disconnect Switches D. Section 16481: Motor Starters PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Fuses for feeder circuits: 1. Hussman Low Peak, LPN-RK (2SOV) or LPS-RK (600V) 2. Gould Shawmut Amp-Trap 1I, A2D-R (2SOV) and A6D-R {600 V) 3. Littelfuse, Lrttle Peak, LLN-RK (250`v'} or LLS-RK (600V) B. Fuses for motor circuits: 1. Hussman Fusetron, FRN-R (250V), and FRS-R (b00 V) 2. Gould Shawmut Trionic, TR-R (250 V) and TRS-R (600 V) 3. Littelfuse Slo-Blo, FLN-RL (250V} or FLS-R (600V) C. Special application: I . For in-line fuses and weatherproof assembly, provide Hussman Tron Type HEH fuse holder and Type KTK fuse with 1 A0513 boot or equal. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16475-1 Paulson & Clark Engineering, lnc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 2. For protection of control circuit transformers, provide Busman Type FNQ time delay fuses or equal. 22 MATERIALS A. All fuses shall be of the same manufacturer. B. Fuses for feeder circuits, 600 amperes and less: 1. U.L., Class RK1, current Limiting time delay with interrupting ratings of 200,000 amperes. 2. Shall also protect motor loads served from main switchboard. 3. Shall be rejection type. C. Fuses for motor circuits, 600 amperes and less: 1. U.L. Class RKS, time delay with interrupting ratings of 200,000 amperes. 2. Shall also serve remote fused disconnect switches. 3. Shall be rejection type. D. Provide one set of spare fuses for- each size and type of fuse represented on project. Provide cabinet to contain all spare fuses. Identify as "spare fuse cabinet". PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All fusible switches either separately mounted or panel mounted shall be equipped with fuses as specified herein. B. Provide label inside each switch and motor starter cover stating type of fuse required for replacement. C. Mount fuse cabinet near main service entrance equipment. D. Mount fuses with the fuse nameplate facing the enclosure door to allow inspection of fuse rating. E. Fuses shall not be installed until equipment is ready to be energized. END OF SECTION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16475-2 Paulson R Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 SECTION 16481 MOTOR STARTERS PART 1 GENERAL I.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Manua( Motor Starters B. Magnetic Motor Starters 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 16050: Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 16475: Fuses 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All motor controllers must comply with NEC Articles 220, 250 and 430, UL 486A and 508, IEEE Std 241 and NEMA ICS 2. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with the requirements specified in Section 16010. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Allen Bradley B. Eaton Corp. C. G.E. D. Siemens/I.T.E. E. Square D 2.2 MATERIALS A. Manual Motor Starters Columbia Heig}~ts Liquor Stores 16481-I Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 1. Provide NEMA ICS 2, general purpose, class A, manually operated starter with thermal overload protection for fractional horsepower motors (under 2 HP}. 2. In unfinished areas, provide NEMA I enclosure. In finished areas, provide with stainless steel coverplate. Provide NEMA 3R enclosure for outdoor use. 3. Provide with red, 120 volt pilot light as specified. B. Magnetic Motor Starter I. Motor starters shall be across-the-line, full voltage, non-reversing, magnetic type rated in accordance with NEIvIA ICS 2, Class A, horsepower rated unless noted otherwise. 2. Provide control transformer, if required, for 120 volt control circuit. 3. Unless otherwise noted, all starters shall have "NAND-OFF-AUTO" selector switch in cover of enclosure. 4. All starters with "START-STOP" push buttons shall be momentary push buttons mounted in cover of enclosure. 5. Provide ambient compensated type overload relay with inverse time current characteristics. Provide with heaters in each phase to match the full load current and duty cycle of the motor being served. C. Provide fusible switch in same enclosure for all combination starter/disconnects. Provide rejection type fuses rated per manufacturer's recommendations for equipment being served. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Size overload protection to suit motor's nameplate ampere rating. B. Locate controllers within sig}~t of motors unless specified otherwise. C. Install per manufacturer's recommendations. D. Bolt units to wall or provide unistrut supports as required. E. Provide engraved nameplates identifying equipment being served. F. Provide two sets of auxiliary contacts. END OF SECTION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16481-2 Paulson & Clark F,ngineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 SECTION 16500 LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Interior luminaires as described in the light fixture schedule and accessories as required for a complete and pr°oper installation. B. Battery-powered exit and emergency egress luminaires and accessories. C. Exterior luminaires as described in the light fixture schedule, poles, bases and accessories as required for a complete and proper installation. D. Installation of Owner-supplied luminaires and accessories. E. Lamps. F. Ballasts. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 16010: General Provisions -Electrical B. Section 16050: Basic Materials and Methods C. Section 16915: Lighting Control System I.3 SUBMITTALS A. For light fixtures cznd ballasts, submit Shop Drawings, product data, and manufacturer's installation instructions. Include outline drawings, lamp and ballast data, support point, weights, photometrics and accessory information for each luminaire type. 1. Manufacturer's product data sheets, illustrating conformance with specifications, will be acceptable for standard units. 2. Indicate material assembly and finish. 3. Provide a dimensioned drawing of assembled fixture, description of materials and finish ofall Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16500-1 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, 1VIN PAC Project No. 07125.00 components to include, but not Limited to, lens frame, housing reflector and special accessories and recommended lamp. 4. Photometric report shall be equal to the standard report furnished by E.T.L. including candlepower distribution cun~es and tables, luminaire brightness readings, tabulation of coefficients of utilization and percent efficiency, and description of the unit and test conditions. B. When required by Local Officials or other Code Officials, submit lighting energy calculations and tabulations. Include all data required by the Energy Codes using the lighting performance criterion, unless otherwise directed. Submit the data to the Engineer prior to submitting the data to the Code Officials. Submit the data to the Code Officials only after approved by the Engineer. I.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer shall be experienced and regularly engaged in the manufacture of the light fixture as described, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for a period of not less than 5 years. B. Conformance with the following codes and standards: 1. NEC- Articles 220, 40 and ~ I 0 as related to the installation and construction of interior Light fixtures. 2. NEMA standards, Publication numbers LE1 and LE2 for lighting equipment. 3. IES standards RP-1 as related to office lighting and RP-] 5 as related to acceptable, recommended lighting levels for offices. 4. Provide light fixtures that comply with UL standards and are listed and labeled for the use intended. 5. Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association standards for fluorescent ballasts. I.5 DELIVER STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and receive Owner supplied equipment and protect against damage, B. Handle metal poles carefully to prevent breakage and damage to finish. I.6 QUALITY CONTROL A. Replace lamps, ballasts, sockets, etc., as required to eliminate any noticeable lamp flicker or audible noise. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16500-2 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 B. Provide parts and labor full warranty for one (1) year form date of Owner's acceptance. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide extra materials as described below: 1. Furnish attic stock (replacement) lamps in the amount of 10%, but no fewer than four of each type of lamp supplied. 2. In addition to the fixtures indicated on the drawings, provide extra light fixtures as described below. Retain in original factory container/packaging. Fixture locations will be determined during construction. a. Provide three (3) exit (type E) light fixtures. A credit of $300 will be required for any unused fixtures at project close-out. 3. Provide extra emergency battery ballast assemblies, matching installed assemblies in quantities listed below. Retain in original factory container/packaging. Fixture locations will be determined during construction. a. Provide three (3) emergency battery ballast assemblies. A credit of $75 will be required for any unused fixtures at project close-out. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Refer to Light Fixture Schedule. 2.2 INCANDESCENT FIXTURES A. Provide mogul type lamp base for all fixtures larger than 300 watts, unless noted otherwise on schedule. B. All incandescent fixture sockets and reflectors shall be secured to body to prevent rotation or rocking during relamping procedures. C. Each recessed fixture shall have a special mounting frame with an attached junction box, so that the can and frame could be installed and connected to branch circuits without installing any final trim, diffusers, or lenses. Provide separately mounted junction box where local code requires. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16500-3 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 D. Ail trims and lenses shall be fastened or hinged to the fixture body so that no part of the fixture must be held during the relamping procedure. E. Attached junction boxes on recessed fixtures shat[ be pre-wired and shall meet all code requirements for space, heat dissipation, accessibility, etc. F. Recessed fixtures shall be NFC rated and UL listed and labeled for application used. A[I recess of fixtures shall be thermally protected. 2.3 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES A. Fixture bodies shall be manufactured with die-formed rigid housing with all surfaces finished in baked enamel where not indicated otherwise. Diffusers shall be as specified under each respective fixture and shall be framed in a hinged, continuous assembly, which shall be removable without tools and which can be opened or closed by pressure which the hand is capable of applying. Provisions shall be incorporated for safe suspension of the frame in the open position without accidental dislodgement. There shall be a gasketed seat between the frame and fixture body to prevent light leaks. B. Fixture wiring shall be 600 volt, suitable for the purpose, and shall have all interconnections made between sockets and ballasts to 12" pigtails, permitting aone-paint branch circuit connection. C. Fixtures on exterior shall have ballasts designed for minus 20° F, as indicated and/or required for applied location. D. All diffusers, lenses side panels, etc., are to be a nominal .125" thick acrylic plastic unless noted otherwise. Lens prism shall be full size with 10 ounce per square foot density. E. Deep celled louvers shall be a nominal of .025" thick and of the specularity as scheduled. F. No manufacturer's labels shall be visible. G. All ballast shall be electronic, class P, with less than 10% THD. H. All fixtures of the same type shat l be of one manufacturer and of identical finish and appearance. Locate fixture outlets and recessed fixtures as indicated on the architectural reflected ceiling plans. 2.4 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE FIXTURES A. Sockets shall be porcelain screw-type mogul or medium units, securely fastened to fixture body in such manner as to prevent twisting or rocking of socket when installing or removing lamp. B. Complete fixtures shall be factory sound rated. Provide quietest sound rating available from manufacturer. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16500-4 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 0712S.00 C. Recessed fixtures shall be rated for application used. D. Quartz restrike/instant "ON" Gvhen specified shall automatically switch an quartz lamp when fixture is energized or when power outages occur. Turn quartz off after HID reaches 60%of light output. 2.5 EXIT AND EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING AND ACCESSORIES A. Exit Signs provided shall have a self contained emergency power included, unless noted otherwise on schedule. Integral battery shall have power failure relay, test switch, "ON"power light, sealed nickel cadmium battery, and automatic charger. Battery provided shall be maintenance free with 5 years warranty for full replacement and shall have the capacity for not less than 90 minutes of operation with 87 I/2% capacity remaining B. Emergency battery ballast assemblies for fluorescent lighting shall be a self contained, modular, battery inverter unit factory mounted in fixture. Provide with test switch, maintenance free nickel cadmium battery, automatic charger and indicator light. Indicator light shall be visible without opening fixture and sealed. Unit sha] l be equivalent to the Bodine B50 and operate two (2) lamps. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. Route room (area) lighting branch circuit (unswitched) phase conductor to emergency battery ballast assemblies to monitor for ``loss of power". B. All lighting fixtures and equipment shall be installed complete, to include, but not limited to, canopies, suspensions of proper lengths, hickeys, casings, sockets, holders, reflectors, ballasts, diffusing material, louvers, plaster frames, lamps recessing boxes, etc., all wired and assembled and ready for• operation. All recessed fixtures shall be provided with frames appropriate for the ceiling in which fixtures are recessed. It is the responsibility of the contractor to verify ceiling types with architectural reflected ceiling plans before ordering fixtures. Provide supporting brackets and channels as required. C. The ceiling system may be relied upon for fixture support only if ceiling suspension is rated for this use and proper clips are installed. All lighting fixtures designed to utilize the ceiling system for support in lay-in type ceilings shall be provided with fastening clips. Square and rectangular fixtures shall have clips installed on all four corners. These clips shall be installed to ensure that the light fixtures are positively fastened to the ceiling system, as required by the Uniform Building Code and Standards. Surface mounted fixtures shall be mounted rigidly. D. Proper supports shall be provided for hanging all lighting fixtures which will transmit the load to suitable building members adequate for fixture weight. The Contractor shall acquaint the Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 1600-5 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 Architect with all details of fixture hanging methods he proposes to use sufficiently in advance of installation to permit a determination as to their adequacy. All details of fixture hangers and supports shall be designed to resist vibration and shock where such factors are encountered, such as in the manufacturing areas. E. Fixture mounting shall be correlated with factory representative before fixtures are shipped. F. Suspended fixtures shall be stem-mounted and shall be free to swing 20° in any direction. Ceiling swivels shall be of the ball aligner type. Continuous rows of suspended fluorescent fixtures shall be installed with an approved swivel at the junction of stem and fixture. Chain suspension may be used only where specitically permitted an the drawings. Chain shall be heavy duty, nickel or cadmium plated, suitable for weight of specific fixture. .lack chain shall not be used. G. Any fixture with weight of ] 0 lbs. or more shall not be mounted on or suspended from the outlet box cover nor fastened to the box with two screws. H. Where floodlighting has been indicated, the Contractor shall provide for adjusting units during evening hours. Contractor steal! provide demonstration of system to Owner/Engineer during evening hours as requested. I. After the installation of lighting fixtures, and all Architectural finishes are complete, directional fixtures (both interior and exterior} shall be adjusted after dark under the supervision of the Engineer, Architect and/or Owner. This means that the Electrical Contractor will supply personnel, ladders or lifts, lamps, and any other equipment necessary to expeditiously adjust and focus all lighting. All work to be done in accordance with union rules and local codes. Surface fixtures mounted on combustible low density fiberboard ceilings shall have 1-1/2" spacers per code requirements. K. Provide protective enclosure around recessed light fixtures to maintain minimum of 3" air space between fixture assembly and thermal insulation, unless fixture is specifically designed for direct contact with insulation. Enclosure to be constructed sa as to allow free circulation of air around fixture, and not entrap heat. L. Outlets for tuorescent fixtures shall be located as required by the specific fixtures. M. Sockets shall be securely fastened to brackets ar socket straps with machine screws in a manner to eliminate excessive flexing under normal lamp pressure, and shall be replaceable without removing fixture from the installation. In fixtures with end plates, sockets shall be backed up by the fixture housing to prevent twisting. Where sockets cannot be backed up by housing they shall be secured with two screws or bolts. Socket contacts steal! be silver plated. N. Fixture supports shall comply with the fixture manufacturer=s requirements and/or recommendations and as follows: Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16500-6 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 1. Stem hangers shall be 2" (12mm} steel tubes with swivel ball fitting and ceiling canopy. Finish shall match fixture. 2. Rod hangers shall be 3/16" (Smm) minimum diameter, cadmium plated, threaded steel rod. 3. Chain hangers may be used only in unfinished spaces unless noted otherwise. 3.2 FINAL INSPECTION A. Upan completion of the installation, lighting equipment must be in first class operating order and free from defects in condition and finish. At the time of final inspection, the following will be required: I . All fixtures and equipment shall be installed and Tamped with new lamps and be complete with all lenses, diffusers, reflectors, side panels, louvers or other necessaryy components. 2. Fixtures shat) be completely clean and free from finger marks, dust, plaster or paint spots. 3. Any reflectors, lenses, diffusers, side panels or other parts damaged prior to the final inspection shall be replaced at no expense to the Owner. ~. Exterior poles, bollards, bases and other exterior fixtures shall be painted to match factory color where finish is scratched or damaged. 5. Housings shall be rigidly installed and adjusted to a neat flush fit with the ceiling. 6. No light leaks shall be permitted at the ceiling line or from any visible part or joint. B. At the campletio;~ of the work the Electrical Contractor shah provide the Owner with adequate written and drawn information for a complete understanding ofthe functioning, maintenance, and replacement of the lighting. END OF SECTION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16500-7 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 0X25.00 SECTION ] 6741 TELEPHONE/DATA RACEWAY SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Telephone/data Raceway 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 16050: Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 16110: Raceways C. Section 16130: Boxes D. Section 16140: Wiring Devices E. Section 16160: Cabinets and Enclosures 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide an empty telephone/date raceway system for the telephone utility's wiring as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. B. Provide outlets with plate finish as described in Section 16140. C. Provide conduit, terminal backboards and outlet boxes to interconnect telephone handsets with telephone service entrance. 1. Provide distribution throughout building through empty conduits stubbed from boxes into Tech Room. D. Service entrance conduits from point determined by local utility to main terminal board. E. Owner shall provide switch, phone sets, cabling and terminations under separate contract. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. As shown on the drawings and specified herein. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16741-1 Patilson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 B. Provide device plate coordination with telephone company. 1. Activated telephone outlet shall have cover plate to match Section 16140 plates and accept modular jack(s). C. Plywood Boards: A/C grade or better, void free plywood, 8' High by 3/4" thick, size as per drawings. Plywood shall be kiln dried with a maximum moisture content of 15%. Mount grade A surface exposed and securely fastened with flush hardware to wall framing members 2". Plywood shall be painted on all sides with light colored, fire retardant sealant. D. Wiring, instruments and eq~iipment will be furnished and installed by the telephone company or private phone system supplier. E. Conduit: Refer to Section 161 10. I . Minimum size: : 1 ". 2. 90° bends: Use factory sweep bends. 3. Service entrance: Four (4) 4" PVC a minimum of 30" minimum below grade. Provide innerduct for fiber optic cabling. Verify exact requirements with utilities and provide. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Electrical work it1 main telephone equipment room shall be installed as shown on drawings and shall be coordinated with the telephone company. B. Bush all conduits. C. Slope service entrance conduits away from building. D. Terminate service entrance conduits on left side of main terminal board. E. Provide pull boxes in telephone conduit runs spaced not greater to I00 feet apart, and on backboard side of runs with more than two right angle bends. F. Place TELEPHONE label on pull and junction boxes. G. Terminate conduit above ceilings with smooth 90° bend and insulating bushings. H. Provide empty box with 3/4" conduit stubbed into accessible ceiling space for telephone outlets indicated. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16741-2 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 I. Provide double gang box with a 1 "conduit stubbed to telecommunications terminal board for "ganged" telephone and data outlets indicated. Label all conduits for easy identification between tech room and voice/data box. Upon completion of voice/data conduit system, provide conduit map in Tech room visually illustrating available conduits, pull boxes, routing, etc.... Map shall be CAD produced on an 1 1 "x 17" sheet. J. Provide duplex receptacle, with dedicated circuit, adjacent to terminal boards. K. Install #6 AWG grounding conductor from main telephone terminal board to telecommunications ground bus. Also, provide a #6 grounding conductor to all terminal boards. L. Bond conduits of telephone system to this ground with minimum #12 AWG bare grounding conductors. M. FiII penetrations with approved fireprooCng sealer to maintain fire integrity of walls. N. h~stall pulling wire or heavy nylon pulling cord in empty conduit. 0. Cable, Instruments and Equipment: Provided by telephone company or private phone system supplier under separate contract. END OF SECTION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16741-3 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 SECTION 16915 LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM PART i GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Section includes requirements for the following: 1. Lighting control panel 2. Exterior photocells 3. Occupancy sensors 4. Momentary Contact Switches 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 16010: General Provisions -Electrical B. Section 16050: Basic Materials and Methods C. Section 16110: Raceways D. Section 16120: Wires and Cables E. Section 16130: Boxes I:. Section 16160: Cabinets and Enclosures G. Section 16500: Lighting 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEMA ICS 2 -Industrial Control Devices, Controllers, and Assemblies B. NEMA ICS 6 -Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings 1. Submit manufacturer's product data sheets on each component of lighting control system. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16915-I Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 2. Submit any interconnection diagrams indicating all field wiring and connections required. 3. Submit detailed drawings and documentation of lighting control system components and interconnection. As a minimum, the shop drawings shall include the following: a. One-line schematic diagram with wire type details b. Network wiring details c. Lighting control panel Load schedules d. Input and output wiring details e. Programming worksheets :for system configurations B. Operations, maintenance and warranty manual. 1. Submit an approved copy of shop drawings. 2. Operating and Maintenance Manuals shall comply with alf requirements identified in Specification Section 16010. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL A. Acceptable manufacturers, subject to compliance with requirements: Lighting control systems is based upon "Lutron" - Softswitch Panel. Any approved equal must be capable of providing the lighting control schemes as shown on drawings and described herein. 1. The Watt Stopper 2. Equal fi-otn SPI 2.2 Components A. Minimum of 43 input/output relays. B. Relays shall be mechanically held and electrically and mechanically operated such that upon failure of LCP-1 power, relays may be manually (mechanically) operated. C. Panel shall have at least 30 inputs that can be mapped to any relay. D. Provide with integral programmable astronomic timecloclJsystem clock. E. ShaII be able to be programmed at panel, without the use of a PC. F. Nema Type I enclosure with hinged, latched and lockable door. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16915-2 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 G. 24 volt control voltage from photocell for ON/OFF operation. H. Each relay shall have a visual status indicator. Indicator shall not be electrically dependant. i.e. If power fails at LCP-1, relays may be visually inspected and be able to determine their individual on/off status. 2.3 MOMENTARY CONTACT SWITCHES A. Provide Push-Button type momentary contact switches with LED pilot light. All momentary switches are to be routed back to their respective lighting control panel. Verify finish type with architect. 2.4 EXTERIOR PHOTO CELL A. Acceptable manufacturers, subject to compliance with requirements: 1. Paragon 2. Tork B. Photo control with a set of SPST contacts rated at l20 VAC, 60 Hz, 1800 VA minimum. C. Turn "ON" at 2.0 footcandles and "OFF" at 10 footcandles. Operating point: field adjustable. D. Nema Type 3R enclosure. E. Install on wall as noted on the drawings. F. Photocell shall be compatible with Lighting control panel. 2.S OCCUPANCY SENSORS A. Acceptable manufacturers, subject to compliance with requirements: 1. Watt Stopper 2. Hubbell 3. Lithonia 4. Mytech S. Or pre-approved equal. 6. Refer to drawings for quantity and type. Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 1691 S-3 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install contactors) adjacent to panel that Loads are fed from or as indicated on plans. 3.2 TESTING A. Upon completion of installation, test and adjust to insure proper operation. B. Lighting Control Panel's Manufacturer shall provide a factory authorized technician to confirm proper installation and operation of all system components. 3.3 INSTRUCTION A. Provide four (4) hours of on-site operating instructions to Owner's designated personnel. B. Lighting Control Panel's Manufacturer shall provide for an authorized application engineer to train owner's personnel in the operation and programming of the lighting control system. 3.4 OCCUPANCY SENSORS A. Provide power packs and relay packs as required. Remote mount in nearest accessible ceiling space. B. Make final adjustments to sensor sensitivities, time delays, and light sensing levels, in accordance with the Owner's instructions. C. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to locate and aim sensory in the correct location required for complete and proper volumetric coverage within the range of coverages) of controlled areas per the manufacturer's recommendations. Rooms shall have ninety (90) to one hundred (100) percent coverage to completely cover the controlled area to accommodate all occupancy habits of single or multiple occupants at any location within the room(s). The locations and quantities of sensors shown on the drawings are diagrammatic and indicate only the rooms which are to be provided with sensors. The contractor shall provide additional sensors if required to properly and completely cover the respective room. D. It is the contractor's responsibility to arrange apre-installation meeting with the manufacturer's factory authorized representative, at the Owner's facility, to verify placement of sensors and installation criteria. E. Proper judgment must be exercised in executing the installation so as to ensure the best possible installation in the available space and to overcome local difficulties due to space Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16915-4 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 limitations or interference of structural components. The contractor shall also provide, at the Owner's facility, the training necessary to familiarize the Owner's personnel with the operation, use, adjustment, and problem solving diagnosis of the occupancy sensing devices and systems. F. Upon completion of the installation, the system shall be completely commissioned by the manufacturer's factory authorized technician who will verify all adjustments and sensor placement to ensure atrouble-free occupancy-based lighting control system. This service is provided at an additional cost to contractor. G. The electrical contractor shall provide both the manufacturer and the electrical engineer 4vith ten working days written notice of the scheduled commissioning date. Upon completion of the system fine turning the factory authorized technician shall provide the proper training to the Owner's personnel in the adjustment. and maintenance of the sensors. H. Control wiring between sensors and controls units shall be Class II, 18024 AWG, stranded U.L. classified, PVC insulated or Teflon jacketed cable suitable for use in plemims, where applicable. END OF SECTION Columbia Heights Liquor Stores 16915-5 Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. Columbia Heights, MN PAC Project No. 07125.00 DATE: June 8, 2007 RE: ADDENDUM #1 PROJECT: COLUMBIA HEIGHTS MUNICIPAL LIQUOR STORES OWNER: CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ARCHITECT: OERTEL ARCHITECTS, LTD. BID DATE: JUNE 21, 2007, 2:00 p.m. The following modifications, deletions and additions shall append and become an integral part of the Contract Documents issued for this project. Where any portion of the Contract Documents is modified, deleted, added or voided, the unmodified potion of the Work shall remain in effect. The onus is on all contractors and sub-contractors/suppliers tocross-reference all items listed and determine for themselves the Work effected by the addendum items. This addendum includes nine(9) pages of architectural; along with civil, structural, electrical and mechanical addenda and related drawings. NOTES TO CONTRACTORS AND CHANGES TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Tltie last addendum is issued no later than three days prior to bid The day prior to this is the last day the a-rchitect/engineer can answer questions or clarify conditions: plan ahead. 2. The last day for receipt of submitted "approved equals" is noon, June 15, 2007, four business days before the bid date. 3. A current list of registered bidders (general, mechanical and electrical) is attached to this addendum and is available on the www.oertelarchitects.com web site. CHANGES TO THE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS: None CHANGES TO THE DRAWINGS STORE #1 - 50TH AND CENTRAL Sheet A0.0: - Adjacent sidewalk on east side of building is 7'-9" from face of building to back of curb. - Add railing & bollards at retaining wall as shown on attached drawing AD1-1. See attached Structural drawings for wall and railing/bollard details. - Add concrete pad for ground mounted roof top unit. Verify thickness and reinforcement required prior to installation. See attached drawings CI and AD1-2. - Landscaped curb area west of the trash enclosure is 9'-0" from face of curb to face of curb. Sheet A0. l: - Clarify that only the public sidewalk in the R.O.W. is by Owner. - Detail #6 -Bollard Detail is base bid. Landscaping and R.O.W. sidewalk is by owner and the monument sign is an alternate. Sheet A1.0: - Carry walls of rooms 105 and 106 up to structural deck. - See attached drawing AD1-3 for floor finish clarification. Sheet A2.1: - Gyp board soffit in front of checkout counters should return vertically to the structural deck and be painted to match ceiling. Sheet A3.1: -Provide cast aluminum numbers for building address. See attached drawing AD1-5. Sheet A7.2: - Flooring continues to walls. Dashed areas represent shelving to be provided by owner. See attached drawing AD1-3 for more information. STORE#2 - 37TH AND HART Sheet A0.0: - Revise notes pertaining to sidewalk adjacent to building to indicate that Contractor is responsible for this work. (Only the public sidewalk in the R.O.W. is by Owner.} -Clarify note that reads "LANDSCAPING ROCK FROM BACK OF CURB TO PROPERTY LINE" to indicate that it will be provided by Owner. Rock will extend from the front (south) face of the building to the north face of the building. See the GRADE BREAK LINE indicated on Sheet C1 for transition point between rock and landscaping. Contractor is to provide suitable soils at planting areas per Section 02200. Sheet A0.1: - Clarify that only the public sidewalk in the R.O.W. is by Owner. - Detail #6 -Bollard Detail is base bid. Landscaping and R.O.W. sidewalk is by owner and the monument sign is an alternate. Sheet A1.0: - See AD1-4 for revised ice making area layout. Flooring to remain as shown on A7.2. - Carry walls for rooms 105 and 106 up to structural deck. Sheet A2.1: - Ductwork as shown should be located above gyp ceiling at rooms 103 and 104. Verify location of diffusers with architects prior to installation. Install diffusers flush with face of gyp. See mechanical for diffuser size and information. Sheet A3.1: -Provide cast aluminum numbers for building address. See attached drawing AD1-6. Sheet A4.1: - Detail #3 -Gyp ceiling above checkout area 103 should return vertically to structural deck. Paint vertical soffit to match ceiling color. Sheet A7.2: - Floor Finish Plan -Flooring continues under shelving and display areas -typical. -Detail #3 -Eliminate reference to "solid surface countertop & backsplash," and provide hand sink as specified by mechanical. See AD 1-4 for new room layout. APPROVED EQUALS Subiect to compliance with requirements listed in the specifications include the following: Section 04200-Unit Masonry: Cast Stone by MarcStone. Section 08420- Automatic Sliding Doors: Norton's 2310 Series; Stanley's Dura-Glide 2000. CHANGES TO CIVIL See attached C1 drawing CHANGES TO STRUCTURAL Sheet Sl: Delete structural slab /stoop at southwest corner of building. See attached drawings for retaining wall and guardrail/bollards CHANGES TO MECHANICAL None CHANGES TO ELECTRICAL See attached addendum END OF ADDENDUM #1 o ~"_ ~ ~~ .~ PROPOSED BUILDING I ~" I ~ ~. CONCRETE PAD (SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS) n N W N ~ ~~ ~ W ;: 0 0 N 0 10 20 40 HORIZONTAL SCALE IN FEET ~~ 1~ 6/07/07 ADDED CONCRETE PAD, GRADING -~ ~ Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. COLUMBIA HEIGHTS MUNICIPAL LIQUOR STORE #1 GRADING, DRAINAGE, AND EROSION CONTROL PAN z55~ ~,N„~RS~.. 4K mss,. 6~„E ,45N ~E~ N() ,65„ 645.4,9 S, P>Ul, uiNNt 501n 55,+4 fA%. N0. (65,) 645-Stt6 50TH AND CENTRAL ADDENDUM N0.1 SHEET NO. C1 SEE ARCH. CAP le 5/6 FOR BOLLARD CAP N556x6x%4 BOLLARD ELEV.___ ^~ @ 4'-0" O.C. SEE ARCH. ~~ (SEES ARCH FOR LOCN 5 ~ PAINT) IIL~II PAINT EI`1BED, NSS w/ WATERPROOFING SEE ARCN_ ~~ ~~ ~ GROUT SOLID AROUND NSS 6x6. FOR RA i LS ~L J B. 18x% xi2 4"PROJ. II~~I( w/2 - ~/4"~ A.BOLTS 5n T / WALL L~ x 12" LG TNUS: ~) ~ ~ ~~ 1" GROUT 3"}-LOOK ELEV. L~~, SEE ARCN. °a 12x8 BOND BEAP'I w/ 2 - #5 CONT. ~~. `., 2'-0" O.C. TNUS: II :;: 12" CONC. BLOCK -~ °a GRADE ~ SEE ARCN./CIVIL.- °a ~ ~ . w z ~ ~ v o t- ~ ~ 8" 12' ~ 2" CLEAR o '~-'- -, ~ ° a u =~ ~ - ~_ 3" CLEAR ~, r'~--GRADE SEE ARCN./CIVIL. II III III iii III ~~~ ~~~ ,,-iii=iii-i I I-1 11-1 I I-1 I I-1 11=1 I(-) I I-1 6 - #5 LONG. --J S~EC~" I ON C~ R.E-i"A I N I NG WALL II = I'-oll 2 ~~~~~~~~- ~REAN, Iu~NK, INC. , COLUMBIA DATE : 06-OB-C]7 E RT E L 7'795 SAINT GLAIR AVENUE ST. PAUL, MINNESOTA ss,os 1651) 696-57 B6 TEL l6 5 7) 69 6-5 7 E38 FAx CalSU.TNC SIItUCR7RLL OrGIlEERS 7575 GOLDEN VALLEY ROAD, SURE 210 GOLDEN VALLEY, MINNESOTA 55427 HEIGHT S MUNICIPAL ~ I ^' I O R PARTIAL 5HEET c ~ r7 GEN REV c n- .7 IT ARCHITECTS V~WW•CERTELARCHITECTS.CCM (763) 544-8456 FAX (763) 544-6914 il I f ~j(~J STORE #1 ~ ADDENDUM #1 e-ma n o®dbm-inc.com - In Paulson & Clark En~ineerin~_ , c. 2352 East County Road J. White Bear Lake, Minnesota. 55110 Phone 651/407-6056 Fax 651/407-6476 Email: atripp@paulsonclark.com Date: June 8, 2007 Re: Electrical Items for Addendum #1 Project: Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store Architect: Qerte] Architects 1795 St. Clair Ave. St. Paul, MN 55105 Store # 1 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS Sheet E0.0 1. Modify electrical riser and feeder schedule as follows; Feeder from utility transformer to MSB-1 shall be labeled feeder number "1". Feeder number " 2" shall be deleted from feeder schedule. Feeder to LP-2/2A shall be relabe]ed number " 3". Sheet E2.1 1. Modify location of SP-1. Move SP-1 from receiving area to mechanical room as indicated on sheet M1.1. 2. Change EF-1 to EF-3 in the Electrical Room. Sheet E3.0- Motor & Equipment Schedule 1. Modify EUH-1 to be a 7.Skw, 208V/3phase unit. Provide a 30A/3P switch with 30A fuses in MSB-1. Route 3/4"C, 3#10 & 1#10 Gnd from MSB-1 to unit. Verify location and exact requirements with Div. 15. 2. Add SP-1 (Sump pump). Pump shall be 1/3 hp, 120V, cord and plug connected. Provide a dedicated NEMA 5-20R GFCI receptacle at unit. Circuit from #39 of LP-2A. Route 1 /2"C, 2# 12& 1 # 12 Gnd from panel to receptacle. 3. Add EF-3. Fan shall be 1/12hp, 120V, direct connected with integral starter/disconnect. Circuit from #41 of LP-2A. Routel/2"C, 2#12& 1#12 Gnd from panel to unit. Sheet E3.0- MSB-1 Schedule 1. Add Note #3 to schedule. Note shall read as follows; Provide provisions within MSB-1 for utility metering. Store #2 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS Sheet E1.1 -Electrical Lighting Plan 1. Add fixture type `EM' to interior of Main Vestibule. Circuit from unswitched phase conductor of circuit #9. 2. Add fixture type `E3' to exterior soffit of main entrance, provide connection from `EM' described above.. 3. Add fixture type `EM' to Interior of Door #101. Circuit from unswitched phase conductor of circuit #8. Provide connection from `EM' to emergency head within type `BB' located above exterior of door. 4. Add fixture type `EM' to Interior of Door # 111 B. Circuit from unswitched phase conductor of circuit #11. Provide connection from `EM' to emergency head within type `BB' located above exterior of door. Sheet E3.0- Motor & Equipment Schedule 4. Unit Heaters UH-1, UH-2, & UH-3 shall be circuited to LP-2A, #15. 5. Unit Heater UH-4 shall be circuited to LP-2A, #17. 6. Unit Heaters UH-5, & UH-6 shall be circuited to LP-2A, #19. 7. Power Roof Ventilators PRV-1, &PRV-3 shall be circuited to LP-2A, #9. 8. Power Roof Ventilator PRV-2 shall be circuited to LP-2A, #1 1. 9. Power Roof Ventilator PRV-4 shall be circuited to LP-2A, #l3. Sheet E3.0- MSB-1 Schedule 2. Add Note #1 to schedule. Note shall read as follows; MSB-1 shall be service entrance rated. 3. Add Note #2 to schedule. Note shall read as follows; Provide provisions within MSB-1 for utility metering. 4. Provide the following spares in MSB-1; (1) 100A/3P, (I) 60A/3P, & (2) 30A/3P. End of Electrical Addendum. DATE: June 14, 2007 RE: ADDENDUM #2 PROJECT: COLUMBIA HEIGHTS MUNICIPAL LIQUOR STORES OWNER: CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ARCHITECT: OERTEL ARCHITECTS, LTD. BID DATE: JUNE 21, 2007, 2:00 p.m. The following modifications, deletions and additions shall append and become an integral part of the Contract Documents and Addendum #1 issued for this project. Where any portion of the Contract Documents is modified, deleted, added or voided, the unmodified potion of the Work shall remain in effect. The onus is on all contractors and sub-contractors/suppliers to cross-reference all items listed and determine for themselves the Work effected by the addendum items. This addendum includes three (3) pages of architectural and revised Bid FOrin; along with electrical and mechanical addenda and related documents as otherwise referenced herein. NOTES TO CONTRACTORS AND CHANGES TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: 1. Tlie la-st a,ddendicm is issued no later than three days prior to bid. The day prior to this is the last day the architect/engineer can answer questions or clarify conditions: plan ahead. 2. The last day for receipt of submitted "approved equals" is noon, June 15, 2007, four business days before the bid date. 3. A current list of registered bidders (general, mechanical and electrical) is attached to this addendum and is available on the www.oertelarchitects.com web site. 4. Lot Survey, additional information. Refer to attached topographic survey prepared by Lot Surveys Company, Inc. which indicates current grades at the site for Store #1 at 50th and Central Avenues. (No survey is provided for Store No. 2 at 37th and Hart, where rough grading is by others.) 5. Bid Form: Attached is a revised bid form that includes a replacement of Alternate #1 (originally stucco and masonry work) with rollers options at the shelving units. Refer to below for additional information: This revised form must be used by general contractors in submitting their bid. Discard original bid form that was bound in the project manual. CHANGES TO THE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS: Conditions of the Contract: The Owner is responsible for providing Builder's Risk Insurance. Section 01010, Summary of Work: As a clarification, second last sentence under Scope of Work, the Contractor is responsible for pulling the permits, paid for by the Owner. Section 01030 Alternates: the following changes are made to the list of alternates: The alternate to provide stucco system at store #2 in lieu of all masonry related work shall be omitted in its entirety. A new and revised Alternate #1 shall include within the base bid, Nyla-Track II Slide units at the upper two shelves of the shelving units in both stores and a deduct to provide Nyla-Track Pencil Rollers at the same locations. As a clarification, the base bid for Alternate #2 includes grey color standard block and grey colored split-face block in the configuration as shown on the drawings (alternate is illustrated/shown on the drawings). Section 08800, Glass and Glazing: Under Part 2 -PRODUCTS, add 1/" laminated glass. Section 11789, Refrigerated Rooms: Provide the following: As a clarification, rear fee shelving shall be 6' deep in lieu of 8' deep. As a part of the base bid, provide Nyla-Track II Slide at top 2 shelves in lieu of Nyla-Rol Pencil Roller. Nyla-Rol is to be bid as an Alternate: refer to revised Bid form and other clarifications within this addendum. Control wiring far the entire internal refrigeration system shall be provided and installed by refrigeration contractor. As a clarification, any reference to compressor shall mean condensing unit. As a reiteration, each store shall have two ("twin") 8HP condensing units, for a total of 16 HP at each store. Each condensing unit shall serve 4air-defrost coils, for a total of Sair-defrost coils per store. As a clarification, the base bid for the rear feed shelving is to be 6' deep (not 8' deep) using Nyla-Track II Roller shelving at the bottom 4 tiers and Nyla-Rol Pencil Roller at the top two shelves. Alternate shall include Nyla-Track II Slide at the top two shelves in lieu of Nyla- Track Pencil Roller, both stores CHANGES TO THE DRAWINGS STORE #1 - 50TH AND CENTRAL Sheet A1.0: -Revise width of ice-chest cove near Grids 3 and B from 8'-0" to 8"-6". -See AD2-2 for the location of the dedicated area for recyclables. Sheet A1.3: - Roofing Contractor shall provide curbs and crickets for two (2) condensing units that are part of the refrigerated room package. Condensing units are to be located directly above the cooler. Coordinate exact size and location with Refrigeration Contractor. - Roofing contractor shall provide walkway pads adjacent to and surrounding the condensing units. These walkway pads are in addition to those shown on Sheet A1.1, Roof Plan. - Roofing Contractor shall provide curbs and crickets for six (6) roof top units shown on Sheet Al.l, Roof Plan. -Paint roof top mechanical units, color to be selected by Architect. Sheet A3.1: - Drawing #3 - As a clarification, the knock out panels for future windows are to be rock face block. - The exterior light fixtures on west and south walls are to be mounted at Elevation.112'-4" with the exception of the light fixture at the emergency exit stair. See Electrical portion of Addendum 2 for number and approximate locations. Verify location with Architect prior to installation. 2 Sheet A7. l: - Window Type J and the lower panels of Window Types A, C and E are to receive laminated glass at the outer pane and tempered glass at the inner pane. Provide standard tempered glass as required by code at lower panels of Window Types F and G. ("Non-breakable glass" is laminated glass.) - As a clarification, all exterior panes are to be gray tinted glass. Various Drawings: - There is a dual electrical access trench with a 1-1/4" deep x 6-1/2" wide metal duct that runs perpendicular to the check-outs (shown as dashed line). The contractor shall provide a thickened slab that is 16" wide and an additional 4" below the metal duct at this location. The top of the concrete in the trench is 2"+/- from the floor elevation. - At the top of the electrical access trench, provide 3/" MDF boards (by Section 06100) of 4' length and 6-1/2" width, loose laid in place with the floor tiles adhered directly on top of the boards. The tiles shall be adhered and grouted, thin-set, on the removable boards: the tiles shall align in the direction perpendicular to the trench, in the 6-1/2" width. Use a silicone sealant joint along the continuous length of each side of the trench. (If there is confusion, a detail can be provided.) STORE #2 - 37Tx AND HART Sheet T Title Sheet: - The list of architectural drawings is revised to be as indicated on AD2-5. Sheet A0.0: - Revise orientation of monument sign to be perpendicular with 37th Street. Sheet A1.0: - See AD2-3 for the location of the dedicated area for recyclables. - Revise location of laundry sink as indicated on AD2-4. - Revise 3' doors between Rooms 103 and 108 to a traffic door (Section 08380) instead of a wood door. Sheet A1.1: - In reference to inset detail on Store #1 drawings, Sheet A1.3, for standing seam joint at roof hip. This detail also applies to this pre-finished metal at this roof. - Roofing Contractor shall provide curbs and crickets for two (2) condensing units that are part of the refrigerated room package. Condensing units are to be located directly above the cooler. Coordinate exact size and location with Refrigeration Contractor. - Provide walkway pads adjacent to and around the condensing units. These walkway pads are in addition to those shown on Sheet A1.1, Roof Plan. - Roofing Contractor is to provide curbs and crickets for six (6) roof top units shown on Sheet Al.l, Roof Plan. - Paint roof top mechanical units, color to be selected by Architect. Sheet A3.1: - The exterior light fixtures on north and east walls are to be mounted at Elevation. i 12'-4". See Electrical portion of Addendum 2 for number and approximate locations. Verify location with Architect prior to installation. - Delete two (2) louvered vents on west wall. Sheet A7. l: - Window the lower panels of Window Types A, B, C and E are to receive laminated glass at the outer pane and tempered glass at the inner pane. - The lower panels of Window Types F and G standard tempered glass as required by code. - As a clarification, all exterior panes are to be gray tinted glass. Various Drawings: - There is a dual electrical access trench with a 1-1/4" deep x 6-1/2" wide metal duct that runs perpendicular to the check-outs (shown as dashed line). The contractor shall provide a thickened slab that is 16" wide and an additional 4" below the metal duct at this location. The top of the concrete in the trench is 2"+/- from the floor elevation. - At the top of the electrical access trench, provide 3/" MDF boards (by Section 06100) of 4' length and 6-1/2" width, loose laid in place with the floor tiles adhered directly on top of the boards. The tiles shall be adhered and grouted, thin-set, on the removable boards: the tiles shall align in the direction perpendicular to the trench, in the 6-1/2" width. Use a silicone sealant joint along the continuous length of each side of the trench. (If there is confusion, a detail can be provided.) APPROVED E9UALS Subiect to compliance with requirements listed in the specifications include the following: Section 04200- Unit Masonry: Include Stone Master Series by Anchor Block. Section 04200- Unit Masonry: Include Cast stone by Stoneworks Architectural Precast, Inc.. Section 07115- Sheet Waterproofing: Include Polyguard 650. Section 07510- Built-Up Roofing System: Include H-Shield Flat Polyiso by Hunter Panels. Section 07630- Standing Seam Nletal Roofing: Include Berridge Standing Seam Roof Systems CHANGES TO CIVIL None CHANGES TO STRUCTURAL None CHANGES TO MECHANICAL See attached addendum CHANGES TO ELECTRICAL See attached addendum END OF ADDENDUM #2 c:~~ `J ° s~ s~.~ ~ ..z s ~s e tt .. „ >, a ,~. ` N.~~o~. I ( roe-z~, ,2 50TH AVENUE ~ - r~-----. -k-~ ~ ~ ~c„._zm~e ` .._,9. ~ ~~---------_ -------~ ~ I o~ ~, ~ x ~ ! N89° 8'y30"W 209 00 ` C:1 ~ O°""°°" ii ~ ~ ~ IOC I, a, om ~~i I ° s I ! .. _ i ~i 1 > co io ::, ~ ~ S~' ' ~ _! ~ ~ o w ~ - ~- ! x i_ - i :,a _ ~ ~, - ~_ cv ~ z i - o Ji ~ l: I q~ ~" - - o z2 'i ~ ~ ~ E- ' IW a ~,.: i i= b 1 C ! ~ '_ I I ' i I ~. ! ! ~ ° S1 ~_ .«nwe _ ~. ... _.._.. ` a ~ N89°28'30"W 209.00 ~'~ d ~ ~ a ""°`° ~ `J UDUPS CAFE s ( E ~ `' _ N0.4 2000K ~ o i ~ I SC~ FEE T 0 t .. Oenota 20 .~.° x°° 40 0 ~,w°! F.+~sf my Lnfoi r~~e. rv s°btli Nwnber ISI E+~ept c~talioam ~ °tne! Pnr a t~e~i`~ „aq,Sise9`n `"~. ;e" _ of ~~ a ° gyn. sa~ln:~i'rlao rre~in::e.i °c:r~ai~ w~ N°~tn . r.a .! ~~a~ o r ~ot.~°r x...• ,eem+.~ .... tn< ...! !b isle"z! l t r N~n.nt Dui, i~ y`en aemei~t o..r the xeat !o feet Raini-i`i aii +rgeane..`o~nxw`. i`sn a+Pee lnaa.e.°!°e s° ! ~i°!o rvol eme+..+~o l:eo r~:er°r a. y e':ora oa= be°o n .~a~et nrns`ni~ P ra pert~y °s v~cnte eii bu.l~ n¢ remo..a z„ '- I I ~~.~26iZ r55 _ - ~ Ov32+1.20 2198 Goodrich Avenue, St. Paul, MN 55105 Phone (651) 699-5083 /Fax (651) 699-5084 MEMO To: Andrew Copper - From: Shane Albertson - Re: Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Stores Addendum No. 2 Date: June 14, 2007 Oertel Architects Albertson Engineering Inc. Prior Approvals (apply to both Store 1 and Store 2) Section l 5440 -Plumbing Fixtures Carriers Watts Section 15580 -Fuel Fired Equipment Gas fired unit heaters - Modine Changes to Mechanical Specifications (apply to both Store 1 and Store 2) Section 15250 -Mechanical Insulation 1. Paragraph 2.6, Duct Insulation-Fiberglass, Number 5, Locations Required, revise Item `a' to add rectangular return ductwork and seams: a. All rectangular supply and return ductwork and seams Section 15710 -Heating Terminal Units add Paragraph 2 3 Electric Baseboard Heaters 2.3 ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEATERS A. Aluminum enclosures fabricated from 10 gauge 6063 aluminum heat treated to T-5 B. Nickel chromium alloy resistance wire supported on ceramic bushings C. Full length Linear thermal limit safety D. Totally enclosed junction boxes and disconnect switch E. Extended enclosures for concealed controls F. 1/4" pencil proof extruded aluminum top outlet louver G. Provide front panels finished in anodized color as selected by Architect H. Provide pedestals for floor mounting I. UL listed J. Capacities as scheduled on drawings K. Markel DBCT or equal Berko, Q-Mark, Raywall or Redd-I Section 15580 -Fuel Fired Equipment 1. Paragraph 2.2, Power Vented Gas Fired Propeller Fan Unit Heaters -Sealed Combustion, change Item K as follows and add Item X as follows: K. Horizontal or vertical combustion air inlet and vent outlet as required at each individual unit heater location; verify with drawings X. Duct flange and 60 degree down-turn air nozzle for unit heater UH-1 at Entry Vestibule 100 Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Stores Addendum No. 2 June 14, 2007 Page 2 2. Paragraph 2.3, Power Vented Gas Fired Centrifugal Fan Unit Heaters -Sealed Combustion, change Item K as follows: K. Horizontal or vertical combustion air inlet and vent outlet as required at each individual unit heater location; verify with drawings X. Duct flange and 60 degree down-turn air nozzle for unit heater UH-1 at Entry Vestibule 100 Section 15950 -Controls 1. Omit Paragraph 3.3, Store I -Exhaust Fans Above Coolers; cooler condensing units will be located on roof 2. Paragraph 3.6, Store 1 - Hoistway Ventilation, Item C, Sequence of Operation, delete references to fan energizing and de-energizing; hoistway ventilation control shall be via motorized damper only Changes to Mechanical Drawings Store 1 at 50th Ave. NE and Central Ave. NE Drawings attached (8.5x11): M1.2/R1, M2.1/R1, M2.2/R1, M2.2/R2, M2.3/R1, M4.1 /R 1, M4.1 /R2, M4.1 /R3, M4.1 /R4 and M4.1 /RS Sheet M1.2 -Main Level Plwnbin Pg lan (not re-issued) 1. Omit condensate drain lines from cooler evaporator coils to floor drain; condensate drain lines will be provided by others 2. Add gas piping for unit heater UH-4 above cooler as shown on attached Sheet M1.2/R1 Sheet M2.1 -Lower Level HVAC (not re-issued 1. Provide electric unit heater EUH-2 in Lower Level elevator Equipment Room and electric baseboard heater EBB-1 in Lower Level Restroom as shown on attached Sheet M2.1/R1 Sheet M2.2 -Main Level HVAC (not re-issued) 1. Mount unit heater UH-1 at Entry Vestibule 100 at 12 ft above finished floor; verify location and elevation with Architect prior to ordering equipment; provide 60 degree down-turn air nozzle for unit heater UH-1 2. Omit inline fans IF-1 and IF-2, power roof ventilators EF-1 and EF-2, four motorized dampers, transfer grilles TG-1 and TG-2, and return grilles RG-4 and RG-5; cooler condensing units will be located on roof 3. Omit Plan Keynote 2 regarding inline fans, exhaust fans and motorized dampers above cooler 4. Add unit heater UH-4 above cooler as shown on attached Sheet M2.2/Rl 5. Change two supply registers type SR-1 to supply registers type SR-3 for locations in gypsum board ceilings above Checkout 103 as shown on attached sheet M2.2/R2; provide 12x6 supply taps with boot inlets and extend down to gypsum board ceiling; mount supply register in gypsum board ceiling; verify supply register locations with Architect prior to ductwork fabrication Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Stores Addendum No. 2 June 14, 2007 Page 3 Sheet M2.3 -Roof Plumbing and HVAC Plan (not re-issued) 1. Omit power roof ventilators EF-1 and EF-2 2. Add gas piping and combustion air & flue for unit heater UH-4 as shown on attached sheet M2.3/R1 Sheet M3.2 -Main Level Fire Protection 1. Provide high temperature (286F) pendents or sidewall heads at Entry Vestibule 100 Sheet M4.1 -Mechanical Schedules (not re-issued) 1. Add Electric Water Heater Schedule as shown on attached Sheet M4.1/RI 2. Revise Electric Unit Heater Schedule as shown on attached Sheet M4.1/R2 3. Add Electric Baseboard Heater Schedule as shown on attached Sheet M4.1/R3 4. Add unit heater UH-4 for area above cooler as shown on attached Sheet M4.1/R4 5. Revise Grilles, Registers Diffusers Schedule with new SR-3 as shown on attached Sheet M4.1 /RS Store 2 at 37th Ave. NE and Hart Blvd. Drawings attached (8.5x11): MI.O/R1, M1.1/Rl, M1.1/R2, M2.1/R1, M4.1 /R 1, M4.1 /R2, M5.1 /R 1 and M5.1 /R2 Sheet M 1.0 -Below Grade Plumbin Plan (not re-issued, 1. Extend 2" waste line to Mech/Elec Room 109 and add floor drain FD-2 as shown on attached Sheet M1.0/RI 2. Relocate floor drain FD-1 as shown on attached Sheet M1.0/RI 3. Omit below-grade storm line from north side of building Sheet M1.1 -Main Level Plumbing Plan knot re-issued) 1. Omit condensate drain lines from cooler evaporator coils to floor drain; condensate drain lines will be provided by others 2. Relocate floor drain FD-1 and add funnel for indirect waste from Owner's ice machine as shown on attached Sheet M1.1/R1 3. Add 3/4" CW line to Owner's ice machine as shown on attached Sheet M1.1/R1 4. Change Plan Keynote 1 as shown on attached Sheet M 1.1 /R1 5. Add rainwater leaders and downspout nozzles at north side of building as shown on attached Sheets M 1.1 /R 1 and M 1.1 /R2 M2.1 -Main level HVAC Plan (not re-issued) 1. Change five supply registers type SR-1 to supply registers type SR-2 for locations in gypsum board ceilings above Checkout 103 and 104 as shown on attached sheet M2.1/R1; provide 12x6 supply taps with boot inlets and extend down to gypsum board ceiling; mount supply register in gypsum board ceiling; verify supply register locations with Architect prior to ductwork fabrication Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Stores Addendum No. 2 June 14, 2007 Page 4 Sheet M3.2 -Main Level Fire Protection 1. Provide high temperature (286F) pendents or sidewall heads at Entry Vestibule 100 Sheet M4.1 -Mechanical Schedules (not re-issued 1. Add Electric Water Heater Schedule as shown on attached Sheet M4.1/RI 2. Revise Grilles, Registers Diffusers Schedule with new SR-2 as shown on attached Sheet M4.1 /R2 Sheet M5.1 -Mechanical Details (not re-issued) 1. Revise Detail 1/MS.I Riser Diagrams for relocated electric water heater EWH-1 and new ice machine as shown on attached Sheet M5.1/RI 2. Add Detail 7/M5.1 Electric Water Heater Piping Diagram for relocated electric water heater EWH-1 as shown on attached Sheet M5.1/R2 End of Addendum No. 2 STORE 1 1_~ 0 ~~ ORATOR COIL IN COOLER S;- PROVIDE 3/4" T ~~~ RAIN IN COOLER; PITCN ~B;'VERIFY EVA f_ OCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS~~ 1'P 43- ~/4" GAS UP ,. ~, ,. ~, ~----- ',',~ '~ ~~ t ,~ f~ ~z ~~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ ',~ ~----- 00 UH-4 ~~,~~~~~,~~ iEl'~T!~~~I-E~E3~~T~T~ ~~~ City of Columbia Heights Attached to: Addendum 2 2198 Goodrich Ave. Municipal Liquor Stores Date:6-14-07 5t. Paul, MN 55105 Store 1 Phone: (651) 699-5083 50th and Central Aves. NE Drawn by: Albertson Fax: (651) 699-5084 Sheet: M 1.2/R 1 STORE 1 LOCATE DUCT BELOW FDC LINE; VERIFY BOD (TYP 2) EG-1 ............ i:._ ,/ I [-~ n ~, i I ' TG-3 5" STORZ QUICK CONNECT FDC ~ ~ ~ _._..... -------__8x8 UP (TYP 3) ~. . I ~`~ INSTALL AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE (TYP 3} UNEXCAVATED ~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~ ~ City of Columbia Heights Attached to: Addendum 2 2198 Goodrich Ave. Municipal Liquor Stores Date:6-14-07 St. Paul, MN 55105 Store 1 Phone: (651) 699-5083 50th and Central Aves. NE Drown by: Albertson Fax: (651) 699-5084 Sheet: M2. ~ ~R DN- 3) -1 _ 00 10) 16"~ . ,. ~.,_ ' . ~-~ c-~ 1 ~' ._ _ ~ ' . _ 2 , s '- -._, zr`"" fl i 1, ..'.. ..._.... ~ i it 'i ~ ,~ _ _. Flu i . . _~l u i ,. j , ,~ ' 24x 12 R.R.. & ~ ~ _. .26x14 UP TO ~ O4 RTU._1 __...._ ..... 1 ~ _. SR-3 ~ -, _. 300 Bltu _ ~soa~:c~+ _ I ~ ~ r 1 TYP 2 , ~_~ o ~ .. ~~,~E~r~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~ ~~ City of Columbia Heights Attached to: Addendum 2 2198 Goodrich Ave. Municipal Liquor Stores Date:6-14-07 St. Paul, MN 55105 Store 1 Phone: (651) 699-5083 50th and Central Aves. NE Drawn by: Albertson Fax: (651) 699-5084 Sheet: M2.2/R2 STORE 1 5" STORZ QUICK CONNECT FDC ABOVE GRADE; FDC EXTENDS FROM LOWER LEVEL; SEE SHEET M 1.0 T I _ -_ __._._._. ~~ _ c_] c_ ~ I ~_~ 12 ~ c_~ STORE 1 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE - STORE 1 TAG EWH-1 EWN-2 SERVICE SERVICE SINK SS-2 & RR LOWER LEVEL RESTROOM LOCATION MAIN LEVEL LOWER LEVEL INPUT, UPPER (KW) 4.5 4.5 INPUT, LOWER (KW) - - RECOVERY (GPH) 8 8 TEMPERATURE RISE (F) 90 90 STORAGE (GAL) 30 10 VOLTAGE/PHASE 208 / 1 208 / t REMOTE CONTROL - - NOTE 1, 2, 3 1, 2 NOTES: 1. PROVIDE STRUT SUPPORT, PROVIDE GALV. STEEL DRAIN PAN AND 2. PROVIDE TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE AND PIPE TO 3. FIRST HOUR OUTPUT: 42 GALLONS PIPE TO SERVICE SINK GALV. STEEL DRAIN PAN L~ AI/~~~~~~~ ~T~T~~1~T1E~1R.I~T~ ~~ 2198 Goodrich Ave. St. Paul, MN 55105 Phone: 651 699-5083 Fax: 651 699-5084 City of Columbia Municipal Liquor Store 1 50th and Central Heights (Attached to: Addendum 2 Stores Date: 6-14-07 Aves. NE ( Drawn by: Albertson Sheet: M4.1/R1 STARE 1 ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE - STORE 1 TAG EUH-1 EUH-2 SERVICE LL ELEC. ROOM LL ELEV. EQUIP. ROOM LOCATION LL ELEC. ROOM LL ELEV. EQUIP. ROOM TYPE HORIZONTAL DISCHARGE HORIZONTAL DISCHARGE FAN AIR FLOW (CFM) 700 400 FAN DIAMETER - - FAN DRIVE DIRECT DIRECT FAN RPM 1,500 1,500 FAN TYPE PROP PROP MOTOR ENCLOSURE ODP ODP HORIZONTAL THROW (FT) 22 22 FAN HP 1/25 1/25 HEATING CAPACITY (MBH) 25.6 17.1 CAPACITY (KW) 7.5 5 EAT / LAT (F) 60 / 94 60 / 100 VOLTAGE/PHASE 208 / 3 208 / 3 REMOTE CONTROL TSTAT TSTAT NOTE 1, 2 1, 2 NOTES: 1. PROVIDE ALL-THREADED ROD AND STRUT SUPPORTS 2. PROVIDE INSULATED BASE AND THERMOSTAT ~L~~~.~5~~ iEI~T~I(1~TlElE~l~Ic~ ~l°~~ 2198 Goodrich Ave. St. Paul, MN 55105 Phone: (651) 699-5083 Fox: (651) 699-5084 City of Columbia Municipal Liquor Store 1 50th and Central Heights (Attached to: Addendum 2 Stores Date: 6-14-07 Aves. NE I Drown by: Albertson Sheet: M4.1 /R2 STORE 1 ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEATER SCHEDULE - STORE 1 TAG EBB-1 SERVICE LL RESTROOM 003 LOCATION LL RESTROOM 003 CAPACITY (W/LF) 1,000 TOTAL KW AND ELEMENT LENGTH (FT.) 4 KW / 4 FT ENCLOSURE TYPE PEDESTAL ENCLOSURE WIDTH x HEIGHT (IN.) 5 x 7 TOP OF ENCLOSURE (IN. AFF) 10 BOTTOM OF ENCLOSURE (IN. AFF) 3 VOLTAGE/PHASE 208 / 1 REMOTE CONTROL INTEGRAL TSTAT NOTE 1, 2, 3 NOTES: 1. PROVIDE INTEGRAL DISCONNECT 2. PROVIDE 3" HIGH PEDESTALS FOR FLOOR MOUNTING 3. PROVIDE ALUMINUM ENCLOSURES WITH COLOR ANODIZED FINISH, COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT L~ ~~'~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~'~ ~~~~ MlunicipaC L quora SHorests AttacheDate: 6tld14 tl07 2 2198 Goodrich Ave. Store 1 St. Paul, MN 55105 Drawn by: Albertson Phone: 651 699-5083 50th and Central Aves. NE Fax: 6513 699-5084 Sheet: M4.1 /R3 STORE 1 GAS FIRED UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE - HIG H STATIC FANS - STORE 1 TAG UH-3 UH-4 SERVICE LL STORAGE AREA ABOVE COOLER LOCATION LL STORAGE AREA ABOVE COOLER TYPE HORIZONTAL HIGH STATIC HORIZONTAL HIGH STATIC FAN AIR FLOW (CFM) 600 600 FAN DIAMETER 9x6 9x6 FAN DRIVE DIRECT DIRECT FAN RPM 1,750 1,750 FAN TYPE CENTRIF CENTRIF MOTOR RPM 1,750 1,750 MOTOR ENCLOSURE ODP ODP FAN HP 1/3 1/3 BURNER -POWER VENTED INPUT OUTPUT (MBH) 60 / 49.2 60 / 49.2 TEMPERATURE RISE (F) 76 76 FUEL NAT GAS NAT GAS VOLTAGE/PHASE 120/1 120/1 REMOTE CONTROL TSTAT TSTAT NOTE 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 NOTES: 1. PROVIDE SEPARATED COMBUSTION BURNER WITH POWER VENT, COMBUSTION AIR INLET, FLUE OUTLET AND CONCENTRIC ADAPTER BOX 2. PROVIDE 24V THERMOSTAT 3. PROVIDE ALL-THREADED ROD AND STEEL STRUT SUPPORTS; HANG FROM STEEL JOISTS ABOVE 4. PROVIDE HIGH WIND VENT CAP, STORM COLLAR AND HIGH TEMPERATURE SEALANT; SEAL FLUE AT STORM COLLAR 5. FURNISH TALL CONE FLASHINGS AND FLUE OUTLET; TURN OVER TO DIVISION 7 FOR INSTALLATION 6. PROVIDE SUMMER/WINTER SWITCH 7. PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH ~~.,~~~~g~l~ ~ET~t~~l"~~E~~.~T ~T~~~ 2198 Goodrich Ave. St. Paul, MN 55105 Phone: (651) 699-5083 Fax: (651) 699-5084 City of Columbia Municipal Liquor Store 1 50th and Central Heights (Attached to: Addendum 2', Stores Date: 6-14-07 Aves. NE I Drawn by: Albertson Sheet: M4.1 /R4 STORE 2 O VERIFY LOCATION OF OWNER'S ICE MACHINE; PROVIDE 3/4" CW SUPPLY, ISOLATION VALVE AND VACUUM BREAKER; PROVIDE 6'° FUNNEL ON FLOOR DRAIN FOR INDIRECT WASTE; PROVIDE 3/4" CONDENSATE DRAIN WITH AIR GAP AT FUNNEL TO FP SYSTEM-~ CHECK VALVE WITH BALL DRIP 5" STORZ QUICK CONNECT FDC PROVIDE WATER METER; PROVIDE REMOTE \ INDICATING METER AND WIRING TO WATER METER; VERIFY LOCATION WITH WATER UTILITY i Dcv~ OS&Y (TYP 2)~ WH-1~ 1-1/2" CW FOR IRRIGATION; PROVIDE CAP :R'S ICE MACHINE; VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION; PROVIDE 3/4" CW AND 3/4" INDIRECT WASTE~~ FD-1 AND 6" FUNNEL FOR----_______ INDIRECT WASTE COORDINATE ROUGH-IN AND PROVIDE ACCESS FOR SUPPIES AND TRAPS AT THIS LOCATION; PROVIDE SS ACCESS PANELS; ELKAY AP99 OR EQUAL (TYP 2) 4" VTR-~ PROVIDE DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE AND CONC. SPLASH BLOCK _ Mii~~. D ''. 11/2' ; ~.. ~- 8" RWL AI 8"' UP TO RD 3/4, GAS UP /,~.._.. ®o ~O .~,' EWH-1 ' rf ° SK-1 -- ~ I~ _~ ~ _ _ i ._ I-. ~ WGO ' tj~ l ! ~ WC .~ $ ? I', _ t i. ® F.~' I ~"~ I, [~ ~~ -.U R-~ ~' , ~ ~. 'F -o -~ LAV 1 ~~.._ WCO ~. ~ . :_ ~~~._ ~. ////'., l '~~iy'.. .. ..,':' ~. I ~~~~~-~~~~ ~I'°~~~1°~1EE]L~~ ~~~ City of Columbia Heights Attached to: Addendum 2 2198 Goodrich Ave. Municipal Liquor Stores Date:6-14-07 St. Paul, MN 55105 Store 2 Phone: (651) 699-5083 37th Ave. NE and Hart Blvd. Drawn by: Albertson Fax: (651) 699-5084 Sheet: M ~ .1 /R 1 STORE 2 PROVIDE DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE AND CONC. SPLASH BLOCK , r T ~ --- ' --. EVAPi?~T-Q2~COIL IN COOLER BY 0 1 PROVIDE 3/4' _ RAIN IN COOLER; PITCH TO FD' EVA LOCATIONS N TIONS (TYP 4) EVAPORA IN COOLER ERS; VERIFY EVAPORATOR ONS AND ELEVATIO 4)~ 3/4" GAS UP 1 _ _ _ 1' -------o-----~-----------------i -----PITCH-*- ~ „ ~ ~ 3/4 -~ i 8" RwL q~ UH-3 !______. IN COOLER ~ DECO LJ ,~~ ~ _ 8,, UP. ~; , TO RD - - - - - --.-I - ~ i ~~ ~ , - ~: ~~ ti, wco __ , _ t . . ~, ', / f 4 1 +~ ~ .'' ~- a---o - - :. ,SS-2 4 V ,: '_ e---+-_, : SS-1 EWH-2 O2 ..-...-VERIF -+- FCO `aa:-- ~~~~~-~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~ ~ City of Columbia Heights Attached to: Addendum 2 2198 Goodrich Ave. Municipal Liquor Stores Date:6-14-07 St. Paul, MN 55105 Store 2 Phone: 651 699-5083 37th Ave. NE and Hart Blvd. Drawn by: Albertson Fax: 651 ~ 699-5084 Sheet: M ~ . ~ /R2 STORE 2 ~nPv2) \\ VENT AND COMB. AIR UP~'~'"'~-- t ,; -- r t~ ~~~~~']['~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~ ~,~~ City of Columbia Heights Attached to: Addendum 2 2198 Goodrich Ave. Municipal Liquor Stores Date:6-14-07 St. Paul, MN 55105 Store 2 Phone: (651) 699-5083 37th Ave. NE and Hart Blvd. Drawn by: Albertson Fax: (651) 699-5084 Sheet: M2.1 ~R PROVIDE OFf TO RTU-1 1 o~~~ xo ~~ N ~ STORE 2 ~~ ~Q ~ ~ .-.._. - ~ o rn rn ~~~ o Q~ z w ~ n S ~ ~ co co ~ -' D corn o < ~ ~ vicn 00 r~ ~ ~ W C~ [~i ~ ,~ , k~ C,~ U) ~ C7 s ~ ~ ~ ~ n• o D N -p -~. N ~ . C7 0 z ~ c rn ~ ~ O p Q ~ ~ Q a ~ = ~-~- _ O ~p a ~ ~' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ a D ,-,- ~ p Q ~ n 5 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Q (D CD 6 Q r+ .-+- ,--r `G (D O D ~ rn D -~ ~ I Q ~ ~ ~ ~ 1 a ~ ~ o c J ~ N iv GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS SCHEDULE - STORE 2 TAG TITUS MODEL DESCRIPTION NC SD-1 TMSA SQUARE 3 CONE DIFFUSER FABRICATED FROM STEEL WITH PATTERN CONTROLLER VANES, 30 12x12 REMOVABLE INNER CONE ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF INNER 2 CONES, EQUALIZING GRID, WHITE 6" DIAM. NECK FOR 190 CFM OR LESS, 8" DIAM. NECK FOR 200 CFM TO 280 CFM, SURFACE MOUNT BORDER OR lAY-IN BORDER AS NECESSARY TO MATCH CEILING TYPE SD-2 TMSA SQUARE 3 CONE DIFFUSER FABRICATED FROM STEEL WITH PATTERN CONTROLLER VANES, 30 24x24 REMOVABLE INNER CONE ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF INNER 2 CONES, EQUALIZING GRID, WHITE 8" DIAM. NECK FOR 350 CFM OR LESS, 10" DIAM. NECK FOR 360 CFM TO 550 CFM, SURFACE MOUNT BORDER OR lAY-IN BORDER AS NECESSARY TO MATCH CEILING TYPE SR-i S300FS DOUBLE DEFLECTION DIRECT SPIRAL MOUNTED SUPPLY GRILLE, ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION WITH 3/4" BLADE SPACING, 30 12x6 INDIVIDUALLY ADJUSTABLE SHORT FRONT BLADES, EXPOSED FASTENERS, 1.25" WIDE BORDER, ALUMINUM ADJUSTABLE WHITE AIR SCOOP DAMPER/EXTRACTOR, SCREW ADJUSTABLE FROM FACE OF GRILLE, SURFACE MOUNT TO SPIRAL DUCT, VERIFY SPIRAL DUCT SIZE SR-2 300RS DOUBLE DEFLECTION STEEL CONSTRUCTION WITH 3/4" BLADE SPACING, INDIVIDUALLY ADJUSTABLE 30 Q 1 12x6 SHORT FRONT BLADES, EXPOSED FASTENERS, 1.25" WIDE BORDER, GALV. STEEL OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER, WHITE SURFACE MOUNT BORDER OR lAY-IN BORDER AS NECESSARY RG-i 50F 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/2" ALUMINUM EGGCRATE CORE, TITUS TRM ALUMINUM RAPID MOUNT - 24x6 FRAME FOR SURFACE MOUNT BORDER OR LAY-IN AS NECESSARY TO MATCH CEILING TYPE WHITE , PROVIDE 18" HIGH 22 GA. GALV. STEEL PLENUM ABOVE RETURN GRILLE FOR NON-PLENUM RATED CEILINGS RG-2 50F 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/2" ALUMINUM EGGCRATE CORE, TITUS TRM ALUMINUM RAPID MOUNT - 24x24 FRAME FOR SURFACE MOUNT BORDER OR LAY-IN AS NECESSARY TO MATCH CEILING 'TYPE, WHITE PROVIDE 12" HIGH 22 GA. GALV. STEEL PLENUM ABOVE RETURN GRILLE FOR NON-PLENUM RATED CEILINGS EG-1 355FL SINGLE DEFLECTION ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION WITH 1/2" BLADE SPACING, 35 DEGREE DEFLECTION, FIXED LONG BLADES, 30 12x12 EXPOSED FASTENERS, 1.25" WIDE BORDER, GALV. STEEL OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER WITH SCREW ADJUSTMENT, WHITE SURFACE MOUNT TO DUCT EG-2 350RL SINGLE DEFLECTION STEEL CONSTRUCTION WITH 3/4" BLADE SPACING, 35 DEGREE DEFLECTION, FIXED LONG BLADES, 30 12x8 EXPOSED FASTENERS, 1.25" WIDE BORDER, GALV. STEEL OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER WITH SCREW ADJUSTMENT, WHITE SURFACE MOUNT TO DUCT -n -o cn rv Q~~~ X 0 ~ o ~ ~~`m~~ ~~_ o rnrn o , cn cn ~ Q ~ ~~ z ~ rnrnU' COCflUiD cpcp~< ~~~~ ['I7 O O OJ ~ ~ W C~7, C'17 W (~ ~ C7 ~o ~ ^- ~~ ~~ ~° n• o ~ N -p -" ~ Q n O Z ~ C m ~ ~ Q o a- ~ ~ Q Q ~ ~-,- _ = O ~p ~ CD cQ' '-,- cn ~_ ~ ~ Q D o Q o ~ ~ ~ m ~ ~ o o- ~ o ~ ~- ~ r,- ,-,- ~ rn o D rn D o- I Q cu Ul r - ~, ~ ~ o I °_ ~ ~ o c ~ ~ ~ 1 tJ ~~~ 4" VTR STORE 2 i i ~ ~~,~ FD-t WITH ~.~r'~ ~'~ 6" FUNNEL FOR ~ li SK-t\\~~. INDIRECT WASTE ~-f~ ~ i ~ FD-2 FCO ' ' ~. i i i ~ i i `. i i ~~~ `. ~ UR_1 ~ ~ ~ ~ 2.. i SK-2 EWC-1 TO REAR RESTROOM PROVIDE 1-1/2" i BERVICER FOR IRRIGATION; PROVIDE CAP (' ~_~/2~~ ~! WH-t t-i/2" 3/4" TO 3/4" ICE MACHINE ^ TO REAR / RESTROOM t-t/2" t' ~.. 3/4" ~ ~ j SK-t , ~ Ili ', j SK-2 WC_t ~11~ UR-t LAV- t 1 RISER DIAGRAMS -FRONT RESTROOM STO1~E 2 THERMOMETER (TYP) UNION (TYP) 4" CONC. HOUSEKEEPING PAD 0 ---...-~ ~____----ISOLATION VALVE (TYP) ASME PRESS. TEMP. RELIEF VALVE r~ ELECTRIC WATER HEATER DRAIN VALVE WITH f 3/4" HOSE END ELECTRIC WATER HEATER PIPING DIAGRAM SCALE: No Scale ~~~~~-~~~~ ~~~~~~-~~~ ~~~ City of Columbia Heights Attached to: Addendum 2 2198 Goodrich Ave. Municipal Liquor Stores Date:6-14-07 St. Paul, MN 55105 Store 2 Phone: (651) 699-5083 37th Ave. NE and Hart Blvd. Drawn by: Albertson)I-~ Fax: (651) 699-5084 Sheet: MrJ. ~ ~r12 xr _ ;,~ 1 rk En ineerin Inc. :- Paulson & C a ~ ~, 2352 East County Road J. White Bear Lake, Minnesota. 55110 Phone 651/407-6056 Fax 651/407-6476 Email: atripp a paulsonclark.com i Date: June 14, 2007 Re: Electrical Items for Addendum #2 Project: Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Stores Architect: Oertel Architects 1795 St. Clair Ave. St. Paul, MN 55105 Store # 1 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS Sheet E0.0 1. Electrical Riser Diagram, Add panelboard LP-2B. Panelboard shall be fed from Feed- thru lugs of LP-2A. See Schedule attached to this addendum. 2. Elevator Connection detail, the three circuits that are indicated to be homerun to LP-2A circuit `x' shall be routed to circuits 1,3,5 of panelboard LP-2B. See attached schedule. Sheet E0.1 1. Conduit shown routed from electrical room to monument sign shall be labeled with Keyed note #4 in lieu of Keyed note #3 as shown. Sheet E1.1 1. Add general note to read as follows; VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, FOR WALL MOUNTED DEVICES REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. Sheet E 1.2 I . Add general note to read as follows; VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, FOR WALL MOUNTED DEVICES REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. 2. Add three type `DD' fixtures mounted along the south exterior wall as shown on attached RI/E1.2. Sheet E2.1 1. Add equipment tag EUH-2 to elevator equipment room. 2. Add equipment tag EUH-3 to lower level bathroom. Sheet E2.2 1. Verify exact location of exterior signage with supplier prior to rough-in. 2. Delete fans EF-1, EF-2, IF-1, IF-2 shown above cooler. 3. Add UH-4 to space above cooler, see attached RI/E2.2. 4. Add evaporator coils EC-5, EC-6, EC-7, EC-8 to caoier. Refer to attached RI/E2.2. for revised layout of evaporator coils. 5. CU-1 & CU-2, where indicated on plan, shall be installed on roof in lieu of being installed on top of cooler. Add weatherproof receptacle as shown on Rl /E2.2. Sheet E3.0- Motor & Equipment Schedule 1. Add EUH-2 to schedule. Unit to be a Skw, 208V/3phase unit. Provide a 30A/3P switch with 20A fuses in MSB-1. Route'/4"C, 3#12 & 1#12 Gnd from MSB-1 to unit. Verify location and exact requirements with Div. 15. 2. Add EUH-3 to schedule. Unit to be a 4kw, 208V/1 phase unit. Provide a 30A/2P switch with 30A fuses in MSB-1. Route 3/4"C, 2# 10 & 1 # 10 Gnd from MSB-1 to unit. Verify location and exact requirements with Div. 15. 3. Delete all electrical work associated with EF-l, EF-2, IF-1, IF-2. Fans have been deleted from project. 4. Add UH-4. Fan shall be 1/3hp, 120V, direct connected with integral starter/disconnect. Circuit from #10 of LP-2B. Routel/2"C, 2#12& 1#12 Gnd from panel to unit. 5. Add EC-5 to schedule. Unit shall be 120V, 20A connection. Route 1/2"C, 2#12 & 1#12 Gnd from LP-2B circuit #2 to unit. Verify location and exact requirements with refrigeration contractor prior to rough-in. 6. Add EC-6 to schedule. Unit shall be 120V, 20A connection. Route 1/2"C, 2#12 & 1#12 Gnd from LP-2B circuit #4 to unit. Verify location and exact requirements with refrigeration contractor prior to rough-in. 7. Add EC-7 to schedule. Unit shall be 120V, 20A connection. Route 1/2"C, 2# 12 & 1 # 12 Gnd from LP-2B circuit #6 to unit. Verify location and exact requirements with refrigeration contractor prior to rough-in. 8. Add EC-8 to schedule. Unit shall be 1 ZOV, 20A connection. Route 1 /2"C, 2# 12 & 1 # 12 Gnd from LP-2B circuit #8 to unit. Verify location and exact requirements with refrigeration contractor prior to rough-in. 9. As a clarification to note #3, CU-1 shall be associated with Evaporator Coils EC-1, EC-3, EC-5, & EC-7. CU-2 shall be associated with Evaporator Coils EC-2, EC-4, EC-6, & EC-8. 10. As a clarification to note #3, delete reference to providing astarter/disconnect for unit. Unit shall come pre-wired with starter & disconnect. Sheet E3.0-Light Fixture Schedule: 1. Add fixture type `X'. Fixture type X will be furnished by the refrigeration contractor and installed by the electrical contractor. 2. For fixture type `G' provide an allowance of $675 for each fixture. Price includes distributor mark-up. Price excludes Lamp, freight & sales tax. The following manufacturers shall be considered equal to the fixtures indicated, subject to the requirements set forth in the contract documents. Fixture Type(s) Manufacturer A/A l DAY-WRITE B/B 1 OMEGA 62 OMEGA C OMEGA D DAY-BRITS E/EM/E3 DAY-BRITS F DAY-BRITS J/J 1 /J2 ORBIT K,M ORBIT BB GARDCO CC GARDCO Store #2 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS Sheet E1.1 -Electrical Lighting Plan 1. Add four type `DD' fixtures mounted along the north exterior wall as shown on attached R1/E1.1. 2. Add general note to read as follows; VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, FOR WALL MOUNTED DEVICES REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. Sheet E2.1-Electrical Power & Systems Plan 1. Modify location of electrical equipment in electrical room as shown on attached R1/R2.1. 2. Modify circuiting of receptacles shown on attached R2/E2.1 to accommodate dedicated circuits for vending machines. 3. Add two receptacles with dedicated circuit for vending machines as shown on R2/E2.1. 4. Add receptacle and dedicated circuit for future ice chest as shown on R2/E2.1 5. Receptacles shown in back restroom shall be tied into lighting circuit and switched with the lights within the restroom. 6. Verify exact location of exterior signage with supplier prior to rough-in. 7. Equipment labeled GWH shall be labeled EWH. Sheet E3.0- Motor & Equipment Schedule 1. Add EC-5 to schedule. Unit shall be 120V, 20A connection. Route 1 /2"C, 2# 12 & 1 # 12 Gnd from LP-2A circuit #11 to unit. Verify location and exact requirements with refrigeration contractor prior to rough-in. 2. Add EC-6 to schedule. Unit shall be 120V, 20A connection. Route 1 /2"C, 2# 12 & 1 # 12 Gnd from LP-2A circuit #13 to unit. Verify location and exact requirements with refrigeration contractor prior to rough-in. 3. Add EC-7 to schedule. Unit shall be 120V, 20A connection. Route 1 /2"C, 2# 12 & 1 # 12 Gnd from LP-2A circuit #15 to unit. Verify location and exact requirements with refrigeration contractor prior to rough-in. 4. Add EC-8 to schedule. Unit shall be I20V, 20A connection. Route 112"C, 2#12 & 1#12 Gnd. from LP-2A circuit #17 to unit. Verify location and exact requirements with refrigeration contractor prior to rough-in. 5. As a clarification to note #2, CU-1 shall be associated with Evaporator Coils EC-], EC-3, EC-5, & EC-7. CU-2 shall be associated with Evaporator Coils EC-2, EC-4, EC-6, & EC-8. Sheet E3.0- Light Fixture Schedule: 3. Add fixture type `X'. Fixture type X will be furnished by the refrigeration contractor and installed by the electrical contractor. 4. For fixture type `G' provide an allowance of $675 for each fixture. Price includes distributor mark-up. Price excludes Lamp, freight & sales tax. The following manufacturers shall be considered equal to the fixtures indicated, subject to the requirements set forth in the contract documents. Fixture Type(s) Manufacturer A/A I DAY-BRITE B/B 1 OMEGA B2 OMEGA C OMEGA D DAY-BRITE E/EM/E3 DAY-BRITE F DAY-BRITE J/J1/J2 ORBIT K,M ORBIT Bg GARDCO CC GARDCO End of Electrical Addendum. X X 77151 pt 771Ft pi 13551 Qi 73551 Qi ,3~, o, 13551 of ` ~5~3 6$90 o2/R6 ~~ 2/R9 239 0~3. ~ 8 < ],~6 ` ~~3 ~4 ~4 ® 5 ,,,...~~~,,~,,,~._.......... ~~ 2~~ /R6 ~ 8 ~4 ~4 Z7/R29~~ ~ "~6 $ 0 0 2~g V "/R6 c'7~4 ~~R6 ~8/R6 ~ 8 ~7/R4 '' 'V''' 'V ~/ ~Vp,QQQ 1 27/R29~ 7 27/R2~ 32/R23 1 MAIN LEVEL LIGHTING PLAN 1/16' = 1'-O' PROJECT TITLE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES STORE #1 SHEET TITLE PARTIAL MAIN LEVEL LIGHTING PLAN Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. a~s2 a c~my xuaaJ. ';' White Hear Labe, MN 55110 '; Off~e: (651) 407fi056 Fax: (651)407-6496 $m8i1: paC~%1119 0 0 01 8t]C.COID DATE 6~14~ PROJECT N0. SHEET N0. R1/E12 `/ l ^ /\ ~/ 10'-0"~G l1Tt: ,F4.... 1 ELECTRICAL POWER & SYSTEMS PEAK 1/16' = 1'-0' PROJECT TITLE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES STORE #1 I SHEET TITLE PARTIAL POWER & SYSTEMS PLAN Paulson & Clark Engineering, Inc. 2352 & Coosay Road J. W6iOD Bear La1oo, MN 55110 Office: (651)4076056 Pax: (651)407-6496 Smal: pauleonClatkc~ GATE 6/14, PROJECT N0. SHEET N0. R1/E2.2 V/ VJ Panelboard Schedule Name LP-2B Phase 3 Main 200A MLO Location Elec. Rm Wire 4 Bussing 225A Cu Mounting Surface Voltage 120/208 AIC 22 k Description Type Load Ckt Bkr Ckt # Ckt # Ckt Bkr Load Type Description Elevator Cab lights rc 540 20/1 1 2 20/1 800 mi EC-1 Elevator pit light & Rec. rc 540 20/1 3 4 20/1 800 mi EC-2 Elevator controller re 360 2011 5 6 20/1 800 mi EC-3 Spare sp - 20/1 7 8 20/1 800 mi EC-4 Spare sp - 2011 9 10 20/1 400 mi UH-4 Spare sp - 20/1 ll 12 20/1 - sp Spare Spare sp - 20/1 13 14 20/1 - sp Spare Spare sp - 20/1 15 16 20/1 - sp Spare Spare sp - 20/1 17 l8 20/1 - sp Spare Spare sp - 20/1 19 20 20/1 - sp Spare Spare sp - 20/1 21 22 20/1 - sp Spare Spare sp - 20/2 23 24 20/1 - sp Spare Spare sp - 2011 25 26 20/1 - sp Spare Spare sp - 20/1 27 28 20/l - sp Spare Spare sp - 20;1 29 30 2011 - sp Spare Spare sp - 20(1 31 32 20/1 - sp Spare Spare sp - 2011 33 34 20/1 - sp Spare Spare sp - 20/1 3~ 36 20/1 - sp Spare Spare sp - 20(1 37 38 20/1 - sp Spare Spare sp - 20/1 39 40 20/1 - sp Spare Spare sp - 20/1 41 42 20/1 - sp Spare 1. Provide with feed-through Lugs. 420 42 n28/R42 1120 Y 42 428/R42 Y ~` ' ~ 24 0% O x .~l I7]IF17 117 O X O X 17]617 17]ffi7 O X (,] X 17]If17 17]iF17 O X O X 1YfFF17 1771F17 10 ~ f0 '~ 10 ~-z 10 ~ 10 ~"2f1y ~..~ a o o ~y 24 p.~ 10518 01510 01516 tO5~i0 01518 01518 fO5~i0 01510 F~ H 0 11 rd1 O0 1 ELECTRICAL ~IGNTING PLAN ~(. ' ' ' 1Q 1/1 -O 6 = 1 ~ PROJECT TITLE DATE 6 ~ 4 0~ COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES PROJECT NO. STORE #2 2352&CawtyRoed J. sHEEr No. Whito Beat Lske, MN 55110 Office: (651) 407056 SHEET TITLE PARTIAL LIGHTING PLAN Faa: (651)407-6476 B~~"~°~'~"°~ R1/E1.1 LCP-1 LP-2A MSB-1 LP_C ~L~~ PRV UH UH ~ 1 4 2 EWH GF 24 ~24 2W/ 4 ~ VJ24 7 PRV LP-2 2 ,~ ELECTRICAL PNWER & SYSTEMS PLAN PROJECT TITLE GATE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES Paulson & Clark 6 14 0~ PROJECT N0. Engineering, Inc. STORE #2 a~SZB.caa~,.x4aar. SHEET No. Beat Isloe, MN 55110 SHEET TITLE '' ~~:(651)407~6056 Faa: (651)407-6476 PARTIAL POWER & SYSTEMS PLAN B~'':"iaODC'~LOOID R1/E2.1 11 37 X10 _P-2 4 4 10 ~ IGI I 6 ~ 9 LP-2 2 10 2 ~~ ~8 15 9 3 8 I ~ _ 10 (_ _ ~_ 9 17 14'-0 21 A 17 23.___1..4-0„ 14'-0° 1i 17 ~_~ ~_ 18 19,21 7 23 ~~ 18 O 28 16 zn ~ ~~ ~ WP 9 WP 14 GFI 24" 1 ELECTRICAL POWER & SYSTEMS PLAN vs• = r-o• -- PATE PROJECT TITLE Paulson & Clark 6 ~ 4 07 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES Engineering, Inc. PROJECT N0. STORE #2 ~Saac~rxoea J. SHEET N0. Whito Bear Lake, MN 55110 Office: (651)407.6056 SHEET TITLE .~ Fax: (651)407-6476 PARTIAL POWER & SYSTEMS PLAN ~~"'~°°°'~`~ R2/E2.1 P-t LP- !c ~, LP-2 4. Q ~ cu t e V!P ~ S6 2 _ 36 ~R .9.11 ~~j Y 7D ((t~f _ 2 3 ~ROOV~ 4C 5 8 7 t2-0 2 6 11 ,. 6 1 5 3 5 3 6 3 6 5 (~ 5 6 5 5 ~ 5 ~ 6 24e L / 1 ~' ! T i J J' l I J 1 1 l J' I l 1 1 1 1 1 1 l T J 1 J` T l i 4~ 2 _ 1MP 1 5 - O 38~ EC 6 6 3.... Z4 1 '~ 5 Wp WP 4' WP . 10 24' ~56~ ~4~ t2 ~Ob~-b`. . U f} 36 2 36 4 36~ 9 29 .... 1 2._Q. Rtll RTU ~., 4 5 1 ~ ~~9_0. u.v 6 Y wP ~ 1o t2 ~ ~ 19 t 1t t9 2. 1 ELECTRICAL POWER & SYSTEMS PLAN 1/16' = i'-0' PROJECT TITLE DATE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIQUOR STORES Paulson & Clark PROJECT N0 1 4 0~ Engineering, Inc. STORE #2 a~Sa S. co~yxo~a J. SHEET N0. ~IOD BQ81[ tske~ MN 55110 Office: (651)407-6056 SHEET TITLE ,., F8]C: (651)407-6476 PARTIAL POWER & SYSTEMS PLAN ~'`~"'~°°°'~`~°° R3/E2.1 DATE: June 18, 2007 RE: ADDENDUM #3 PROJECT: COLUMBIA HEIGHTS MUNICIPAL LIQUOR STORES OWNER: CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ARCHITECT: OERTEL ARCHITECTS, LTD. BID DATE: JUNE 21, 2007, 2:00 p.m. The following modifications, deletions and additions shall append and become an integral part of the Contract Documents and Addendum #1 issued for this project. Where any portion of the Contract Documents is modified, deleted, added or voided, the unmodified potion of the Work shall remain in effect. The onus is on all contractors and sub-contractors/suppliers to cross-reference all items listed and determine for themselves the Work effected by the addendum items. This addendum includes three (3) pages of architectural and revised Bid Form; along with electrical and mechanical addenda and related documents as otherwise referenced herein. NOTES TO CONTRACTORS AND CHANGES TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: 1. The last addendum is issued no later than three days p~°ior to bid. The day prior to this is the last day the architect/engineer can answer questions or clarify conditions: plan ahead. 2. The last day for receipt of submitted "approved equals" is noon, June 15, 2007, four business days before the bid date. 3. A current list of registered bidders (general, mechanical and electrical) is attached to this addendum and is available on the www.oertelarchitects.com web site. 4. Lot Survey, additional information: Note that Addendum 2 provided a topographic survey prepared by Lot Surveys Company, Inc. which indicates current grades at the site for Store #1 at 50th and Central Avenues. (No survey is provided for Store No. 2 at 37th and Hart, where rough grading is by others.) 5. Bid Form: Clarify that Alternate #5 should read: Alternate No. 5: Provide an add to upgrade the refrigeration system by providing an additional 4HP capacity at each refrigeration unit at both stores (total of 8 at each store). Bidders are asked to cross out the words "total of 4" and write in "total of 8 at each store". Whether or not Bid forms are altered as directed, it is understood that the intent of Alternate 5 is to provide an additional 8 HP per store for a total of 16 additional HP on the project. Submit bid form in duplicate as indicated in the Advertisement for Bids. 6. Geotechnical Data: See AD3-1 for soils boring locations for Store#1. (Soils boring locations for Store#2 are included in the Project Manual.) CHANGES TO THE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS: Section 01010, Summary of the Work: Schedule: Schedule assumes that a Foundation Permit will be available for Store #2 in early July. Clarify that final lift of asphalt for both stores will be placed in spring of 2008. Owner Performed Work: Owner will provide landscaping at both stores except for the plantings in the bioinfiltration areas shown on Sheet C1. All plantings noted on Sheet C1 are in the base bid. Note that Contractor is to provide suitable soils at all areas to be landscaped at both stores. Owner Performed Work: Clarify that wiring for the security systems and voice/data systems is by Owner. Electrical Contractor is to provide conduit. Clarify that there is no Fire Alarm system. Section 01030 Alternates: the following changes are made to the list of alternates: Alternate #5 is revised to clarify that providing an additional 4HP capacity at each refrigeration unit at each store would result in an additional 8 HP per stare and a total of an additional 16 HP on the project. Clarify that Alternate 6 refers to a steel column and beam system described in Section 11789, Refrigerated Rooms. As a clarification, the base bid for Alternate #1 shall include Nyla-Track II Roller shelving at the bottom 4 tiers and Nyla-Rol Pencil Roller at the top two tiers at both stores. Alternate #1 shall include Nyla-Track II Slide at the top two shelves in lieu of Nyla-Track Pencil Roller, both stores. As a clarification, the base bid for Alternate #2 includes standard grey block and standard grey split-face block in the configuration as shown on the drawings for north and east elevations for Store #2. (Alternate for decorative block is illustrated/shown on the drawings). Section 03410 -Structural precast Concrete: Clarify that 2" topping for precast plank is included in Section 03300. Section 06200 -Finish Carpentry: Description of Work: "Structural Wood Deck" refers to plywood sheathing indicated on drawings. Section 08305 -Access Doors: Provide two (2) 18" x 18" access doors and two (2) 24" x 24" access doors for each store for a total of four (4) 18" x 18" access doors and four (4) 24" x 24" access doors. Section 08800 -Glass and Glazing: Delete references to spandrel glass and mirror glass. Section 11789, Refrigerated Rooms: Provide the following: Walk-In Cooler: Provide a cooler with an overall height of approximately 8 feet 6 inches. Minimum head clearance inside cooler shall be 8'-0". Display Doors: Doors shall be Anthony/Ardco, 401 Series (unheated) or approved equal instead of Anthony/Ardco, 101 Series (unheated) as stated in the Project Manual. Shelving: Both rear-feed and flat shelving shall be galvanized metal, with no black epoxy finish except at the price tag molding. 2 As a clarification, the base bid for the rear feed shelving includes Nyla-Track II Roller shelving at the bottom 4 tiers and Nyla-Rol Pencil Roller at the top two shelves. Alternate shall include Nyla-Track II Slide at the top two shelves in lieu of Nyla- Track Pencil Roller, both stores. Refrigeration System: Provide each store with two (2) 10 HP condensing units, for a total of 20 HP at each store, in lieu of two (2) 8 HP for a total of 16 HP each store. Refrigeration System: Provide two (2) zones within each refrigerated room, separately controlled, instead of four (4) as stated in the Project Manual. Each zone shall be served by a condensing unit and four (4) evaporating coils. Refer to Partial Power and Systems Plan R3/E2.1 (issued in Addendum #2/ Electrical Items) for approximate locations of evaporator coils (EC's). EC-1, EC-3, EC-5, EC-7 and its associated condensing unit shall constitute one zone and EC-2, EC-4, EC-6, EC-8 and its associated condensing unit shall constitute the other zone. Refrigerant: Provide 404 Freon instead of R-2. Light Fixtures: Clarify that light fixtures at ceiling of cooler are to be provided and installed by the RefY°igerated Room contractor. Electrical Contractor will provide circuits and power. For number of fixtures and approximate locations, refer to Sheet E1.2 for Store #1 and Sheet E 1.1 for Store #2. CHANGES TO THE DRAWINGS STORE #1 - 50TH AND CENTRAL Sheet A1.0. Floor Plan: - General Note is Clarify that Owner shall provide trash compactor, vending machines, ice chest and specialty display cases. (There is no Fixture Schedule included in the architectural drawings.) Sheet A1.1 Floor Plan: Detail 2: Provide P-Lam at counter top instead of solid surface. Sheet A1.2 Intermediate Floor Plan: - Disregard AD2-l, which was issued in Addendum 2. No sealant is required between top of wall and structural deck as indicated on AD2-l. -General Note 1: Handrails are steel not aluminum. Sheet A3.1: - West Elevation: Add one (1) 2' x 2' prefinished louvered vent on west wall of tower between Windows K and L. -West Elevation: Delete two (2) 40 x 40 prefinished louvered vents on west wall. Sheet A7.1: - Note that Room Finish Schedule correctly calls out that Room 003 will have sealed concrete floor with vinyl base. Disregard the pattern shown in this room on Sheet A7.2. STORE #2 - 37TH AND HART Sheet A1.0 Floor Plan: - General Note 1: Clarify that Owner shall provide trash compactor, vending machines, ice chest and specialty display cases. (There is no Fixture Schedule included in the architectural drawings.) - Note that wall surrounding Rooms 105 and 106 extend to roof deck. Sheet A3.1: - North Elevation: Add one (1) 2' x 2' prefinished louvered vent on west wall of tower between Windows K and L. -Clarification: Addendum #2 incorrectly referred to deleting two (2) 40 x 40 prefinished louvered vents on west wall. This item was intended for Store #1. Sheet A7.1: - Room Finish Schedule, Room 113: Provide sealed concrete with vinyl base in lieu of tile. Delete the pattern shown in this room on Sheet A7.2. APPROVED EQUALS Subiect to compliance with requirements listed in the specifications, include the following: Section 08710 -Hardware: Include weatherstrip, thresholds, doorsweeps and gasketing by Hager. Section 117$0 - Refrigerated Rooms and Equipment: Include Crown Tonka Walk-In Coolers. Section 11780 - Refrigerated Rooms and Equipment: Include Legacy Series display doors by CDS (Commercial Display systems). CHANGES TO CIVIL - Store #1: Note that the Finished Floor Elevation (FFE) for the upper level is 218.67 and the Finished Floor Elevation (FFE) for the lower level is 210.00. - Both Stores:Clarify that all conduits indicated on Civil Drawings are included in the Base Bid. CHANGES TO STRUCTURAL None CHANGES TO MECHANICAL See attached addendum. CHANGES TO ELECTRICAL See attached addendum. END OF ADDENDUM #3 4 l~F~~ SOIi. BORING ~QCATI4N GEpTECHNTCAL INVESTIGATION Caiurnbia Heights Municipal Liquor Store #1 50th & Central Avenue Columbia Heights, MN 55122 PraSaurce Project Na.: 1621-00 FIGURE 1 SITE PLAN WITH SAIL BORING L©CATION5 ~i=O~iOHi~.'~'!~t' MUNICIPAL LIQUOR STORES 15`,.,FD ~ HERC6Y ceR.lfr TFiA- ,~~-: :~.uM=~T :~:,a Ia, Rii'pARi:Q Dv ME pR UNDER' M" L`IRE(:T SUPERVISION F:NC+ THhT I AN. :+ DUiY t!C'F,NS~.D COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN FRCiirecT IN rr+p. sT~r~ o~ Mlrauesc'n. p E RTE L ARCHITECTS P ~71i_D: ;IGVFPJRL:....__...__._........_.__._...._...._._.._..___..__._....._..... 1795 SAINT CLAIR AVE. / 5T. PAUL, MN 55105 oesCRlPTICU: s-~ a-zoo r Dq-;_ (651) 696-5186 / (651) 696-5188 FAX A D ~ ~ F, L n„ p,~L www.oertelarchitects.com P.F_GISTRFTION ................_ ._...__..___........_.....__......__._.._. _... - - lson & Clark En ineerin ,Inc. s Pau ~ ~- 2352 East County Road J. White Bear Lake, Minnesota. 55110 ~;"~~ Phone 651/407-6056 Fax 651./407-6476 Email: dpaulson@paulsonclark.com 1~ ~. Date: June 18, 2007 Re: Electrical Items for Addendum #3 Project: Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Stores Architect: Oertel Architects 1795 St. Clair Ave. St. Paul, MN 55105 Store # 1 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS Sheet E3.0- Light Fixture Schedule: 1. Fixture type `X'. Fixture type X will be furnished and installed by the refrigeration contractor. Electrical contractor shall provide circuit and connection to the lighting contro) syste-n as shown per drawings. Store #2 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS Sheet E2.1-Electrical Power & Systems Plan 2. Provide keyed note #7 at doors 101 and 105. Sheet E3.0- Light Fixture Schedule: 3. Fixture type `X'. Fixture type X will be furnished and installed by the refrigeration contractor. Electrical contractor shall provide circuit and connection to the lighting control system as shown per drawings. End of Electrical Addendum. 2198 Goodrich Avenue, St. Paul, MN 55105 Phone (651) 699-5083 /Fax (651) 699-5084 MEMO To: Andrew Cooper From: Shane Albertson Re: Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Stores Addendum No. 3 Date: June 18, 2007 Oertel Architects Albertson Engineering Inc. Prior Approvals (apply to both Store 1 and Store 2) None noted Changes to Mechanical Specifications (apply to both Store 1 and Store 2) Section 15950 -Controls 1. Add Paragraph 3.3, Stores 1 and 2 -Entrance Vestibule Ventilation 3.3 STORES 1 AND 2 -ENTRANCE VESTIBULE VENTILATION A. Provide 24x24 low-leak motorized damper on high wall for each entrance vestibule; 24x24 louvers by others; verify louver location and elevation 1. Store 1, install at 24x24 motorized damper on inside of tower on west elevation between window types K and L; see building elevations as shown on Details 3/A3.1, Elevations 2. Store 2, install at 24x24 motorized damper on inside of tower on north elevation between window types K and H; see building elevations as shown on Detail 3/A3.1, Elevations B. Provide thermostats C. Sequence of Operation: I. Motorized dampers shall open on rise in space temperature 2. Motorized dampers shall close on fall in space temperature Changes to Mechanical Drawings Store 1 at 50th Ave. NE and Central Ave. NE Drawings attached (8.5x11): None Sheet M2 2 -Main Level HVAC (not re-issued) 1. Provide 24x24 ultra low leak damper and 24x24 burglar bars for ventilation of entrance Vestibule on west wall; 24x24 louver by others; burglar bars shall be fabricated from lxlxl/8 steel angle frame with #4 rebars welded 8" on-center in both directions; mount burglar bars inside louver by attaching to wall with minimum eight 3/4" gwik bolts (two gwik bolts for each side of frame); provide additional 24x24 transition as necessary to allow motorized damper to fully open without interference at burglar bars; mount motorized damper to burglar bars; verify clearance for motorized damper blades to fully open Columbia Heights Municipal Liquor Stores Addendum No. 3 June 18, 2007 Page 2 Store 2 at 37th Ave. NE and Hart Blvd. Drawings attached (8.5x11): None M2 1 Main level HVAC Plan (not re-issued) 1. Provide 24x24 ultra low leak damper and 24x24 burglar bars for ventilation of entrance Vestibule on north wall; 24x24 louver by others; burglar bars shall be fabricated from Ixlxl/8 steel angle frame with #4 rebars welded 8" on-center in both directions; mount burglar bars inside louver by attaching to wall with minimum eight 3/4" gwik bolts (two gwik bolts for each side of frame); provide additional 24x24 transition as necessary to allow motorized damper to fully open without interference at burglar bars; mount motorized damper to burglar bars; verify clearance for motorized damper blades to fully open End of Addendwn No. 3 %~ OERTEL ARCI~ITECTS 1795 SAINT CLAIR AVENUE, SAINT PAUL, MN 55105 TEL: 651/696-5186 Apri125, 2007 Mr. Walter Fehst Mr. William Elrite City of Columbia Heights 590 40t" Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 RE: Columbia Heights Liquor Store Project Request for additional services Gentlemen, FAX: 651/696-5188 Please consider this request for additional services for the project. We realize, in advance, that added costs for the city are a sensitive topic. Consequently, we have tried to distinguish between those additional services which we will include as a part of our base contract amount and those which we request to be an additional service, based on the original RFP and our proposal. The following items, which impacted our time, were modest adjustments to the original scope, and we will consider these as a part of the base contract: Numerous meetings beyond the "S minimum formal meetings" listed in the RFP Several changes to building size in response to requests and budget changes Design implications of adding a coffee shop to the Central Avenue store The following is the key item for which we request additional compensation: Addition of~a lower level, elevato~° and i°ecessed loading a~°ea to the Central Avenue store Corresponding increase in project budget from $3.5 to $4.3 million dollars The basis for this request is as follows: 1. The original RFP indicated that the scope of work included two single-story buildings, 11,000 and 13,000 s.f. in size. 2. Our proposal indicated that the basis of our fee was for the design of the two buildings, approximately 11,000 to 13,000 square feet in size, with roughly the same building configuration. 3. The number of hours estimated for the design phase, and indicated in our proposal (for architectural time only), was 160 hours. To date, with the design phase approximately 75% complete, the actual number of hours spent to date is 520 hours. 4. The total project cost increased from $3.5 to $4.3 million, per council's tentative approval. We recall being asked, at a council workshop, if there were additional fees associated with an increased scope of work, and our reply was that it was a good possibility given the extra work involved. 5. The proposed contract that we prepared on February 21, 2007 (currently unexecuted, but prepared prior to the project cost changes) outlined the project scope, as noted above, and indicated a fee 7-1/2% for an increase in project budget. With the net construction cost increase of approximately $700,000.00, the increase of fee (using this basis) would actually be almost double the amount we are requesting below. 6. The number of additional hours estimated to design and document the lower level, elevator, dock area and associated details (architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical) is approximately 290 hours. For information purposes, the number of added documents for all disciplines (architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical) is a total of about 6 partial sheets plus some additional specifications. Using an allocation of 40 - 60 hours, normally spend per sheet, assuming we prepare an additional 6 partial sheets, this amounts to 150 hours of time in the construction document phase. If we include the additional time for planning, design and construction, as well as the implications in re-design of the main level, we estimate approximately 290 hours of time for the added scope. Based on the above justification, we are requesting additional compensation of $27,000.00. In addition, there will be a modest amount of additional expenses for special inspections and bid set sheets, perhaps $500.00 in cost. Please review this and advise of any questions, discussion or additional information you require. Thank you for this consideration. Sincerer ,,~/., Oertel Ar iteci~ ~% , ~ _-_' Jeffi L ertel, AIA, CCS -~~---~~ Diane H. Trout-Oertel, AIA, CCS APPROVED -- .~~ yr ~v.-rva vu~.i ~~ ~, w~ni~_v ..,,,i .............. ,..~. r.~ DATE (b11NR)GJYYYY- ~~~2B,,L~u C~RTI~iGATE CAF L1a81~.#TY i1y~l}RA[[~lCE o7/~slZOO7 ~ROGl3CER (.952)$93-1933 FAX (952893-1819 T311S CER'I'iFiCATE IS [SStlED AS A MATTE32 OF INFdRMATiON N. Rohert Andersfln & Asspc. , Inc. Ohl~.Y ANO CaNFERS NO RIGHTS UPdN THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTiFiCATE DOES NOT AME3~iD, EXTEt+iO CSR q.~00 West 77th Street ALTER THE COVERAGE AfFORnED BY THE POLICIES gELC3W. SUZtB I05 ~ 1l35UFtERS AFFORDING COVERAGE tJAiC Edina, MN 55435 The Hartford NSURED Oerte Architects, Ltd. INSURER A' ' ;.; 95 St. ~ltzzr Ave.^-!~, w~uREraa~ St Paul Fire & Marine Ins_ Co. St. Paul , MN 553.U5 [ rNSUaEa c: INSUREER O: INSURER E: THE ~UCIES CIF [NSURANC~ L[STED BELO!'Id HAVE BEEN ISSUED?O T"{E IPISUREC? NAPdEO f;[iOV ,4M'Y REQLIR>:MEfli, TEP.M OR C(}NDITION QF PINY CtJl~iTFtACT 4R OTHER DOCUMENT WITH FiESPECi' TQ V+tHICH Tt-~IS CERT[FiCriTE MAY $E ISSUED OR pr1AY PERTA[N, THE INSURANCE kFFORDED 8Y THE PaLiGiES DESCRIBED HEREIN [S SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERtdS. EXCLUSIONEiAI~ CONDITIONS OF SUCH POUCIE_S. AGGREGATE L!M[TS SW4WN M?,Y F[AVE BEEN REDUCED HY PAtD CLAlrns. POLfCY EFPECT1vE POLICY E7~IRATI6N LY i S 'R Da TYPE OF RJU~IJRA[:L'E POl1CY NOMBER EACHOCCUe~RENCE S _ G~"ERAL ~~~ DAMAGE TO REN'ED S^ COFAMERClAL GEt~RAL L1ASti.l7Y tdEC> E3fP (Any+aae Persa~;! fi CLAIMS LWBE ~ OCCUA PERSONAL S ADV IW URY S GENER 1L AGGRECATE s PRODUCTS-GOh1Pft7PAGG 5 GENL AGGREGATE LDAIT h°[P-L1-E~S PER POLfGY ~ JEC I I LOG AUTOMOBILE UAmr.iTf AMY AUTO ALL GVVNED AUTOS SGHEDUt.ED AtlTOS HIRED AUip5 naN-~av~MEO Au ~ Cs COTJBINED SWGLE LIMT _ [Ea au7decYf BODILY INJURY ~ {Per persnr) I p°e<~'d~,n'' I s l PROPERTY G,<MAGE r fi {Per acrider>s} AUT06NLY-EAAGCIDENT S GARAGE UABlLnY EA ACC THAN H S __....._.~-.-_ AtJYAUTp OT ER AtTT00NtY: AGG ._..._ S r, EACH OCCUAREHGE _ s _ E%CESSJU!JB~LLA k.lR9t3-nY AGGREGATE 9; -.~ I OCCUR ~ CLASHES h1AlJE 5 - S DEDUCTIBLE § RETENTION # -- 41WEC KC4718 ti5f$8/20(17 EiSrifi3,~2[1(aS wC STATU- OTH- --- X _ tivoRitERS«~rENSA.rxrNau~, EL EACH hCCtDENT $ 3.OI} , 0®~ E'APLOYERS' LIABIL1Tf A ~ r'cc7Yr`nGrrl~ .iRdP:-.'~tT:wcrXcsrplc =!..L4~SE-EeLEFaPIOYEE. S 1_O~i'U~~ ©FFSCE[L'+IERJBER EXCIUD£C?7 EL DISEASE • POLICY tthAl3 S 5~(} .!]I}+1 IF yes, descste urrdet SPECIAL PROVISIONS below QPp38fl6497 45/3.5/2007 05/15f'~00$ (i~l~ r ~~ Each Claim r ~essional ti ability re ate $2+000,000 Annual Agg g B~ DESCR~'TION 6F OPERATDObIS t LOCAT1pH51 VEHICLES ! E7GCLUSIONS ADDED t3Y E1dpOR$EIiENT I SPECIAL PRCMSIONS Project: Calus~ia Heights Municipal Liquor Stores. °IO days notice for cancellation if reason is for non-payn-ent of ~srem'ium. I~ ~~ GERT TE H ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ _ SHOULD AHY OP THE ABCVE DESGRIBET) POL3ClE5 8E CA.NCELL> B gE~~ THE Sa(P7RATiON DATE THEREOF, THE[SSUkNG INSURER YALt_ ENDEAVCR TO uAtk, CItY of ~Co~utnbia Heights 3O~ pAYSWRITTENI+YSTICETOTHECERTIFiCRTEHOLDERtdilllEDTOTHELF~T'. Attn ; Bz l l El r i to t3UT FAILURE ro IYA;L SUCH NpTtCE SHALL IMPOSE wD t]BLIGATIOH oR LIAB1tSTY Finance 41 rec for Og ~,HY {{raD US'CSN THE INSURER. ITS AGENTS oR aEPRESEFJTATNES. 590 - 413th Ave NE AUTHOHRE RESENTATIYE Colu>~ia Heights, M.~I35421 ~_~ ~ "fi-'f~-~2...- _ OACOi2D. CORP©RAT101d 2988 ACORp 25 (2Q{i1d48} ~ ~ '~ ~.~ ~^ ! ~. lt-1 c^i L I!') ~ rl <- '~.c~ ~ S- br ~' C.T1''t9 t:l Ca r~ ~"/cJ'=